Latest News

Note:Links to References not given here.

Abstract

 Family separation has long served as a mechanism of social control and punishment in the United States, disproportionately targeting Black, Indigenous, and other marginalized families under the guise of child welfare. Family separation remains the family policing systems primary intervention in families, including families targeted because one parent is using substances. Recent legislation, such as the Families First Prevention Services Act, aims to reduce family separation by funding preventive services. However, the punitive approach entrenched in the family policing system remains resistant to reform. This Essay argues that the family policing system, steeped in a legacy of racialized control and punitive policies, fundamentally obstructs efforts to prioritize family preservation over child removal in cases of parental drug use.

Through an institutional theory lens, this Essay examines how the family policing systems historical emphasis on punishment and surveillance resists even well-intentioned legislative changes. Despite the inclusion of family-centered services in recent legislation addressing the opioid crisis, implementation barriers and institutional inertia within family policing agencies perpetuate default practices of policing and removal.

This Essay argues for a fundamental reimagining of family support systems that divests from punitive family policing frameworks and centers on family preservation.

Introduction

Chanetto Rivers smoked marijuana at a family barbecue before giving birth; New York City’s Administration for Children’s Services then placed her baby in foster care, even though marijuana was legal in New York at the time.1 Susan Horton ate a salad with poppy seeds before giving birth; California’s Sonoma County Human Services Department took her newborn into protective custody.2 Police and caseworkers from the Administration for Children’s Services raided L.B.’s Brooklyn home without a warrant at 5:30 A.M., terrorizing and traumatizing L.B. and her then-seven-year-old son after the state’s child welfare hotline received an anonymous and erroneous report of drug use.3 Alicia Johansen and Fred Thornten, whose child was removed due to their drug use, spent more than two years fighting the intervening foster parents for custody of their child, even after they met every requirement imposed by a Colorado judge for regaining custody.4

These parents experienced the all-too-common phenomenon of family surveillance and separation as a result of alleged drug use. Thirty-nine percent of all children forcibly removed from their parents’ care and custody in 2021 by so-called “child protective services”—more accurately called the family policing system5—were removed in whole or in part due to parental “drug abuse.”6 As of September 2022, in twenty-three states, evidence of parental “drug abuse” alone could be used to initiate child removal proceedings.7 Some state actors, like “child protective” agents,8 interpret “drug abuse” to include not only chaotic use9 of illicit drugs, but also recreational use of licit drugs (including alcohol and marijuana).10 Studies have found that substance use does not preclude people from being fit parents.11 Further, there is substantial evidence that the removal itself and the placement of the child in the foster-care system cause actual harm.12

If the risk of harm solely due to parental substance use or misuse is tenuous, and the harm to the child caused by removal and placement in state custody is a surety, why do state governments (aided by federal law and funds) remove children due to parental drug use alone? Professor Dorothy Roberts has convincingly argued that the family policing system is not designed to protect or to improve the welfare of children.13 Roberts argues: “‘Policing’ is the word that captures best what the system does to America’s most disenfranchised families. It subjects them to surveillance, coercion, and punishment. It is a family-policing system.”14

In this Essay, we apply an institutional theory lens15 to extend Roberts’s and others’16 assertions to the system’s treatment of parental drug use. We argue that punishment and social control are so deeply institutionalized in the family policing system that recent reform efforts will inevitably fail.17 While several articles have discussed the content, promises, and failures of the Families First Prevention Services Act (FFPSA),18 this Essay adds to the literature by providing an analysis of the legislative history and legislative discourse that gave rise to the enactment of FFPSA.

We support the claim that reform efforts will inevitably fail by first reviewing the family policing system’s history. We demonstrate that the system was created to remove children from parents whom the state deemed “undeserving” or “unworthy.”19 We show that, since the system’s creation, it has particularly targeted Black, Indigenous, and nonwhite immigrants.20 We describe how states have historically removed children from families as a form of social control and as punishment for conditions that are frequently rooted in the lasting impacts of enslavement, colonialism, structural racism, and poverty.

Second, we illustrate how decades of federal legislation (and funding) favored out-of-home placements over programs that prioritize providing services and keeping children within their homes. This approach further institutionalized surveillance, investigations into deservingness, and family separation as responsibilities of the agencies tasked with implementing these laws.21

Third, we address recent legislative attempts to respond to parental drug use in ways that preserve the family, such as by providing needed healthcare and assistance to parents who use drugs. The success of these attempts has been minimal. We attribute this lack of success to institutional inertia and to state family policing agencies’ incapacity to provide the family-centered services needed to support family preservation in cases of parental substance use.22 We conclude by recommending a new approach that would institutionalize the idea of family preservation and by describing what this reimagined approach might look like.23

I. the institutionalization of coercion and punishment in the family policing system

The current punitive approach to addressing parental substance use did not arise in a vacuum. Since the colonial era, American states have wielded family separation as an extractive tool of racialized social control and capitalism against Black, Indigenous, and nonwhite immigrant families.24 The system of family policing was designed to punish parents deemed “undeserving” of parenting because of their living conditions,25 which family policing agencies treated as individual failings or flaws.26 The removal of children from the home developed as part of that punishment.

Today, removal is a central tool of what we now call the “child welfare” or “child protection” system.27 Supporters of family policing as an institution have justified it as benevolent and necessary to protect children from actual harm.28 And yet the founding institutions—and the web of law, policies, and practices that make up family policing—continue to be rooted in the philosophies that children need protection from bad parents29 and that undeserving parents should lose their constitutional right to parent30 as a form of punishment.31 Early organizations and agencies created for “child protection” were developed to achieve these ends.32

Understanding the development of the institution of family policing is crucial to grasping why recent legislative reforms, which aim to address parental substance use without defaulting to child removal, face significant institutional inertia.33 Institutional theory suggests administrative agencies and the professionals operating within them will resist changes that contradict the systemically ingrained purposes of the institution.34 Here, as the desire for social control was institutionalized in the laws and policies of the family policing system, that desire became an element of the institution. As an element, it impacted the cultures, strategies, structures, and processes of regulatory bodies (such as state and federal legislatures and administrative agencies) and organizational participants (such as family policing agencies).35 Because the “child welfare” system was established to police families and punish those deemed unfit by permanently terminating parental rights, its strategies, structures, and processes inevitably incorporate punitive elements.36 Consequently, when reforms are introduced to prioritize family preservation, the regulatory and organizational bodies within the institution will often default to family policing—a phenomenon explored in depth in Part III.

A. Slavery, Colonialism, and the Birth of the Institution of Family Policing

The modern family policing system uses the threat of child removal and the permanent termination of parental rights as punitive measures for parental drug use.37 This type of family separation has a deep-rooted history in this country as a punitive tool to exercise racialized social control over Black, Indigenous, and other nonwhite immigrant families.38

Family policing existed long before the early predecessors of modern child protection agencies were created in the late nineteenth century.39 As Roberts wrote, “Family destruction has historically functioned as a chief instrument of group oppression in the United States.”40 Later in this Section, we will discuss the colonial history of the American family policing institution, which focused exclusively on the needs of white children living in poverty.41 However, for a more complete picture of the family policing institution, one must understand its inattention to Black families—who are now disproportionately policed by the modern family policing system.42 This disregard, combined with the existence of slavery, ensured that “child welfare institutions could develop in this country without concern for the majority of Black children,” creating the conditions for “an inherently racist child welfare system.”43 This system incorporated the brutal domination and destruction of Black families that the institution of slavery developed.44

As Professor Alan J. Detlaff has documented, during slavery, the tearing apart of families through sales of enslaved people served as “a means of maintaining power and control by a system of white supremacy that is foundational to this country’s origins.”45 Further, laws enacted during slavery monetized racial heritage by making the child of an enslaved person enslaved—thereby creating a perverse incentive for sexual violence as a means of enriching the enslaver and laying the foundation for family separation as a tool for racial capitalism, because enslavers would be financially enriched through the sales of enslaved people.46 Similarly, the history of land theft, displacement, and physical and cultural genocide of the Indigenous people in the United States created an enduring legacy in the development and function of child welfare institutions.47

These dual legacies of enslavement and genocide stretched beyond the period of land dispossession and slavery. This is evident from the advent of Black Codes, which compelled many newly emancipated Black families in the South to apprentice their children during the Reconstruction era,48 and the kidnapping and coercive placement of Indigenous children in Native American residential schools (guided by General Richard Henry Pratt’s infamous notion of “kill the Indian and save the man”).49 Each of these efforts was propelled by the idea that Black and Indigenous parents did not deserve their children and could not raise children who could productively serve society’s needs—a problem that could be remedied by children’s removal from their environments.50 This legacy of family separation as a tool of pain and punishment persists today.

As Roberts has argued, it is only against this backdrop and legacy of family separation as a “terroristic weapon against Black and Native communities” that we can consider “the emergence of modern child welfare agencies for white children in the United States.”51 James Morone’s Hellfire Nation describes how Puritan beliefs heavily influenced early American social welfare institutions, shaping policies that are deeply embedded in American institutions.52 These early Puritan beliefs led colonial society to view children living in poverty as needing salvation.53 However, it was not until the beginning of the nineteenth century—when waves of immigration and increasing industrialization turned wealthy reformers’ attention to the plight of poor, mostly white, immigrant children—that permanent family separation became a more widespread response to perceived parental deviance.54 These family separation efforts were primarily driven by anti-immigrant narratives that again characterized immigrant communities, much like families in poverty during the Puritan era, as prone to deviance.55 Rarely were efforts made to reunify families once children were removed.56

It was against this backdrop that the predecessors to modern foster care and child protection—organizational elements of the contemporary family policing system—were formed. Fueled by anti-immigrant sentiment, the Children’s Aid Society in New York developed a model of saving poor children from the “evils of urban life” by sending them to “good” Christian farmers in the country, where they could work and receive moral guidance.57 Substance use was understood as an innate sin that could be passed from mother to child.58 The New York Society for the Protection of Cruelty to Children sprung up in 1874, and by the 1910s, more than two hundred Societies for the Protection of Cruelty to Children (SPCCs) existed around the country.59 The SPCCs focused on investigating abuse allegations, instituting legal action, and encouraging the prosecution of the parents for “cruelty.”60 The vilification of parents, most of whom lived in poverty, and the use of child removal as a form of punishment reinforced the idea that it was the purpose of these child protection agencies to remove children from bad homes and put them in better homes; they operated with the intent to exert social control.61 Beginning in 1854, an estimated 100,000 children were sent on “Orphan Trains” from cities to smaller farm communities in the Midwest—marking the start of formalized foster care.62 This approach, however, was not concerned with reuniting children with their parents or even with ensuring that children’s welfare had improved.63

SPCCs created the institutional framework that gave rise to the modern family policing system: an institution that punished undeserving parents through permanent family separation. In 1935, the funding mechanism for state child protection systems became federalized through the Social Security Act,64 which encouraged states to create family policing agencies and programs modeled after the existing SPCCs, thereby incorporating these early models of family policing into the state and local agencies that exist today.65 In institutional-theory terms, the Act explicitly created structures and processes that were institutionalized into organizations, which adopted and incorporated the ethos of the SPCCs into the fabric of their operations. Thus, the family policing agencies were born.

B. Institutionalizing the Disproportionate Policing of Black and Indigenous Families

While Black and Indigenous children were largely not part of the equation for the SPCCs and other Progressive Era institutions focused on child-saving, this began to shift in the twentieth century.66 Ironically, Black liberation movements and civil rights advocacy opened the doors to the institutions that would become the family policing system, creating what Roberts has described as “a Pyrrhic victory.”67 At the root of this shift was a fight over federal financial support for low-income single mothers. In the early part of the twentieth century, Progressive Era feminists advocated for federal public welfare programs to benefit unmarried mothers. Black and Indigenous women were predominantly excluded from these benefits, either by law or practice.68 But in the mid-twentieth century, Black women and children were at the forefront of successful desegregation and civil rights movements that helped open the welfare system to Black and Indigenous mothers.69

In response, government officials, particularly in southern states, began to promote a racist and sexist narrative about Black mothers. For Black women, the institution of marriage was largely inaccessible due to structural racism, economic inequality, and public benefits laws that discouraged marriage. But rather than recognizing this reality, government officials often depicted Black mothers as draining public resources by accessing public benefits for their “illegitimate” children.70 In order to curtail Black women’s access to benefits, states enacted laws to police and surveil their behavior.71 For example, so-called “suitable home” laws deputized state family policing agencies to assess whether the home environments of children receiving public benefits were “suitable” based on whether unmarried mothers had ceased all “illicit” relationships.72 The purpose of these assessments was to evaluate each mother’s morality and, thus, her eligibility for public benefits; if public benefits ceased, her child would frequently be removed to foster care.73 These suitability laws share the same puritanical motivations that underpin many modern laws governing morality or perceived sins such as drug use.74 Additional research is needed to determine the full extent to which parental drug use motivated removals during this era. However, the stigmatizing depictions of Black women as “welfare queens” in the media and policy discourse, along with the depiction of the “crack-cocaine epidemic” as a problem affecting Black communities in the 1980s and 1990s, suggest that ideals of suitability and deservingness endured beyond the mid-twentieth century.75

Similar to Black mothers, as Native American mothers attempted to access welfare benefits, they opened themselves up to scrutiny and removal of their children to foster care.76 As historian Laura Briggs has written, involvement with welfare meant the application of white, heteronormative, middle-class standards to Native families:

Welfare workers disparaged the poverty of reservations and shamed unmarried mothers and others who cared for children because they thought heterosexual nuclear families were the only proper homes for children. They refused to acknowledge indigenous kinship systems and the important role of elders and other adults in child rearing.77 

Civil rights organizers appealed to the federal government to deem these suitability laws unconstitutional, calling attention to how suitability laws were fueling segregation (by driving Black families out of southern states) and starving Black children (by denying their mothers welfare benefits), but they were unsuccessful.78 Rather than address the inequities caused by these suitability laws, in 1961, Arthur Flemming, the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare for the Eisenhower Administration, found a workaround: states could deny mothers welfare benefits but could not leave their children without financial support simply because their caretakers were unsuitable.79 This so-called “Flemming Rule” required states either to (1) provide “services” to make a home suitable or (2) remove the child to “suitable” care while providing financial support to the child.80 It was not accompanied by additional allocations of federal funds to accomplish either of these objectives.81

Amendments to the Social Security Act in 1961 incentivized the removal of children from these homes (and from other families living in poverty) by permitting the use of federal funds to pay for removal and out-of-home placement of children (foster care).82 The 1961 Amendments did not include funding allocations to pay for services to make the home more suitable or to provide services to preserve the family unit.83

The influx of federal funding for foster care led to the formalization of the modern “foster care” system.84 As Roberts has documented, from 1945 to 1961, the proportion of Black children in foster care nearly doubled; yet from 1980 through 1999, the number of children total in foster care nearly doubled, and the proportion of Black children more than doubled.85 Further, “[f]rom 1960 through 1980, roughly 25-35 percent of Native children were separated from their families and placed in foster care, adoptive homes, or institutions, most of which were outside of their original communities and family system.”86

The history and analysis presented thus far demonstrate how the state increasingly punished parents it deemed undeserving through family separation and curtailment of their constitutional parental rights. Through a web of federal rules and legislation, federal dollars encouraged the creation of state and local family policing agencies and then encouraged family separation. In sum, separation was embedded into the framework for the modern family policing system, ensuring this approach would endure and fueling the influx of Black and Indigenous children into foster care.

C. The Institutionalization of Mandatory Reporting and Its Intersections with Healthcare

In 2019, thirty-four percent of all family policing investigations for infants were initiated by medical professionals.87 In some states, as many as eighty percent of these 2019 referrals were for parental substance use.88 As medical historian Mical Raz has demonstrated in her critical book, Abusive Policies: How the American Child Welfare System Lost Its Way, one cannot underestimate the legacy of Dr. C. Henry Kempe’s seminal 1962 article, The Battered Child Syndrome, which adopted a medicalized approach to child abuse that has been the framework for modern child protection efforts, including investigations of parental drug use.89

Kempe’s article argued that healthcare providers were uniquely situated to identify serious physical child abuse, which state child protection agencies could investigate.90 States swiftly responded, and by 1967, all fifty states had passed mandatory reporting laws. Some expanded what should be reported and investigated as alleged child abuse and neglect, reaching far beyond what Kempe had recommended.91

By 1974, Congress passed the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act (CAPTA), which provided states with grant funding in exchange for compliance with specific requirements—including requirements that states implement mandatory reporting laws if they had not done so already.92 Although CAPTA did not explicitly include a mandatory reporting requirement for suspected parental substance use, federal guidance cautioned that parental drug use during pregnancy indicated a “high risk” for child maltreatment and encouraged physicians to “identify” infants who may be exposed to parental drug use during pregnancy so that the pregnant parent could be connected with needed services.93 CAPTA did not, however, provide any additional federal funding to cover the costs of necessary substance use or mental health services.94 It did, however, continue to fund out-of-home placements in foster care.95

A pause in the chronological sequence of this analysis is warranted because CAPTA was amended in 2003 to encourage states to develop policies and procedures that

address the needs of infants born and identified as being affected by illegal substance abuse or withdrawal symptoms resulting from prenatal drug exposure, including a requirement that health care providers involved in the delivery or care of such infants notify the child protective services system of the occurrence of such condition in such infants.96 

This notification requirement was accompanied by an express condition that the notification “shall not be construed to (I) establish a definition under Federal law of what constitutes child abuse; or (II) require prosecution for any illegal action.”97 Specifically, CAPTA provides:

The Secretary is authorized to make grants to States for the purpose of assisting child welfare agencies, social services agencies, substance use disorder treatment agencies, hospitals with labor and delivery units, medical staff, public health and mental health agencies, and maternal and child health agencies to facilitate collaboration in developing, updating, implementing, and monitoring plans of safe care described in section 5106(b)(2)(B)(iii) of this title.98 

Notably, this statutory language differs from CAPTA’s mandate in a different section that required states to enact laws to ensure child abuse and neglect are reported and investigated. This difference suggests that the notification requirement was not to be equated with a report of child abuse or neglect. Further, the statute’s emphasis on “developing, updating, implementing, and monitoring plans of safe care”99 signifies a focus on providing treatment and suggests that evidence of substance use is not per se child abuse or neglect.

But while the notification requirement was not intended to be a report of child abuse or neglect, it has increased the surveillance and policing of pregnancies by healthcare providers for reasons we explore in Part III.100 Most importantly for the current analysis, this requirement created additional processes and procedures in family policing agencies to deal with notifications from healthcare providers, further institutionalizing the policing function of these agencies.101 As is a recurring theme, the 2003 amendments did not include additional allocations to pay for services for the parent that would prevent removal—or even require that services to the parent be provided.102 In practice, it is not uncommon for these notifications to result in referrals for investigations of alleged child abuse and neglect, further driving families’ entanglement in the family policing system.103 As institutional theory predicts, family policing agencies—created for the purpose of policing parental behavior—implemented these notifications with the same punitive approach they had used for eighty years.104

Mandatory reporting has fueled the rapid expansion of the family policing system since the passage of CAPTA, as states have broadened their definitions of child maltreatment and expanded the categories of mandatory reporters.105 The influx of millions of reports each year—many of them unsubstantiated—overwhelms the system, leading to invasive investigations and child removals that often harm families without effectively preventing abuse and neglect.106 Studies also show that the discrimination and stigmatization that parents who use substances experience in seeking treatment, along with the very real legal risks of mandatory reporting and family separation, constitute a significant deterrent to seeking help or treatment.107

The influx of children into foster care, and the rising federal costs of financing it, prompted Congress in 1980 to consider the impacts that removals were having on parental rights while balancing the competing goal of providing children languishing in foster care with “permanency” (via the involuntary termination of parental rights and adoption).108 Congress enacted the Adoption Assistance and Child Welfare Act of 1980 (AACWA), which required agencies to make “reasonable efforts” to preserve the family before removing a child from the home. To support this requirement, the law also amended the Social Security Act (SSA) to fund services to prevent child removal, including parental counseling and substance use treatment, through what is commonly referred to as Social Security Title IV-B Programs funding.109 However, the reasonable effort requirement was secondary to AACWA’s emphasis on achieving the competing goal of “permanency” for children.110 And despite the amendment to the SSA, AACWA’s prevention and reunification services were and are still underfunded—an issue that we discuss further in Part III.111 AACWA did not contain a funded mandate to reunite families.112

AACWA was responsible for an estimated decline in the number of children in foster care from over 520,000 in 1977 to 275,000 by 1984.113 However, this decline is attributable to AACWA’s encouragement of more parental rights terminations and the facilitation of adoptions rather than the increase in reunifications.114 Near the turn of the century, Congress again intervened to facilitate more terminations of parental rights and adoption with the enactment of the Adoption and Safe Families Act of 1997 (ASFA).115

Rather than preventing child removal and providing services to keep families together, ASFA created mandatory timelines by which parents needed to reunify with their children or risk the termination of their parental rights and adoption of their children. The law did so by requiring states to file to terminate parental rights if a child had spent fifteen of the last twenty-two months in foster care.116 Advocates for ASFA fueled the imaginations of legislators with accounts of child abuse that allegedly occurred in homes where children were not removed due to family preservation efforts or after children were reunified with their parents following foster care.117 Although there was no systematic data presented to Congress to support these contentions,118 Congress passed AFSA anyway. And while ASFA has increased the number of family policing cases resulting in adoption,119 it has also created many “legal orphans”—youth whose parents’ legal rights were terminated but for whom no adoption is ever completed.120

The horrific impact of ASFA on families with a substance-using parent over the past twenty-six years cannot be underestimated. The timelines, coupled with the threat of termination of parental rights, greatly impacted parents who struggled with substance use for several reasons. First, it is not uncommon for parents to spiral into chaotic substance use121 as a result of family separation. When parents experience an episode of relapse into chaotic substance use, it prolongs foster care stays.122 Prolonged foster care stays, in turn, decrease the likelihood of reunification and, because of federally mandated timelines,123 increase the likelihood of parents having their parental rights terminated and losing their child forever.124 Rather than fund family preservation efforts or help families to reunify, ASFA further solidified the family policing system’s institutional commitment to removing children from “bad” parents, allegedly for the children’s safety and well-being.

In summary, the institutional history of the family policing system provides a clear map as to why the system is not only ill-suited to help parents who use substances but, in fact, is not designed to help them. As we have briefly reviewed above, federal funding mechanisms for the system have incentivized out-of-home placements and institutionalized a punitive approach that threatens parents who use substances with the termination of their parental rights to induce behavior change.125

Yet, by 2018, as overdose death rates remained high126 along with high rates of foster care placements due to parental opioid use,127 there was a documented shift in policy narratives about addiction. Rather than framing it as primarily a moral or criminal-legal issue, policymakers began to frame it as a public health issue.128 Unlike parental substance use more broadly, the opioid crisis was also characterized as a medical or health issue that impacts primarily the white middle class.129 Given this narrative shift and the health-oriented federal legislation to address the opioid epidemic,130 one might expect states to retreat from removals based on substance use alone—at least in the short term.

Although legislators claimed to have adopted a public health approach in response to the nation’s opioid overdose crisis,131 the approach failed to truly prioritize public health in the family policing context. Indeed, it merely tasked the family policing system with responsibilities that either reinforced its policing tendencies or exceeded what the system was equipped to handle. As public health researchers have shown, when policing agencies try to engage in public health efforts, they cannot help but resort to their policing training and functions.132 In the family policing context, a genuine public health approach to substance use would require addressing the upstream causes of parental drug use,133 employing a harm reduction approach to current substance use (which meets the person who is using drugs “where they are at”),134 and prioritizing providing services that do not necessitate removal when possible.

II. the opioid crisis and the not-so-public health approach to parental substance use

It was not until 2016—in response to an opioid crisis portrayed as predominantly affecting white communities in suburban America135—that Congress expanded the federal requirement to identify children exposed to substances in utero to include a mandate for developing Plans of Safe Care addressing the needs of both the infant and the mother. This addition came with the enactment of the Comprehensive Addiction and Recovery Act (CARA) of 2016.136 Along with the attention paid to the rising number of opioid overdose deaths, there was a new moral panic over infants exposed in utero to opioids.137 This panic was over Neonatal Abstinence Syndrome (NAS), which was initially attributed to prescription opioid use or side effects of medications to treat opioid-use disorder.138 Addiction medicine specialists warned that “[d]eclaring war on this condition risks stigmatizing effective therapy, leaving mothers more vulnerable to relapse, overdose, and death.”139 Their warnings were not heeded.

CARA also responded to the moral panic about NAS by expanding the notification requirements for infants “affected by substance abuse or withdrawal symptoms,” now requiring healthcare providers to identify infants exposed to both prescription and illicit drugs instead of just the latter.140 CARA explicitly included an acknowledgment by Congress that addiction and overdose were public health issues.141 And yet, in the same legislative breath, Congress expanded the population of infants and families subject to the family policing system.142

When answering questions about whether a notification or referral pursuant to this provision constitutes a report of abuse or neglect, the Administration for Children and Families (ACF), the federal agency charged with the enforcement and implementation of CAPTA, hedged. ACF responded:

Not necessarily. The CAPTA provision as originally enacted and amended requires the referral of certain substance-exposed infants to [child protective services] and makes clear that the requirement to refer infants affected by substance abuse does not establish a federal definition of child abuse and neglect. Rather, the focus of the provision is on identifying infants at risk due to prenatal substance exposure and on developing a plan to keep the infant safe and address the needs of the child and caretakers. (See CWPM, Section 2.1F, Questions 1 and 2.) Further, the development of a plan of safe care is required whether or not the circumstances constitute child maltreatment under state law.143 

This hedging implies that ACF knew that mandating notification risked increasing the likelihood that an investigation and removal would ensue.

In a positive step forward, CARA did require that the Plans of Safe Care also address the health and substance use disorder treatment needs of the infant’s family or caretakers.144 However, CARA still did not address the harm that interactions with the family policing system cause parents who use substances and their children. Although CARA purported to be public health-oriented, in reality, it maintained and reinforced the policing structure of all policy responses to drug use. 145 The law cloaked this policing structure by using public health rhetoric and shifting some of the policing and surveillance of parents to healthcare actors.146

In October 2018, Congress enacted the Substance Use-Disorder Prevention that Promotes Opioid Recovery and Treatment for Patients and Communities Act (SUPPORT).147 The legislation included an amendment to CAPTA authorizing grants to states to facilitate collaboration in developing and implementing Plans of Safe Care—again reinforcing that legislators were interested and willing to amend CAPTA in order to better respond to the opioid crisis, but also signaling broad bipartisan support for increased surveillance and reporting.148

In 2021, Congress’s reauthorization of CAPTA updated the idea of Plans of Safe Care, renaming them Family Care Plans. Congress stated that the 2021 CAPTA “promotes a public health response for family care plans (formerly plans for safe care) to ensure the safety, permanency, and well-being of infants and their caregivers affected by substance use disorder.”149 Congress claimed CAPTA did this by appropriating additional monies to improve access to treatment.150 It stressed that the mandated reporting of substance exposure of the infant did not require an investigation by the agency and that CAPTA was not meant to provide a federal definition of child maltreatment that included parental substance use.151 However, the 2021 reauthorization did not recommend that infants remain with their parents while substance use treatment services are provided152—despite the evidence suggesting that these services can lead to better outcomes.153 And as scholars have noted, while the purpose of the CAPTA notification requirements for substance-exposed infants is to identify families who need services before removal becomes necessary and to do so in a nonpunitive way, this goal conflicts with current criminal legal approaches to substance use in pregnancy, which are focused on surveilling, reporting, and punishing pregnant parents.154

Further, there is ample evidence that mandatory reporting creates a significant disincentive for substance using pregnant people155 to seek prenatal medical care.156 This disincentive is particularly strong for Black pregnant people because of the pervasive and illegal reality that they and their babies are far more likely to be tested for substances, usually without consent.157

In sum, despite the widely available evidence that outcomes are better for children, parents, and the whole family when infants are not removed from their parents’ care due to exposure to a substance in utero,158 federal legislation has not gone so far as to require states to provide access to such evidence-based programs instead of out-of-home placement. Worse yet, federal law maintains healthcare providers as police and decreases the likelihood that pregnant people will seek healthcare.159

A. The Families First Prevention Services Act and the Promise of Reform

The Families First Prevention Services Act (FFPSA), enacted in 2018, was supposed to “begin a new era for the child welfare system.”160 It was first introduced in the House of Representatives in 2016, alongside several other pieces of legislation aimed at addressing the opioid overdose crisis.161 Its drafters wanted to redesign the current family policing system to emphasize a preventative model that kept children in their caretakers’ homes while providing the services that caretakers may need to keep children safe.162 To achieve this, the drafters of FFPSA proposed an amendment to current federal funding structures to provide more funding for “prevention services for children and families that are at risk for entering foster care.”163 The law amended Title IV-E of the SSA to allow family policing agencies to use federal funds to support evidence-based prevention efforts for mental health, substance-abuse prevention and treatment services, and in-home parenting skills training for a maximum of twelve months.164 FFPSA also permits agencies to use funds to pay for residential, family-based substance use treatment providers, which allow children to live with their parents while they undergo treatment for substance use disorder (SUD).165 This feature of the law was backed by evidence demonstrating that many parents with substance use disorders can safely care for their child without the child being separated from them.166 It was also supported by studies that have found that children, particularly infants born exposed to substances, fare worse if removed from their parents’ care and custody.167 Outcomes for both children and parents are significantly better when child protective services and courts use family-centered approaches to substance use treatment instead.168 These approaches allow children to remain in the care and custody of their parents while the parents receive evidence-based substance use treatment and support.169

Despite having support from many prominent family policing agencies as well as advocates in the Obama Administration’s Office of National Drug Control Policy, FFPSA passed in the House but did not make it out of committee in the Senate when it was first introduced in 2016.170 FFPSA had bipartisan support, and one of its drafters and primary sponsors was a Republican. Surprisingly, opposition to the bill came from Democrats over where its funding would come from. Democrats opposed using financial incentives previously awarded to the states for supporting adoption services to fund prevention services instead.171

FFPSA was introduced again in the Senate in 2017, where it died in committee.172 This is a common fate for legislation that does not have enough support among the chairs of committees of the controlling party, which in 2017 was the Republican Party. Most of the provisions of FFPSA were eventually enacted as part of Division E of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018.173 Congress has increasingly used “riders,” policy changes within budget legislation, mainly because some of the procedural hurdles to legislative enactment are suspended for appropriation bills, making them easier to pass than standalone legislation.174 The failure of FFPSA to make it out of committee suggests that the law did not have the congressional support that CARA or SUPPORT had. Despite this, FFPSA was enacted in 2018.

B. Implementation Barriers: Congressional Inquiries into the Implementation of FFPSA

FFPSA’s enactment has been flanked by implementation barriers. After the passage of FFPSA, the bill’s sponsors were quick to tout its success and claim credit for the declining number of foster care placements in 2018. In comments in front of Congress on November 20, 2019, Senator Grassley said: Mr. President, in recent years, the opioid epidemic has resulted in steadily climbing numbers of kids entering foster care. However, in 2018, the number of children in foster care has declined for the first time since 2011. This is evidence that prevention programs are working.175 Indeed, the number of children that have entered foster care has decreased from its height of 273,000 in 2016 to 207,000 in 2021.176 However, the numbers were trending down before the enactment of FFPSA, and FFPSAs funding provisions did not go into effect until October 1, 2018.177 The fact that the number of children entering foster care declined before FFPSA went into effect suggests that the initial downward trend cannot be attributed directly to FFPSA.

Further, FFPSA has been hard to implement, contributing to only seventeen states and one tribe using FFPSA funds in 2022.178 And FFPSA has fallen short of furthering actual systems reform for several institutional reasons.

First, FFPSA does not truly prevent removal, as it is not triggered unless there is an imminent risk of family policing involvement.179 Advocates have asked Congress to expand the definition of who is eligible for FFPSA services to any family who is at risk of family policing involvement as opposed to only those who are at imminent risk of family policing involvement.180 FFPSA gives states wide latitude to determine what imminent risk of harm means. The federal government has issued guidance stating it applies to anyone who would likely enter foster care without intervention.181

Second, as other advocates and experts have argued, the underfunding of Social Security Title IV-B Programs, which were created in the 1990s to support family support and family preservation services, is also stymying the systems change FFPSA aims to promote. Title IV-B programs have been leveraged to ensure that social workers visit children in foster care regularly rather than to support families to prevent removal.182 As the Executive Director of the Utah Department of Health and Human Services explained, Title IV-B funding offers states tremendous flexibility to meet the needs of families and prevent removal.183 During her congressional testimony, the Director gave the example of a family of five that was at risk for child removal.184 In that particular case, the social worker had identified that the cause of the removal was poverty-related and had used Title IV-B funds to provide short-term resources to pay rent and access medical care.185 Despite the benefits of these funds, the Director noted that they only make up 2.5% of Utah’s total family policing budget.186 As Dr. David Sanders, Executive Vice President of Systems Improvement at the Case Family Programs, explained to the Senate Finance Committee, “Family First focuses on children right at the doorstep of foster care, and Title IV-B provides more flexibility for [s]tates to address issues at an earlier point and strengthen families who might be at risk.”187

Third, the overall institutional structure financing the family policing system creates tremendous administrative complexity that may prevent states from applying for FFPSA funding. FFPSA funding comes with reporting requirements. State child welfare agency directors have explained that the current family policing systems federal funding structure—with different federal funding buckets accompanied by their own rigorous reporting requirements—is so complex that even small states have to hire twenty administrative personnel just to manage the federal financing and reporting requirements for all of the various streams of funding for family services.188 This complexity adds to the administrative burdens of an already-taxed system, and the siloing of budgets and social services makes it difficult for agencies to address upstream causes and prevent removal. In 2024, Senator Ron Wyden blamed the federal government for this administrative complexity, stating as part of a more extensive critique of the federal implementation of FFPSA: [L]ast year, the federal government spent just $182 million on prevention services, while we spent over $4 billion on traditional foster care. Clearly priorities are out of whack. The government can and must do better to get this funding out the door to states that ask for it.189 In sum, the administrative complexity may be preventing states from accessing FFPSA funds, which would provide an alternative to removal—leaving states to resort to their family policing functions.

Fourth, numerous stakeholders have explained that satisfying the rigorous requirements to receive confirmation that an intervention is “evidence-based,” and thus eligible for FFPSA funds, is time-intensive and costly. They have also described how the approval process is arduous and opaque.190 Based on communications between Congress and the Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS), which Congress tasked with implementing the Act, members of Congress have argued that HHS has treated the legislative requirement that FFPSA fund only evidence-based programs as including a need for a rigorous, “academic” evaluation of each program.191 Congress has stated that HHS has frequently made decisions without communicating with study authors.192

This has led to HHS approving only a “relatively small number of interventions” for states to choose from.193 Even after interventions are cleared as fulfilling the arduous requirements of being “evidence-based,” many of these interventions may not be available in states because they are relatively new.194 HHS’s narrow interpretation of “evidence-based” means states must invest in the start-up costs of developing interventions from the ground up.195

Finally, a critique absent from the congressional discourse is that FFPSA leaves the current family policing system intact, including the expansion of reporting requirements for infants exposed to substances in utero. Miriam Mack, Policy Director of the Bronx Defenders’ Family Defense Practice, has written that FFPSA “in no way challenges the fundamental pillars upon which the family regulation system rests.”196 FFPSA does not fully separate the family policing system from its roots in centuries of institutionalization of racism and classism, reviewed in depth in Part II of this Essay. FFPSA continues to allow states wide latitude in defining child maltreatment, or the imminent risk of child maltreatment, as including parental drug use alone—rather than requiring states to demonstrate the risk of actual harm to the child resulting from that substance use.197 Some states, like Colorado, have explicitly stated in their substance legalization laws that possession or use of certain substances does not constitute child abuse or neglect unless it threatens the health or welfare of the child.198 Other states, like Michigan, have issued regulatory guidance stating that parental substance use alone does not meet the definition of child maltreatment.199 Yet despite these positive trends in some states, state legislatures continue to propose laws that would add parental substance use to definitions of child maltreatment.200

Moreover, agencies continue to remove children for parental drug use, often when it occurs in utero. FFPSA does nothing to address the punitive responses adopted by many states in addressing perinatal or maternal substance use. This continues despite evidence that these types of policies do not address either the underlying substance use or the potential risk of harm to the child—and could even make the problem worse.201

While FFPSA is an important step in permitting states to engage in family preservation activities for parents who use substances, it falls short of addressing the centuries of institutionalization of family policing and surveillance, which continue to shape the practices of local agencies responding to complaints of parental substance use. To actualize the goals of the drafters of FFPSA, we must interrogate the current system.

III. the path forward

In this Essay, we have outlined in detail both the deeply embedded structural problems with the current family policing model, including its longstanding focus on punishing parents deemed “undeserving,” and how federal legislation has further institutionalized this punitive approach in addressing problems that may be exacerbated by parental substance use. While FFPSA funding allocations for prevention services and substance use treatment that prioritize keeping children with their parents are commendable, the implementation barriers discussed above bolster the claims of scholars, advocates, and impacted families who are calling for the abolition of family policing rather than its continued reform.202 In envisioning a path forward, we join and amplify that chorus.

Family policing is not built to help families, particularly those with parents who use substances.203 As abolitionist lawyer and organizer Andrea J. Ritchie writes in Practicing New Worlds: Abolition and Emergent Strategies, “We can’t continue to organize in ways that replicate and legitimize the systems we are seeking to dismantle.”204 Thus, she explains, abolition is as much about envisioning and creating the world we wish to live in as it is about dismantling oppressive systems.205 Renowned activist and scholar Angela Y. Davis has explained that abolition “is not only, or not even primarily, about . . . a negative process of tearing down, but it is also about building up, about creating new institutions.”206 Accordingly, the remainder of this Essay is devoted to laying out a set of principled “non-reformist reforms”207 that should guide future policymaking to provide support and care to families with parents who use substances, rather than surveil and punish those families. Non-reformist reforms, as abolitionist scholar Ruth Wilson Gilmore has described, are “changes that, at the end of the day, unravel rather than widen the net of social control through criminalization[.]”208 These suggestions are not meant to be exhaustive, in part because, in the practice of abolitionism, the families most impacted by family policing must lead the way in designing the future path.

A. Families Are Calling for Abolition: Listen to Them!

A burgeoning movement of families impacted by the family policing system is calling for a radical reimagination of safety for families—namely, through the abolition of the family policing system.209 These families, including parents and (former) youth who have lived experience with the family policing system, are calling attention to the many harms perpetrated by the system, particularly for Black and Indigenous families.210 Although the family policing system is premised on the narrative that state intervention is benevolent and necessary for the care and protection of children, these families’ experiences underscore the many myths that are woven into the law, policy, and practice of family policing.211 Not only must states listen to families’ narratives, but the very families most impacted by family policing must help design new approaches that support families with parents who use substances. Some of the approaches to community care already identified by families most impacted are named below.

B. Decouple Access to Services from Family Policing and End Mandatory Reporting of Substance Use During Pregnancy

As discussed above, the current policy framework—as articulated by FFPSA and related federal and state family policing law—requires parents who use substances to engage, or risk engagement with, the family policing system to access help and treatment. Doing so comes at significant risk of mandatory reporting and family separation, and as a result, disincentivizes seeking help and care.212 Further, mandated reporting requirements for suspicions of infant exposure to substances in utero disincentivize pregnant persons who use substances from seeking both treatment for SUD and prenatal care.213 Parents who use substances need a way to access care that does not result in the punishment inherent in the family policing system. To meet that need, the state should provide parents with ways of accessing medical care, SUD treatment, and harm reduction services that do not automatically trigger mandatory reporting and possible family separation. For example, the Family-Based Recovery model includes “[i]n-home treatment that provides concurrent psychotherapy, substance use treatment and parent-child dyadic therapy.”214 Models like these offer evidence-based and effective alternatives to family separation.

Research shows that both parents who use substances and their children thrive when they are able to stay together while the parent receives treatment for their substance use.215 Rather than funneling federal money to the states via the family policing system and conditioning access to treatment on a finding of imminent risk of harm, funding should go to flexible, evidence-based treatment that prioritizes family stability and integrity and addresses the upstream causes of substance use and child maltreatment.

Ending mandatory reporting would make a significant difference in substance-using parents’ ability to access treatment. Since CAPTA’s inception, its requirements—especially its mandatory reporting provisions—have been a primary driver of family separation. Many have called for the end of this practice.216 As scholars and advocates have documented, because of the structural racism embedded in family policing, Black and Indigenous families are more likely to be reported and more likely to be separated as a result of family policing intervention.217 The racialized enforcement of the war on drugs further compounds these racial disparities. As explained in Part II, mandatory reporting can deter parents from accessing help and treatment.218 Ending mandatory reporting would focus service providers’ efforts on providing assistance and care to families, rather than acting as agents of family policing surveillance.219 As Joyce McMillan, who founded the New York City-based organization JMac for Families, has argued, we should have mandated support instead of mandatory reporting.220 Such an approach would permit parents who use substances to seek care, treatment, and other support without the very real risk of family policing involvement and family separation.

C. Prohibit the Use of Federal Funds to Pay for Removals and Neglect Findings Based Solely on Substance Use

As noted above, CAPTA creates a floor for states to define neglect, but it permits states to drastically expand their definitions of neglect—which they have done.221 Just as poverty should not be the basis for a finding of neglect, so too substance use should not be a per se basis for a finding of neglect. Most parents who use substances can safely care for their children. Congress should amend federal laws to reflect that reality. As previously discussed, the availability of federal funds to pay for foster care services dramatically shaped state behaviors in terms of prioritizing removal and foster-care placement as the appropriate response. By amending CAPTA to exclude federal funding for removals and foster care in cases with findings of neglect based solely on evidence of parental substance use, Congress can incentivize states to change their definitions of child maltreatment without infringing on states’ police powers.

Conclusion

As detailed throughout this Essay, there are numerous institutional and organizational barriers embedded in the family policing system that prevent it from being a source of meaningful help or care to families with parents who use substances. Reform efforts cannot overcome the impact of these institutional and organizational barriers. The failure of FFPSA and other piecemeal reforms demonstrates the family policing system’s inability to shed its institutional commitment to the punishment and surveillance of families.

The current family policing system does not work. Rather than institutionalizing existing approaches to substance use within the family policing system, we must pursue a new, family-centered approach that centers the lived experience of parents who use substances and is rooted in evidence—not in stigmatizing narratives and a desire to moralize and control. If we do not change our approach, we will continue to witness the impacts of an ineffective, costly, and inefficient system of family policing that harms families more than it helps them.

* * *

Dr. Taleed El-Sabawi is Assistant Professor of Law, Wayne State University, School of Law. Dr. El-Sabawi is supported by the National Institute of Health, National Institute of Drug Abuse, Grant No. 1K01DA057414-01A1. Professor Sarah Katz is Clinical Professor of Law, Temple University Beasley School of Law and Senior Fellow, Stoneleigh Foundation. The content is solely the responsibility of the authors and does not necessarily represent the official views of the National Institutes of Health or the Stoneleigh Foundation. The authors are grateful for the able research assistance of Anna Manu Fineanganofo, J.D. Expected, May 2025, Temple University Beasley School of Law.

Source: https://www.yalelawjournal.org/forum/deinstitutionalizing-family-separation-in-cases-of-parental-drug-use

by International Journal of Drug Policy – Volume 139, May 2025 – Brandon del Pozo et al.

Highlights
  • Studies show an association between police opioid seizures and fatal overdose.
  • This model presents physical and behavioral causes of this positive relationship.
  • Reducing the disruptive outcomes of police opioid seizures can reduce overdose.
  • Police opioid seizures can worsen the problem of overdose they intend to address.

Abstract

Context

Police seizures of illicit opioids remain a dominant strategy for addressing problematic substance use and overdose in the United States and throughout the world, yet qualitative accounts and quantitative analyses exhibit positive associations between police opioid seizures and ensuing risk of fatal overdose at the local level of individual incidents. Since these associations run counter to the commonly held belief that removing potent illicit substances from the community is protective of overdose, a causal model is needed to demonstrate this association and convey the overdose risks that follow from police opioid seizures.

Methods

Leveraging well-established biological and psychological outcomes of opioid use disorder and opioid supply interruption, our analysis presents the Police Opioid Seizure Temporal Risk (POSTeR) Model, an individual-level casual model that begins at the point of opioid dependence, introduces an interruption to an individual’s supply of opioids as the result of a police drug seizure, and presents the physical and behavioral outcomes that increase the ensuing temporal risk of fatal overdose.

Results

The aftermath of a police opioid seizure can increase a person’s risk of fatal overdose. The urgent need to prevent or reduce acute opioid withdrawal symptoms leads people to seek a replacement supply, while reduced opioid tolerance resulting from post-seizure involuntary abstinence combines with the uncertain potency of a replacement supply of illicit opioids to significantly increase the difficulty of administering a safe but effective dose. In the face of these hazards, people in withdrawal often have a reduced aversion to risk, prompting them to consume this uncertain dose in a manner that increases their exposure to overdose.

Conclusions

Strategies that emphasize police opioid seizures as an acceptable way to reduce the prevalence of illicit drugs in a community without accounting for the elevated risk of fatal overdose that results can worsen one of the most significant problems they are meant to address.

Introduction

A growing body of evidence shows that when a person is dependent on opioids, temporarily interrupting their supply of the drug exposes them to an increased risk of overdose (Hochstatter et al., 2023Mark & Parish, 2019Williams et al., 2020). The first studies about interruptions originating from police drug seizures explored this assertion qualitatively, finding that people problematically dependent on opioids reported this increased risk when asked about their personal experiences (Carroll et al., 2020Rhodes et al., 2019Victor et al., 2020). Conversely, these and other studies found people who use drugs (PWUD) with steady access to a supplier they could trust, who provided a basically consistent supply, could warn of inconsistencies, and who might supply naloxone, was protective of overdose (Carroll et al., 2020Hedden-Clayton et al., 2024). More recently, quantitative analyses have found a statistically significant spatiotemporal association between police opioid seizures and overdose during a multiyear periods in Indianapolis, Indiana (Ray et al., 2023), and San Francisco, California (Kral, et al., 2025). In accordance with studies that show ecological associations at the state and county levels (Cano et al., 2024), the analysis found that fatal overdoses doubled within three weeks of the police seizure, in a radius of up to 500 m from the seizure’s site, and this association held when considering all quantities of opioids seized, regardless of whether they were taken from a dealer or an individual who uses drugs (Ray et al., 2023).
Many people find the conclusion that police drug seizures increase overdose risk strongly counterintuitive, considering that governments act to interrupt the supply of illicit drugs to ostensibly reduce risk and save lives. To that end, the presumption is that reducing the quantity of illicit drugs in circulation and interrupting their consumption by people dependent on opioids is believed to reduce risk. But at least in the proximate sense, the evidence does not bear this presumption out. To address this gap between emerging research findings and many people’s intuitions, and to promote the rigorous interrogation of this proposition, this paper presents the discrete causal model by which increased exposure to overdose arises from the aftermath of a police drug seizure, a phenomenon that has critical implications for our present public health and drug enforcement policies. In doing so, it intends to bolster our understanding of the health outcomes of police drug enforcement and suggest ways to interrupt the causal chain to reduce overdose mortality. Barring such a model, the evidence we produce to explore this relationship will continue to face its inherent limitations. Qualitative research conveys the lived experience of increased exposure to overdose in the aftermath of police drug seizures with nuance, but the method inherently precludes broad generalizability. In contrast, quantitative analyses of administrative data can demonstrate statistically significant associations, but do not readily illuminate the causal pathways that suggest where to effectively intervene. Both veins of research would benefit from the development of a model that conveys how personal experience and quantitative correlation can be understood as causation. By presenting such a model here, this paper provides guidance about where future research on this topic should go, and what intervention designs might look like.
The model we present takes policing as its primary focus. It concerns the events that we commonly understand to be police drug seizures: the arrest of people for drug possession, the seizure of contraband drugs that people preemptively discard to avoid arrest by police, and the arrest of distributors and suppliers accompanied by the seizure of their drugs as evidence. It does not distinguish between the volume or target of the seizure; it could consist of the arrest of an individual person and the seizure of their own supply, or the seizure of a dealer one or more steps up the supply chain. The inclusion criteria for the model are only that opioids are seized by police, and in a manner that ultimately interrupts supply at an individual level. The model therefore operates at these lower geographic resolutions, during the relatively short time frames considered in Ray et al. (2023) and Kral et al. (2025), and does not intend to offer explanatory power across larger ecologies such as cities, counties, or states, or over longer periods of time.
The model here takes up overdose as the exclusive outcome of interest, although there is evidence that police drug seizures can increase the risk of other harms as well. In the aftermath of police contact, people may change the way they consume drugs, for example, speeding the act of injection or sharing syringes (Cooper et al., 2005Werb et al., 2008), thereby increasing the risk of abscess and infectious disease (Baker et al., 2020). To keep our causal model as direct and compelling as possible, these other outcomes will not be its focus. In the same vein, while the model here pertains to policing, and is not intended for general application across the criminal justice system. Release from a period of incarceration is a prime example of another event that substantially increases risk of overdose (Binswanger et al., 20112007), and researchers have presented the corresponding conceptual framework (Joudrey et al., 2019), while emphasizing the particular role of fentanyl in generating these overdoses (Brinkley-Rubinstein et al., 2018). We intend to complement this research with a pragmatic realist account (Cherryholmes, 1992) of overdose risks that occur upstream, at the point of police encounters, prior to a period of imprisonment. In its realist approach, our account asserts that prevalent scientific and behavioral theories accurately describe the aspects of the world they were created to explain (Leplin, 1984Psillos, 2005). We further assert that their individual explanatory mechanisms can combine to produce an accurate, predictive understanding of an overall phenomenon (Leplin, 1984), in this case, increased overdose risk after a police drug seizure. In this way, our approach is in the tradition of scientific realist evaluation (Pawson & Tilley, 1997), where outcomes arise from interactions between mechanisms and their social contexts, and causal mechanisms can be reliably identified through reductionist theorizing (Jagosh, 2020). The model’s pragmatism lies in providing insights and recommendations that acknowledge the current political and social contexts of substance use and policing.
The paper will proceed as follows: it will present widely accepted principles of pharmacology, accounts of how opioid dependency biologically influences the behavior of PWUD, and research about how both the mechanics and social dynamics of policing and substance use further affect these behaviors. Taken in sum, we will argue they combine to elevate overdose risk, and we will present these relationships in a graphical model, i.e., a causal diagram (Greenland & Brumback, 2002) entitled the Police Opioid Seizure Temporal Risk (POSTeR) Model. We close by discussing several policy responses to the risks the model presents, stressing that there are potential ways to mitigate overdose risks that result from seizures, although they vary in feasibility and acceptability given individual contexts and political climates. We then discuss POSTeR Model’s limitations and suggest avenues for further research.

Principles underlying overdose as a result of drug seizures

There are five factors that drive our model, each one an evidence-based premise that combines to increase fatal overdose risk when a personal drug supply is interrupted by a police drug seizure. They may present as contributory causes that are insufficient to decisively increase fatal overdose on their own, but that synthesize to do so. In that sense, they build on each other to produce increased risk. The principles are as follows:

  • 1)
    Supply interruption sends people who are physically dependent on opioids into withdrawal, and the most common outcome is that they will avoid or reduce the condition with a replacement supply of opioids (Frank et al., 2023Hall et al., 2024). Opioid dependence is defined by the physical experience of opioid withdrawal, its psychological toll, and the ways in which they guide and modify behavior (Pergolizzi Jr et al., 2020). The most common responses to the onset of opioid withdrawal are to avoid it, reduce it, or reverse it (Bardwell et al., 2021Frank et al., 2023Mateu-Gelabert et al., 2010), which sets the stage for the challenges presented by the other principles below. For many people, relief requires gaining access to a replacement supply of opioids (which could include treatment medications) or being forced to endure a period of detoxification that is, by all accounts, extremely painful and difficult to bear (Dunn et al., 2023Shah & Huecker, 2018). Its symptoms can last weeks (Ware & Dunn, 2023), and are potentially life-threatening (El-Sabawi, 2024), and therefore motivate strong survival behaviors. The idea that a person with problematic opioid dependence can detoxify by enduring a few days of discomfort reflects a deep misunderstanding of the physiological processes and changes to the body and brain that have occurred when a person is heavily dependent on opioids (Monroe & Radke, 2023). In response, some may attempt to manage the symptomatic presentations of their withdrawal by means such as benzodiazepines, sedatives, cannabis, or other substances, which may provide some relief to individual symptoms without alleviating withdrawal themselves, and which may present the additional risks discussed in Principle 5 below.
  • 2)
    Supply interruption reduces a person’s tolerance of opioids to a degree they cannot measure with precision, making dosing more hazardous. Withdrawal, in and of itself, is insufficient to elevate a person’s overdose risk. If a person were to know the dose necessary to alleviate it, and had reliable access to that dose, the resulting risk would be reduced. An initial challenge, therefore, is establishing a safe dose, since even short interruptions in the supply of opioids affect a person’s tolerance of the substance. As prolonged use generally increases tolerance, such that greater quantities are necessary to avoid withdrawal, produce a euphoric effect, or simply maintain bodily homeostasis (Dumas & Pollack, 2008Freye & Latasch, 2003), interruptions have the opposite effect (Kesten et al., 2022), which is why physicians may alter the dose of patients who use prescribed opioids if there is cause to believe they have diminished tolerance (Gökçınar et al., 2022Jeffery et al., 2020).
    It is critical to note, however, that several factors affect the actual loss of tolerance, from genetic predispositions to body composition (Byanyima et al., 2023Lötsch et al., 2004Na et al., 2024Wilder-Smith, 2005), preventing the precise measurement of this reduction. While these variables and a lack of research prevent accurate predictions about the tolerance lost by a particular person after a given period of time, the warnings provided to patients about resuming opioid use after discharge from inpatient detoxification advise that a potentially fatal loss of tolerance can occur within a few days (META PHI, 2024). In sum, when a person resumes consumption, it will be with a tolerance for opioids that is reduced by an uncertain amount, making dosing much more a matter of estimation than it would otherwise be.
  • 3)
    The replacement supply of illicitly produced opioids sought in the aftermath of a seizure event is likely to be of a different, uncertain potency than the interrupted one, further compounding the hazards of dosing. While an indeterminate reduction in tolerance prevents a person from gauging the dose necessary to safely and effectively address withdrawal symptoms, the replacement opioids procured in an illicit market compound this risk by being of an unknown potency regardless (Rosenblum et al., 2020). In saying this, it is critical to note that we do not mean the new supply is likely to be more potent. In presenting our model to nonspecialist audiences at practitioner-oriented conferences as an accompaniment to quantitative findings about the relationship between police opioid seizures and overdose, one misconception that frequently arose was that initial heroin supplies were replaced with a resupply of fentanyl. Our model does not depend on pharmaceutically produced opioids or heroin being replaced by fentanyl. Instead, it presumes that fentanyl has saturated the nation’s illicit opioid markets (Zoorob, 2019Zoorob et al., 2024), is what people who use illicit opioids are likely to consume, and what replacement supplies most likely consist of. The variability in potency that powers the model here arises from the heterogeneity in which illicit opioids are cut for distribution to the end user (Ivsins et al., 2020Larnder et al., 2022Tobias et al., 2021), and the unsuspected presence of fentanyl in counterfeit analgesic pills (Friedman & Ciccarone, 2025O’Donnell et al., 2023). Since illicit manufacturing and packaging processes are not carried out to any standard, or with reliable precision, barring the illicit consumption of pharmaceutically produced opioid analgesics, there will most likely be variance between the potency of an initial supply of illicit opioids and its replacement.
  • 4)
    People experiencing opioid withdrawal have a reduced aversion to risk, causing them to discount these hazards. Finally, while PWUD who use drugs often understand the preceding problems, the risks they pose are often insufficient to deter them from consuming replacement opioids, or doing so in a safer, more cautious manner (Hall et al., 2024). It is well-documented that the symptoms of opioid withdrawal range from extreme discomfort to acute pain and trauma (Bluthenthal et al., 2020). The motivation to reduce these symptoms is compelling, and can lead people to take risks solely for the need to escape the sensation of withdrawal (Frank et al., 2023). Such risks are wide-ranging, and while many do not apply to this model, they illustrate the powerful forces at work. For example, people may engage in criminal activity to obtain funds for drugs, patronize unfamiliar drug dealers with uncertain reputations, use replacement substances of unknown quality (perhaps using them by a new and unfamiliar route of administration), and engage in unprotected, risky sex work. In our model, however, we posit that one of the risks a person will be significantly less averse to is consuming a replacement opioid supply of an uncertain potency, and doing so in a more risky manner than if they were not experiencing withdrawal (Mateu-Gelabert et al., 2010), such as by rushing consumption, neglecting to test the dose for potency, or to ensure other people are present in the event of an emergency, preferably with naloxone on hand. In other words, not only is a person in these circumstances likely to encounter an uncertain replacement supply that will have an unknown interaction with their newly-reduced tolerance, but they will be less averse to consuming it regardless, and to doing so with few or reduced protective measures, even if they are aware of the attendant risks.
  • 5)
    Efforts at self-medication after a police opioid seizure can also increase risk of overdose. If a person loses their supply of opioids and begins to experience withdrawal, other factors may contribute to their overall overdose risk in addition to ones directly tied to a sequence of withdrawal, loss of tolerance, replacement supplies of uncertain potency, and reduced aversion to risk. For example, people may seek sedatives or other substances to alleviate symptoms until they can resume opioid use or fully detoxify, such as by taking prescribed or illicit benzodiazepines or kratom (Boyer et al., 2008Preiss et al., 2022). This alternative poses its own set of risks. Benzodiazepines compound the respiratory depression of opioids, and can cause overdose if they are consumed together or in close succession (Sun et al., 2017). Moreover, the illicit market for sedatives has been heavily compromised by counterfeit pills (Friedman & Ciccarone, 2025), introducing the dangers of uncertain dosing discussed above (O’Donnell et al., 2023).
There is also an ancillary factor that plays a role in the model: the margin of error for correctly dosing fentanyl and other powerful synthetic opioids is very small. The challenge of safely dosing illicitly-supplied fentanyl is driving the present wave of the nation’s overdose epidemic (Zoorob, 2019Zoorob et al., 2024), since a comparatively small difference in the volume of this powerful synthetic in a given dose, or its presence in other substances, can spell the difference between safe use and overdose for many consumers. Not only does dosing vary by supply source, merchant, and batch (given the ad-hoc means of preparing and packaging drugs for smuggling and consumption), but for any unit of difference in the amount of opioid in a supply, the dose is going to be much more potent if it is a unit of fentanyl than some type of less potent alternative. We consider this an ancillary factor because the model suggests people whose supply of illicit opioids are interrupted by a police seizure will suffer an increased risk of fatal overdose regardless of the type of opioid involved. Rather, highly potent synthetic opioids such as fentanyl greatly increase the magnitude of this risk because any given unit of inconsistency represents a much greater variance in potency than the variance per unit found in heroin or pharmaceutically produced analgesic pills.

The causal model

The POSTeR Model proceeds through the eleven parts presented in Fig. 1 as follows. The figure’s solid arrows represent causal relationships with no alternatives in the model, and the dotted arrows represent possible branches. Green arrows signal ways to lower risk, and red signals a pathway to elevated risk. The underlying principles presented above appear in the figure both when they first manifest, and then when they combine to ultimately produce elevated overdose risk.

Fig. 1. The Police Opioid Seizure Temporal Risk (POSTeR) Model of increased exposure to fatal overdose.

Parts 1 through 4 present the basic stasis of consistent supply for people who have transitioned from opioid use to a state of dependence. A person with opioid dependence (1) exhibits increasing physical and psychological dependence on opioids (2), as well as an increasing pharmacological tolerance for the effects of the drug (2). As their tolerance increases, the general consistency of their supply (3) allows them to adjust their dose accordingly. There is still risk to this behavior, including instances of polydrug use that can introduce unpredictable variables (Peppin et al., 2020) and the inherent instability of an illicit drug supply (Holland et al., 2024), but this general consistency in comparison to a seizure event means that the person’s opioid supply is not exceedingly difficult to dose as needed, thereby reducing overdose risk (Carroll et al., 2020). Overdose may still occur, but these protective factors make it less likely to be fatal (4), or imprecise dosing may not be sufficient to alleviate withdrawal and lead to the risks that arise from repeat dosing (4). The result is the continued cycle of opioid dependence as described above, which can last for years or decades. People may exit this cycle over time, in which case they would leave the model by completing the withdrawal period and not re-initiating use, or by entering treatment (5). It is worth noting most people who are dependent on opioids do not fatally overdose (Degenhardt et al., 2011), can age out of problematic use (Jones et al., 2020Kelly et al., 2017), may contend with intermittent cycles of substance use and recovery over the course of years or decades (Hser et al., 20012015), and may enter remission of their own accord (Mocenni et al., 2019).
For the person actively dependent on opioids, the path toward an elevated exposure to fatal overdose begins with the type of supply interruption that results from a police opioid seizure (6). The interruption could be the result of an arrest of the person, or their supplier; either event deprives the person of the opioids necessary to maintain their cycle of use and suffices to bring about the physical effects of involuntary abstinence: withdrawal and decreased tolerance (7). These effects produce efforts to avoid withdrawal with a new opioid supply or self-manage it using sedatives or cannabis combined with reduced aversion to the risks associated with consuming these substances (8). The result is seeking a replacement substance of uncertain potency, especially if it is from a new dealer, although this variance is ultimately dependent on the structure and sources of the community’s drug supply network (9). Consuming the replacement supply constitutes an elevated hazard because it occurs at the nexus of two risk factors and a catalyst: a reduced but indeterminate tolerance to opioids, an uncertain potency that precludes accurate dosing (compounded by not knowing what that dose should be in light of lowered tolerance), and the reduced aversion to risk that comes with avoiding or escaping opioid withdrawal (10). This reduced aversion means that even if a person apprehends the pending hazards, they will disregard them, and/or engage in the additional risk behaviors described in the next section. This results in a significantly increased exposure to the risk of fatal overdose (11).
At any point in the model, a person can attempt to enter treatment, and if it was effective, they would leave this causal pathway. A return to use, however, will place them back in the pathway at (9), facing overdose risk. While many factors motivate a person’s return to use, from social pressures to trauma, pain, stress, and deeply-ingrained triggers (Childress et al., 1988Dennis, 2016Massaly et al., 2016), the decision necessarily indicates they have become less averse to the risks of opioid misuse. Since their new drug supply will be of an unknown potency, and their tolerance will be significantly reduced by some indeterminate amount, it may affect them in unknown ways. This accords with research that a return to use after a period of abstinence poses an elevated risk of overdose compared to the risks a person faced if they were consistently supplied when they were dependent on opioids (Hser et al., 2015Kumar 2016). The model as related here is therefore neither directed, nor acyclic. People can remain in a basic stasis given a consistent supply of opioids, although escalating frequency and volume of use as dependence and tolerance increase, and treatment can either remove them from the cycle entirely, or, with a nonfatal relapse, can return them to the provisional stasis expressed by steps (1) through (4) of the model.

Other behavioral responses to police drug seizures

Our model is principally driven by physiological factors. For example, reduced aversion to risk arises from the need to limit acute physical withdrawal symptoms. There are other behavioral factors, however, that emerge from a risk calculus that is not driven by biological and pharmacological concerns but instead result from decisions meant to reduce the probability of additional supply interruptions by police, or tactics to quickly reduce or reverse withdrawal that constitute riskier behaviors. We describe five of them here and note in step (10) that they fit our model as additional causes of risk at the point of consumption that compound those arising from the causal process described above.

  • Use in private places. In order to avoid the attention of police, especially when a prior seizure was the result consuming drugs in public, people who use drugs may shift to doing in more secluded or private places, such as indoors, in tents, or in vehicles. Using in private spaces decreases the likelihood that someone who is overdosing will be discovered and revived in time to avert death or irreversible injury.
  • Using alone. Regardless of whether the person is using in public or not, solitary use increases the risk of fatal overdose. Many people consume drugs alone to protect themselves from exposure to police or to limit their visibility to other people, who may call police or otherwise express the stigma associated with drug use (Hanoa et al., 2024). When someone is in withdrawal, using alone rather than seeking out trusted people who can observe the results may be a response to the need for rapid abatement of physical symptoms, which can increase such risk-taking behavior (Rosen et al., 2023).
  • Electing not to keep naloxone on hand. PWUD and their associates may believe carrying naloxone elevates the suspicion of police and may increase the risk of a seizure (Bennett et al., 2020Smyth, 2017). If that is the case, PWUD may elect not to have it on hand in the hopes of averting seizures, creating the risk that it will not be available to avert a fatal overdose.
  • Rushed consumption. If a person believes they have no option but to consume drugs in public, but a prior seizure leads them to fear police intervention, they may rush the process of consumption (Suen et al., 2022Ti et al., 2015), which runs counter to the harm reduction adage of “start low, go slow” (Aleixo et al., 2024Collins et al., 2024). When consuming a new supply of drugs, a user can test a small quantity of the substance and then adjust the dose as its potency becomes clear, but rushed consumption increases risk as people use a larger amount sooner, either to avoid arrest or to abate withdrawal.
  • Hesitance to seek help for an overdose. People present at the scene of an overdose may be hesitant to seek help if it ultimately means calling 9–1–1, for fear that police will respond and make arrests (Weisenthal et al., 2022). People in recent contact with police that resulted in a drug seizure may likewise hesitate to seek help when they witness an overdose or call 9–1–1 if they witness one, out of the fear of arrest and another drug seizure (Byles et al., 2024van der Meulen et al., 2021). This may lead them to hope the overdose passes without turning fatal rather than try to reverse it. When they do call, people may downplay or obscure the fact that an overdose emergency is occurring (Atkins et al., 2024). Although this may result in medical personnel being dispatched without police, it may also delay the administration of naloxone of police officers who were poised to arrive first (Pourtaher et al., 2022White et al., 2022), elevating the risk of death or serious morbidities.

Implications for policy and practice

The POSTeR Model allows us to examine the points at which overdose risk can be averted or reduced. We present them along a general arc from the interventions that are likely to be the most feasible and acceptable given the present policy environment to the ones that would require more significant shifts in norms, laws, and culture, with the interventions requiring the most significant shifts likely to be the ones that offer the greatest potential to reduce the overdose risks described by this model. In sum, these interventions work by either preventing the move from risky use (10) to fatal overdose (11) by shunting people back toward a comparatively safer stasis or better equipping them with safer supplies (1–4) by referring them to medications to treat opioid dependence (5), or moving further upstream and preventing disruptive supply interruptions (6) in the first place, promoting the ability of people with opioid dependence to consume drugs with a greater level of consistency prior to entering treatment (5), which is in and of itself a possible intervention. Another possibility, as discussed above, is that a person may eventually desist from substance use over time (Jones et al., 2020Kelly et al., 2017), an outcome common to many problematic social behaviors (Sampson & Laub, 1993), since most people with opioid dependence do not fatally overdose (Degenhardt et al., 2019). Given this approach, the following are possible changes to policy and practice that would prevent, interrupt, or reduce overdose risk related to opioid seizures.

Cautionary publicity about police drug seizures, especially notable incidents

Official acknowledgement that police drug seizures can increase risk of overdose would alert people dependent on opioids to the impending hazards and empower them to better manage the risks. Such an acknowledgment could also pave the way for warnings about particularly notable seizure incidents. For example, public officials in Manchester, New Hampshire issued a warning to the community that police had made a significant high-level drug seizure, and deployed overdose response teams to the area concerned as a protective measure, emphasizing both harm reduction measures and linkages to MOUD (Barndollar, 2023McFadden, 2023). In doing so, they explicitly cited the Ray et al. (2023) study that associated police drug enforcement with increased overdose. Such public measures remain rare, however, since they hinge on the still counterintuitive recognition that police drug seizures, despite the goal of reducing harm, can have the proximate effect of increasing them.

Linkage to MOUD

Linking people with opioid dependence to the medications that can effectively treat it interrupts the pathway to overdose by removing the risks associated with consuming illicit opioids of any potency (National Academies of Sciences Engineering & Medicine, 2019). In our model, it forecloses overdose risk by statically positioning the person at step (5). It does not, however, address the risks faced by people who are pre-contemplative about treatment and seek a replacement supply as withdrawal sets in, which will be most of the population of concern at any given time. Moreover, as our model reflects, relapse from treatment back to substance use places a person at elevated risk by moving them through the model to (10), as a person will resume substance use with a supply of unknown potency and a diminished but unknown tolerance as discussed above. Linkage to MOUD also requires that there be sufficient and immediate access to medications in the aftermath of a seizure.
Despite these limitations, linkage to MOUD in the aftermath of a police drug seizure will remain an appealing policy option because it is the least contested and controversial response: it signals a person’s efforts to make a decisive change in their own exposure to overdose risk that is less susceptible to the stigma and biases that typically accompany harm reduction efforts and legal reforms. Despite this appeal, as a response that intends to prevent overdose and save lives, linkage to MOUD will not offer protection to most people whose drug supply is interrupted by a police opioid seizure. Even the most robust, low-barrier linkages to MOUD will only impact people who actively seek out the medication or choose to engage with the treatment that is offered to them. This is a small minority of the at-risk population of PWUD at any time, most of whom are not contemplating treatment and would not accept MOUD if it were offered to them.
Because successful engagement with MOUD requires a change in behaviors entrenched by habits and biological dependence, assessing where an intervention offers its protections among the Stages of Change (Norcross et al., 2011Prochaska & Norcross, 2001) can clarify the subpopulation of PWUD it is most likely to reach, and help assess the collective reach of an array of measures. By such an analysis, MOUD does not reach people in a state of precontemplation, i.e., the majority of PWUD at a given time (Mann, 2023Patton & Best, 2024). As illustrated in Fig. 2, the interventions below are more likely to fill the resulting gap by offering protection from overdose prior to a decision to change drug consumption habits or enter recovery. It suggests the most effective lifesaving response is a comprehensive one.

Fig. 2. Interventions to prevent overdose in the aftermath of a police drug seizure mapped onto the Stages of Change.

Community naloxone distribution

While the distribution of naloxone to lay persons in the community for the purposes of overdose reversal has gained increasing political and cultural acceptance, its success depends on saturating at risk communities with a quantity of naloxone substantial enough to be used in a meaningful number of overdose events. Success in this regard would require a large, sustained investment in naloxone programs targeted to PWUD and the people who are present with them when they consume drugs (Doe-Simkins & Wheeler, 2025). At the individual level, community naloxone distribution would interrupt the model when two conditions are satisfied: a person uses drugs in the presence of someone who abstains from risky drug use or coordinates their own use to prevent simultaneous overdose, and that person has access to, or can feasibly summon a bystander with naloxone. Meeting these two conditions, moves people from instances of dangerous use (10) back toward stasis (1–4). Given Ray et al. (2023)’s findings that overdoses increase withing 500 m of a seizure event over the following weeks, the targeted distribution of community naloxone in the aftermath of a seizure could be particularly effective.

Access to harm reduction services and education

Harm reduction interventions would directly supply people dependent on opioids with naloxone and the knowledge necessary for its effective administration, in doing so reducing risk among people well prior to the point of substantial change in their drug use behavior (see Fig. 2). As people in drug-using communities facing greatly elevated overdose risks, this manner of naloxone distribution has the potential to be more effective than widespread distribution or distribution to first responders (Townsend et al., 2020) by making the medication more likely to be present at the times and places where overdose occur, especially if PWUD are more likely to consume drugs together, rather than in the presence of non-using community members. Harm reduction services can also offer education and training about the importance of “going slow” (i.e., not rushing consumption), and not consuming drugs alone, while innovative measures include prescribing medications such as single-dose buprenorphine (Ahmadi et al., 20182020) or using cannabis or sedatives as a temporary form of withdrawal support (Meacham et al., 2022Wiese & Wilson-Poe, 2018), thereby reducing the risks that come with withdrawal-motivated behaviors. Together, these interventions can reduce the probability that a person proceeds from step (10) of the model to fatal overdose (11) by shunting them back toward comparative stasis (1–4), and decreasing the incidence of other risky behaviors that can occur after a seizure discussed above. Harm reduction services can also provide people dependent on opioids with linkage to treatment (5).

Drug checking services

Analyses of the composition of drugs performed by community drug checking programs can likewise reduce overdose risk by providing reliable information about what a replacement substance may contain Green et al. (2022).They may be especially useful if a person resorts to a replacement substance such as opioid pills, or non-opioids such as benzodiazepines for the purposes of managing withdrawal symptoms before resupply, both of which are likely to be counterfeit and contain unpredictable amounts of fentanyl. As with other harm reduction services, the knowledge gained from drug checking could be leveraged to promote safer use behaviors, which can move people from steps (10) to steps (1–4) rather than (11), providing protection not only in cases if uncertain potency, but when PWUD utilize other substances to try to mitigate the effects of withdrawal.

Overdose prevention centers

Places where people consume drugs under supervision and are revived if they overdose, offer the potential to eliminate the risk of fatal overdose after a person with a reduced, uncertain tolerance uses drugs of uncertain potency. As with other harm reduction services, the user is fully exposed to the risks of supply interruption as a result of seizure (10) but mitigates them by preventing what would otherwise be a fatal overdose (11) either through an effective reversal, or preventive measures, moving the person to point (4) in the model. Similar efforts may also reduce risk through remote observation, such as via phone, app, biometric sensors, or motion detectors (Lombardi et al., 2023).

Decriminalization of drug possession

Attempted in Oregon 2021 and subsequently reversed in 2024, decriminalization could partially mitigate the hazards of a supply interruption (6) for people dependent on opioids. It would do so by preventing or limiting the duration of the supply interruptions that occur when PWUD are arrested for possession and detained or possibly incarcerated, which are associated with increased risk of overdose (Victor et al., 2022Zhang et al., 2022). It would not, however, prevent the interruptions that come from the apprehension of drug sellers and the seizure of their inventory, since the law did not decriminalize the distribution of drugs. In this way, successful decriminalization programs that still enforce laws against drug dealing like the one implemented in Portugal would not eliminate the risks of our model. Rather, they would lessen incidence of personal drug seizures, and the duration of supply interruptions from incarceration, thereby lessening symptoms of withdrawal and reductions in tolerance (7). The Portuguese system of decriminalization also offers immediate, no-cost linkage to medications that treat opioid dependence (5), lowering the risks of a supply interruption through that pathway as well (Laqueur, 2015Rego et al., 2021). The very low rate of overdose in Portugal, where heroin rather than fentanyl remains the principal source of illicit opioids, may support the hypothesis that the severity of the overdose risk described by our model is greatly increased by fentanyl’s potency, and small margin of error in dosing.

Safer supply

The consistent and uninterrupted provision of opioids of known potency to people with opioid dependence, such as analgesics or pharmaceutically manufactured heroin Ivsins et al. (2020), could limit overdose by keeping people in comparative stasis (1–4) rather than subjecting them to supply interruptions (6). While some Canadian jurisdictions have embarked on such an initiative (Young et al., 2022), the programs have high barriers for enrollment, serve small numbers of clients, and have faced implementation hurdles (Karamouzian et al., 2023), limiting their ability to reduce the overdose risk resulting from drug seizures in the larger population. The rationale for safer supply also suggests that our model may see fewer overdoses if the illicit opioids were the pharmaceutically produced analgesics that were the origin of the present opioid epidemic, although erratically dosed counterfeit pills, which have proliferated throughout the illicit opioid market (Friedman & Ciccarone, 2025Green et al., 2022), would likely confound such a reduction.

Legalization and regulation

As with safer supply, legalization and regulation would bring the manufacture of recreationally used opioids under a regime that would closely monitor their consistency and potency and provide a means for commercial distribution that would preclude dealer-related supply interruptions. This would do two things: prevent the supply interruptions arising from police drug seizures in the first place (6) and ensure that the drugs consumed by people were regulated to the extent that their potency was consistent and well-known, regardless of whether a user experiences some type of interrupted supply or not (3 or 9).
Legalization, especially when accompanied by safer supply practices, would also likely lessen the circumstances in which people experienced withdrawal and reductions in tolerance due to extended supply interruptions (7), providing several means to escape the causal pathway from a supply interruption to fatal overdose (Emerson & Haden, 2021). It would also likely decrease the frequency of several other behaviors that contribute to overdose risk, such as rushed use, clandestine use, and variance across suppliers and between batches. Regardless of the theoretical effectiveness of this measure, it is critical to note that all of this is said without regard to the political reality that legalization is currently the least likely of the drug policy interventions discussed here to be implemented, due to a pronounced lack of political and cultural acceptance of the idea.

Discussion

The extent to which police drug seizures impact the broader community in terms of the availability and consistency of the drug supply is ultimately unknown, likely to be highly dependent on local contexts, and deserves further study. We do know, however, that police opioid seizures certainly affect the person the drugs are taken from, and their direct connections, and our model explains the elevated overdose risk that results. The strength of the POSTeR Model lies in its reliance on well-known features of opioid dependence and withdrawal, and a well-established understanding of certain basic mechanics of the illicit drug market. That people who consistently consume opioids will experience increasingly acute dependence and greater tolerance is not open to debate, and neither is the intense desire—or physiological need—for people dependent on opioids to avoid or mitigate withdrawal, which is a known motivator of risky behavior (Frank et al., 2023). The same can be said of the decreased opioid tolerance that comes from abstinence, whether voluntary or involuntary. The inconsistency in the potency and contents of the illicit drug supply in the case of heroin and fentanyl are also well-established, which underlies the main argument for safer supply initiatives (Ivsins et al., 2020).
In showing how these factors come together, the model moves from anecdotal accounts and quantitative research to a logic model that illustrates the causal chain between a drug seizure, the ensuing supply interruption, and increased exposure to overdose, underwriting our prior spatiotemporal analysis of the association between the two. If the four premises presented at the outset of this paper are correct, then they are sufficient to establish the validity of the model. It is important to recall that this validity does not depend on an actual increase in fatal overdose, but an increase in its risk, which can then be reduced by taking the appropriate precautions. We posit that many fatal overdoses occur because the desire to avoid withdrawal in the aftermath of a supply interruption is very strong, and often the reason people do not take the recommended precautions. The behavioral factors presented after the formal model further exacerbate this risk, but it does not depend on them for its validity.
Despite such strengths, our model has limitations that call for both caution and further research. Although it is an ancillary aspect of or model, we do not know how much of an elevated overdose risk can be attributed a general variance in the composition of the opioid supply, versus a variance in the composition of the fentanyl supply in particular, where small changes can yield comparably large increases in potency. The makeshift production processes employed by the illicit market, which can take place in private residences and other crude, repurposed spaces, is far removed from a proper pharmaceutical manufacturing operation, resulting in variance in the volume of the active opioid per dose. We hypothesize that compared to pharmaceutically produced and heroin-based opioids, powerful illicitly packaged synthetics such as fentanyl are inherently more difficult to safely dose, since even the smallest variations in the volume of the active opioid could yield great differences in potency.
It is also worth noting that the POSTeR Model only considers the near-term spatiotemporal effects of police drug seizures. The research findings that motivated this model considered overdose up to three weeks after a police drug seizure (Ray et al., 2023), and POSTeR Model is meant to provide a causal explanation for events on this time horizon. It does not examine the long-term effects of drug seizures on a community, especially large ones that might have a more significant impact on the drug market. So, while we are unaware of any police drug seizure that was significant enough to have a durable effect on the price and/or availability of illicit drugs in the US, our model is not meant to describe mid- to long-term effects. It therefore cannot rule out the possibility that drug seizures of a size and type sufficient to cause a sustained supply shortage may foreclose the induction of new drug users, or promote treatment seeking among existing users, therefore lowering the community’s overall rate of opioid dependence, or the extent to which this may offset the negative effects we describe here at the population level. Given the constant occurrence of police drug seizures across the nation, and the persistence and worsening of the overdose crisis, we would hypothesize this population level effect is minimal in comparison to the elevated risk of overdose.
Relatedly, as a model that draws on data from urban centers, it is unclear how the overdose risks it produces could be exacerbated or reduced by seizures in rural areas which may pose unique concerns (Dunn et al., 2016). The considerably greater distances and smaller populations involved in rural illicit drug distribution may matter (Fadanelli et al., 2020), as may economic precarity, which can limit options for replacement supplies (Pear et al., 2019). They could relate to longer timeframes for resupply that increase withdrawal symptoms with reduced access to harm reduction resources, or it may increase the likelihood that a replacement substance comes from a different supply chain with an inherently different or more volatile potency. Conversely, the tight-knit nature of small rural populations may yield more transparency and trust across dealer networks. More research is necessary to understand how geography affects the model.
Another limitation to the POSTeR Model is that it describes the effects of a supply interruption at the individual level, which can be caused by either a direct encounter with a police officer that results in an arrest of the PWUD, or the police takedown of a distributor who supplies a significant number of people in the community. In either case, the logic of the model is identical, and indicates an increase in overdose risk, but it does not distinguish between the intensity, duration, and breadth of the risk in different cases. It also does not distinguish how the risk is experienced by individuals in different ways, such as sex workers, unhoused people, or those with the financial resources or networks of trusted dealers that may better insulate them from supply interruptions. While these differences should be researched to further refine the model, one of its strengths may be its versatility across cases and populations. That said, the POSTeR Model does not account for the complexities of polysubstance use, i.e., the co-use of depressants and stimulants, or of different drug types within each class. Polysubstance use, which is increasingly common among people who use opioids (Cicero et al., 2020Lim et al., 2021), can exacerbate overdose risks (Pergolizzi Jr et al., 2021), and our model does not account for these interaction effects.
Critically, this analysis does not adjudicate the competing priorities that drive narcotics enforcement and police drug seizures in many communities. There may be reasons for enforcement and the accompanying seizures that communities and their elected officials find compelling despite their iatrogenic effects. For example, police seizures might provide a way to reduce serious violence among drug suppliers, or a drug selling operation may have a significant negative impact on the public order of a neighborhood, and there is a strong desire among community members for the police to reduce or eliminate it. The role of policies and laws in addressing these issues—or failing to do so—is complex and far beyond the scope of this paper. What our model does do, however, is suggest that there may be serious negative health outcomes associated with law enforcement to address these concerns, even though the approach may have community support, and be culturally ingrained in our approach to problematic substance use. If that is the case, it is incumbent upon communities to account for these outcomes. It is counter-intuitive that drug seizures can increase overdose risk, making the public’s recalcitrance is understandable, so the causal model discussed here may offer a critical means to foster a public understanding that could shape future support for evidence-based drug policy proposals.
The fact that policing routinely creates conditions sufficient for fatal overdose, and that they occur with considerable frequency, suggests the proposed model is a critical component of understanding how policing exacerbates the health risks faced by people with opioid dependence. In doing so, it demonstrates a significant tension between the police role of protection and rescue, in which they are expected to prioritize the sanctity of human life in a manner broadly consistent with public health (del Pozo, 2022Goulka et al., 2021), and the potentially fatal risks generated by their principal strategy for addressing problematic substance use.

Conclusion

The POSTeR Model contributes to the body of knowledge about how criminal justice interventions intended to address the effects of addiction and overdose can have iatrogenic consequences that worsen health outcomes of people dependent on opioids. It is a problem that manifests across the criminal justice system. In the case of imprisonment, for example, the moral consequences of punishment are meant to be complemented by a period of detoxification and abstinence intended to promote recovery. Despite the underleveraged potential for evidence-based treatment to lessen these risks (Berk et al., 2022), this type of forced abstinence is neither effective nor safe for the people it is imposed on: release from jail or prison is believed to be one of the highest periods of overdose risk for people dependent on opioids (Binswanger et al., 20132007). By the account here, the drug seizures by police that precede incarceration, whether they are from an individual who possesses drugs for personal use or someone with large quantities intended for distribution, comprise another mechanism that can increase fatal overdose despite being intended to reduce it. It is critical that future research continues to explore this outcome, assesses its prevalence across settings, estimates the magnitude of the effect, discerns which variables are protect against risk, and brings greater clarity to the risks imposed at the individual and community levels. While it is possible that police view the reduction in supply that results from drug seizures as prima facie evidence of a successful outcome, this model and the accompanying research suggest this is not the case if a reduced supply is meant to deliver the proximate public health goal of mortality reduction.
If research continues to exhibit a positive relationship between seizures and overdose, legalization and regulation of opioids would broadly incentivize the drug market to reduce or eliminate products of uncertain potency, decisively lowering the overdose risks resulting from uncertain dosing, as well as moderate the risky behaviors that result from the fear of drug seizures. Legalization, however, has yet to be even a remotely feasible political possibility in the United States, as nascent efforts at more modest forms of decriminalization were met with resistance, implemented poorly, and eventually repealed (del Pozo, 2024Kim, 2024Smiley-McDonald et al., 2023). It is likely that police drug seizures will remain a core feature of our response to illicit substances, and that such enforcement efforts will intensify, as the criminal enforcement of drug possession holds perpetual appeal in communities that hope it will reduce risk. To safeguard health, it is critical that we understand the full range of consequences for these and other policies based on police drug seizures.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare the following financial interests/personal relationships which may be considered as potential competing interests:
Brandon del Pozo reports financial support was provided by National Institute on Drug Abuse. Traci Green reports financial support was provided by NIH National Institute of General Medical Sciences. Bradley Ray reports was provided by Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. If there are other authors, they declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.
Source: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S095539592500088X

by United Nations – Office on Drugs and Crime – April 3rd 2025

The United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) recently developed Friends in Focus, a new youth-based peer-to-peer drug prevention programme that aims to meaningfully involve young people in prevention efforts. It was peer-reviewed by a global group of experts in the field of prevention, together with youth from the UNODC Youth Initiative. Starting in 2025, UNODC is prototyping the new programme by engaging with youths and local stakeholders from various countries. Building on its recent launch of the first pre-pilot conducted in Serbia (Empowering Serbian Youth to Lead in Prevention: First Pre-Pilot Implementation of UNODC’s Friends in Focus), UNODC also initiated the second pre-pilot testing of the new programme in Italy last week. From 25 to 27 March 2025, youths from northern Italy came together to receive a 3-day Training of Trainers workshop in Arco (Trentino), Italy.

made possible with the support of the government of Italy, this Phase 1 (Training of Trainers) brought together 18 youths eager to learn about Friends in Focus, its content, and facilitation techniques for their own delivery of sessions to their younger peers. Youths from various territories of Trentino, Parma and Lombardia gathered to learn about preventative thinking, understand the risk and protective factors to drug use, and reflect how group dynamics play a role on peer selection processes and peer influence regarding substance use. And through try-out sessions, they also directly experienced their role as future youth facilitators with the preparation and delivery of the mock sessions, giving each other feedback and examining trainer-trainee dynamics.

With the understanding and skills acquired through the three-day training, youth trainers will return to their hometowns to begin their own implementation of Friends in Focus with the support of the national coordinating team and partner organisations that are supporting this pre-pilot phase. In particular, a wide range of partners, including regional governments, municipalities, public welfare entities, non-profit organizations, social cooperative organizations, and local initiatives, came together to embrace the new programme into the region during this pre-pilot, in order to support the youth trainers and peers through the 6 sessions of Friends in Focus and beyond. This unique infrastructure, characterized by a multi-stakeholder approach, exemplifies the value of enhanced inter-regional collaboration and maximized sustainability. Local authorities and community-based organizations are integrating Friends in Focus into their communities, showcasing a commitment to fostering positive change, building resilience among youth, and supporting community development.

The motivation, reflections, and dynamic energy seen through the Training of Trainers demonstrated how participants resonated with the core messages and also discovered how interactive games could be transformed into insightful reflections on real-life scenarios. In addition to the feedback received on the 3-day training, further insights from the youths’ cascade trainings will feed into the enhancement process of the Friends in Focus prototype.

For more information about Friends in Focus, please click on the following:

Source: United Nations – Office on Drugs and Crime

 

 

 

The Administration will focus on six key areas in its first year

Today, the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) is announcing the release of the Trump Administration’s Drug Policy Priorities, a comprehensive and coordinated blueprint to reduce the devastating impact of illicit drugs on American society. The Statement lays out the urgent, first-year steps that must be taken to address the scourge of illicit drug use that continues plaguing our nation and taking American lives. The implementation of these priorities will complement President Trump’s tireless efforts to stop Foreign Terrorist Organizations, cartels, and drug traffickers from harming Americans, and will help build a safer, healthier future for America.

In the next year, the White House will work across the government to implement the following six priorities:

  1. Reduce the Number of Overdose Fatalities, with a Focus on Fentanyl
  2. Secure the Global Supply Chain Against Drug Trafficking
  3. Stop the Flow of Drugs Across our Borders and into Our Communities
  4. Prevent Drug Use Before It Starts
  5. Provide Treatment That Leads to Long-Term Recovery
  6. Innovate in Research and Data to Support Drug Control Strategies

“Terrorists, cartels, and other drug traffickers are taking hundreds of thousands of American lives by poisoning them for profit,” said Jon Rice, the ONDCP Senior Official Performing the Duties of the Director. “To meet the urgent need of this moment, the Trump Administration is launching an unprecedented whole-of-government effort to stop these drugs from entering our communities and hold drug traffickers accountable. The priorities in this framework outline the first steps to kick cartels out of our country, free Americans from the deadly grip of addiction, and guide America back to health and safety.”

To achieve our vision of a safer, healthier future for Americans, we will disrupt the supply chain from tooth to tail. We will continue to take decisive action and exploit all existing authorities, both punitive and economic, to eliminate the production and distribution networks that allow these drugs to reach the United States. We will develop bold policy choices, employ innovative and sophisticated technology, and create a skilled, recovery-ready workforce to combat this crisis and ensure the safety of all Americans. Domestically, we must acknowledge the complexity of substance use disorder and addiction. The statistics surrounding drug use and overdose deaths mandate a comprehensive approach that emphasizes drug use prevention and increases access to recovery and overdose prevention and reversal services. Recognizing that a sustainable solution requires coordination across all levels of government, we will collaborate with law enforcement, first responders, healthcare providers, community-based organizations, and individuals to ensure the health and well-being of all Americans.

The staggering loss of life caused by illicit drugs underscores the severity of the challenge, but the Trump Administration has already taken critical steps to confront this crisis through a series of Executive Orders that secure our borders, combat foreign terrorist organizations and drug trafficking organizations, and demand reform by source countries from which illicit drugs and precursor chemicals flow into the United States. Critically, the Trump Administration will identify and hold accountable those responsible for exacerbating the flow of drugs within our borders.

While these Policy Priorities outline the broad areas of effort for the first year, the President’s drug control policy will evolve to keep pace with the changing landscape of illicit drug trafficking and ensure that our borders, communities, and schools are secure from the destructive influence of illicit drugs.

Source: https://www.whitehouse.gov/articles/2025/04/7856/

by Rodielon Putol – Earth.com staff writer – 04-06-2025

Nitrous oxide, better known as laughing gas, is making headlines for all the wrong reasons. Despite warnings from the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), more people across the U.S. are misusing the substance – often with tragic results.

AD

Once a common feature in dental offices and whipped cream canisters, this gas is now tied to a sharp increase in poisonings, hospitalizations, and even deaths.

Researchers from the University of Mississippi and the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign are investigating this growing trend, sounding the alarm about its risks.

“This is a chemical that is commonly used as a sedative or anesthetic, but what we’re seeing is a rise in recreational use,” said Andrew Yockey, University of Mississippi assistant professor of public health.

“But what we’re also seeing is also a rise in hospitalizations, in poisonings and in deaths.”

Nitrous oxide deaths are doubling

According to the 2023 National Survey on Drug Use and Health, over 13 million Americans have misused nitrous oxide at some point in their lives.

And the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reports that deaths from nitrous oxide poisoning have more than doubled – rising over 110% between 2019 and 2023.

While the number of deaths remains relatively low compared to other drugs, the speed of the increase is cause for concern.

“The preliminary findings of our study are that deaths have remained fairly small compared to other dangerous substances,” said Rachel Hoopsick, assistant professor of health and kinesiology at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

AD

“But what we’re seeing is that over the last couple of years, those rates have increased exponentially. At that continued rate, we could be looking at a much larger problem.”

Why nitrous oxide slips under the radar

Whippets – another name for nitrous oxide canisters – have long been used for a quick, euphoric high.

But the side effects are no joke. The FDA warns that repeated inhalation can lead to brain damage, frostbite, numbness, blood clots, and even paralysis.

Despite these warnings, the gas remains widely accessible and largely unregulated.

Unlike many controlled substances, nitrous oxide is easy to buy online or at local shops. A simple search brings up brightly packaged, flavored options – clearly designed to catch the attention of younger audiences.

“Think back to big tobacco; they deliberately targeted young people with cartoons, fun flavors and flashy colors,” said Hoopsick. “That is a parallel we’re seeing now with nitrous oxide.”

The product is often marketed as a whipped cream propellant. But some of the available options make the culinary angle hard to believe.

“I really doubt anyone is buying flavored nitrous oxide to make blueberry mango whipped cream,” Yockey said. “Or ‘Bomb Pop.’ But I can have it delivered to my house in a couple of days.”

Marketing tactics that mimic big tobacco

What’s even more alarming is how sellers downplay the risks.

“We have evidence that nitrous oxide poisoning is a very real danger, but this is very often ignored or trivialized,” said Hoopsick.

“Sellers of nitrous oxide rarely, if ever, provide health warnings. I think the public sees it as a party drug.”

And like many dangerous trends, social media is making things worse. Videos of teens and young adults inhaling the gas are easy to find online, often glamorized with hashtags and flashy effects.

“We know that if you watch videos of someone else doing it, you’re more likely to try it,” said Yockey.

“I worry about the high school and college-aged adolescents who see this online and decide to buy a fruit-punch flavored tank. Because right now, that’s perfectly legal.”

A call for policy change

The researchers believe that more data is needed to understand the full impact of nitrous oxide misuse. But they also stress that legislation must catch up with reality.

AD

“Policy level interventions are what are lacking at the moment,” Hoopsick said.

“If we have some guardrails on who can sell this, who can buy it and how it’s marketed, maybe we can get ahead of the problem.”

For now, the listings keep growing. And with speedy shipping options, the danger is just a few clicks away.

“Some of these brands were not here even a week ago,” Yockey said, scrolling through listings on his screen. “What they’re doing here is very ingenious, but it’s also incredibly dangerous.”

Source: https://www.earth.com/news/laughing-gas-crisis-nitrous-oxide-misuse-and-abuse-is-rising-in-the-u-s/

by DFAF – Save Our Society From Drugs <clincoln-dfaf.org@shared1.ccsend.com> 10 April 2025

 

Rather than investing in prevention strategies and expanding access to treatment and recovery services, British Columbia, Canada, chose to enact radical harm reduction policies—policies that are now being linked to a significant worsening of the opioid crisis.

In March 2020, British Columbia launched its safer opioid supply policy, allowing physicians and nurse practitioners to prescribe pharmaceutical-grade opioids to individuals at risk of overdose. Then, in January 2023, the province implemented a decriminalization policy, removing criminal penalties for possession of small quantities (up to 2.5g) of drugs including opioids, cocaine, methamphetamine, and MDMA.

The result? A public health disaster.

Hospitalizations due to opioid poisoning increased by 33% (93 additional hospitalizations) following the rollout of the safer supply program. After decriminalization was added, these hospitalizations rose another 58% (164 more hospitalizations), relative to the pre-policy period.

The safer opioid supply guidelines allowed prescribers to offer powerful opioids such as up to 14 hydromorphone tablets per day and two oral morphine (80 to 240 mg) capsules per day, with the option of supervised ingestion at the prescriber’s discretion. While advocates argue that these policies shield people from contaminated street drugs, a critical question remains: Who is tracking where these powerful drugs end up—and what’s being done to move people into treatment and recovery?

The evidence is troubling. Diversion is happening. Only about 3% of opioid users have accessed these so-called safer opioids. This means the vast majority of high-dose prescriptions may be going unused by intended recipients—fueling black market activity and increasing the risk of exposure for opioid-naïve individuals, especially youth. Rather than reduce harm, these diverted drugs may be driving overdose and addiction deeper into communities.

Decriminalization only exacerbates the issue by removing legal consequences, making it harder for law enforcement to respond and opening the door for increased public use, street-level trafficking, and easier circulation of diverted substances.

As for opioid-related deaths, there were increases during the safer supply period, although these findings lost statistical significance after deeper analysis. Nonetheless, the trend raises serious concerns, especially given the surge in hospitalizations.

The authors also noted rising reports of public drug use, which contributed to the government’s decision to recriminalize drug use in public spaces—a walk-back of the initial policy.

These policies may have been introduced with good intentions, but the outcomes are clear: they are not working. By prioritizing access to drugs over prevention, treatment, and accountability, British Columbia has intensified the crisis it sought to solve.

If other jurisdictions consider similar approaches, British Columbia’s experience should serve as a warning—not a model.

 

Source:  https://doi.org/10.1001/jamahealthforum.2025.0101

 

by Drug Free America Foundation <hhorning> 10 April 2025 15:45

 

As marijuana becomes more accessible across the U.S., it’s easy to assume that legality equals safety. But that assumption can put both individuals and workplaces at risk. Whether you’re a small business owner trying to protect your team or an employee navigating changing laws, here’s the truth: legal doesn’t mean harmless.

 

With more than half of U.S. states allowing marijuana in some form, and ongoing federal discussions around reclassifying the drug to a lower-risk category, many people are wondering if this means marijuana is “officially safe.” The answer isn’t so simple.

 

Health experts and addiction researchers caution that the reclassification—or legalization—of marijuana does not erase its risks. In fact, the marijuana available today is much more potent than in decades past, and regular use is linked to a variety of health and safety concerns, including:

·    Addiction: Around 30% of users may develop cannabis use disorder (CUD).

·    Impaired judgment and motor skills, increasing the risk of workplace accidents.

·    Mental health issues, such as anxiety, depression, and in more and more cases, marijuana-induced psychosis.

·    Cognitive impairment, especially harmful during adolescence and young adulthood.

·    Decreased productivity and increased absenteeism in workplace settings.

 

Additionally, what many people don’t realize is how dramatically marijuana has evolved. The THC content (the chemical responsible for the “high”) has skyrocketed—by up to 20 times compared to marijuana from the 1960s–1980s. That higher potency means stronger effects, more intense impairment, and greater risk of dependence.

 

As a small business owner, it’s your job to keep your workplace safe and your team informed. That starts with clear policies, open communication, and a basic understanding of the facts:

·    Marijuana may be legal in your state, but you can still set limits in your workplace, especially for safety-sensitive roles.

·    Employees might be confused by changing laws or think rescheduling makes marijuana “safe”—education is key.

·    Workplace drug testing policies may need updates to reflect new realities while maintaining your drug-free goals.

 

Dr. Deepak D’Souza, a psychiatrist and marijuana researcher at Yale, warns that the health effects of marijuana are still not fully understood. “We’ve done a very bad job of educating people,” he says, adding that many turn to celebrities instead of scientists for information.

Legalization and regulation are evolving. But as an employer or employee, it’s crucial to separate policy from perception. Just because something is allowed doesn’t make it appropriate—or safe—for every situation.

At the end of the day, a safe, productive, and healthy work environment depends on informed choices. Let’s make sure everyone in your workplace has the facts to make them.

 

Source: 

Easing marijuana laws doesn’t mean the drug is safer. (n.d.). WebMD. https://www.webmd.com/mental-health/addiction/news/20240501/reclassification-of-marijuana-doesnt-mean-its-safer

 

 Kyle Jaeger – April 10, 2025

The Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) has notified an agency judge that the marijuana rescheduling process is still on hold—with no future actions currently scheduled as the matter sits before the acting administrator, who has called cannabis a “gateway drug” and linked its use to psychosis.

It’s been almost three months since DEA Administrative Law Judge (ALJ) John Mulrooney temporarily paused hearings on a proposal to move cannabis from Schedule I to Schedule III of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) that was initiated under the Biden administration.

Pursuant to the Tribunal’s January 13, 2025 Order, the United States Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration (Government or DEA), by and through undersigned counsel, hereby submits the ordered Joint Status Report on behalf of the Government and Movants,” attorneys for DEA said in a joint status report on Thursday.

“To date, Movants’ interlocutory appeal to the Acting Administrator regarding their Motion to Reconsider remains pending with the Acting Administrator,” DEA said in the joint update, which was also signed by, or otherwise submitted for review to, pro-rescheduling witnesses. “No briefing schedule has been set.”

What this means for the fate of rescheduling isn’t clear. But if the decision-making is left up to DEA Acting Administrator Derek Maltz, it likely wouldn’t bode especially well for supporters of rescheduling.

The official, who retired from DEA in 2014 after 28 years of service, has made a series of sensational comments about cannabis—at one point linking marijuana use to school shootings, for example.

He also repeatedly insisted that the Biden administration “hijacked” the rescheduling process from DEA for political purposes. “It sure seems to me that DOJ has prioritized politics and votes over public health and safety!” Maltz said last May, for example.

Originally, hearings were set to commence on January 21, but those were cancelled when Mulrooney granted the appeal motion. He ordered DEA and the witnesses to provide a joint status update within 90 days, which would be this coming Sunday.

The appeal came after the judge denied a motion that sought DEA’s removal from the rescheduling proceedings altogether, arguing that it is improperly designated as the chief “proponent” of the proposed rule given the allegations of ex parte communications with anti-rescheduling witnesses that “resulted in an irrevocable taint” to the process.

Meanwhile, the Justice Department told a federal court in January that it should pause a lawsuit challenging DEA’s marijuana rescheduling process after Mulrooney cancelled the hearings.

Also in January, Mulrooney condemned DEA over its “unprecedented and astonishing” defiance of a key directive related to evidence it is seeking to use in the marijuana rescheduling proposal.

At issue was DEA’s insistence on digitally submitting tens of thousands of public comments it received in response to the proposed rule to move cannabis to Schedule III.

Mulrooney hasn’t been shy about calling out DEA over various procedural missteps throughout this rescheduling process.

For example, in December he criticized the agency for making a critical “blunder” in its effort to issue subpoenas to force Food and Drug Administration (FDA) officials to testify in hearings—but he allowed the agency to fix the error and ultimately granted the request.

Relatedly, a federal judge also dismissed a lawsuit seeking to compel DEA to turn over its communications with the anti-cannabis organization.

Mulrooney had separately denied a cannabis research company’s request to allow it to add a young medical marijuana patient and advocate as a witness in the upcoming rescheduling hearing.

Also, one of the nation’s leading marijuana industry associations asked the judge to clarify whether it will be afforded the opportunity to cross-examine DEA during the upcoming hearings on the cannabis rescheduling proposal.

Further, a coalition of health professionals that advocates for cannabis reform recently asked that the DEA judge halt future marijuana rescheduling hearings until a federal court is able to address a series of allegations they’re raising about the agency’s witness selection process.

Meanwhile, two GOP senators introduced a bill in February that would continue to block marijuana businesses from taking federal tax deductions under Internal Revenue Service (IRS) code 280E—even if it’s ultimately rescheduled.

Beyond the hearing delays, another complicating factor is the change in leadership at DEA under the Trump administration.

Trump’s nominee to serve as DEA administrator, Terrance Cole, has previously voiced concerns about the dangers of marijuana and linked its use to higher suicide risk among youth.

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. was previously vocal about his support for legalizing cannabis, as well as psychedelics therapy. But during his Senate confirmation process in February, he said that he would defer to DEA on marijuana rescheduling in his new role.

Former Rep. Matt Gaetz (R-FL)—Trump’s first pick for U.S. attorney general this term before he withdrew from consideration—said recently that “meaningful” marijuana reform is “on the horizon” under the current administration, praising the president’s “leadership” in supporting rescheduling.

After Gaetz withdrew from consideration to lead DOJ, Trump then picked former Florida Attorney General Pam Bondi (R) to run the department, and the Senate confirmed that choice. During her confirmation hearings, Bondi declined to say how she planned to navigate key marijuana policy issues. And as state attorney general, she opposed efforts to legalize medical cannabis.

Former officials with DEA and HHS said this week that, without proactive advocacy for marijuana rescheduling from Trump personally, the process could stall indefinitely.

Supporters of rescheduling got an unwelcome update last week, however, as the White House Office of Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) released a report that outlined the administration’s top drug policy priorities for Trump’s first year of his second term—and it notably did not mention rescheduling or other cannabis reforms.

A marijuana industry-funded political action committee (PAC) recently attacked Biden’s cannabis policy record as well as the nation of Canada, with new ads promoting sometimes misleading claims about the last administration while making the case that Trump can deliver on reform.

Source: https://www.marijuanamoment.net/dea-says-stalled-marijuana-rescheduling-process-awaits-action-from-agency-head-who-called-cannabis-a-gateway-drug/

 

Note: To access the Joint Status Report – Dkt No. 24-44 , contributed by Tom Angell (Marijuana Moment) visit the Source as indicated above.

by AddictionPolicy Forum – Apr 3, 2025

Adults under 50 who use marijuana may face a significantly higher risk of heart attack, according to a new study published in the Journal of the American College of Cardiology (JACC)

Researchers analyzed data from more than 4.6 million adults and found that individuals under 50 who use cannabis were more than six times as likely to suffer a heart attack compared to non-users. The study also found that those who use cannabis are four times more likely to experience an ischemic stroke, three times more likely to experience major adverse cardiovascular events, and twice as likely to experience heart failure.
“Asking about cannabis use should be part of clinicians’ workup to understand patients’ overall cardiovascular risk, similar to asking about smoking cigarettes,” said Ibrahim Kamel, MD, clinical instructor at the Boston University Chobanian & Avedisian School of Medicine and internal medicine resident at St. Elizabeth’s Medical Center in Boston and the study’s lead author in a press release. “At a policy level, a fair warning should be made so that the people who are consuming cannabis know that there are risks.”

The findings applied even to individuals who did not use tobacco products, suggesting marijuana may be an independent risk factor for cardiovascular disease.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) notes that marijuana use can increase heart rate and blood pressure — both of which may contribute to cardiovascular strain. Researchers believe these effects could play a role in damaging blood vessels and increasing the risk of blood clots.

Experts advise that cannabis should be considered alongside other recognized risk factors when evaluating heart health, particularly in younger adults. “Until we have more solid data, I advise users to try to somehow put some regulation in the using of cannabis,” said Ahmed Mahmoud with Boston University. “We are not sure if it’s totally, 100% safe for your heart by any amount or any duration of exposure.”
Source: https://mailchi.mp/addictionpolicy.org/halt-fentanyl-act-sign-on-letter-16446882?e=67079d94e3

by Robyn Oster – April 2025

It lays out 6 priorities:

  1. Reduce the Number of Overdose Fatalities, with a Focus on Fentanyl: This includes harm reduction efforts including increasing availability of naloxone and drug test strips, educational campaigns on overdose prevention, and diverting people from incarceration to supportive services. However, it also includes pursuing “the harshest available penalties” for those who sell fentanyl that results in overdose deaths.
  2. Secure the Global Supply Chain Against Drug Trafficking: This includes law enforcement and regulatory actions with other countries to address global drug trafficking, including exercising the administration’s “economic powers to demand change” when other countries “fail to take action.”
  3. Stop the Flow of Drugs Across our Borders and into Our Communities: This includes enhancing border security to prevent the smuggling of drugs into the U.S., with the goal of decreasing the domestic availability. The administration will use “both punitive and economic” measures and will “hold states and localities accountable for committing appropriate resources” to these efforts. The administration “will prosecute those individuals responsible for disseminating drugs within our communities and pursue severe penalties against the most culpable actors.”
  4. Prevent Drug Use Before It Starts: This includes educational campaigns and evidence-based prevention programs in schools and communities, including building resilience in youth and promoting healthy behaviors. The administration will also use social media to educate on dangers, overdose prevention, and treatment and recovery services.
  5. Provide Treatment That Leads to Long-Term Recovery: The administration will ensure effective, timely, and evidence-based treatment is available to all who need it. This includes expanding access to medications for opioid use disorder, improving integration of mental health and recovery support services, and strengthening the peer recovery support workforce and infrastructure.
  6. Innovate in Research and Data to Support Drug Control Strategies: The includes collecting and analyzing data to inform policy and modernizing technologies/systems for data collection and sharing. The administration will monitor trends to identify and address emerging threats.

Source: https://drugfree.org/drug-and-alcohol-news/trump-administrations-drug-policy-priorities-unveiled/

 

by Nicolas Traino with Lucie Valais – 20/03 /25, then PL with AFP – 04/09 /25

The Academy of Medicine relies on certain studies carried out in countries where cannabis has been legalized to reaffirm its opposition to legalization in France.

The French Academy of Medicine reiterated, this Wednesday, April 9, its long-standing opposition to the legalization of cannabis in France, citing certain recent studies which point to negative effects in terms of public health in countries which have authorized the consumption of this drug.

 

“The legalization of the ‘recreational’ use of cannabis would cause serious problems in terms of public health”, said this institution in a press release, which aims to express medical consensus on a given subject.

This position has been assumed for several decades by the Academy of Medicine, which expresses itself above all on the consequences of legalization in matters of public health and not, for example, crime.

 

An opinion based on studies carried out in other countries

The institution explains this new communication by the fact that the scientific literature has recently been expanded based on the experience of several territories having legalized cannabis, including Canada and more and more American states.

“Recently published medical data confirms (…) the problems that have arisen in countries that have carried out such legalization”, says the Academy.

Among the studies cited, one, carried out in Canada and published in 2022 in the New England Journal of Medicine, shows that with legalization, the proportion of patients testing positive for tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the main active substance in cannabis has doubled among motorists hospitalized after an accident.

 

Also in Canada, a study, published in 2025 in the Jama Network Open, showed that, among patients hospitalized for schizophrenia, the proportion associated with cannabis use tripled, going from around 3% to more than 10%.

 

The Academy’s position is also part of a political context where deputies – from the left and Macronist ranks – proposed at the start of the year to legalize the use and the possession of cannabis, according to a “closely regulated model”.

Conversely, the institution insists on “maintaining the ban in France on the sale and consumption of cannabis” and on increasing prevention among young people.

 

Source: https://www.bfmtv.com/sante/un-soulagement-enorme-le-processus-vers-la-legalisation-du-cannabis-therapeutique-relance-par-le-gouvernement_AV-202503200126.html

The new top federal prosecutor in Massachusetts underscored her opposition this week to supervised drug use sites and issued a “guarantee” that the Trump administration will never allow states like Massachusetts to skirt the federal law criminalizing the long-debated facilities.

U.S. Attorney Leah Foley, who took office in January, issued a statement Wednesday responding to an editorial in which the Lowell Sun suggested the federal government could turn a “blind eye” to the issue and asked, “Has the time finally arrived to challenge prevailing federal law in an effort to save addicts’ lives?”

Foley, a former deputy chief of the office’s Narcotics & Money Laundering Unit who has previously said she would oppose supervised drug use sites, said her response was simple: “No.”

“As to the hope for a blind eye, I guarantee that such a time will never come during this Administration,” she said. “‘Safe injections sites,’ ‘harm reduction sites,’ or however they are branded by advocates, are categorically illegal and do nothing to help people overcome their addictions. To the contrary, they facilitate destructive behavior that ruins lives, consumes families and devastates communities.”

Activists have been pushing state government for years to pass a bill authorizing overdose prevention centers and federal law has consistently been identified as the primary barrier. In 2018, Trump-appointed U.S. Attorney Andrew Lelling said anyone who uses or works at such a facility could face federal charges “regardless of any state law or study.”

Gov. Maura Healey’s administration announced its support for the idea of supervised drug use sites in 2023, and the Senate approved language last year allowing municipalities to open locations as part of a broader addiction and substance use bill. That provision was dropped in negotiations with the House.

Supporters of the idea say allowing medically trained professionals to monitor street drug use, then intervene and try to prevent an overdose from turning fatal, would help prevent fatal overdoses as powerful synthetics flood the drug supply and could serve as an opportunity to connect addicts with treatment or other services.

Foley said Wednesday that policymakers needs to look only as far as the intersection of Massachusetts Avenue and Melnea Cass Boulevard to see “the direct result of the ill-conceived experiment allowing drug users to flout the law.”

“Businesses left and have not come back. Creating environments that assist people with pumping poisons into their bodies is neither compassionate nor constructive,” the U.S. attorney said. “We should continue to direct all our resources to the prevention efforts that steer people, especially our youth, away from drug use and treatment protocols that truly save peoples’ lives from their addictions.”

Source: https://franklinobserver.town.news/g/franklin-town-ma/n/297912/just-say-no

As reports show highest rates of deaths after drug misuse among older people, experts take a look at the health risks

by Damon Syson – Daily Telegraph,  London – 12 April 2025

A recent report from the Office for National Statistics revealed that older people continue to register the highest rates of drug misuse mortality. According to the ONS, there were 1,118 deaths involving cocaine registered in 2023, which was 30.5 per cent higher than the previous year and nearly 10 times higher than in 2011.

“I actually think those figures are an underestimate,” says Dr Niall Campbell, a Priory consultant psychiatrist specialising in addictions. “When people die from drug-related causes, it’s often not recorded.”

Campbell is quick to point out that far from being the preserve of urban professionals, this phenomenon occurs throughout the UK: “A significant number of people will be partying on coke, whether it’s in central London or at a middle-class dinner party in the Cotswolds.

It’s a national problem. I have a patient in his sixties who was taking a lot of cocaine and ended up experiencing chest pains. He stopped, sought help, and he’s now much, much better. He lives in a small provincial town; he set up a Cocaine Anonymous support group there.”

The dangers of common drugs

Cocaine is by far the most serious source of concern when it comes to accidental death, but the other drugs that are commonly misused in the UK (according to the most recent ONS statistics) can also damage your health.

Used chronically, ecstasy (MDMA) depletes your serotonin levels, which can lead to depression, anxiety and lethargy.

Despite the growing numbers of people microdosing psilocybin as a treatment for depression, so-called “magic” mushrooms have been known to bring on panic attacks and can also exacerbate existing mental health problems.

Regular use of cannabis, especially when smoked together with tobacco, has been linked to chronic respiratory conditions, depression, impaired memory, motor skills and cardiovascular function – and its negative effects increase as the user gets older.

The dangers of excessive ketamine use, meanwhile, are well-documented, with chronic users risking bladder damage, cognitive impairment and personality change. But the over-50s have not embraced it as a drug of choice.

Aside from its toxicity, there are two other factors that make cocaine more of an immediate cause for concern than any of these drugs. Firstly, accessibility: it is the second-most used drug in the UK after cannabis; it’s easily available, and its relative cost has gone down over the past decade.

Secondly, cocaine is frequently – and incorrectly – perceived to be less harmful than it is. “Today, what we tend to see is a lot of intermittent cocaine users,” says Campbell, who is based at Priory Hospital Roehampton. “Often they’ve stopped regular use. But for whatever reason, it has caught up with them.”

Why are so many over-50s dying from cocaine poisoning?

The ONS reported in 2019 that the reason Generation X cohort are dying in greater numbers by suicide or drug poisoning is partly because “during the 1980s and ’90s more people started using hard drugs habitually”.

“These people still feel young at heart,” says Campbell. “They think they can still do what they used to do in the old days. Unfortunately, they can’t. Even if they’re aware of the health risk – say for example another person in their group has previously had an episode – they choose to ignore it.”

In essence, a certain group, now in their fifties, have either continued to take drugs since their twenties or now occasionally dabble “for old time’s sake”.

But the body of a 55-year-old is very different to that of a 25-year-old. The stakes become much higher because of the increased vulnerability of ageing bodies to the physiological and cognitive effects of cocaine.

“The typical scenario is a group of men in their fifties who say, ‘Come on, lads, let’s go to Ibiza and party like we did in 1999,’” says Campbell. “The trouble is, their bodies can’t take it, and they end up facing severe cardiac problems, or even death. As you get older, every time you take cocaine you’re playing Russian Roulette.”

The critical factor, he adds, is the cardiac toxicity of cocaine: “Cocaine gives you a massive release of dopamine from your limbic system into your brain, and it also speeds up your heart rate. That may be survivable if you’re 20 or 30, but as you get older, your heart isn’t as robust as it was. For them, doing a line of cocaine is like putting a supercharger onto a Ford Anglia.”

How does taking cocaine affect your brain and body – and how does this change as you get older?

Older adults are more susceptible to the effects of drugs and alcohol, because as the body ages, it cannot metabolise these substances as easily as it once did.

The short-term physical effects of using cocaine include constricted blood vessels, increased heart rate and high blood pressure. These factors can dramatically increase the risk of having a heart attack.

“What we commonly see when we’re called to A&E is arrhythmias, which are irregularities of heart rhythm,” says Dr Farhan Shahid, a consultant interventional cardiologist at The Harborne Hospital, part of HCA Healthcare UK.

“What happens when you take cocaine is that you’re stimulating the body’s flight and fight response, and the heart responds appropriately by speeding up. In the older population you’re often dealing with a patient who has other underlying medical problems – which makes treating them a lot less straightforward. They may be on blood pressure tablets, for example, or they might have had a stroke in the past.”

Long-term cocaine use brings with it a whole suite of potential health problems. It can increase an individual’s chances of suffering an aneurysm, because constricting the blood vessels over a long period may reduce the amount of oxygen the brain receives. It can raise the risk of strokes and lead to impaired cognitive function. And it can also cause damage to kidneys and liver, especially when used – as it almost invariably is – in tandem with excessive amounts of alcohol.

Shahid confirms that he frequently treats patients who display the chronic effects of taking cocaine: “It might, for example, be a 56-year-old who has high blood pressure as a background, regardless of the misuse. Taking cocaine on top of that will send their blood pressure off the chart, so to speak.

Over time, they become resistant to medication, and they may require admission into hospital and intravenous medication to bring their blood pressure down.

Cocaine causes a compromise in the demand and supply of the heart muscle: it causes a constriction of the arteries and a state where the blood is thicker and has a greater predisposition to clot.

It’s also worth noting that chronic cocaine use is linked with mental health issues like anxiety, panic attacks and psychosis. Even a one-off line at a party can cause an individual to behave erratically and recklessly, leading to accident and injury.

“Cocaine-induced paranoid states get worse as you get older,” says Campbell. “I had a patient who got together with friends to relive old times. They went away for the weekend, took cocaine, and as a result, he had a huge depressive crisis. He went back to the hotel and attempted suicide. Fortunately, he didn’t succeed.”

How to counteract the damage of cocaine

“The simple answer is – stop,” says Campbell. “If you’ve taken cocaine and you’ve experienced palpitations, for example, that’s a serious red flag. A user needs to get themselves checked out. If you’re worried, talk to your doctor and be honest about it. Your GP can perform an ECG and arrange a full cardio workup.”

Anyone concerned should also take encouragement from the fact that it’s never too late to take a positive step. “With the right treatment and the cessation of the misuse, you can reverse the effects of cocaine misuse,” says Shahid. “Cocaine drives up blood pressure, so if you stop the cocaine use, you can reduce that blood pressure change, and – with the correct medications in the background – bring it down to safe levels.”

Of course, not everyone can afford to seek treatment at Priory, but as a first port of call, Campbell advises contacting Cocaine Anonymous, which he says is “free and widespread, and staffed by people who really know what they’re talking about”.

“This phenomenon is certainly a matter for concern,” he says on a final note, “and it’s on the increase, as the generation comes through that were partying in 1999. Could it get worse? I think it will, because people are reluctant to seek help. Unfortunately, they have no idea how much of a risk they’re taking.”

 

Source: https://www.telegraph.co.uk/health-fitness/conditions/ageing/the-devastating-effects-of-drug-misuse-in-the-middle-aged/

 

Kara Alexander is jailed for life after drowning her sons, aged two and five, in a bath after smoking the drug

Kara Alexander has been sentenced to life imprisonment for murdering her children

Credit: Metropolitan Police/PA

 

A judge has warned against the dangers of drugs after a skunk-smoking mother drowned her young sons in the bath.

Kara Alexander, 47, of Dagenham, east London, murdered Elijah Thomas, two, and Marley Thomas, five, in the bath at their home in Cornwallis Road, on December 15 2022.

At Kingston Crown Court on Friday she was sentenced to life imprisonment with a minimum term of 21 years and 252 days.

The judge, Mr Justice Bennathan, referred to the children’s father finding his deceased sons next to one another as “the stuff of nightmares”.

He noted that Alexander had been smoking skunk – a stronger type of cannabis – on the night she killed her children and had been “doing so every night for weeks, probably much longer”.

In his sentencing remarks, he said: “The heavy use of skunk or other hyper-strong strains of cannabis can plunge people into a mental health crisis in which they may harm themselves or others.

“If any drug user does not know that, it’s about time they did.

“At your trial, Kara Alexander, the three psychiatrists who gave evidence disagreed about a number of things, but on that they were unanimous.

“It will comfort nobody connected to this case, but if these events bring home that message to even a few people, some slight good may come from what is otherwise an unmitigated tragedy.”

The bodies of Elijah, left, and Marley, were found by their father

 Credit: Central News/Facebook

 

He said he could not reach any conclusion but, in her state at that time, she intended to kill the boys, pointing out that she had “unspeakably” held the boys under water for “up to a minute or two”.

“The bath was probably still run from their normal evening routine and I do not think for a moment that your dreadful acts were pre-meditated,” he said.

The judge said Alexander dried the boys, put them in clean pyjamas and laid them together, tucked in under duvets, on the same bunk bed.

“The next morning, their father, worried by your unusual silence, came and found them. The stuff of nightmares,” he said.

The judge said there was every sign Alexander was a “caring and affectionate” mother to both children before the events of Dec 15.

He pointed out that their father said Alexander “never shouted or raised her voice at the boys” and “never showed violence to the boys”.

Psychotic state caused by cannabis 

Mr Justice Bennathan said Alexander was in a psychotic state when she killed her sons and that it was cannabis induced.

He said she had a previous psychotic episode in 2016 in which cannabis also probably played a part, but said he cannot be sure that she was aware that cannabis could trigger another psychotic state.

Advertisement

The judge said he noted that in Dec 2022, Alexander spoke regularly with two members of her social circle about her heavy cannabis use, both of them knowing that she was looking after two small children.

“And at least one of them knew of your previous psychotic episode in 2016, yet neither of them warned you of any risk or sounded any note of caution at all,” he said.

The judge said Alexander will mourn her sons for the rest of her life.

“From all that I have read and seen of you, I have no doubt that every day when you awake you will remember and grieve for the little boys whose lives you snatched away,” he said.

 

Source: https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2025/04/11/cannabis-killer-mother-psychotic-state/

From NIHCM Newsletter / April 2025

Alcohol & Substance Use

Learn about the latest news on substance use, including views on alcohol, and how fentanyl deaths are declining.

  • Alcohol Awareness: April is alcohol-awareness month and an opportunity to reflect on the impacts of alcohol use and how alcohol-related deaths have increased over the last decade, with a sharp increase during early-pandemic years. A new Pew Research Center survey explores Americans’ views on the risks and benefits of alcohol consumption. A majority of routine drinkers, 59%, say their alcohol use increases their risk of serious physical health problems at least a little.
  • Fentanyl Deaths Declining: Recent preliminary data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) indicates a 25% decrease in opioid overdose deaths for the 12-month period ending in October 2024, compared to the same timeframe in 2023. This is driven in large part by a reduction in the number of deaths involving fentanyl. The Wall Street Journal examines the decline in a series of charts. KFF Health News discusses how misinformation about fentanyl is impacting the overdose response.
  • Federal Funding: A federal judge has temporarily blocked the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) from terminating a variety of public health funds that had been allocated to states during the Covid-19 pandemic, including funding that was being used to support opioid addiction and mental health treatments. The administration also closed the office that tracked alcohol-related deaths and harms and helped develop policies to reduce them.

Resources & Initiatives

  • The US Surgeon General’s 2025 Advisory, Alcohol and Cancer Risk, describes the scientific evidence for the causal link between alcohol consumption and an increased risk for cancer.
  • NPR dives into 8 theories from experts on why fentanyl overdose deaths are declining, including increased access to Naloxone, better public health, and the waning effects of the COVID pandemic.
  • The National Academy for State Health Policy’s State Opioid Settlement Spending Decisions tracker shares state-level settlement funding decisions and priorities.
  • With support from a $5.4 million Elevance Health Foundation grant, Shatterproof created an online training curriculum for healthcare professionals that aims to dispel myths and misunderstandings about substance use disorder, and promote person-centered, culturally responsive care.

Source: https://nihcm.org/newsletter/the-relationship-between-alcohol-and-health

This video illustrates findings of research by LHSC Canada, showing a potential biological link between cannabis use and psychosis – this can be seen by clicking the link shown below:

by Raminta Daniulaityte – College of Health Solutions, Arizona State University, Phoenix, AZ, United States et al.

“I don’t know how you can overdose smoking them:” 

Highlights

  • Smoking was viewed as protective against overdose compared to other routes of use.
  • Beliefs about inconsistency of blues drove concerns about the overdose risks.
  • Some believed that the quality of blues improved recently, and they became safer.
  • Many aimed to avoid the fentanyl in powder form to reduce their overdose risks.
  • Dosing-related strategies emphasized personal responsibility and victim blaming.

Abstract

Aims

Illicitly manufactured fentanyl (IMF) remains the primary driver of overdose mortality in the US. Western states saw significant increases in IMF-laced counterfeit pain pills (“blues”). This qualitative study, conducted in Phoenix, Arizona, provides an in-depth understanding of how overdose-related risks are viewed and experienced by people who use “blues.”

Methods

Between 11/2022–12/2023, the study recruited 60 individuals who used “blues” using targeted and network-based recruitment. Qualitative interviews were recorded, transcribed, and analyzed using NVivo.

Results

The sample included 41.7 % women, and 56.7 % whites. 55.3 % had prior overdose, but most (62.2 %) rated their current risk as none/low. Risk perceptions centered on a multi-level calculus of drug market conditions, individual vulnerabilities, and behavioral factors. Smoking was considered a “normative” way of using “blues”, and most viewed it as protective against overdose in comparison to injection and other routes of use. Drug market conditions and the unpredictability of “blues” were emphasized as important factor of overdose risk. However, some believed that over time, the quality/consistency of “blues” improved, and they became less risky. Many also expressed fears about the emerging local availability of powder fentanyl and its risk. Views about safer dosing, polydrug use, tolerance, and health emphasized personal responsibility and individual vulnerability to overdose risks. Discussions of protective behaviors, including take-home naloxone, varied bases on the perceptions of overdose risks.

Conclusions

The findings emphasize the need for close monitoring of local IMF markets and design of comprehensive interventions and risk communication strategies to address perceptions that minimize IMF-laced counterfeit pill risks.

Introduction

Illicitly manufactured fentanyl (IMF) remains a critical driver of overdose mortality in the US (Spencer et al., 2024), and there are emerging concerns about its proliferation in other regions of the globe (Friedman & Ciccarone, 2025; Piatkowski et al., 2025). The spread of IMF in the local drug markets in the US has shown increasing complexity with notable regional differences in the types of IMF products available, and associated contamination risks (Kilmer et al., 2022). While powder IMF has been the predominant form in the Eastern part of the US, western states, including Arizona, have seen significant increases in the availability of IMF in counterfeit pill form, most commonly 30 mg oxycodone, referred to as “blues” or “M30s” (Daniulaityte et al., 2022; O’Donnell et al., 2023; Palamar et al., 2022, 2024). For example, between 2017 and 2023, the total number of IMF pill seizures in the US increased by 8509.7 %, and the increase was the steepest in the West (an 11,266.7 % increase) (Palamar et al., 2024). Increases in IMF pill presence have been especially dramatic in Arizona with retail-level seizures of IMF pills increasing from about 1000 in 2017, to 18,004 in 2019, and 155,572 pills in 2020 (Mully et al., 2020). In 2023, Arizona had the highest number of IMF pill seizures in the country (n = 1638), and the second highest in the total number of IMF pills seized (n = 36,525,410) (Palamar et al., 2024).
Along with the increasing availability of IMF in counterfeit pill form, Arizona experienced significant rise in overdoses. Overdose deaths in Arizona increased from 1532 in 2017 to 2550 in 2020, and 2664 in 2022 (Centers for Disease Control & Prevention, 2022). Available data on seized drugs in Arizona indicate that in 2022 seized counterfeit pills contained 2.5 mg of fentanyl on average, with a range of 0.03 to 5.0 mg/tablet (Drug Enforcement Administration, 2024). Nationally, in 2022, an estimated 6 in 10 seized counterfeit pills were found to contain at least 2 mg of fentanyl, which is considered a potentially lethal dose (Glidden et al., 2024). Arizona currently does not have community-based drug checking programs, and there is limited up-to date information on the changes in potency of counterfeit pills or on the types of other substances that may be present in them. Data from other regions suggest that besides fentanyl, the pills may contain other fentanyl analogs, acetaminophen, and other drugs (Wightman et al., 2024).
Prior studies have identified a broad range of behaviors and conditions that are associated with an increased likelihood of opioid overdose. Some of these established risk factors include prior overdose experiences, concurrent use of benzodiazepines or alcohol, returning to high doses after losing tolerance (e.g., individuals recently released from prison or inpatient drug treatment), and physical and mental health comorbidities (Carlson et al., 2020; Darke & Hall, 2003; Darke et al., 2014; Kline et al., 2021; Park et al., 2016). However, established frameworks and “expert knowledge” that guide overdose prevention interventions may not align with the perceptions and experiences of people who use drugs (Chang et al., 2024; Moallef et al., 2019). Risk assessment is not an objective and value free enterprise, but it is embedded in the individual histories and experiences, underlying socio-cultural values, and broader structural and environmental conditions (Agar, 1985; Rhodes, 2002). There is a need for qualitative studies to help increase the understanding of how people who use IMF view, experience and judge their overdose-related risks.
Several prior qualitative studies have examined overdose risks in the era of IMF spread, aiming to characterize how people who use drugs (PWUD) experience IMF risks, what harm reduction strategies they employ, and how broader social and structural factors contribute to the local environments of risk (Abadie, 2023; Bardwell et al., 2021; Beharie et al., 2023; Ciccarone et al., 2024; Collins et al., 2024; Fadanelli et al., 2020; Gunn et al., 2021; Lamonica et al., 2021; Latkin et al., 2019; Macmadu et al., 2022; Victor et al., 2020). Many of the prior studies on IMF-related overdose risk perceptions and experiences were conducted at the initial stages of IMF spread, and primarily focused on overdose risks associated with inadvertent exposures to IMF contaminated heroin or other drugs (Abadie, 2023; Ataiants et al., 2020; Carroll et al., 2017; Lamonica et al., 2021; Latkin et al., 2019; Stein et al., 2019; Victor et al., 2020). More research is needed to understand the perceptions of IMF-related overdose risks in the context of high market saturation with IMF, and among individuals who intentionally seek and use IMF-containing drugs. Further, most prior studies were conducted in the regions where IMF is primarily available in powder form and as a contaminant of or replacement for heroin Carroll et al. (2017); Ciccarone et al. (2024, 2017); Latkin et al. (2019); Mars et al. (2018); Moallef et al. (2019). A few recent studies conducted in California described an increasing trend of individuals who use opioids switching from injection to smoking route of using IMF in powder form. These emerging studies have highlighted health-related benefits that were linked to this transition, including potential reduction in overdose risks (Ciccarone et al., 2024; Kral et al., 2021; Megerian et al., 2024). In the context of these important findings, there remains a lack of data on overdose risk perceptions related to the use of IMF in a counterfeit pill form. This qualitative study, conducted in Phoenix, Arizona, aims to address these key gaps and provide an in-depth understanding of how overdose-related risks are viewed and experienced by people who intentionally seek and use IMF-laced counterfeit pain pills (blues).

Section snippets

Methods

This paper draws on data collected for a study on counterfeit drug use in Phoenix, Arizona. Semi-structured, qualitative interviews were completed between 11/2022–12/2023. To qualify for the study, individuals had to meet the following criteria: 1) at least 18 years of age; 2) currently residing in the Phoenix, Arizona, metro area; and 3) use of illicit and/or counterfeit/pressed opioid and/or benzodiazepines in the past 30 days. The study was approved by the Arizona State University (ASU)

Participant characteristics and patterns of drug use

Out of 60 study participants, 58.3 % were men, and the age ranged from 22 to 66-years-old, with a mean of 39.0 (SD 11.2). More than half reported that they were unemployed, and 90 % had lifetime experiences of homelessness. Most (90 %) reported having health insurance, and 65 % had experiences of accessing local harm reduction services in Arizona (Table 1).
Most participants reported their first use of blues about 2–3 years ago (mean years since first use 2.7, SD 1.5) (Table 1). All participants

Discussion

Participants who use IMF pills reported deploying a range of calculated tactics to reduce their overdose risk. Many shared attitudes that tended to minimize the risks and reinforce a sense of personal invulnerability. Some of the contextual and behavioral factors of risk that were emphasized by the study participants align with the prior studies conducted in other regions of the US (Abadie, 2023; Beharie et al., 2023; Ciccarone et al., 2024; Collins et al., 2024; Fernandez et al., 2023; Victor

Role of funding source

This study was supported by the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) Grant: 1R21DA055640-01A1 (Daniulaityte, PI). The funding source had no further role in the study design, in the collection, analysis and interpretation of the data, in the writing of the report, or in the decision to submit the paper for publication.

Declaration of ethics

The study received ethics approval from the Arizona State University Institutional Review Board.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Raminta Daniulaityte: Writing – original draft, Validation, Supervision, Resources, Project administration, Methodology, Investigation, Funding acquisition, Formal analysis, Data curation, Conceptualization. Kaylin Sweeney: Writing – review & editing, Project administration, Formal analysis, Data curation. Patricia Timmons: Writing – review & editing, Project administration, Formal analysis, Data curation. Madeline Hooten: Writing – review & editing, Project administration, Formal analysis,

Declaration of competing interest

All authors declare that there are no conflicts of interest.
Source: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0955395925001070

Experts warn of rising dependence on anti-anxiety medications, which often start as short-term solutions but lead to addiction; with withdrawal posing serious risks, specialists stress need for medical oversight, alternative treatments, and early intervention

by Eitan Gefen – 17th March 2025
Victoria Ratliff awakens in her lavish suite, the Thai sun piercing through the curtains. She blinks slowly, her head heavy. Was it too much wine again last night? Or was it the lorazepam? From the adjacent bathroom, her husband showers, oblivious to the small internal struggle playing out in her mind. The children? They lost interest in their mother long ago.
She closes her eyes for a moment, takes a deep breath, and imagines herself as someone else—someone who doesn’t need a pill to get through the day. But reality waits. As anxiety creeps in, she reaches for the bottle, pops a pill, washes it down with a sip of water, and lets the familiar calm settle in.
Top Videos
In the third season of HBO’s hit series The White Lotus, Victoria Ratliff grapples with a quiet addiction to lorazepam, a prescription sedative. Her character drifts through scenes in a daze, caught between sleep and wakefulness, her oversized sunglasses and bright smile masking the growing dependency beneath.
Though fictional, Ratliff’s story mirrors a harsh reality. In recent years, addiction to anti-anxiety medications such as Valium, Klonopin, and lorazepam (sold in Israel as Lorivan) has become a global concern, transcending age, class, and geography. What often starts as a “harmless pill for relaxation” can quickly spiral into dependence, making withdrawal a daunting challenge.
A growing crisis
The rise in prescription drug dependency highlights an alarming trend: an increasing reliance on medications to manage daily stressors. What begins as a short-term solution can become a chemical prison with devastating effects on mental and physical health. Why is quitting so difficult? How do people get hooked in the first place? And what can be done before the pills take over?
Dr. Chen Avni, a psychiatrist and deputy director of the psychiatric day treatment department at Ramat Hen Mental Health Center in Tel Aviv, explains that these medications belong to a class of drugs called benzodiazepines. “They enhance the activity of gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA), a neurotransmitter that slows down brain activity. In low doses, they induce relaxation, but in higher doses, they can cause drowsiness, memory impairment, confusion, and loss of balance.”
While the effects are similar to alcohol, benzodiazepines lack the intoxicating high. However, prolonged use can lead to cognitive impairment, decreased alertness, and, in elderly patients, an increased risk of dangerous falls.
From medical use to dependence
According to Avni, addiction often develops when usage extends beyond the prescribed timeframe. “Initially, these medications are intended for short-term relief—typically no more than six weeks,” he says. “The problem arises when patients feel they can’t function without them. That’s when we see cases of dependency, sometimes at alarmingly high doses.”
Shahar Cohen, a clinical social worker specializing in addiction treatment, has seen this trend intensify. “Anxiety levels across the population have been rising, especially in the past year and a half,” she says. “This isn’t just an individual issue—it affects families, workplaces, and entire communities.”
Prescription drug addiction cuts across all demographics. Some users first receive medication for legitimate issues like insomnia or acute anxiety. Others turn to them following major life stressors such as job loss, divorce, or a child’s military enlistment. In many cases, what starts as a doctor-prescribed solution escalates into self-medication, leading to dependency.
A dangerous market
For many, obtaining benzodiazepines legally isn’t enough. “One former patient of mine was using 16 times the recommended dose,” Avni recalls. “He bought part of his supply through his healthcare provider and the rest on the black market.”
This underground trade of prescription medication underscores a major challenge: when patients become addicted, they will go to great lengths to maintain their supply. “People often don’t realize they’re dependent until it’s too late,” Cohen warns. “When the thought of being without the drug becomes unbearable, that’s a red flag.”
Breaking free from addiction
Experts emphasize that addiction must be treated holistically, addressing not just the physical dependency but also the underlying emotional triggers. “Addiction is never just about the drug,” Cohen explains. “It’s often about pain—whether emotional or psychological. The drug becomes a coping mechanism.”
For those struggling with benzodiazepine dependency, gradual withdrawal under medical supervision is crucial. “Abrupt discontinuation can be dangerous, leading to severe withdrawal symptoms like seizures and psychosis,” Avni cautions. “I’m currently treating a patient who experienced vivid hallucinations after trying to quit cold turkey. We had to introduce a slow, controlled tapering process.”
Beyond physical detoxification, long-term recovery requires psychological support. “Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) is an effective tool, especially for sleep disorders,” Avni says. “For chronic anxiety or post-traumatic stress disorder, alternative psychiatric treatments that are non-addictive should be considered.”
Shifting medical practices
Awareness around prescription drug dependency is growing, but change is slow. “There are still doctors who hesitate to confront addicted patients and continue writing prescriptions out of convenience or pressure,” Avni notes. “But every physician prescribing these drugs should recognize the long-term risks. This isn’t just a temporary fix—it can become a lifelong struggle.”
<< Get the Ynetnews app on your smartphone: Google Play: https://bit.ly/4eJ37pE | Apple App Store: https://bit.ly/3ZL7iNv >>
The Israeli Health Ministry is currently working on reforms to address prescription drug addiction, including establishing specialized treatment clinics within health maintenance organizations (HMOs). These initiatives aim to provide better oversight, education, and intervention before patients spiral into dependency.
The need for early intervention
Ultimately, the best way to combat prescription drug addiction is prevention. “It’s crucial to start with the lowest effective dose and treat the root cause of the anxiety, insomnia, or distress,” Avni advises. “No one is immune to addiction. The key is to monitor usage, avoid increasing dosages without medical guidance, and seek alternative therapies when possible.”
Cohen echoes this sentiment. “Science still can’t predict who will become addicted and who won’t, so awareness is critical,” she says. “If you suspect dependence—whether in yourself or someone close to you—don’t ignore it. Seeking help early can make all the difference.”
Victoria Ratliff’s story may be fictional, but the crisis it highlights is very real. For countless individuals, the journey from prescription to addiction is deceptively short. The challenge now is ensuring that those in need receive the right treatment—before their escape becomes their prison.
by Sean Murray – Mon, 17 Mar, 2025

“It’s important to realise, in terms of the harms of gambling, it’s not confined to a particular gender. Sometimes it’s considered that it ought to be a certain socioeconomic group or certain educational background. But it’s actually across the board.’

Towards the end of the Irish Examiner’s chat with Ireland’s first gambling regulator, talk had turned to a special edition of RTÉ radio’s Late Debate that had aired the previous night.

Anne Marie Caulfield had been listening to the show that featured a 40-minute segment on the impact of gambling on the women of Ireland, a problem that can remain a hidden harm in their lives for some time.

The hidden harm

It featured personal testimonies from women affected by problem gambling and commentary from Claire Donegan, the project lead for the EmpowerHer Recovery Network that was set up to support women in this situation.

Ms Caulfield, the chief executive of the Gambling Regulatory Authority of Ireland, which was formally established earlier this month, was keen to emphasise that her organisation would be listening to these voices as its work finally gets under way.

“What Claire would say to us is that there can be certain issues in terms of problem gambling for women that they feel more comfortable raising in a women’s group,” she said.

“For example, people might be talking in terms of having gambled the children’s allowance. And the whole stigma attached to problem gambling is so difficult anyway.

“It’s important people understand it as a health issue, and one that needs to be treated in terms of a health issue.”

Regulator’s wide-ranging role

On the day that Ms Caulfield spoke to the Irish Examiner from her office in central Dublin, she was also due to meet the seven-person board of the newly-established authority, all in-person, for the first time.

They have a hefty in-tray.

As well as licensing, supervising, and controlling gambling activities in the State, they’ll have to establish a national gambling exclusion register, administer a social impact fund that will support treatment and awareness initiatives, handle complaints, and enforce restrictions on advertising legislation.

“They have a lot of work to get through all that we’ve done already,” she said.

Advocates had been crying out for well over a decade for Ireland’s gambling laws to be brought into the 21st century.

The previous legislation, drafted in the 1950s, hadn’t accounted for people having mobile phones that they’d have on them them all the time that could double as a casino on their favourite gambling apps.

One of the dying acts of the last government was the passing of the Gambling Regulation Act 2024, steered through the Oireachtas by James Browne who is now the housing minister. It was 11 years after the Fine Gael-Labour government had first proposed new gambling laws.

Stark data from the ESRI

Prior to getting granted its full powers, Ms Caulfield and her team had enlisted the Economic and Social Research Institute (ESRI) to examine just how bad Ireland’s problem with gambling was, and its findings only reinforced the need to have the sector regulated.

“The extent of problem gambling in Ireland was much higher than previously thought,” she said. “It was 10 times higher than had been previously thought.

“That figure of 3.1% [of people] demonstrating significant harm from gambling and then a further 7% had moderate levels [of harm]. And then the fact that 47% of turnover is actually attributed to those two categories from that ESRI study was worrying.”

Furthermore, she said that evidence that children were twice as likely to become problem gamblers in later life if they bet before the age of 18 “really does justify clamping down very hard”.

Licensing is a priority

A key priority, now that the regulator is up and running, is getting the licensing regime operational.

Under the law, both in-shop and online gambling firms operating in the Irish market will have to register and be licensed by the Gambling Regulatory Authority of Ireland (GRAI).

It’ll replace the old system whereby betting operators were licensed by Revenue.

Once they’re licensed, they will be subject to the regulation of the authority with sweeping powers to impose fines of up to €20m or 10% of turnover — whichever is higher — for breaching the rules.

“A lot of the obligations and consumer protections flow from licensing in the sense that the act sets out what the obligations are on licensed entities,” Ms Caulfield said.

While they have not yet set the fees for companies to register, she said they’re trying to be “proportionate” and “fair” across the various types of gambling operators.

“We would expect it will be completed very soon, and then we’ll bring it to our seven-person board,” she said. “We will have a public consultation on it then and we also have to do some EU notifications.”

All that will take time, particularly the EU notifications, as another country could raise an issue that could delay the process. But, once that’s done, Ms Caulfield hopes that the authority will become self-sustaining and not reliant on taxpayer funding in the near future.

Regulator intends to be self-financing

“We absolutely intend to be self-financing,” she said.

“The legislation says within three years, but hopefully sooner than that, as there’ll be an application fee and then an annual fee to cover all the operational costs of the GRAI.”

As part of that licensing regime, gambling firms will have go through a corporate check, a financial check, and a technical check to make sure they’re up to scratch.

If a company is found to have breached its obligations in other countries, such as in the UK, where companies are routinely fined millions of pounds for breaches of anti-money laundering or consumer protection measures, that will be taken into account by Ireland’s regulator when they come calling for a licence.

Up to now, bookmakers were licensed by Revenue but the newly-established regulator will register and regulate both in-shop and online gambling firms operating in the Irish market. File picture: iStock

Ms Caulfield also said that, as part of the licensing, they’ll be vetting individuals as part of its corporate checks.

“It won’t just be a question of licensing and a once-off check,” she said. “I mean, the companies have assured us that absolutely they’re committed to respecting the Irish legislation, and they’ll work closely with us, but, from our perspective, it’ll be important that the compliance regime is robust, and that it picks up any breaches.

“In terms of the enforcement piece there are very severe penalties. There’s everything from a notice of improvement, to fines, to suspension of a licence, revoking a licence, and also —in terms of the particular officers, key decision-makers — there also can be consequences for them.”

Charities and sports clubs

In relation to charities, and the likes of sports clubs running lotteries, the regulator said the licensing regime for them likely won’t kick in for several years at least.

“That’s one of the last phases, so they’ll continue exactly as they are for the time being,” she said.

While charities have raised concerns about the impact of this process on their activities, Ms Caulfield said she would provide plenty of notice to the sector and try to ensure “as smooth a transition as possible”.

She also clarified that €2,000 will be the limit for prize money after which a charity will have to register with the GRAI.

“We have listened very carefully to the debates, and we hear the concerns of the various charities,” she said.

With the plethora of work now ahead of them, and a heavy responsibility to regulate an industry that causes harm to a significant proportion of the population, Ms Caulfield said this is something that isn’t lost on her or her organisation.

“It really does reinforce the fact that we’ve been given a very responsible role, and it’s important. We owe it to those people to do our job properly, and we’ll certainly be making every effort to do that over the coming years.”

Source: https://www.irishexaminer.com/news/arid-41593075.html

Sunday، 16 March 2025 – 12:40 PM

 

Medhat Wahba, the official spokesperson for the Fund for Combating and Treating Addiction and Drug Abuse, confirmed on Sunday, March 16, 2025, that the United Nations’ selection of Egypt as the first country in the world to implement the CHAMPS initiative for children under the age of 18 reflects the pivotal role of the Egyptian state and its commitment to its national commitments and responsibilities to combat drugs and illicit trafficking.

In an interview with Sada El Balad TV, Wahba said, “The initiative to strengthen child prevention systems aims to enhance their resilience from birth through adolescence, protect them from drug abuse, and raise their awareness about drugs.” He noted that “the initiative contributed to showcasing the Egyptian experience, particularly the National Strategy to Combat Drug Abuse, which was recently launched under the auspices of President Abdel Fattah El Sisi and received praise from all countries’ representatives.”

Wahba pointed out that “the Egyptian Drug Control and Addiction Treatment Fund has received numerous Arab and Gulf delegations over the past months to learn about the Egyptian experience, both in treating and rehabilitating drug addicts and in learning about preventive programs.” He emphasized that “the issue of combating addiction has received significant attention from President Abdel Fattah El-Sisi, and Egypt has achieved significant progress over the past ten years, making the Egyptian experience a global leader.”

It is worth noting that the Egyptian Drug Control and Treatment Fund participated in the meetings of the 68th session of the International Commission on Narcotic Drugs, held at the United Nations headquarters in Vienna, to present the Egyptian experience, which was praised by representatives of the participating countries. The meeting was attended by a number of foreign ministers, and was opened by Ghada Wali, Under-Secretary-General of the United Nations and Head of the United Nations Office at Vienna.

Source:https://www.sis.gov.eg/Story/205576/Egypt-Selected-as-First-Country-to-Implement-Child-Prevention-Systems-Initiative?lang=en-us

 

The world’s first injectable CBD product is raising concerns

By , Cannabis editor –

The Food and Drug Administration warned a California cannabis company on Monday that its injectable hemp CBD could be posing “serious harm” to public health, telling the company that its product is violating federal law.

Pico IV sells a purified version of CBD, a non-intoxicating compound produced by cannabis, that is designed to be injected into the bloodstream through an intravenous infusion. The Sacramento company has testimonials on its website that say the CBD IV therapy can help treat chronic pain, Crohn’s disease and arthritis.

The FDA, however, warned Pico IV in a Monday letter that it is breaking the law by marketing CBD as a “dietary supplement,” even though it is explicitly designed to not be ingested and instead be injected. The agency also said the product is “especially concerning” because injectable drugs “can pose risks of serious harm to users.” The FDA said injecting anything directly into a person’s bloodstream can “lead to serious and life-threatening conditions.”

Pico IV CEO Joe Young said in an emailed statement to SFGATE that “public safety is our top priority” and that the company’s product undergoes a process “designed to ensure sterility and safety.”

“We are confident in the safety profile of our product and are working diligently to provide the FDA with the necessary information to resolve their concerns,” Young’s statement said.

Pico IV’s website states that it offers the world’s first injectable CBD product. The product is produced from American-grown hemp plants, a legal category for some cannabis plants, and is “completely sterile and safe for intravenous use.” It is not available for regular retail sale; only “physicians, providers, and IV therapy clinics” can purchase vials of the injectable CBD, according to the company’s website.

Toxicologists have long been concerned about cannabis products because they do not face rigorous federal safety standards. Cannabis products are also at a higher risk of being contaminated with heavy metals and pesticides. Pico IV says on its website that all of its products are tested by third-party labs for purity.

Source: https://www.sfgate.com/cannabis/article/california-injectable-cbd-gets-fda-warning-20219801.php

United Nations – Office on Drugs and Crime

March 14th 2025

Ms. Ghada Waly, Executive Director of UNODC, welcomed the youth, reaffirming the organization’s steadfast commitment to their participation in drug prevention efforts. Encouraging them to fully embrace the experience, she stated, “I encourage you to make the most of this opportunity. Speak up. Ask questions. Challenge perspectives.”

Over the course of three days, participants attended interactive sessions focused on evidence-based prevention, rooted in the UNODC/WHO International Standards on Drug Use Prevention. Through collaborative activities, they exchanged best practices from their communities, analyzed challenges, and explored ways to strengthen youth-led prevention efforts. Utilizing the UNODC Handbook on Youth Participation in Drug Prevention Work, they shared past experiences of work and brainstormed on ways to be better be engaged and consulted as youth in prevention initiatives.

A new addition this year was the recently developed Friends in Focus programme, introduced as a resource and tool developed to support global youth be actively involved in evidence-informed prevention work. Youth participants had a sneak peek into some of the interactive activities, directly experiencing parts of the programme themselves. They reflected on the role that group dynamics have in peer selection, and learned to recognize risk and protective factors to drug use. Participants showed interest in being involved in Friends in Focus, including in their potential involvement in future pre-pilots or implementation of the programme. Participants also had the opportunity to attend CND side events, such as the event on “Engaging Youth as Agents of Change in Crime and Drug Use Prevention: Experiences of the Regional Youth Network for Central Asia” and “Ringing Out Hope and Unity: The Peace Bell’s 30-Year Message in Addressing Drug Abuse”.

Another key highlight of the Youth Forum was their collaboration for the creation of the Youth Statement, which captured the collective voices and recommendations of youth participants. The statement emphasized the urgent need for effective prevention, as new and emerging substances continue to impact individuals, families, and communities. Youth participants urged policymakers to invest in evidence-based prevention strategies, create protective environments at home, school, and in communities, and advocated for multiple sectors to converge and harmoniously work together.

UNODC congratulates the Youth Forum 2025 participants for their dedication, insightful contributions, and commitment throughout the three days. Their engagement throughout the Youth Forum highlights the crucial role that young people play in shaping effective drug prevention strategies and being implicated in the policy-making arena. Through the Youth Initiative and the growing alumni network, UNODC remains committed to fostering meaningful youth participation, providing opportunities for learning and development, and supporting young leaders in their efforts to create safer and healthier communities.

Read the Youth Statement below, and click here for more information about the Youth Forum 2025.

Youth Statement 2025 at the Opening Ceremony of the 68th Session of the CND

Your Excellencies, distinguished delegates, ladies and gentlemen,

As 32 youth from 25 countries, we gather here today as a unified voice to address the issue of substance use within our respective communities. This is not a new challenge, and has been tackled over the past decades. Despite efforts, everyday there are new substances that threaten not only individuals, but also society as a whole. It creates a ripple effect where individuals, families, communities are all directly and indirectly negatively affected. The consequences could lead to disruptive environments, higher rates of crime and violence, unemployment, economic challenges, and homelessness.

Therefore, prevention measures are essential to stop substance use before it takes hold. There are many risk factors that can lead to drug use, pushing a person to an extreme. Anyone could have these vulnerabilities, and thus none of them should be neglected. Effective prevention involves creating positive climates at school, home, and in the community to promote social, psychological and physical well-being. It cultivates opportunities, builds a brighter future, and represents a sustainable solution for a long-term problem. Moreover, it flourishes through collaboration among schools, families, communities, workplaces, the health sector, youth institutions, and social media – channels of communication which are closest to us. When prevention is a priority, resilience becomes a reality.

According to research, evidence-based prevention has proven to be, systematically, the most cost-effective. We urge Member States to prioritize funding to substance use prevention policies and solutions, and to invest in further research for drug prevention in aspects that do not have sufficient evidence, such as cultural, geographical, and demographical areas.

Our collective goal is to drive practical solutions, innovative strategies, and youth-led actions. Prevention efforts must not only be about us, but led by us. Why don’t we reflect: how many youth delegates do we have seated amongst us? How many youths have been directly involved in decision-making processes such as in this Commission? As youth, we are a key element of change: we urge you to actively involve young people in prevention efforts, and ensure that financial constraints do not exclude us. We have no political bias, we bring innovation and youth perspectives, and we care about our future. And this is not a one-time investment. Continuous engagement and co-creation can help us collectively reach our mission together.
Standing now in front of you, we ask you to help us have more access to capacity building, to voice our opinion, and to actively listen to us. Please be open to collaborating because we do want to create partnerships and evolve together. Every young person, regardless of their background, should have the opportunity to reach our full potential and positively impact our communities.
Source: https://www.unodc.org/unodc/drug-prevention-and-treatment/news-and-events/2025/March/youth-forum-2025_-when-prevention-is-a-priority–resilience-becomes-a-reality.html

National Crime Agency exposes increasing ketamine use in England amid surge in ‘drug cocktails’

by Tony Diver, Associate Political Editor, The Telegraph (London) 21 February 2025

 

Drug use in England

Ketamine

2023: 10,600 kilograms consumed

2024: 24,800 kilograms consumed

Hotspots: Norwich, Liverpool and Wakefield

Street value: Unknown

 

Cocaine

2023: 87,600 kilograms consumed

2024: 96,000 kilograms consumed

Hotspots: Liverpool and Newcastle

Street value: £7.7 billion

 

Heroin

2023: 25,300 kilograms consumed

2024: 22,400 kilograms consumed

Hotspots: Liverpool and Birmingham

Street value: £1.1 billion

 

Ketamine usage more than doubled in England last year amid the rising popularity of designer “drug cocktails”, The Telegraph can reveal.

The largest and most accurate study of its kind, conducted on behalf of the National Crime Agency (NCA), has exposed a dramatic rise in the popularity of the drug.

Almost 25 tonnes of ketamine were consumed in England last year, up from 10.6 tonnes in 2023.

The drug is now more popular than heroin, with the worst hotspots in Norwich, Liverpool, and Wakefield.

The findings are revealed in Home Office data, seen by The Telegraph, which will form part of the NCA’s annual threat assessment next week.

The agency, dubbed Britain’s FBI, will warn of a rise in the use of several recreational drugs in Britain, including a 10 per cent increase in cocaine.

The sharp increase in the prevalence of ketamine on Britain’s streets is thought to be driven by drug cocktails, including “pink cocaine” – a combination of ketamine and other substances taken by Liam Payne, the One Direction star, before his death last year.

Payne, who fell to his death from a hotel balcony in Argentina in October last year, had taken a mixture of methamphetamine, ketamine and MDMA along with crack cocaine and benzodiazepine before he died, a toxicology report found.

Liam Payne reportedly had ‘pink cocaine’ along with other drugs in his system when he fell to his death in Buenos Aires Credit: Marc Piasecki/GC Images

Mixing ketamine and other drugs can produce hallucinogenic effects, but presents a greater risk to partygoers because the substances can be laced with even stronger narcotics including fentanyl.

The Home Office sampled wastewater from 18 treatment plants across England and Scotland over three years to build the most accurate picture of drug consumption in Britain ever compiled.

The samples, which covered wastewater from more than a quarter of the population, were analysed and scaled up by scientists from Imperial College London.

Previous estimates were based on the quantity of drugs seized by police and self-reported drug surveys, which are less accurate.

The final report found that almost 100 tonnes of cocaine were consumed in England alone last year, up from 88 tonnes in 2023.

Liverpool and Newcastle were the heaviest consumers of cocaine. Usage peaked in London during Christmas, the Euro 2024 football tournament and the Eurovision song contest.

Adjusted for purity, quantities of cocaine consumed in England last year had an estimated street value of £7.7 billion.

That figure is almost double the NCA’s previous estimate and the equivalent of £100 spent on cocaine each year by every person in the country.

Over the same period, heroin consumption is estimated to have decreased by 11 per cent, from 25,300 kilograms in 2023 to 22,400 kilograms in 2024. The highest rates were measured in wastewater from Liverpool and Birmingham.

Experts have previously warned of the dangers of trendy designer drug cocktails, including pink cocaine and “Calvin Klein” or “CK”, which refers to a mixture of cocaine and ketamine.

The combination of drugs can make it more difficult for users to know what substances they have taken.

CK, which is growing in popularity in the UK, has been blamed for overdoses among young people in nightclubs.

It comes as in this week’s Crime and Policing Bill, the Government will propose banning “cuckooing” – when criminals seize a vulnerable person’s home and use it as a drug den or for other illegal activity.

The Home Secretary will also propose new measures to jail those convicted of using children for crime Credit: Jacob King

Yvette Cooper, the Home Secretary, will also propose a new offence of child criminal exploitation, which is thought to affect around 14,500 children each year.

Under the new measures, people convicted of using children for crime, including county lines drug dealing, will face ten years in prison.

Ms Cooper said: “The exploitation of children and vulnerable people for criminal gain is sickening and it is vital we do everything in our power to eradicate it from our streets.

“As part of our Plan for Change, we are introducing these two offences to properly punish those who prey on them, ensure victims are properly protected and prevent these often-hidden crimes from occurring in the first place.

“These steps are vital in our efforts to stop the grooming and exploitation of children into criminal gangs, deliver on our pledge to halve knife crime in the next decade and work towards our overall mission to make our streets safer.”

Ministers and the NCA are also concerned about the rise of drug importers, who bring classified substances into the UK through weaker entry points and sell them to distributors around the country.

Source: https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2025/02/21/true-scale-uk-illegal-drug-use/

by Lindsey Leake  August 27, 2024 at 4:30 PM EDT

While the modern marijuana consumer may be shedding that lazy stoner stereotype, new research shows that employees who use and abuse the drug are more likely to miss work.
The findings were published Monday in the American Journal of Preventive Medicine.

For the study, researchers at the UC San Diego School of Medicine and the New York University Grossman School of Medicine analyzed data from the 2021–22 National Survey on Drug Use and Health on 46,500 adults employed full-time in the U.S. Recent and frequent cannabis use, as well as cannabis use disorder (CUD), they found, was associated with greater workplace absenteeism.

Work absences included days missed due to illness or injury in addition to skipped days when employees “just didn’t want to be there.” Respondents were a majority or plurality white (62%), male (57%), ages 35 to 49 (35%), married (52%), had at least a college degree (42%), and had an annual household income exceeding $75,000 (55%). About 16% of employees had reported using cannabis within the last month, with about 7% of whom meeting CUD criteria (mild: 4%; moderate: 2%; severe: 1%).
People who said they had never used cannabis missed an average 0.95 days of work in the past 30 days due to illness/injury and skipped 0.28 days. Cannabis users, by comparison, recorded the following absences:
  • Past-month use: 1.47 illness/injury, 0.63 skipped
  • Mild CUD: 1.74 illness/injury, 0.62 skipped
  • Moderate CUD: 1.69 illness/injury, 0.98 skipped
  • Severe CUD: 2.02 illness/injury, 1.83 skipped

The results also showed that people who used cannabis most frequently skipped the most work. For instance, those who consumed it once or twice per month skipped 0.48 days, while those who consumed it 20 to 30 days per month skipped 0.7 days. People who used cannabis three to five days per month had the highest prevalence of missed days due to illness/injury (1.68). Cannabis use longer than a month ago had no bearing on employee absence.

“These findings highlight the need for increased monitoring, screening measures, and targeted interventions related to cannabis use and use disorder among employed adults,” researchers wrote. “Moreover, these results emphasize the need for enhanced workplace prevention policies and programs aimed at addressing and managing problematic cannabis use.”

Researchers said that while their latest work supports much of the existing literature on cannabis use and workplace absenteeism, it also contrasts with other studies. One previous study, for example, showed a decline in sickness-related absences in the wake of medical marijuana legislation, while another found no link between the two.

One limitation of the new study, the authors note, is that it relied on participants’ self-reported answers. In addition, the data don’t reflect whether cannabis was used for medicinal or recreational purposes, whether it was consumed during work hours, or address other factors that may have affected a person’s cannabis use patterns.

What are the signs of cannabis use disorder?

That marijuana isn’t addictive is a myth. People with CUD are unable to stop using cannabis even when it causes health and social problems, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Cannabis consumers have about a 10% likelihood of developing CUD, a disorder impacting nearly a third of all users, according to previous research estimates. At higher risk are people who start using cannabis as adolescents and who use the drug more frequently.

The CDC lists these behaviors as signs of CUD:
  • Continuing to use cannabis despite physical or psychological problems
  • Continuing to use cannabis despite social or relationship problems
  • Craving cannabis
  • Giving up important activities with friends and family in favor of using cannabis
  • Needing to use more cannabis to get the same high
  • Spending a lot of time using cannabis
  • Trying but failing to quit using cannabis
  • Using cannabis even though it causes problems at home, school, or work
  • Using cannabis in high-risk situations, such as while driving a car
  • Using more cannabis than intended

In addition to interfering with everyday life, CUD has been linked to unemployment, cognitive impairment, and lower education attainment. People with CUD often have additional mental health problems, including other substance abuse disorders. In this study, for example, 14% of respondents reported having alcohol use disorder within the past year.

Source: https://fortune.com/well/article/marijuana-abuse-cannabis-use-disorder-workplace-absenteeism-sick-days/

visual abstract icon 

Visual

Abstract

 

Mindfulness Training vs Recovery Support for Opioid Use, Craving, and Anxiety During Buprenorphine Treatment

Key PointsQuestion  During buprenorphine treatment, does group-based mindfulness training reduce opioid use, craving, and anxiety compared with group recovery support?

Findings  In this randomized clinical trial including 196 adults prescribed buprenorphine for opioid use disorder, mindfulness was not superior at reducing illicit opioid use compared with an active group intervention with an evidence-based curriculum. Both arms experienced significantly reduced anxiety, and the reduction in opioid craving during mindfulness groups was greater than during recovery support groups, a significant difference.

Meaning  The findings of this study suggest that mindfulness groups may have utility during opioid use disorder treatment, especially for patients with residual opioid craving while prescribed buprenorphine.

 

Abstract

Importance  During buprenorphine treatment for opioid use disorder (OUD), risk factors for opioid relapse or treatment dropout include comorbid substance use disorder, anxiety, or residual opioid craving. There is a need for a well-powered trial to evaluate virtually delivered groups, including both mindfulness and evidence-based approaches, to address these comorbidities during buprenorphine treatment.

Objective  To compare the effects of the Mindful Recovery Opioid Use Disorder Care Continuum (M-ROCC) vs active control among adults receiving buprenorphine for OUD.

Design, Setting, and Participants  This randomized clinical trial was conducted from January 21, 2021, to September 19, 2023. All study procedures were conducted virtually. Participants were randomized 1:1 and blinded to intervention assignments throughout participation. This trial recruited online from 16 US states and was conducted via online platforms. Patients prescribed buprenorphine for OUD were recruited via social media advertisements, flyers, and health care professional referrals.

Interventions  The M-ROCC program was a 24-week, motivationally adaptive, trauma-informed, mindfulness-based group curriculum. Participants attended a 30-minute informal check-in and 60-minute intervention group each week. The recovery support group control curriculum used 4 evidence-based substance use disorder–focused nonmindfulness approaches and was time and attention matched.

Main Outcomes and Measures  The primary outcome was the number of 2-week periods with both self-reported and biochemically confirmed abstinence from illicit opioid use during study weeks 13 to 24, which was analyzed with an intention-to-treat approach using generalized estimating equations comparing between-group differences.

Results  This sample included 196 participants, predominantly female (119 [60.7%]). Mean (SD) age was 41.0 (10.3) years. Opioid use was 13.4% (95% CI, 6.2%-20.5%) in the M-ROCC group and 12.7% (95% CI, 7.5%-18.0%) in the recovery support group, a 0.6% difference (95% CI, −8.2% to 9.5%; P = .89). Cocaine and benzodiazepine use were also not significantly different. Anxiety T scores were reduced across both the M-ROCC and recovery support groups but were not significantly different between groups from baseline to week 24 (1.0; 95% CI, −2.4 to 4.3; P = .57). The M-ROCC participants demonstrated a larger reduction in opioid craving compared with the recovery support group participants: −1.0 (95% CI, −1.7 to −0.2; P = .01; Cohen d = −0.5).

Conclusions and Relevance  In this study, during buprenorphine treatment comparing mindfulness vs active control, both groups significantly reduced anxiety without significant differences in substance use outcomes. Mindfulness led to significantly greater reductions in residual opioid craving than control. The findings of this study suggest that mindfulness training groups may be recommended for people receiving buprenorphine maintenance therapy who have residual opioid craving.

Trial Registration  ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier: NCT04278586

 

Introduction

 

Opioid use is a major public health crisis in the US, with approximately more than 80 000 opioid overdose deaths in 2023.1 Buprenorphine treatment reduces illicit opioid use and overdose risk2,3; however, studies report that most patients discontinue buprenorphine medical management within 6 months.4,5 Several factors that may serve as treatment targets can increase the likelihood of poor outcomes. Comorbid substance use (eg, cocaine, methamphetamine) increases treatment dropout.6,7 Psychiatric symptoms (eg, anxiety), benzodiazepine misuse, and opioid craving increase relapse risk.8,9 Opioid craving is associated with subsequent use during buprenorphine treatment, is often preceded by negative affect or withdrawal states, and intensifies during exposure to drug cues or stressful life events.3,613 Behavioral interventions targeting these factors may improve outcomes, but, aside from contingency management, a systematic review identified no clear benefits to adjunctive individual counseling or cognitive-behavioral therapy.14 Unlike individual treatment, group treatment attendance has been associated with increased opioid treatment completion, and group-based opioid treatment appears feasible, acceptable, and may improve treatment outcomes.15

 

Mindfulness-based interventions are an increasingly popular evidence-based group treatment for substance use disorders.16,17 A recent fully powered randomized clinical trial found that a mindfulness program reduced opioid use and craving among people with both chronic pain and OUD during methadone maintenance.18 Mindfulness training appears to increase individuals’ capacities for self-regulation through enhanced attentional control, cognitive control, emotion regulation, and self-related processes.19 Mindful behavior change, a curriculum created to leverage those mechanisms, was shown to reduce anxiety symptoms, increase self-regulation, and catalyze health behavior change in trials of the Mindfulness Training for Primary Care program.20,21 The established Mindfulness Training for Primary Care curriculum was adapted for patients with OUD and a 24-week trauma-informed Mindful Recovery Opioid Use Disorder Care Continuum (M-ROCC) was created. A single-arm multisite pilot trial found M-ROCC feasible and acceptable during buprenorphine treatment.22 Additionally, participants experienced significant reductions in anxiety and decreased benzodiazepine and cocaine use but not opioid use.23

 

The present full-scale clinical trial compared the effectiveness of M-ROCC, delivered as an adjunctive live-online group during buprenorphine treatment, with an attention-balanced nonmindfulness control recovery support group using evidence-based approaches. We hypothesized that M-ROCC would be more effective than a recovery support group at reducing opioid use and anxiety.24

 

Methods

 

Design, Setting, and Recruitment

 

We designed this randomized clinical trial, approved by the Cambridge Health Alliance Institutional Review Board, to compare the effectiveness of live-online M-ROCC vs a recovery support group during outpatient buprenorphine treatment. Participants were recruited through social media (ie, Facebook), community partners (eg, Lynn Community Health, Boston Medical Center, North Shore Community Health), online telemedicine health care professionals (eg, Bicycle Health, Boulder Care), and quick response code flyers linking an online referral form, and participants provided informed consent.25,26 Participants received financial compensation. Study inclusion required participants to be aged 18 to 70 years with a stable buprenorphine dose prescribed (>4 weeks) for OUD, confirmed by participants signing a consent form for study personnel to contact their health care professional. Because some people receiving buprenorphine attain sustained remission of OUD, this study aimed to enroll individuals with a less clinically stable status, with residual symptoms of anxiety and/or substance use; therefore, participants had either mild or greater anxiety (Patient Reported Outcomes Measurement Information System–Anxiety Short Form 8a [PROMIS-ASF] T score >55) or recent substance use (<90 days of abstinence from alcohol, opioids, benzodiazepines, cocaine, or methamphetamine). Exclusion criteria included psychosis, mania, suicidality or self-injury, cognitive impairment, past mindfulness group experience, expected inpatient hospitalization or incarceration, or group-disruptive behaviors. Research coordinators (including H.G.) screened participants for eligibility through self-report surveys and telephone interviews.24 This trial followed the Consolidated Standards of Reporting Trials (CONSORT) reporting guideline. The trial protocol is available in Supplement 1.

 

Blinding and Randomization

 

The data coordinator (J.B.) randomized participants in random blocks of 4, 6, and 8 with a 1:1 ratio, using a random spreadsheet sequence (Excel; Microsoft Corp). The data coordinator concealed allocation in a password-protected file from personnel managing recruitment and screening until the randomization allocation was assigned. Participants and the primary investigator (Z.S.-O.) were blinded to intervention assignments.

 

Interventions

 

Groups were attention matched and offered at the same day and time as their comparator within each cohort. Each group started with a 30-minute informal check-in during which participants completed weekly surveys and research coordinators video-monitored oral toxicology tests in a video communications platform (Zoom; Zoom Video Communication) breakout rooms, recording results with screen capture (Droplr; Droplr Inc).27 Then, a 60-minute intervention group was led by 1 to 2 group leaders, including a lead instructor (A.K.F.) and with more than 4 years of group facilitation experience.24 Participants without reliable internet access received smartphones with unlimited data plans.

 

The M-ROCC curriculum had 3 components, starting with a 4-week orientation focused on fostering group engagement through comfort, curiosity, connection, and confidence. Participants continued into a 4-week low-dose mindfulness group, building a trauma-informed foundation for learning mindfulness and increasing daily formal mindfulness practice time. To provide choice about embarking on intensive mindfulness training, we offered those who successfully completed low-dose mindfulness the opportunity to continue into an intensive recovery-focused 16-week mindful behavior change program.20,21 This group focused on cultivating mindfulness of the body, breathing, thoughts, and emotions, plus mindful behavior change skills, interpersonal mindfulness practice, increasing self-compassion and emotion regulation, and developing OUD recovery skills, such as mindful savoring and urge surfing.24

 

We designed the recovery support group based on best practices in group-based opioid treatment, using evidence-based techniques while fostering a sense of accountability, shared identity, and supportive community.15,2830 It incorporated 8 weeks of group-building orientation followed by 16 weeks of evidence-based treatment techniques for substance use disorders, including cognitive behavioral therapy, motivational interviewing, community reinforcement, and 12-step facilitation.3135

 

Measures

 

All surveys were hosted by Research Electronic Data Capture (REDCap). During the screening and baseline periods, participants completed telephone screening interviews to report demographic characteristics (eg, race and ethnicity) and self-report surveys with substance use and buprenorphine dose information. The interventions in the study organize participants within group cohorts, which feature social elements. These are generally positive for many people, but the experience of group belonging and group cohesion may be influenced by participant experiences of minoritization, implicit bias, and microaggressions, which have been reported to lead to feelings of inclusion and exclusion related to race and ethnicity that might impact attrition or intervention adherence or continuation.36,37 In addition, studies have found that demographic variables have been underreported in mindfulness intervention research, leading to systemic bias and inclusion disparities in the field.38 Consequently, we report the racial and ethnic makeup of the study participants to contextualize the results and the limitations of generalizability.

 

Primary Outcome

 

Our primary outcome was the number of 2-week periods with both self-reported and biochemically confirmed abstinence from illicit opioid use during study weeks 13 to 24. During each 2-week period, participants completed at least one randomly assigned 14-panel oral toxicologic report via the video communications platform and 2 self-reported weekly surveys inquiring about past 7-day illicit opioid use. Participants were considered abstinent during each of the six 2-week periods if they had no self-reported opioid use and a negative oral toxicology test result for all illicit opioids tested. We hypothesized that participants in the M-ROCC arm would experience more abstinent periods compared with those in the recovery support group.

 

Secondary and Exploratory Outcomes

 

Participants completed the PROMIS-ASF at baseline and weeks 8, 16, and 24. PROMIS-ASF is an 8-item questionnaire using a 5-point scale asking about the past 7 days (1 = never to 5 = always).39 The T scores were calculated, with higher scores indicating greater symptoms of anxiety. We hypothesized that participants assigned to M-ROCC would experience greater reductions in anxiety than those in the recovery support group between baseline and week 24.

 

Secondary outcomes of benzodiazepine and cocaine use were collected for six 2-week periods in the same manner as described for opioids. We hypothesized that M-ROCC participants would experience greater reductions in benzodiazepine and cocaine use than those in the recovery support group.

 

As a prespecified exploratory outcome, changes in opioid craving during weekly surveys from weeks 1 to 24 were measured. The Opioid Craving Scale asked participants to rate 3 items assessing different aspects of opioid craving on a scale of 0 to 10. Mean ratings were calculated across these items, with higher ratings representing greater opioid craving. In previous research, the Opioid Craving Scale was positively associated with risk for opioid use in the following week.40 We hypothesized that participants assigned to M-ROCC would experience greater reductions in opioid craving between baseline and week 24 compared with those in the recovery support group.

 

Adverse Events

 

Staff monitored adverse events at each study visit and via a REDCap survey at weeks 8, 16, and 24, rated by severity, relatedness, and expectedness. Events were reviewed regularly by a National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health–approved data safety and monitoring board.

 

Statistical Analysis

 

Power analyses assumed randomization of 192 individuals, with an effective sample size of 156. This sample size provided 80% power to detect an effect size of 0.45 for negative toxicologic findings for illicit opioids between M-ROCC and the recovery support group, with a 2-sided significance level of P < .05, using an unpaired test.

 

For the primary outcome, we used an intention-to-treat approach to estimate differences between the M-ROCC and recovery support groups in biochemically confirmed illicit opioid abstinence over 6 biweekly time periods during weeks 13 to 24. We used generalized estimating equation logistic regression accounting for clustering at the individual participant level over weeks 13 to 24.

 

For the secondary outcome of anxiety and the prespecified exploratory outcome of opioid craving, we conducted a difference-in-differences intention-to-treat repeated-measures analysis using linear mixed-effects models with a study week by group interaction term to estimate the relative changes from baseline to week 24. For changes in anxiety, we included only participants with PROMIS-ASF T scores above 55 at baseline.39 We used the Benjamini-Hochberg false discovery rate procedure to account for multiple comparisons.41 Effect sizes (Cohen d) were calculated.

 

We used maximum likelihood estimation to address missingness for all analyses, adjusting the models to account for baseline covariates that differed between study groups after randomization (P < .10). We conducted a supplemental analysis using multiple imputation. We also conducted supplemental sensitivity analyses adjusting for all covariates associated with the outcome measure missingness. We conducted completer analyses for all outcomes among a subsample of intervention-adherent participants, defined as completing at least 15 of 24 sessions. For the number of adverse events, we conducted a negative binomial regression to evaluate between-group differences. All analyses were conducted in Stata, version 18 (StataCorp LLC).

 

Results

 

Participant Characteristics

 

Of 1728 patients referred between January 21, 2021, and February 15, 2023, 260 participants signed informed consent forms. We excluded 64 individuals for exclusion criteria (n = 18) or incomplete baseline assessments (n = 46) and randomized 196 participants to M-ROCC (n = 98) or the recovery support group (n = 98) (Figure 1). Of these individuals, 119 were female (60.7%), 75 were male (38.3%), and 1 (0.5%) was nonbinary. Mean (SD) age was 41.0 (10.3) years. Once 192 participants were randomized, recruitment ended, although 4 screened participants were able to complete the consent process and join the final cohort. Data collection was completed September 19, 2023. Baseline buprenorphine dose, cocaine use, and annual income differed between groups and were added to the models for primary, secondary, and exploratory outcomes (Table 1).

 

Outcomes

 

During weeks 13 to 24, mean illicit opioid nonabstinence time periods were 13.4% (95% CI, 6.2%-20.5%) in the M-ROCC group and 12.7% (95% CI, 7.5%-18.0%) in the recovery support group, a difference that was not statistically significant (0.6%; 95% CI, −8.2% to 9.5%; P = .89) (Table 2). During weeks 13 to 24, benzodiazepine use time periods did not differ significantly between the M-ROCC (22.1%) and recovery support (20.2%) groups (1.9%; 95% CI, −10.3%- 14.1%; P = .76) (Table 2). Similarly, there was no significant difference in cocaine use periods between the M-ROCC (8.4%) and recovery support (1.5%) groups (6.9%; 95% CI, −2.4%-16.2%; P = .15).

 

Large effect size reductions in anxiety from baseline to week 24 were observed in the recovery support group, with a mean T score change of −10.0 (95% CI, −12.0 to −8.0; P < .001; Cohen d = −1.3), and in the M-ROCC group, with a mean T score change of −9.0 (95% CI, −11.7 to −6.3; P < .001; Cohen d = −1.1). The interaction term for study group by week (weeks 0, 8, 16, and 24) was not significant (χ23 = 4.5; P = .31), and there was no significant difference between study groups at week 24 (95% CI, 1.0; −2.4 to 4.3; P = .57) (eFigure 1 in Supplement 2).

 

In exploratory analysis of change in opioid craving over time, we added baseline opioid craving to the other outcome covariates. The interaction term for study group by week was significant (χ224 = 56.5; P < .001). At week 24, the recovery support group mean opioid craving decreased by −44% (−1.3; 95% CI, −1.9 to −0.8; P < .001; Cohen d = −0.7) compared with a −67% (−2.3; 95% CI, −2.9 to −1.7; P < .001; Cohen d = −1.3) decrease in the M-ROCC group (Table 3). This represented a significant differential reduction among the M-ROCC group compared with the recovery support group (−1.0; 95% CI, −1.7 to −0.2; P = .01; Cohen d = −0.5) (Figure 2).

 

Results of the imputation analyses for primary, secondary, and exploratory analyses did not differ substantially from the maximum likelihood estimation analyses (eTable 1, eTable 2, and eFigure 2 in Supplement 2). Sensitivity analyses using all covariates associated with missingness (eg, COVID-19 Delta and Omicron wave cohorts) on the primary, secondary, and exploratory outcomes also had similar results (eResults 1, eTable 3, and eTable 4 in Supplement 2). Only 59% of the participants (116 of 196) completed week 24 of the study. Completer analyses also had similar results. A completer analysis found that women (52.9%) were more likely than men (41.3%) to continue after week 8 in both arms, and non-Hispanic White individuals who spoke English (48.8%) were more likely than others (6.3%) to continue into the intensive M-ROCC after week 8.

 

Adverse Events

 

There were no significant between-group differences in adverse events. One adverse event, which was of mild severity, was intervention-related (ie, pain during mindful movement practice in the M-ROCC group) (eResults 2 in Supplement 2).

 

Discussion

 

This geographically diverse randomized clinical trial recruiting from 16 states (eFigure 3 in Supplement 2) demonstrated that M-ROCC was not more effective than a nonmindfulness, evidence-based recovery support for reducing illicit opioid, benzodiazepine, or cocaine use. Infrequent opioid use in both groups may have limited the study’s power to detect between-group differences. This may have resulted from positive intervention effects, study attrition, missing data, or selecting a sample of participants receiving stable buprenorphine doses for at least 30 days. Additionally, both the M-ROCC and recovery support groups demonstrated similarly large reductions in anxiety, suggesting that, irrespective of theoretical approach, group-based live-online psychosocial interventions may have similar benefits for anxiety during buprenorphine treatment.

 

The M-ROCC participants experienced a differential reduction in opioid craving, a risk factor for illicit opioid use and treatment dropout during buprenorphine treatment.40,42,43 Similar craving reductions were observed in a recent study of mindfulness among opioid misusers with chronic pain.44 However, unlike this and other prior research,45 differential craving reductions among M-ROCC participants did not translate into significantly less opioid use than observed in the comparator intervention group. Participants were required to have stable buprenorphine doses for 30 days or more, which resulted in relatively low levels of baseline residual craving and possibly less opioid use.

 

Several mechanisms may explain the differential reduction in opioid craving among M-ROCC participants.46,47 Mindfulness-based interventions may ameliorate reward processing dysfunction through mindful savoring practices designed to resensitize people with OUD to natural reward signals.48,49 Craving involves interoceptive processing, and several mindfulness practices (eg, body scan) may impact craving by enhancing healthy interoceptive awareness and correcting interoceptive dysregulation.5056 Mindfulness enhances self-regulation capacity and improves emotion regulation, thereby reducing reactivity to negative affect and breaking associations between negative affect and substance use craving.19,21,57,58 Additionally, mindfulness training reduces attentional bias toward opioid-related cues, possibly reducing autonomic reactivity and enhancing cognitive control during a craving response.5961 Mindful urge surfing represents a resilient coping response, reducing craving elaboration and increasing awareness of early signs of craving.62,63 Repeated urge surfing with successful inhibition of craving-related responses paired with reconnection to deeply held values may uncouple activating drug-use cues from conditioned appetitive responses64,65 and realign motivation, helping sustain behavior change.19,66,67

 

Group-based opioid treatment is an increasingly common approach to providing concurrent behavioral health interventions during buprenorphine treatment.15,2830,68 Groups may facilitate improved treatment outcomes by teaching coping techniques and increasing social support, which has been associated with decreased substance use and improved retention in medications for opioid use disorder treatments.69 More research comparing group-based opioid treatment directly with individual care is needed, as well as understanding which implementation factors (eg, telehealth/in-person, delivery of evidence-based curriculum, and providing buprenorphine prescriptions during group) may support improved outcomes in group-based opioid treatment.28,30 The use of a group-based opioid treatment control arm incorporating evidence-based interventions for substance use disorder distinguishes this study from another recent randomized clinical trial18 for people with chronic pain during methadone maintenance that compared an adjunctive telehealth mindfulness group with an active supportive psychotherapy group control that did not provide any therapeutic skill training. In that study, the mindfulness arm demonstrated fewer drug use days and greater medication adherence, although anxiety was not significantly different between the groups.

 

The results of this present study align with meta-analyses suggesting that mindfulness, while often better than passive controls, does not differ substantially from other evidence-based interventions with respect to substance use and anxiety outcomes.70,71 In contrast, meta-analyses suggest that mindfulness outperforms active controls for reducing cravings among individuals with substance use disorders.72,73 This trial extends these findings, highlighting that mindfulness training may be helpful for patients with residual craving during buprenorphine treatment. The findings of this trial suggest the utility of mindfulness training as an evidence-based adjunctive approach for treating residual craving during opioid treatment with buprenorphine.

 

Limitations

 

This study has limitations. Higher levels of attrition in the M-ROCC group were noted compared with the pilot study,23 especially between weeks 8 and 16, when the intensive mindfulness program started. To be trauma informed, M-ROCC leaders encouraged participants at week 8 to consider their personal motivations for continuing into the more intensive Mindfulness Training for Primary Care OUD curriculum, emphasizing the choice to continue or withdraw from the group. The recovery support group did not have similar warnings about changing intervention intensity. Studies of trigger warnings suggest they do not typically lead to therapeutic avoidance in the general population74; however, levels of experiential avoidance can be higher among patients with OUD.75 Women were more likely than men to continue in both arms, and non-Hispanic White individuals who spoke English were most likely to continue into the intensive M-ROCC, suggesting that these warnings might have been experienced differently based on gender, identity, and culture. Additionally, the significant difference between groups in opioid craving changes over time could have resulted from a smaller, more committed group of engaged individuals continuing in M-ROCC compared with recovery support. Future multivariate analyses will be conducted to examine the effects of differential attrition on craving outcomes.

 

Stress, illness, and changes in lifestyle or employment changes due to the COVID-19 pandemic created barriers for multiple participants to engage with this study, resulting in higher than expected attrition particularly during cohorts overlapping with the Delta and Omicron waves of COVID-19 infections. Nevertheless, intention-to-treat analysis using maximum likelihood estimation methods allowed all 196 participants to be included in the final analyses.

 

The study’s predominantly White sample reflects national statistics on buprenorphine treatment engagement, but the study enrolled fewer Black participants than expected, allowing the possibility that findings may not generalize to all populations. Geographic and regional diversity was a unique strength of this study (eFigure 3 in Supplement 2), but integration of geographically diverse populations with different racial and ethnic and cultural backgrounds into common live-online groups added complexity during an intense period of national racial unrest that started in 2020.7678 This study also lacked a control condition with no behavioral treatment; therefore, it is unclear whether specific behavioral interventions, general group effects, or time in buprenorphine treatment were the primary factors of anxiety reduction.

 

Conclusions

 

In this randomized clinical trial, the impacts of a trauma-informed mindfulness-based group intervention during buprenorphine treatment on opioid use, substance use, and anxiety were similar to a recovery support group with a curriculum using evidence-based substance use treatment approaches. While further research is required, the study suggests that mindfulness-based groups may be particularly useful for reducing craving among patients with OUD who are experiencing residual opioid craving during buprenorphine treatment.

PLOS ONE | https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0317036 March 7, 2025 1 / 24

Citation: Onohuean H, Oosthuizen F (2025)
1 Biopharmaceutics Unit, Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology, Kampala International University
Western Campus, Ishaka-Bushenyi, Uganda, 2 Discipline of Pharmaceutical Sciences, School of Health
Sciences, Westville Campus, University of KwaZulu-Natal, Durban, South Africa
* onohuean@gmail.com

Abstract

Introduction
There is an ongoing global upsurge of opioid misuse, fatal overdose and other related
disorders, significantly affecting the African continent, due to resource-limited settings and
poor epidemiological surveillance systems. This scoping review maps scientific evidence
on epidemiological data on unlawful opioid use to identify knowledge gaps and policy
shortcomings.

Method
The databases (PubMed, Scopus, Web of Sciences) and references were searched
guided by Population, Concept, and Context (PCC) and PRISMA-ScR. The extracted
characteristics examined were author/year, African country, epidemiological distribution,
age group (year), gender, study design and setting, common opioid/s abused, sources of
drugs, reasons for misuse, summary outcomes and future engagement.

Results

A population of 55132 participated in the included studies of 68 articles, with the
largest sample size of 17260 (31.31%) in a study done in South Africa, 11281(20.46%)
in a study from Egypt and 4068 (7.38%) in a study from Ethiopia. The gender of the
participants was indicated in 65(95.59%) papers. The mean and median age reported
in 57(83.82%) papers were 15.9-38, and 22-31years. The majority of study-designs
were cross-sectional, 44(64.71%), and the most used opioids were heroin, 14articles
(20.59%), tramadol, 8articles (11.76%), and tramadol & heroin, 6 articles (8.82%)
articles. Study-settings included urban community 15(22.06%), hospital 15(22.06%),
university students 11(16.18%), and secondary school learners 6(8.82%). The highest
epidemiological distributions were recorded in the South African study, 19615(35.60%),
Egyptian study, 14627(26.54%), and Nigerian study 5895(10.70%). Nine (13.24%)
papers reported major opioid sources as black market, friends, and drug dealers. To
relieve stress, physical pain and premature ejaculation, improve mood and sleep-related
PLOS ONE | https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0317036 March 7, 2025 2 / 24
PLOS ONE The burden of unlawful use of opioid and associated epidemiological characteristics in Africa
problems and help to continue work, were the major reasons for taking these drugs as
reported in twenty articles (29.41%).

Conclusion
The findings of this scoping review show significant knowledge gaps on opioid usage in
the African continent. The epidemiological distribution of unlawful use of opioids among
young adults, drivers, and manual labourers in both genders is evident in the findings.
The reason for use necessity scrutinises the role of social interaction, friends and family
influence on illicit opiate use. Therefore, there is a need for regular epidemiological
surveillance and investigations into multilevel, value-based, comprehensive, and strategic
long-term intervention plans to curb the opioid problem in the region.

Introduction
Opiate use disorders and overdoses are an emerging global health concern. Both prescriptions
and non-clinical indications contribute to the escalating global opioid use disorder
problem (OUD). The opioid crisis has metamorphosed through the Use of: methadone in
1999, heroin in 2010, and the current wave of a combination of heroin, counterfeit pills,
and cocaine [1–8]. An estimated 62 million people globally used opioids in 2019, and
36.3 million were impacted by its associated problems [9]. In the US estimated use has
increased from 70029 in 2020 to 80816 in 2021 [10], and in Canada, 7560 opioid-related
fatalities occurred in 2021 [11]. In Italy opioid addiction affects more than five people per
1000 [12], while a regional study in Germany conducted amongst 57 million adults, found
opioid prescription prevalence of 38.7 or 12.8/1000 persons of low- and high-potency
opioids in 2020 [13]. However, little is known about the epidemiological characteristics in
Sub-Saharan Africa.
There are reports of opioid abuse, although not specifically on opioid fatal overdose or
its related disorders, in some African countries, including Egypt, Nigeria, Kenya, Tanzania,
and South Africa [14–24]. Some of these studies report the increasing use of tramadol
and heroin among university and secondary school students, factories and site workers,
long-distance drivers, sex workers, as well as unemployed youth [14–16,23,24]. However,
in many other African countries, there is scanty or no information regarding the ongoing
opioid crisis.
The findings on the reason for illicit opioid use includes; pleasure-seeking, craving, habits,
impulsivity, improving energy [25], relieving stress [26], peer pressure from friends [27],
engendering “morale” and “courage” to engage in sex work and “fight” potentially abusive
clients [28]. Some of the reported sources are the black market [29], friends and drug dealers
[30], roadways, bus terminals or intercity stands, low-income residential areas, abandoned or
unfinished buildings, and fishing camps along the Indian Ocean [31].
Global opioid trafficking channels exist from Afganistan, through the india ocean and
East Africa to the west [19,32,33]. This impacts heroin use among the population living in the
coastal region of Comoros, Tanzania, Kenya, northern Mozambique, Madagascar, Mauritius
and Seychelles [34–36]. Unlawful use of opioids could aggravate the already sporadic spread
of infectious diseases like malaria, cholera, and HIV [37–41]. In 2018, the UNODC [42,43]
predicted with insufficient evidence that another opioid crisis was developing in Africa. Inadequate
vital record-keeping and surveillance systems make it challenging to comprehend the
incidence burden and effects of opioid overdose in Africa [44].

To access the full document:

  1. Click on the ‘Source’ link below.
  2. An image  – the front page of the full document will appear.
  3. Click on the image to open the full document.

Source: journal.pone.0317036

March 12, 2025

What is the Hyannis Consensus Blueprint?

The Hyannis Consensus Blueprint is a groundbreaking framework designed to guide international efforts in addressing the devastating impact of addiction. Key pillars shape this balanced drug policy, including prevention, intervention, treatment, recovery, supply reduction, and enhanced global collaboration. With addiction now at catastrophic levels in many regions, the blueprint represents a vital roadmap for sustainable change.

The principles outlined in the blueprint prioritise strategies that discourage drug use while addressing underlying systemic challenges. It promotes innovating criminal justice systems, encourages adopting evidence-based treatment options, and advocates uniting globally to combat addictive substances.

The Cost of Ignoring Addiction

Failing to address addiction comes with an enormous human and economic cost. The transcript from the Hyannis Consensus launch highlights a pressing need to move beyond toxic cycles of permissive drug policies and normalisation. Legalisation of drugs, as seen in North America, has reportedly led to devastating effects, particularly among young people, and prioritised corporate profits over public health.

The Hyannis Consensus Blueprint stands as a counterpoint to this trend. It promotes a world where communities can thrive without the shadow of addiction, empowering individuals to recover fully and lead drug-free lives.

Prevention and Recovery as Pillars of Change

At its core, the Hyannis Consensus Blueprint revolves around prevention and recovery. Prevention aims to stop drug use before it starts, while recovery offers individuals a path to rebuild their lives. This proactive approach aims to not only reduce harm but also transform lives for the better.

The blueprint urges balancing efforts across criminal justice and public health systems. Effective drug courts alongside harm-reduction interventions serve as vital tools in discouraging drug use and fostering recovery. Nations serious about tackling addiction must consider these solutions to safeguard future generations.

Governments Urged to Prioritise Resilient Societies

Governments worldwide are now being urged to realign their national drug policies with the principles of the Hyannis Consensus Blueprint. Countries are encouraged to reaffirm their commitment to international drug conventions, reject legalisation experiments that prioritise private interests, and expand programmes rooted in criminal justice reform and effective public health measures.

The launch of this blueprint serves as a rallying cry for nations determined to prioritise human dignity and community wellbeing. By adopting the Hyannis Consensus Blueprint, countries can pave the way for healthier, more resilient societies.

Why the Hyannis Consensus Matters

Addiction is more than an individual struggle; it’s a societal challenge that affects families, economies, and futures. The Hyannis Consensus Blueprint is a bold step towards reversing the tide of permissive drug policies and ineffective strategies. For countries looking to protect their citizens, this balanced drug policy provides the tools and vision necessary for meaningful change.

Organisations like the Dalgarno Institute and WFAD are at the forefront of this global effort, highlighting the importance of this significant, timely initiative. Communities deserve policies that prioritise recovery, not exploitation, and the Hyannis Consensus Blueprint is uniquely positioned to achieve this goal.

Learn more here.

Source: https://wrdnews.org/the-hyannis-consensus-blueprint-a-landmark-in-balanced-drug-policy/

AddictionPolicyForum.png

Updated: Mar 12
 
A randomized clinical trial published in JAMA Network Open found that incorporating online group mindfulness sessions into buprenorphine treatment for opioid use disorder (OUD) significantly reduced opioid cravings compared to treatment as usual.
The study, led by Dr. Zev Schuman-Olivier and colleagues from Cambridge Health Alliance and Harvard Medical School, examined the effectiveness of a 24-week virtual mindfulness-based program compared to a standard recovery support group using evidence-based practices. The trial included 196 participants across 16 U.S. states.

The mindfulness-based program showed similar levels of opioid use and anxiety reduction compared to standard best-practice groups but significantly outperformed in reducing self-reported opioid craving (67 percent vs. 44 percent, P<0.001). Study results indicate that mindfulness is a potent treatment option that can help reduce opioid craving during buprenorphine treatment.

“These findings are compelling evidence that trauma-informed mindfulness groups can be offered as an option for people during medication treatment for opioid use disorder,” said Dr. Zev Schuman-Olivier, MD, principal investigator of the study, founding director of the Center for Mindfulness and Compassion, and director of addiction research at Cambridge Health Alliance. “Mindfulness should be strongly considered for patients experiencing residual cravings after starting buprenorphine.”
As one participant reported, “This program helped me learn new techniques that I didn’t even know existed before I began. I still meditate all the time and don’t even need to have any sound on. I just lay down and push away all of my stress. It was well worth every minute I spent there.”

OUD remains a major public health crisis in the U.S., with over 100,000 opioid overdose deaths each year. Medications for opioid use disorder (MOUD), such as buprenorphine, are evidence-based treatments for opioid use disorder (OUD). Opioid craving is a risk factor for relapse for patients receiving MOUD. Experts highlight that further research is needed to explore how mindfulness can be integrated into existing OUD treatment frameworks to improve long-term recovery outcomes.

Source: https://jamanetwork.com/journals/jamanetworkopen/fullarticle/2829421

 

 

 by Drug Free America Foundation – www.dfaf.org

 

As marijuana continues to be legalized for recreational use across more U.S. states, the impacts on various aspects of society are becoming clearer. A recent study published in the JAMA Health Forum shines a spotlight on an unsettling trend: an increase in on-the-job injuries among young workers following the legalization of recreational marijuana.

 

The Study Findings: A 10% Increase in Injuries Among Young Workers

According to the study, the legalization of recreational marijuana was associated with a 10% increase in workplace injuries among workers aged 20 to 34.1 While this might seem like a small percentage, for small business owners, the implications can be significant. An increase in workplace injuries can lead to higher insurance premiums, loss of productivity, and in some cases, legal consequences if safety standards aren’t met.

 

How Does Marijuana Affect Younger Workers?

The study’s authors suggest that the rise in workplace injuries among younger workers could be tied to impaired cognitive function caused by marijuana use. Marijuana can impact attention, memory, and motor skills, which are all critical factors in performing certain job tasks safely and efficiently. For young workers, whose experience and judgment may still be developing, this could be particularly dangerous, leading to an increased likelihood of accidents.

 

For small business owners, this information raises important questions about workplace safety, employee well-being, and the need for updated safety protocols. Businesses that employ younger workers, particularly in industries such as construction, manufacturing, and retail, may need to re-evaluate their safety practices and training to mitigate these risks.

 

Broader Implications: The Relationship Between Marijuana Legalization and Workplace Injuries

It’s important to note that these findings are just the latest in a growing body of research on the effects of marijuana legalization. Other studies have shown that legalization may have mixed impacts on public health. For instance, a 2023 study in Social Science & Medicine analyzed data from several states, examining the impact of recreational marijuana on fatalities from motor vehicle accidents, which is an integral part of many workers’ responsibilities on the job.

 

What Small Business Owners Can Do

With the rise of marijuana legalization, small business owners face new challenges in ensuring workplace safety and maintaining a productive workforce. Here are some key takeaways for small business owners:

1.  Re-evaluate Safety Protocols: If your business employs younger workers, consider reviewing and updating your safety training and protocols. Ensuring that employees are educated on the risks of marijuana use at work and the importance of staying alert on the job could help reduce injury rates.

2.  Implement Clear Policies: Developing clear policies regarding marijuana use—both on and off the job—can help establish boundaries for employees. While recreational marijuana use may be legal, it’s important to create a work environment where safety and productivity are prioritized.

3.  Encourage Open Dialogue: Foster an open environment where employees can discuss their concerns about workplace safety and substance use. Offering support and resources for employees who may be struggling with substance use can also help maintain a healthy work environment.

4.  Invest in Employee Wellness: Offering wellness programs that educate employees on the effects of marijuana and other substances, as well as promoting overall health and well-being, can help minimize the risks associated with impaired work performance.

 

The Bottom Line

For small business owners, the rise in workplace injuries among young workers is an issue that cannot be ignored. By understanding the risks and taking proactive steps to ensure workplace safety, businesses can help protect their employees and their bottom line. As the landscape of marijuana legalization continues to evolve, staying informed and adaptable will be key to navigating these new challenges successfully.

 

Source: www.dfaf.org

 

The attached guide describes Planet Youth – a prevention model which has proved very successful in practice.

Planet Youth relies heavily on the Icelandic Prevention Model, as summarised below. (This graphic is borrowed from the ‘Planet Youth Guidance Program – Information Guide’) as attached.

To access the full Planet Youth document:

  1. Click on the ‘Source’ link below.
  2. An image  – the front page of the full document will appear.
  3. Click on the image to open the full document.

Source: Planet-Youth-Guidance-Program-Information-Guide-English.-Electronic-Edition.-2021.

 

United Nations

by Ioulia Kondratovitch – 10 March 2025 – Law and Crime Prevention

UNODCA “new black market” for synthetics and drug trafficking through war zones are fuelling instability around the world, the chief of the UN drugs and crime office said.
Today, the illicit drug market is becoming more unpredictable, driven by the impact of synthetic drugs,” Ghada Waly, Director-General of the UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC), said, addressing the opening of the latest session of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs in Vienna.
“Trafficking routes run through war zones and rule of law vacuums, from Haiti to the Levant to the Golden Triangle, fuelling instability.”

Tracking the global illicit drug trade

With over 2,000 participants and 179 side events, the commission’s session takes place from 10 to 14 March, with experts from around the world taking stock of the narcotic drugs trade as countries grapple with deadly tides of opioids like fentanyl while also highlighting gains made through joint operations.
For its part, UNODC supports more than 180 border control units in 87 countries to intercept drug flows. In 2024, UN-facilitated seizures included 300 tonnes of cocaine, 240 tonnes of synthetic drugs and 100 tonnes of precursors.
“We are facilitating backtracking investigations, bringing together law enforcement agencies and prosecutors from source, transit and destination countries,” Ms. Whaly explained.

A new black market

She also warned of emerging threats. Technology is radically transforming and accelerating how drugs are sold and distributed, with the dark web having created a “new black market” for synthetic drugs and precursors, Ms. Whaly said.

“Cryptocurrencies allow traffickers to move illicit profits undetected, and social media platforms have become major channels for promoting and advertising drugs online, particularly targeting young people and vulnerable users,” she said.
She also cautioned that drug trafficking networks are capitalising on these changes to expand their reach.

Chasing the most urgent threat

One of the biggest threats is synthetic drugs, she said. Synthetic manufacturing labs are being uncovered in new countries and regions. Indeed, more than 1,300 distinct psychoactive substances have been reported to UNODC to date.
At the same time, amphetamine-type stimulants and pharmaceutical opioids are registering record seizures. Synthetic opioids of the nitazine class are on the rise, with 26 different substances reported to UNODC so far, she added.
“Synthetic drugs have become one of the most urgent and elusive drug challenges that we face,” Ms. Whaly said. “They are evolving every day, expanding in reach and growing in potency.”

Clandestine labs

Clandestine production laboratories are emerging in parts of the world typically not known to produce synthetic drugs, Ms. Whaly said.
The methods to manufacture drugs and the means to traffic them are constantly evolving. Now, the internet is growing as a marketplace for drugs as well as a platform to exchange knowledge on how to make them.
Unlike plant-based substances, synthetic drugs can be manufactured quickly, at a low cost, almost anywhere in the world. They can also be moved across borders in bulk, often concealed in legitimate exports or in such large quantities that individual seizures “barely make a dent”, Ms. Whaly said.
“Simply put, they are harder to identify, intercept and interrupt,” she added.

Fuelling instability

Every region has suffered from the spread of synthetic drugs, she said, citing several examples:
In the Middle East and Africa, the captagon trade – a highly addictive stimulant popular on the battlefield – has been fuelling instability, with production and smuggling now deeply intertwined with conflict, Ms. Whaly said.
In Iraq, seizures of the drug surged by more than 3,300 per cent between 2019 and 2023, with authorities seizing 4.1 tonnes in a single year.
Large stockpiles were discovered in Syria, she said, adding that the situation following the fall of Assad requires close monitoring and attention.
In Southeast Asia, authorities seized a record 190 tons of methamphetamine in 2023, with criminal networks exploiting the region’s porous borders to move their product. Meth products are often found in heroin, vapes and counterfeit tablets and can be even more potent than fentanyl.
The Commission on Narcotic Drugs was established by Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) in 1946 to assist in supervising the application of the international drug control treaties.

 

Source: https://news.un.org/en/story/2025/03/1160971

Cathy Deacon
Writer states that primary prevention, heading off drinking problems before they start, should be a focus

In the fall of 2024, the Yukon’s chief medical officer stated that the Yukon government’s first substance use surveillance report indicated that alcohol’s burden “far exceeds” other substances. The report contains data related to EMS (emergency medical services), hospital and emergency admissions and reports from the chief coroner. Dr. Sudit Ranade says that the Yukon has a more substantial burden of substance abuse than the Canadian average. (Nov. 29/2024 Yukon News).

Dr. Sudit wisely pointed out that alcohol use in the Yukon starts early and while getting treatment is good, it takes the focus away from prevention. The Yukon government spends millions on secondary prevention; primary prevention aims to prevent the onset of disease or illness and secondary prevention attempts to manage the disease and reduce progression once present.

I have lived in the Yukon since 1970, graduated from FH Collins in 1975. I started drinking when I was 15 years old, it became a problem very quickly yet I didn’t quit drinking until I was 30 years old. Alcohol and mental illness ran in my family and seven years ago I lost my son to suicide in Whitehorse; he was drinking that fateful night.

I have been a social worker and criminologist in the Yukon for the last 40 years. I have worked in Whitehorse and rural communities in the Yukon. I have seen the suffering that that both alcohol and drugs brings upon families and communities. It’s not uncommon to hear of mothers drinking themselves to death, leaving their children motherless.

We spend millions on secondary prevention programs — EMS, mental health and substance abuse programs, shelters, police, medical system — the list goes on. I would like to see a thoughtful analysis of how successful mental health and substance abuse services programs are for people with substance abuse issues. I can guarantee that we would find dismal results, we keep doing the same thing over and over again, expecting different results. Secondary prevention provides employment for a whole lot of us, but at what cost?

Primary prevention programs aimed at preventing the problem before it starts is often overlooked. The main point in me writing this letter is to encourage the Yukon government to prevent the harm and one of the ways to do that, is to educate people about the serious harm that alcohol causes.

In Nov. 2017, a federally-funded study in Yukon, which was the first of its kind in Canada, saw colourful labels affixed to all alcohol bottles and cans inside a Whitehorse liquor store. There were two types of labels: one that warned that alcohol can cause cancer, including breast and colon cancer (there are other cancers as well); another label informed purchasers of the recommended maximum number of drinks per day. But just four weeks later, the Yukon Liquor Corporation decided to “pause” the label study after hearing concerns from national alcohol organizations.

The concerns included whether Yukon had the authority to affix the warnings and possible defamation, said the minister responsible for the liquor corporation, John Streicker.

“We have to weigh the costs that we will have to put towards litigation, costs which could go towards trying to reduce the harm of alcohol and promote education,” he said.

Timothy Stockwell, a University of Victoria researcher involved in the study, said he felt “extreme disappointment’ when he learned the project was being put on hold. The liquor industry was afraid that the graphic warning labels on booze could curb alcoholism. The label phase was supposed to run for eight months followed by a survey to assess the impact. The colourful labels included graphics, as opposed to U.S. messages that are text only. There was concern about putting the word cancer on the labels yet the International Agency for Research on Cancer, a World Health Organization body, has classified alcohol as a group-one carcinogen, along with tobacco, asbestos and many other materials. (Canadian Press – Laura Kane Posted Jan. 3, 2018).

We are now being told that there is no safe level of alcohol. I am pleased to see that there appears to be increasing numbers of people who are recognizing this fact and choosing to forgo the use of alcohol. I have lived in the Yukon for over 50 years and always wondered why there was so much cancer in such a beautiful pristine land. Could alcohol use have something to do with that? Not to mention the costs alcohol misuse does to families, children, teenagers, including suicide, mental health issues, FASD, incarceration, child abuse, problems in school attendance and missing work, the list goes on. Drinking alcohol can raise your risk of developing these cancers: mouth, laryngeal, breast, liver, pharyngeal, esophageal, stomach, pancreatic and colorectal. Tobacco and alcohol together are worse for you than either on its own. (Canadian Cancer Society).

I propose that we give this study another try, for at least a year. It held promise, can’t we at least try something that would cost peanuts, putting a label on a bottle? Education is key and morally, how can we not try prevention for the sake of Yukon people’s health?

Ms. Clarke encourage your fellow MLAs to be brave and try this inexpensive primary prevention project again; it could save lives, lower health care costs and all other related costs that the Chief Medical Officer spoke about. Don’t let the liquor industry bully you, it might give Yukoners the impression that money from the sale of alcohol is more important than people’s health.

Sincerely, Cathy Deacon, Whitehorse, Canada.

by Anonymous | Thursday, Mar 13, 2025

Drugs are everywhere—in movies, music videos, social media, and school hallways. Over the years, more young adults have been experimenting with substances at younger ages. The drugs of choice have also changed: before, the “cool” substances were tobacco and alcohol; nowadays, they’ve been replaced by marijuana, nicotine, and hallucinogens (Abrams, 2024). Back in high school, there were a lot of days when I would walk into the bathrooms and be hit by the smell of cotton candy and blueberry. The vaping problem got so bad that the administration implemented bathroom monitors to limit how many students could enter at a time. What irritated me the most was that everyone knew what was happening, but unless the students were caught red-handed, they never got in trouble. All those measures and for what? The number of students vaping didn’t decrease, and after a while, it felt like the school stopped caring altogether. My high school was not the only one with a substance-use issue; this is an issue amongst all schools and a major cause for concern for parents and students alike.

Ever since I was young, I’ve been aware of drugs and their effects, since both my parents were psychologists. My dad traveled around the country educating parents and teachers about substance use, early sex, and violence prevention, and my mom was a school psychologist. I considered myself lucky not to have anyone close to me struggle with addiction, however, two years ago, I found out my younger cousin had started using laughing gas and other substances recreationally. I actually discovered this through a fake account I created after noticing alarming social media posts. I didn’t tell her mom because I had previously reported her concerning behaviors, and nothing came of it. In fact, my cousin only distanced herself from me, hence the need to create a fake account. No matter what, I tried to keep communication open, despite her responses being brief. I don’t blame her for the way she reacted. Although I acted out of concern, she felt betrayed by my actions, and rebuilding trust will take time.

Over the past two years, I’ve thought a lot about what led to my cousin’s situation. First, I thought about why people use substances in the first place: people often use substances as a way to escape their life situations or traumas. Drugs provide a temporary “high,” which allows users to feel good, but the effects are fleeting. In the words of a famous rapper, Eminem, they “snap back to reality” and are forced to face their troubles all at once. Their discontent or distress with reality drives them to seek another “fix,” thus leading to a vicious cycle. As tolerance builds, higher doses are required to achieve the same effect. Drugs are dangerous because they distort emotions, cognition, memory, motor skills, perception, and behavior. All of these effects leave people vulnerable to making fatal mistakes and becoming victims of crimes.

There are several factors that can enhance the risk of substance abuse in youth: family history of addiction, poor parental involvement, associating with peers who use drugs, mental health issues, poverty, and childhood sexual abuse. Teens and young adults who abuse substances are more likely to engage in risky sexual behaviors, experience violence in interpersonal relationships, and face a higher risk for mental health issues and suicide. As if this weren’t enough, early drug use also increases the likelihood of substance use disorders in adulthood and problems with the justice system (Welty et al., 2024, p. 5).

On the other hand, protective factors like strong family support, high self-esteem, and good use of free time can help prevent young adults from abusing substances. While we might not always be able to prevent our loved ones from using substances, we can still be supportive family members they can turn to. Studies show that children with strong family support often find stability in adulthood (Chiang et al., 2024, p. 922). How can society address the issue of youth substance abuse? On a larger scale, we need to stop treating drugs as a taboo topic; keeping children in the dark about drugs does them a disservice because their lack of knowledge often leads to uninformed decisions and sometimes fatal consequences. Drug prevention programs educate youth about harm reduction techniques, healthy coping alternatives, and promote an honest discussion about substance use. Additionally, they teach children refusal strategies so that they can feel confident saying no without fearing they’ll be seen as “lame” by their peers. These prevention programs should also add a parental education component so that both parents and teachers could attend workshops on how to prevent, recognize, and address substance abuse. I believe education starts at home, and therefore, parents need the right tools to steer their kids away from drugs and know how to react if their child uses substances or asks questions about them. I also think the program should help kids plan and visualize their life goals, as establishing goals can be important for maintaining motivation and dedication. If a proper plan is set out for a child, they can identify what they need to do to get closer to their goals and what will set them back (e.g., drugs).

On a personal level, you can educate yourself about substance abuse to approach the issue with empathy rather than judgment. Most importantly, keep communication open, because sometimes just letting someone know you’re there for them can make a huge difference. If someone you know is struggling, encourage them to seek professional help, since addiction often requires counseling and medical intervention. Finally, set boundaries to protect yourself, because you cannot help others if you do not help yourself, and remember that you can be supportive without enabling dangerous behavior.

Source: https://www.google.com/url?rct=j&sa=t&url=https://www.fau.edu/thrive/students/thrive-thursdays/substance_abuse_among_teens/&ct=ga&cd=CAEYASoUMTQwNTE0OTI3NTUyNDQ1MjA2MTUyGjJiNzI5NDQxMGY0ZDBmNTc6Y29tOmVuOlVT&usg=AOvVaw2s994ac9kbEI-oVZO4FBmo

Vienna (Austria), 13 March 2025 – “Investing in your health, safety, and well-being is an investment in a stronger, more sustainable world.”

Ms. Ghada Waly, the Executive Director of the UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC), emphasized the vital role of youth in substance use prevention. Speaking at the Opening of the Youth Forum 2025 in the margins of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs (CND), Ms. Waly highlighted that “it is your contribution – your ideas and your actions – that will drive real progress” in building resilience and fostering evidence-based prevention efforts.

The Youth Forum at the CND brings together young leaders from around the world to engage in discussions with UNODC experts on substance use prevention and meaningful youth involvement. Participants learn to recognize vulnerabilities to drug use, what effective prevention aims to target and prosocial and healthy behaviours within their communities.

Over three days, youth engaged in interactive sessions based on the UNODC/World Health Organization (WHO) International Standards on Drug Use Prevention, examining the science behind substance use disorders, understanding risk and protective factors that can make an individual become more vulnerable and reflecting on the extent to which their prevention experiences are aligned with evidence-based practices. They also discussed ways to strengthen their role as youth in prevention work, ensuring that young people are actively involved in shaping policies and initiatives that promote well-being and resilience.

Additionally, participants were introduced to Friends in Focus, UNODC’s newly developed youth-based prevention programme. They explored innovative ways to engage their peers, promote positive social norms, and contribute to substance use prevention efforts in their communities. Shaped through insights and feedback from previous Youth Forum participants, Friends in Focus aims to equip young people with the knowledge, training, and tools to drive meaningful change.

Youth leading in communities

Youth participants shared their experiences and inspirations that led them in their journey of substance use prevention work, exchanging best practices from their communities. Through group activities, they learned from each other, identifying what worked and what didn’t in prevention efforts.

Nathan Christoff-Omar Morris, one of the youth representatives that delivered the joint Youth Statement, shared how his work in Jamaica focused on educating students. “Everyone’s life is unique, and so are their experiences — youth-led initiatives allow peer-to-peer interactions, which is an effective way of communicating. This can create a ripple effect of positive influence in communities,” he emphasized. His efforts back home led to greater presence of prevention messaging in schools and increased student engagement with counselling services.

Nathan, reflecting on his time at the Youth Forum, emphasized how youth-led approaches make prevention efforts more relatable and effective. “Young people understand the challenges we face—whether it’s family struggles, academic pressure, or peer influence. That’s why youth must be at the forefront of prevention work and policymaking.”

Inspired by the diverse ideas and initiatives shared during the Youth Forum, Nathan left with a renewed vision. “This experience will forever be etched into my mind. I plan to bring back my learnings, advocate for more investment in youth-led prevention and introduce programmes like Friends in Focus in my country.”

Youth voices at the forefront

During the Plenary of the 68th CND, young leaders delivered their jointly drafted Youth Statement: “Prevention efforts must not only be about us but led by us,” they declared, urging policymakers to invest in evidence-based strategies and prioritize youth participation in prevention and decision-making processes. “Standing now in front of you, we ask you to help us have more access to capacity building, to voice our opinions and to actively listen to us.”

The Youth Statement passionately called on Member States to recognize that prevention is the most cost-effective approach to addressing substance use. “When prevention is a priority, resilience becomes a reality.”

The youth further stressed the need for youth-led actions, ensuring that prevention efforts reach all young people, regardless of their background, enabling them to reach their full potential and opportunities.

Source: https://www.unodc.org/unodc/frontpage/2025/March/youth-forum-2025_-youth-taking-the-lead-in-peer-led-drug-prevention.html

This story originally appeared on NPR’s “All Things Considered.” 

Pennsylvania is seeing roughly 2,000 fewer drug deaths a year. Nationwide, the number of annual deaths from drug overdoses has dropped by more than 30,000 people a year.

On a blustery winter morning, Keli McLoyd set off on foot across Kensington. This area of Philadelphia is one of the most drug-scarred neighborhoods in the U.S. In the first block, she knelt next to a man curled on the sidewalk in the throes of fentanyl, xylazine or some other powerful street drug.

“Sir, are you alright? You OK?” asked McLoyd, who leads Philadelphia’s city-run overdose response unit. The man stirred and took a breath. “OK, I can see he’s moving, he’s good.”

In Kensington, good means still alive. By the standards of the deadly U.S. fentanyl crisis, that’s a victory.

It’s also part of a larger, hopeful trend. Pennsylvania alone is seeing roughly 2,000 fewer drug deaths a year.

Nationwide, the number of annual deaths from drug overdoses has dropped by more than 30,000 people a year.

That’s according to the latest provisional data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, comparing drug deaths in a 12-month period at the peak in June 2023 to the latest available records from October 2024.

Officials with the CDC describe the improvement as “unprecedented,” but public health experts say the rapidly growing number of people in the U.S. surviving addiction to fentanyl and other drugs still face severe and complicated health problems.

“He’s not dead, but he’s not OK,” McLoyd said, as she bent over another man, huddled against a building unresponsive.

Many people in Kensington remain severely addicted to a growing array of toxic street drugs. Physicians, harm reduction workers and city officials say skin wounds, bacterial infections and cardiovascular disease linked to drug use are common.

“It’s absolutely heartbreaking to see people live in these conditions,” she said.

Indeed, some researchers and government officials believe the fentanyl overdose crisis has now entered a new phase, where deaths will continue declining while large numbers of people face what amounts to severe chronic illness, often compounded by homelessness, poverty, criminal records and stigma.

“Initially it’s been kind of this panic mode of preventing deaths,” said Nabarun Dasgupta, who studies addiction data and policy at the University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill. His team was one of the first to detect the national drop in fatal overdoses.

His latest study found drug deaths have now declined in all 50 states and the trend appears to be long-term and sustainable. “Now that we have found some effective ways to keep people alive, it’s really important to reach out to them and try to help them improve their whole lives,” Dasgupta said.

Source: https://whyy.org/articles/fentanyl-deaths-help-for-survivors/

United Nations

Prevention, Treatment, and Rehabilitation Section

 

March 14th 2025

Just this week, the Youth Forum 2025 took place during 10 – 12 March on the sidelines of the 68th Session of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs (CND). This year, 32 youths from 25 countries were selected through a rigorous process, aiming to invite youths that had high interests and/or prior experience in drug prevention. The Youth Forum provided a platform for these dedicated young leaders to learn about effective prevention, share their experiences, and learn from each other.

Ms. Ghada Waly, Executive Director of UNODC, welcomed the youth, reaffirming the organization’s steadfast commitment to their participation in drug prevention efforts. Encouraging them to fully embrace the experience, she stated, “I encourage you to make the most of this opportunity. Speak up. Ask questions. Challenge perspectives.”

Over the course of three days, participants attended interactive sessions focused on evidence-based prevention, rooted in the UNODC/WHO International Standards on Drug Use Prevention. Through collaborative activities, they exchanged best practices from their communities, analyzed challenges, and explored ways to strengthen youth-led prevention efforts. Utilizing the UNODC Handbook on Youth Participation in Drug Prevention Work, they shared past experiences of work and brainstormed on ways to be better be engaged and consulted as youth in prevention initiatives.

A new addition this year was the recently developed Friends in Focus programme, introduced as a resource and tool developed to support global youth be actively involved in evidence-informed prevention work. Youth participants had a sneak peek into some of the interactive activities, directly experiencing parts of the programme themselves. They reflected on the role that group dynamics have in peer selection, and learned to recognize risk and protective factors to drug use. Participants showed interest in being involved in Friends in Focus, including in their potential involvement in future pre-pilots or implementation of the programme. Participants also had the opportunity to attend CND side events, such as the event on “Engaging Youth as Agents of Change in Crime and Drug Use Prevention: Experiences of the Regional Youth Network for Central Asia” and “Ringing Out Hope and Unity: The Peace Bell’s 30-Year Message in Addressing Drug Abuse”.

Another key highlight of the Youth Forum was their collaboration for the creation of the Youth Statement, which captured the collective voices and recommendations of youth participants. The statement emphasized the urgent need for effective prevention, as new and emerging substances continue to impact individuals, families, and communities. Youth participants urged policymakers to invest in evidence-based prevention strategies, create protective environments at home, school, and in communities, and advocated for multiple sectors to converge and harmoniously work together.

As they reminded global policymakers that “Prevention efforts must not only be about us, but led by us”, they called on Member States to actively include young people in decision-making processes and prevention work. And they further highlighted their readiness in being equal partners with adult stakeholders in addressing the world drug problem, as they said: “We have no political bias, we bring innovation and youth perspectives, and we care about our future. And this is not a one-time investment. Continuous engagement and co-creation can help us collectively reach our mission together.”

UNODC congratulates the Youth Forum 2025 participants for their dedication, insightful contributions, and commitment throughout the three days. Their engagement throughout the Youth Forum highlights the crucial role that young people play in shaping effective drug prevention strategies and being implicated in the policy-making arena. Through the Youth Initiative and the growing alumni network, UNODC remains committed to fostering meaningful youth participation, providing opportunities for learning and development, and supporting young leaders in their efforts to create safer and healthier communities.

Read the Youth Statement below, and click here for more information about the Youth Forum 2025.

Youth Statement 2025 at the Opening Ceremony of the 68th Session of the CND

Your Excellencies, distinguished delegates, ladies and gentlemen,

As 32 youth from 25 countries, we gather here today as a unified voice to address the issue of substance use within our respective communities. This is not a new challenge, and has been tackled over the past decades. Despite efforts, everyday there are new substances that threaten not only individuals, but also society as a whole. It creates a ripple effect where individuals, families, communities are all directly and indirectly negatively affected. The consequences could lead to disruptive environments, higher rates of crime and violence, unemployment, economic challenges, and homelessness.

Therefore, prevention measures are essential to stop substance use before it takes hold. There are many risk factors that can lead to drug use, pushing a person to an extreme. Anyone could have these vulnerabilities, and thus none of them should be neglected. Effective prevention involves creating positive climates at school, home, and in the community to promote social, psychological and physical well-being. It cultivates opportunities, builds a brighter future, and represents a sustainable solution for a long-term problem. Moreover, it flourishes through collaboration among schools, families, communities, workplaces, the health sector, youth institutions, and social media – channels of communication which are closest to us. When prevention is a priority, resilience becomes a reality.

According to research, evidence-based prevention has proven to be, systematically, the most cost-effective. We urge Member States to prioritize funding to substance use prevention policies and solutions, and to invest in further research for drug prevention in aspects that do not have sufficient evidence, such as cultural, geographical, and demographical areas.

Our collective goal is to drive practical solutions, innovative strategies, and youth-led actions. Prevention efforts must not only be about us, but led by us. Why don’t we reflect: how many youth delegates do we have seated amongst us? How many youths have been directly involved in decision-making processes such as in this Commission? As youth, we are a key element of change: we urge you to actively involve young people in prevention efforts, and ensure that financial constraints do not exclude us. We have no political bias, we bring innovation and youth perspectives, and we care about our future. And this is not a one-time investment. Continuous engagement and co-creation can help us collectively reach our mission together.

Standing now in front of you, we ask you to help us have more access to capacity building, to voice our opinion, and to actively listen to us. Please be open to collaborating because we do want to create partnerships and evolve together. Every young person, regardless of their background, should have the opportunity to reach our full potential and positively impact our communities.

Behind every statistic there is a story. If you want to change the statistics, listen to the stories. Recognize the vulnerability, don’t neglect it. Strengthen it. And the time to act is now, for the future begins with the choices made today.

Source: https://www.unodc.org/unodc/drug-prevention-and-treatment/news-and-events/2025/March/youth-forum-2025_-when-prevention-is-a-priority–resilience-becomes-a-reality.html

 

Photo: Nikoleta Haffar

Vienna (Austria), 10 March 2025 — The 68th session of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs (CND) commenced today, gathering 2100 representatives from over 100 Member States to discuss international drug policy.

At the opening, the UN Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) Executive Director Ghada Waly delivered a warning on the evolving drug landscape, highlighting the surge in synthetic drugs and the expansion of cocaine markets. “The drug market is undermining peace, security and development,” she cautioned, pointing to trafficking routes that fuel instability in conflict zones.

However, she stressed that UNODC remained committed to its critical work to keep people safe and healthy. In 2024 alone, she noted, UNODC supported the seizure of over 300 tonnes of cocaine, 240 tonnes of synthetic drugs, and 100 tonnes of precursors, while facilitating investigations and safe disposal, flagging emerging drug threats, providing scientific and forensic support to countries to implement CND scheduling decisions and more.

In that connection, Ms Waly raised urgent concerns about funding constraints. “We cannot deliver ‘more with less’ when the illicit drug market has more and more at its disposal every day,” she warned, calling on Member States to invest in global health and security. She expressed hope that the session would serve as a rallying point for a balanced, effective and united approach to drug policy, ensuring that multilateral efforts keep pace with a rapidly evolving threat.

The Chair of the Commission, H.E. Shambhu S. Kumaran of India, opened the session by emphasizing the severity of current drug challenges. “The range of drugs available to most people today are more diverse, potent and harmful than ever before. When drugs and precursors flow across borders, only organized crime wins,” he stated, calling on Member States to invest in community security and the global fight against drugs.

In a call to action, General Assembly President Philémon Yang and Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) President Bob Rae highlighted the urgent need for a comprehensive response to the world’s drug problem. PGA Yang warned that drug trafficking weakens institutions, fuels instability and harms the environment through deforestation, soil degradation and toxic waste. He stressed the importance of tackling root causes and engaging youth in prevention and policymaking. Ambassador Rae echoed the need for a balanced approach, from prevention and treatment to recovery and reintegration, while also underscoring the urgency of equitable access to medicines. Their messages made it clear: solving the drug problem demands urgent, coordinated and inclusive global action.

In a video message, World Health Organization (WHO) Director-General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus urged policies that protect people from drug-related harms while ensuring access to essential medicines under universal health coverage. He reaffirmed WHO’s commitment to working with the International Narcotics Control Board (INCB), UNODC, Member States, and civil society towards evidence-based, human rights-centred solutions. INCB President Jallal Toufiq warned about the rise in synthetic drugs and persistent disparities in medical access despite sufficient global supply. He called for a coordinated global strategy to tackle illicit synthetic drug production, trafficking and use.

Throughout the session, the Commission will deliberate on draft resolutions covering various issues, including evidence-based drug prevention for children, research on stimulant use disorder treatment, alternative development, officer safety in dismantling opioid labs, strengthening the global drug control framework and addressing the environmental impacts of drugs.

A total of 179 side events and 32 exhibitions are scheduled during the session. Additionally, the General Debate will see several countries pledging concrete actions under the Pledge4Action initiative, with updates from Member States on the progress of commitments made during the 67th session.

The CND will also consider WHO’s recommendations on placing six substances under international control.

Source: https://www.unodc.org/unodc/frontpage/2025/March/shaping-global-drug-policies_-cnd-opens-its-68th-session-in-vienna.html

by Mia Holloman, Directorate of Prevention, Resilience and Readiness – March 11, 2025

A strong Army starts with healthy Soldiers and communities. When Soldiers are at their best, they’re ready for any mission. The Army Substance Abuse Program is committed to preventing substance misuse before it becomes a problem, giving leaders the tools to recognize risks and take action early.

Prevention starts with awareness and the right support. ASAP provides education and resources to help Soldiers, leaders and units work together to address alcohol and drug misuse. Commanders play a vital role in creating positive, substance-free environments and encouraging activities that strengthen resilience and teamwork. By taking a proactive approach, Soldiers stay focused, engaged and mission-ready.

“Take advantage of services that the Army offers before there is an incident,” said Georgina Gould, Army Substance Abuse Program Specialist, Ready and Resilient Integration and Training division.

“If there are indicators that problematic substance misuse is getting in the way at work or at home, schedule an appointment to meet with a provider at your assigned embedded behavioral health clinic, where you can be assessed for voluntary care without command involvement.”

The Substance Use Disorder Clinical Care Program, a vital resource for Soldiers and their Families impacted by substance misuse, complements ASAP’s prevention initiatives.

SUDCC is the Army’s model for delivering substance use treatment in a manner that is integrated, aligned with unit needs and conveniently co-located. Substance use disorder treatment is part of a comprehensive plan aimed at achieving rapid recovery and restoring individuals to full readiness.

“SUDCC’s mission of providing treatment and returning Soldiers to the fight is congruent with the ASAP mission of strengthening the overall fitness and effectiveness of the Army workforce, (conserving) manpower and enhancing Soldier combat readiness,” Gould said.

SUDCC provides care tailored to the unique needs of the Total Army, ranging from initial assessment and counseling to outpatient and inpatient treatment options. Gould said the SUDCC program has a low recidivism rate, meaning individuals are less likely to return to the program.

“There is a low number of Soldiers returning for further treatment after services are completed, which means they are successful in returning to the mission and their Families with enhanced coping skills and wellness,” Gould said.

Together, ASAP and SUDCC demonstrate the important role of the Army community in prevention, awareness and recovery. Substance misuse is not just a personal issue; it can impact entire teams, communities and missions. ASAP and SUDCC bring together partners from different sectors and engage stakeholders to build a strong, united effort against substance misuse.

Source: https://www.army.mil/article/283651/strengthening_the_army_community_through_substance_misuse_prevention_treatment_options

Photo: UNODC
Member states voting at the 68th session of the CND.

Vienna (Austria), 14 March 2025 — The sixty-eighth session of the Commission on Narcotic Drugs (CND) concluded today after five days of intensive discussions on global drug policy, international cooperation and the implementation of international drug policy commitments. The strong engagement and high level of participation from governments and stakeholders in Vienna, 2,000 of whom gathered to exchange views and shape collective responses to evolving drug-related challenges, demonstrates the Commission’s relevance as the global platform for addressing the complexities of the world drug problem in an evidence-based, forward-looking manner.

In her closing remarks, United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) Executive Director Ghada Waly emphasized the importance of strengthening the CND. “In times of division and uncertainty, we need effective multilateral institutions more than ever,” she said. “And the level of engagement at this session has once again confirmed the enduring relevance of this Commission as the global forum for drug policy.”

She urged Member States to redouble their efforts, commitment and cooperation, recognizing that the evolution of the world drug problem demands a renewed and determined response. “UNODC will remain committed to working for a healthier and safer world, guided by the decisions of Member States,” she concluded.

Six New Substances under Control

In fulfilling its normative functions under the international drug control conventions, the Commission acted on recommendations from the World Health Organization (WHO), deciding to place six substances under international control. These include four synthetic opioids –  N-pyrrolidino protonitazene, N-pyrrolidino metonitazene, etonitazepipne, and N-desethyl isotonitazene – which have been linked to fatal overdoses. The Commission also placed hexahydrocannabinol (HHC), a semi-synthetic cannabinoid with effects similar to THC that has been found in a variety of consumer products, under Schedule II of the 1971 Convention. Additionally, carisoprodol, a centrally acting skeletal muscle relaxant, widely misused in combination with opioids and benzodiazepines, was placed under Schedule IV of the 1971 Convention due to its potential for dependence and health risks. These scheduling decisions reflect the Commission’s ongoing efforts to respond to emerging drug threats and protect public health.

Six resolutions adopted

The Commission on Narcotic Drugs (CND) also adopted six resolutions, reinforcing global efforts to address drug-related challenges through evidence-based policies and strengthened international cooperation.

To protect children and adolescents, the Commission encouraged the implementation of scientific, evidence-based drug prevention programs, emphasizing the need for early interventions and cross-sectoral collaboration to build resilience against non-medical drug use.

Recognizing the growing impact of stimulant use disorders, another resolution promoted research into effective, evidence-based treatment options, calling on Member States to invest in innovative pharmacological and psychosocial interventions to improve care for those affected.

The importance of alternative development was reaffirmed with a resolution aimed at modernizing strategies that help communities transition away from illicit crop cultivation, ensuring long-term economic opportunities while addressing broader issues like poverty and environmental sustainability.

In response to the rising threat of synthetic drugs, the Commission adopted a resolution to protect law enforcement and first responders dismantling illicit synthetic drug labs and advocating for stronger safety protocols, enhanced training and international cooperation to reduce risks.

To strengthen the implementation of international drug control conventions and policy commitments, the Commission decided to establish an expert panel tasked with developing a set of recommendations to strengthen the global drug control system.

Additionally, recognizing the environmental damage caused by illicit drug-related activities, the Commission adopted another resolution calling on Member States to integrate environmental protection into drug policies and address the negative impacts on the environment resulting from the illicit drug-related activities.

These resolutions reflect the Commission’s commitment to providing concrete, coordinated responses and ensuring that drug control policies remain effective, adaptive and aligned with contemporary challenges.

Source: https://www.unodc.org/unodc/frontpage/2025/March/cnd-68-concludes_-six-new-substances-controlled-six-resolutions-adopted.html

    Delegation of the European Union to the International Organisations in Vienna

Statement by Press and information team of the Delegation to UN and OSCE in Vienna:

It is an honour to be here and to speak on behalf of the European Union and its Member States. Albania, Andorra, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Iceland, Montenegro, North Macedonia, Republic of Moldova, San Marino and Ukraine align themselves with this statement.

Mr Chair,

We remain committed to strengthening the global cooperation to address drug-related challenges in accordance with an evidence-based, integrated, balanced and comprehensive approach. We acknowledge the important role of UNODC in monitoring the world drug situation, developing strategies on international drug control and recommending measures to address drug-related challenges.

As we meet today, conflicts and violence are unfolding in numerous parts of the world. The EU and its Member States call for the full respect for the UN Charter andinternational law, including international humanitarian law, whether in relation to Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, or the ongoing conflicts in the Middle East, Sudan, Ethiopia, DRC and elsewhere.

Drug trafficking controlled by organised crime groupsthreatens public health, our security, our economies and prosperous development worldwide, and even our democratic institutions and the rule of law. This is an important security challenge that Europe is currently facing. As demonstrated by the European Drug Report 2024, as a consequence of the high availability of drugs, large-volume trafficking and competition between criminal groups in Europe, some countries are experiencing an increase in violence and other forms of criminality linked to the operation of the drug market.

To address this concern, last November the EU hosted the European Conference on Drug-related Violenceas part of the implementation of the EU Roadmap to combat drug trafficking and organised crime. At the conference, the EU Drugs Agency called for action on drug-related violence, to encourage and support efforts to enhance safety and security across all sectors of society with measures to anticipate, alert, respond and learn from the growing complexities of drug-related violence. This initiative reflects our collective determination to address the increasing violence linked to drug trafficking.

In line with the pledge of the Global Coalition to address Synthetic Drug Threats that the EUcommitted to in September 2024, we are currently closely monitoring the risks of a potential increase in the supply and demand for synthetic opioids in Europe. This possible shift could represent unique challenges for public health systems and law enforcement.

Among such challenges is the growing number of illegal laboratories that produce synthetic drugs. Considering the threat they pose, Poland – on behalf of the EU – has tabled a resolution that draws attention to the protection of all those that are at the forefront of dismantling drug laboratories. Our aim is to set the ground for global standards in ensuring the safety of law enforcement officers, and we count on your support for this important resolution.

The EU and its Member States also call for greater consideration of development-oriented drug policies and alternative development measures, as well as the environmental damage linked to the direct and indirect impact of illicit drug crop cultivation, drug production and manufacture and drug policy responses. Conscious of the realities that shape our world, a resolution addressing the environmental impact of drugs has been tabled by France on behalf of the EU. This is atopic that needs more engagement from all of us, and we hope that you will back this resolution as well.

The EU and its Member States continue to emphasise that States are obliged to protect, promote and fulfilhuman rights, including when they develop and implement drug policies. All human beings are born free and equal in dignity and rights, and the EU and its Member States recall that the death penalty should be abolished globally. We condemn the use of capital punishment at all times and under all circumstances, including for drug-related offences. Additional measures should be taken for people in vulnerable and marginalised situations and to reduce stigma and discrimination. We underline that substance use disorders are a health issue requiring compassionateand evidence-based interventions. Stigmatisation and criminalisation of individuals with substance use disorders should be replaced with a health-centredapproach to reduce risks and harm.

Addressing drug-related harm also remains an important pillar of EU drug policy and the EU Drugs Strategy. The EU and its Member States are implementing a human rights-based approach with a range of measures in compliance with the three international drug conventions. The aim is to reduce drug supply and to take prevention, treatment, care and recovery measures, to reduce risk and harm to society and to the individual. We also ensure a meaningful involvement of scientific experts, civil society and affected communities. We urge the international community to further embrace pragmatic measures aimed at reducing the health and social harms, both for the individual and for society, associated with drug use. From needle and syringe exchange programmes to opioid agonist therapies, such evidence-based initiatives are essential for safeguarding public health and dignity. Prevention, treatment, care and recovery measures, risk and harm reduction must be expanded, adequately resourced, and firmly rooted in respect for human rights, as also set out in last year’s CND resolution 67/4 [on preventing and responding to drug overdose through prevention, treatment, care and recovery measures, as well as other public health interventions, to address the harms associated with illicit drug use as part of a balanced, comprehensive, scientific evidence-based approach].

In the context of current global drug-related challenges, it is important to stress that effective solutions can only be achieved through a balanced and whole-of-society approach as well as by engaging all relevant stakeholders, including health-care personnel, who provide critical support to those affected by substance use disorders; law enforcement officers, who risk their lives in targeting organised crime groups involved in drug production and trafficking; academia, which contributes with evidence-based research and innovative solutions; civil society organisations, which play an important role in prevention, and in risk and harm reduction initiatives. International cooperation is also indispensable to tackle the global drugs phenomenon and we count on the close involvement ofall relevant United Nations entities, including human rights bodies, to foster coordinated international action and inter-agency cooperation.

As set out in the high-level declaration by the CND on the 2024 mid-term review, we stress the urgent need for further ambitious, effective, improved and decisive actions as well as for more proactive, scientific evidence-based, comprehensive, balanced approaches to address drug-related challenges.

For that, we emphasise the critical importance of thorough data collection, monitoring, and scientific research. The European Union Drugs Agency is therefore key in developing Europe’s capacity to react to both current and future drug-related challenges, and we have made a concrete pledge in this regard at last year’s High-level segment of the CND.

Mr. Chair, to conclude,

Continuous drug-related challenges require our united front and cooperation to address them in the most effective and sustainable manner, and we count on global efforts to do so together. The EU and its Member States reaffirm their own commitment to fostering a comprehensive, inclusive, and balanced approach to addressing the world drug situation. We call on all Member States and stakeholders to join us in prioritising health, dignity, and human rights in all aspects of drug policy.

Thank you.

SOURCE: https://www.eeas.europa.eu/delegations/vienna-international-organisations/eu-statement-general-debate-68th-session-commission-narcotic-drugs-10-march-2025_en

This special section of the International Journal of Drug Policy brings together empirical and conceptual contributions to youth cannabis research through diverse methodological and critical social science approaches. Specifically, we present a collection of four empirical papers and three commentaries, all engaging with the central question, how can theoretical and methodological innovations advance youth and young adult-centered cannabis research, policy, and practice?
The current evidence base on cannabis use among youth and young adults under 30 years of age is limited by two key challenges. First, there is a strong emphasis on biomedical forms of knowledge production centred on individualistic understandings and abstinence-focused goals, with a tendency to overlook the broader social contexts that influence cannabis use patterns. Second, the incorporation of youth and young adult perspectives is lacking. In a shifting drug policy landscape where many nations and regions, including ours (Canada), have either legalized cannabis or are considering doing so, we need research approaches that can comprehensively examine the documented risks of cannabis use as well as those that can account for the social and structural contexts that shape youth and young adult substance use decision-making (Rubin-Kahana et al., 2022). To date; however, much of the research addressing youth and young adult cannabis use remains under-theorized, overly descriptive, and lacking in critical analysis of the links between substance use harms and social inequities (Kourgiantakis et al., 2024).
Over the last several decades, mounting research has documented the potential health harms of cannabis use, particularly for those who initiate early or consume regularly. This includes substantial evidence that identifies risks related to the onset of psychotic disorders, motor vehicle accidents, and cannabis use disorder as well as effects on educational and occupational outcomes (National Academies of Sciences, Engineering & Medicine, 2017). However, a focus on risks in the absence of considerations of lived experience or social-contextual influences restricts our understandings and may limit the development of impactful and supportive interventions for those who may benefit most.
At this juncture, we argue that in addition to rigorous examination of health impacts, there is a pressing need for inquiry using methodological approaches that meaningfully engage youth and young adults with lived experience of cannabis use in research, peer-based education, and advocacy and activism for policy and practice change. This is particularly important given that different populations experience varying levels of risk and protection based on their social and structural circumstances (Gunadi & Shi, 2022), while cannabis policy, education, and care continue to rely on a ‘one-size-fits-all’ approach, disregarding the diverse perspectives, experiences, patterns, and motivations of young people with regard to their cannabis use.
In preparing for this special section, we sought to collate research from diverse disciplines and geographic regions. We were particularly interested in highlighting research that moves beyond description towards theoretically engaged analyses, as well as research using participatory, arts-based, or youth engagement methodologies to understand youth and young adult cannabis use practices. Taken together, we envisioned that these papers would highlight new ways of theorizing, researching, and advocating in the global context of cannabis policy liberalization. We also hoped that this process would create new research connections among scholars with shared interests in this area. However, while various efforts were made to attract contributions from around the world, all but one of the final submissions were from Canada, with one additional contribution from Nigeria.
While the geographical representation is limited, the papers in this special section demonstrate innovative approaches to studying youth and young adult cannabis use while maintaining awareness of documented health risks. Bear and colleagues introduce “mindful consumption and benefit maximization” as a framework that acknowledges both potential risks and the importance of informed decision-making. They argue that harm reduction campaigns focused on cannabis risk, being received as stigmatizing or out of touch, given that cannabis is perceived by young consumers as a “relatively harmless drug” compared to other regulated substances, such as alcohol and tobacco. Instead of centering potential harms, mindful consumption and benefit maximization is presented as a strengths-oriented approach that aims to reduce stigma while promoting informed decision making to maximize positive experiences. Bear and colleagues offer that efforts to shift and better inform how young people make choices related to cannabis use can contribute new pathways for better preventing potential long-term consequences.
Another area of focus within the contributed articles included research problematizing the socio-structural contexts of cannabis use, foregrounding the perspectives of marginalized youth whose voices and life circumstances are often absent from the research literature, despite inequitably bearing the brunt of cannabis-related harms (Huang et al., 2020Jones, 2024Zuckermann et al., 2020). Haines-Saah and colleagues tackled the concept of “risk” among youth and young adults living with profound health and social inequities across several Canadian provinces. Using a youth-centred qualitative approach, this research makes visible the experiences of young people whose everyday lives are characterized by intersecting hardship and inequity. Within these circumstances, the risks of cannabis use are reconceptualised by the youth participants as they thoughtfully consider the ways that cannabis has served as a tool for survival while navigating historical and ongoing experiences of trauma and violence. Many of these youth also spoke to the ways that they engage in regular reflection about their cannabis use practices, informing efforts to reduce or abstain when recognizing that their use is too frequent or when experiencing adverse mental health effects.
Aligned with this focus on growing understandings of the cannabis use experiences and contexts of marginalized youth, Nelson and Nnam contributed a qualitative paper on cannabis use and harm reduction practices among youth and young adult women aged 21–35 living in Uyo, Nigeria. For young women in this setting, cannabis use was noted to progress quickly from more casual or social use, to frequent and heavy consumption. Aligned with the findings presented in Haines-Saah and colleagues’ Canadian research, the results of this study illustrate the ways that cannabis use and related risk is shaped by health and social contexts characterized by trauma and mental health challenges tied to marginalized social locations. Indeed, it is noted that in this setting, cannabis was used to “treat the psychological symptoms of structural inequalities”. Nelson and Nman powerfully argue that to make progress in supporting young people, interventions must target the social and structural roots of drug-related harms.
Examinations of the intersections between cannabis use and queer and trans youth identities was also a theme across several of the special section papers. Barborini and authors drew on community-based participatory research approaches, including photovoice, to examine how cannabis use features within the experiences of transgender, non-binary and gender non-conforming (TGNC) youth in the Canadian province of British Columbia. Barborini et al. identified how TGNC youth use cannabis in purposeful and strategic ways, including as they enact ‘non-normative’ gender expressions. They also found that TGNC youth use cannabis in to facilitate introspection, including as they advance personal discoveries about their gender identities and development. In their analysis, they describe how TGNC youth are using cannabis in emancipatory ways, with some of their sample describing how cannabis use is important for them in accessing moments of gender euphoria and affirmation, particularly given many of the broader social structural oppressions they face in their everyday lives.
London-Nadeau and colleagues’ research paper, led by their team of queer youth, presents a community-based qualitative study conducted in Quebec, Canada. In this paper, the authors demonstrate how certain populations face unique risks and challenges that require more tailored approaches. They action Perrin and colleagues’ (2020) Minority Strengths Model to advance understandings about how cannabis use features in queer and trans youth’s endeavours to “survive and thrive”. Here, cannabis was identified as supporting the production of an “authentic [queer and trans] self”, facilitating processes centering on self-exploration, introspection, and expression. Additionally, London-Nadeau and colleagues contributed a commentary presenting insights gained through conducting their empirical research. In this paper, they reflect on barriers and opportunities for cannabis research conducted by queer and trans youth, including the importance of “leading from the heart” in their efforts to connect with the shared cultures of their study participants while attuning to the ways that their experiences may differ, in part due to their academic affiliations that serve as a source of privilege within the context of knowledge production.
Finally, D’Alessio and colleagues offer details on their experiences with Get Sensible, a project of the Canadian Students for Sensible Drug Policy. In this reflection piece, the Get Sensible team describes how their work developing and implementing an educational toolkit challenged historical approaches to cannabis education by prioritizing young people’s voices, harm reduction, other evidence-based strategies, and peer-to-peer models. They also describe how, by drawing on a youth-led project design, the Get Sensible educational toolkit provides young people with the information they need to make empowered and informed decisions to minimize cannabis-related harms.
Across diverse geographical and drug policy contexts, cannabis remains one of the most widely used substances among youth and young adults. As such, there is a pressing need for knowledge generation that pushes boundaries to expand understandings beyond the confines of biomedical and risk-dominated paradigms. Moreover, drug policy scholarship, including that published in this journal, has advocated for research and practice that embodies the harm reduction principle of “nothing about us without us,” centering the expertise of people who use substances (e.g. Harris & Luongo, 2021Olding et al., 2023Piakowski et al., 2024Zakimi et al., 2024). When it comes to cannabis, or any substance use for that matter, it is our view that the impetus to protect youth from drug harms should not preclude their meaningful participation and leadership in drug prevention research and policy. The youth-centered scholarship and advocacy we highlight in this special issue is our contribution to prioritizing youth empowerment, not just their “protection.”
While our special section may not capture the full breadth of critical research being conducted with and for youth who use cannabis, the narrow geographical scope of the contributions underscores a degree of urgency for advancing innovative methodological approaches to youth and young adult cannabis research within and across global settings. We are nevertheless deeply inspired by the progress that has been made, as evidenced by the contributions in this special section, including those that critically challenge traditional approaches to cannabis use policy, education, and care via youth-centered research approaches. Ultimately, we hope that this issue will inspire a renewed research agenda that privileges the expertise of young people and engages with theories and methodologies that advance new understandings and possibilities for supporting cannabis use decision making and accompanying efforts to minimize potential harms.
Source: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0955395925000519

by Professor Onohuean Hope; Department of Pharmacology and Toxicology, Kampala International University, Uganda, and Professor Frasia Oosthuizen who holds a BPharm, MSc (Pharmacology) and PhD (Pharmacology) qualifications, all obtained from PU for CHE (now North-West University). Published: March 7, 2025 in the journal PLOS One (stylized PLOS ONE, and formerly PLoS ONE) is a peer-reviewed open access mega journal published by the Public Library of Science (PLOS) since 2006.

Published: March 7, 2025

ABSTRACT

Introduction
There is an ongoing global upsurge of opioid misuse, fatal overdose and other related
disorders, significantly affecting the African continent, due to resource-limited settings and
poor epidemiological surveillance systems. This scoping review maps scientific evidence
on epidemiological data on unlawful opioid use to identify knowledge gaps and policy
shortcomings.

Method
The databases (PubMed, Scopus, Web of Sciences) and references were searched
guided by Population, Concept, and Context (PCC) and PRISMA-ScR. The extracted
characteristics examined were author/year, African country, epidemiological distribution,
age group (year), gender, study design and setting, common opioid/s abused, sources of
drugs, reasons for misuse, summary outcomes and future engagement.

Results
A population of 55132 participated in the included studies of 68 articles, with the
largest sample size of 17260 (31.31%) in a study done in South Africa, 11281(20.46%)
in a study from Egypt and 4068 (7.38%) in a study from Ethiopia. The gender of the
participants was indicated in 65(95.59%) papers. The mean and median age reported
in 57(83.82%) papers were 15.9-38, and 22-31years. The majority of study-designs
were cross-sectional, 44(64.71%), and the most used opioids were heroin, 14articles
(20.59%), tramadol, 8articles (11.76%), and tramadol & heroin, 6 articles (8.82%)
articles. Study-settings included urban community 15(22.06%), hospital 15(22.06%),
university students 11(16.18%), and secondary school learners 6(8.82%). The highest
epidemiological distributions were recorded in the South African study, 19615(35.60%),
Egyptian study, 14627(26.54%), and Nigerian study 5895(10.70%). Nine (13.24%)
papers reported major opioid sources as black market, friends, and drug dealers. To
relieve stress, physical pain and premature ejaculation, improve mood and sleep-related
PLOS ONE | https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0317036 March 7, 2025 2 / 24
PLOS ONE The burden of unlawful use of opioid and associated epidemiological characteristics in Africa
problems and help to continue work, were the major reasons for taking these drugs as
reported in twenty articles (29.41%).

Conclusion
The findings of this scoping review show significant knowledge gaps on opioid usage in
the African continent. The epidemiological distribution of unlawful use of opioids among
young adults, drivers, and manual labourers in both genders is evident in the findings.
The reason for use necessity scrutinises the role of social interaction, friends and family
influence on illicit opiate use. Therefore, there is a need for regular epidemiological
surveillance and investigations into multilevel, value-based, comprehensive, and strategic
long-term intervention plans to curb the opioid problem in the region.

To access the full document, please click on the link below:

                   https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0317036

By Emma Thies AD – Last update: 25-02-25, 16:58
The Netherlands is one of the largest suppliers of kush: the life-threatening synthetic drug that is a particularly serious problem in West African Sierra Leone. So many people die from the addictive drug strain that group cremations are even held in the country. What exactly is kush, and how dangerous is it?
According to the report by the Clingendael Institute and Global Initiative, published today, the Netherlands is one of the largest suppliers of kush. The largest shipment ever intercepted (300 kilos) came from the Netherlands. The UK is also a major supplier. The synthetic drug is drawing a trail of destruction among the youth of the African country of Sierra Leone.
The stuff is spotty, highly narcotic and extremely addictive: it makes users walk the streets like zombies. Kush is said to have first surfaced in 2016, in the capital Freetown. There, ‘hundreds of young men’ reportedly died because of organ failure caused by the drug, the BBC reported last year. No official death tolls are known, but it is clear that addiction – with all its consequences – is becoming widespread. In April last year, a state of emergency was even declared in Sierra-Leone.
But what is kush?
The term ‘kush’ is often associated with cannabis, but in this case it is a synthetic cannabinoid. The cheap stuff is often light green, dark green, brown or reddish in colour and is usually smoked with tobacco. According to users, the drug is said to relieve stress or even ‘make all feelings disappear’.
For a long time, much was unclear about what exactly kush is. According to research now published by Clingendael, the stuff mostly contains synthetic cannabinoids or nitazenes: a heavy painkiller stronger than morphine, heroin and fentanyl. It makes kush extremely potent. Also, according to Clingendael, a lot of rumours about kush circulate: for instance, the drug strain is said to contain methamphetamine and human bones, among other things. No evidence of this has been found.
But it is clear that kush is highly dangerous and extremely addictive. Users reported needing increasing amounts, and according to the research institute, the number of reported overdoses allegedly caused by kush has increased significantly since 2022. Users can suffer from skin abnormalities and ulcers and severe limb swelling. The kush users who die often struggle with serious health problems or stop eating, for example.
The role of the Netherlands
According to Clingendael, the number of kush deaths leads to pressure on morgues and group cremations were even held. Drug users in the survey say they know on average between two and four people who have died from the drug. Some even have between 20 and 50 cush deaths in their vicinity.
The kush market was expanding at a very catastrophic pace in Sierra Leone. According to Clingendael, there are indications that the Netherlands and the UK are exporting kush. Interviews conducted by researchers show that key figures in the kush market have connections with the two countries. In 2024, 300 kilos of ‘organic material’ was intercepted in a cargo from Rotterdam, presumably to make kush. That cargo also contained plastic syrup bottles from a Dutch factory.
There are no indications that the Netherlands’ most wanted criminal, Jos Leijdekkers, is involved in kush. This ‘Bolle Jos’ keeps to himself in Sierra Leone and is said to be mainly involved in the export of cocaine. In the Netherlands, he was sentenced to 24 years for large-scale drug trafficking.
According to Clingendael, there are a lot of indications that the kush market is being ‘protected’ at a high political level, but this cannot be sufficiently proven. However, there are said to be two major players who cooperate and have political links through family.

After achieving six months of sobriety, Horning has become a vocal advocate for comprehensive substance use prevention and education programs aimed at helping students in Warren County lead substance-free lives.

His initiative, developed in collaboration with Dr. Patricia Hawley-Mead and district officials, seeks to implement substance use prevention and education services across the school district. The goal of the initiative is to provide students, teachers, and parents with the education, community resources, and intervention strategies needed to prevent substance use and promote healthier lifestyle choices.

“If you were to tell me eight months ago I would be standing in front of you talking about substance abuse prevention and putting Narcan in AED boxes, I would have said you were crazy,” Horning shared with the audience during a recent school board meeting.

Horning’s passion for substance use prevention stems from his own difficult experience with addiction. He has openly shared his struggles with substance use, depression, and unhealthy coping mechanisms that led him down a painful path.

“My addiction was full of loss, hardships, and failures,” Horning explained. “Nothing seemed to work, nothing was helping me, and most importantly, I wasn’t helping myself. I’ve been in and out of psychiatrists’ offices, tried different medications, and felt completely lost. The only way I found recovery was by chance, but it shouldn’t be that way. We need a system in place to give students a way out before it’s too late.”

Looking back on his darkest moments, Horning admitted he never imagined he would be advocating for change in front of a crowd.

“I was not a great person at that moment in time,” he said, becoming emotional. “I made a lot of mistakes. My family, who is sitting behind me today, can tell you that. People inside and outside of school districts saw me at my worst. The disease of addiction is a lifelong battle that I will face until the day I die. But that does not mean it has to end in tragedy. That is why I am standing here today – to fight for others like me.”

Horning recognizes that many students turn to substances for a variety of reasons–whether out of boredom, depression, anxiety, or as a way to cope with personal struggles. His initiative is designed not only to educate students on the dangers of substance use but also to provide them with the tools and support systems they need to make better, healthier choices.

“This initiative will not only help students stay alive in case of an overdose, but it will help them find a way out of addiction and into a new life,” he emphasized. “Even if this helps just one person, it will all be worth it.”

INITIATIVE’S INSPIRATION

The inspiration behind Horning’s initiative came after a district-wide program held on September 18, 2024. During the event, public speaker Stephen Hill presented the First Choice & A Second Chance program to high school students. The program aimed to break the stigma surrounding substance use disorder, raise awareness about the ongoing drug epidemic, and encourage students to make healthier decisions.

Following the event, Horning was motivated to take action. He reached out to district administrators, safety officers, the school nurse department head, and a Family Services of Warren County drug and alcohol counselor to begin crafting a proposal for a comprehensive Substance Use Prevention and Education Service in the district.

The proposal calls for the establishment of educational programs that would teach students about the risks associated with substance use, provide early intervention services, and offer mental health support. Additionally, Horning’s plan includes provisions for Narcan to be available in school AED boxes, ensuring that life-saving measures are ready in case of an overdose emergency.

Hawley-Mead, who has worked closely with Horning on the initiative, stressed the importance of early intervention and prevention.

“The increasing prevalence of substance use among young people is a growing concern,” Mead said. “It poses a significant risk to their academic success, emotional well-being, and future prospects. Early prevention and education efforts have been shown to reduce substance use, improve student decision-making, and help create a more supportive and empathetic learning environment.”

Mead believes that by fostering a collaborative effort among educators, parents, and community partners, the district can proactively address the issue of substance use and equip students with the knowledge and support they need to thrive.

“This initiative will provide students, teachers, and parents with education, resources, and intervention strategies to support healthy choices and foster a positive, drug-free environment,” Mead said.

Horning concluded his speech with an emotional reflection on his own personal journey and the importance of offering help to others who may be struggling.

“What drove me to do this was really a lot of depression and unhealthy coping skills,” he shared. “I was not in the right mindset when I first used. I was not okay. If somebody had sat me down and told me, ‘We can help you,’ it could have saved me years of pain. That’s why we need this now. We need to offer students the opportunity to get help before it’s too late.”

Horning is determined to ensure that no student has to face the same struggles he did. His initiative is not only aimed at providing support for those already struggling with substance use but also preventing others from ever going down that difficult path.

“The only way I found recovery was by chance,” he admitted. “That’s the best way I can put it. Recovery is important, but when you are in an active addiction, it feels impossible to get through to someone. That’s why, eight months ago, I would have called you crazy if you told me I’d be standing here today. But now, I’m here. I have made myself a better person, and I want to give back for what I have found.”

Horning and district officials are now seeking approval from the school board and the community to bring this initiative to life in Warren County schools. Their goal is to integrate substance use prevention education into the curriculum, provide resources for students and families, and ensure that Narcan is available in AED boxes to help prevent potential overdose deaths.

“We don’t have to live in tragedy like other schools have,” Horning said. “We need to teach students how to use Narcan, how to stay alive, and most importantly, how to find a way out of addiction. Recovery is possible, and I want to show others that they don’t have to suffer alone.”

HORNING’S PROPOSAL

Horning’s written proposal outlines five key goals for the pilot initiative: Enhance school safety by increasing access to Narcan for emergency overdose response. Educate the school community about substance use prevention, intervention, and response strategies. Establish a student club focused on substance use awareness, prevention, and peer education to increase awareness and reduce stigma surrounding substance use disorder. Actively engage stakeholders, including students, staff, families, and community partners, to establish an anonymous and supportive program where students can learn about and advocate for substance use prevention. Create a district-sponsored club dedicated to promoting substance use prevention and education.

Hawley-Mead emphasized that while Narcan is already available in nurse’s offices during school hours, having it in AED boxes would ensure it’s accessible during after-school activities and weekend events.

“This proposal aims to make Narcan more widely available and accessible to first responders during emergencies, regardless of the time of day,” she said. “We want to ensure that this life-saving measure is available whenever and wherever it’s needed.”

Horning also reached out to Family Services of Warren County, which has expressed strong support for the initiative.

“They are very, very responsive towards this program,” Horning said. “I’ve spoken with counselors, including Nicole Neukum, executive director, and they’re all willing to give us whatever we need to make this a success.”

School board member Mary Passinger asked Horning if he felt comfortable sharing the personal story behind his addiction.

“It was really a lot of depression and unhealthy coping skills,” Horning responded. “I was not in the right mindset when I first used. If someone had told me, ‘We can help you,’ it could have saved me from years of pain.”

Board member John Wortman commended Horning for his bravery in speaking out and bringing this important issue to the district’s attention.

“There is nothing more important than standing up for what you believe in,” Wortman said. “The proposals outlined here will help make a significant, positive impact on students in Warren County. And that’s something we can all support.”

Superintendent Gary Weber also voiced his strong support for the initiative.

“We are 100% behind this initiative,” he said. “It’s clear that Jessie and Dr. Mead have worked hard to bring together stakeholders and develop a plan that will have a lasting and positive impact. We want to make sure this program is sustainable, and we’re committed to supporting it every step of the way.”

The district is currently reviewing Horning’s proposal, and community members are encouraged to get involved in supporting this critical initiative. For updates and information on how to help, individuals can reach out to district officials or Family Services of Warren County.

With this initiative, Horning hopes to not only save lives but also inspire others to break free from addiction and reclaim their futures.

“Recovery is possible,” he said. “And I want to show others that they don’t have to suffer alone.”

Source: https://www.timesobserver.com/news/local-news/2025/03/student-leads-charge-for-substance-use-prevention/

by Ioulia Kondratovitch – UNODC

Globally, the number of people who used drugs rose to 292 million in 2022 – a 20 per cent increase over 10 years.  The UN Office on Drugs and Crime’s (UNODC) 2024 World Drug Report shows that the emergence of new synthetic opioids and a record supply and demand of other drugs have compounded the impacts of the world drug problem, including overdoses, violence, instability, environmental harms and more.

The Commission on Narcotic Drugs (CND), the United Nations’ central drug policy-making body, is meeting this week to take stock of progress made in the implementation of international drug policy commitments.

Below, learn more about the CND and why it matters.

The basics

The CND is where UN member states set policy on all issues related to drugs. 53 Member States from all regions of the world are elected to serve four-year terms.

UNODC acts as Secretariat to the CND.

Why does the CND matter?

Drug production, trafficking and consumption can cause violence, instability and even death.

UNODC’s 2024 World Drug Report found that 64 million people worldwide suffered from drug use disorders in 2022, with only one in 11 in treatment.

Drug trafficking is empowering organized crime groups, who are also engaged in other crimes including human trafficking, online scams, fraud and illegal resource extraction.

A new record high of cocaine production has coincided with a rise in violence in states along the supply chain, as well as an increase in health harms in countries of destination. Meanwhile, nitazenes – a group of synthetic opioids which can be even more potent than fentanyl – have recently emerged in several high-income countries, resulting in an increase in overdose deaths.

How does it work?

CND reviews and analyses the global drug situation and takes action through resolutions and decisions. At this year’s CND, Member States will be discussing resolutions on preventing drug use among children; research on evidence-based interventions for the treatment and care of stimulant use disorders; alternative development; safety of officers in dismantling synthetic opioid laboratories; the impact of drugs on the environment; and strengthening the global drug control framework.

The CND also decides, based on recommendations by the World Health Organization and the International Narcotics Control Board, on which substances will be placed under international control – or “scheduled” – under the three international drug control treaties.

These conventions help prevent the abuse of psychoactive substances, protecting individuals, communities and entire countries from drug use epidemics while reducing crime and violence. They also ensure that these substances are available for necessary medical and scientific purposes.

International scheduling of substances, including precursor chemicals, helps law enforcement efforts to curb production and trafficking of dangerous drugs.

Why are we talking about it now?

In recognition of these new and persistent challenges, the CND adopted the 2019 Ministerial Declaration to accelerate the implementation of the international drug policy commitments made since 2009.

At last year’s CND, Member States made new commitments under the “Pledge4Action” on how they could expedite actions to tackle the world drug problem. This year, Member States will report on efforts to fulfill these pledges, as well as have an opportunity to make new ones.

What else is the UN doing to address the world drug problem?

UNODC collects, analyses and reports data on drug trends and developments. Find more in our 2024 World Drug Report, Afghanistan Drug Insights Series, Colombia and Bolivia coca surveys, and Myanmar opium survey.

Additionally, by strengthening the ability of Member States to detect and intercept illicit drug flows at borders and equipping front-line officers with testing equipment, UNODC bolsters countries’ national security by disrupting the operations and profits of organized drug trafficking groups. Making borders and key shipping routes less vulnerable to exploitation also fosters a safer environment for legitimate business and trade, contributing to a more stable and resilient global economy.

UNODC also works with Member States to support the prevention of drug use; treatment and rehabilitation for people who use drugs; and access to controlled drugs for medical purposes.

Source: https://www.unodc.org/unodc/news/2025/March/explainer_-what-is-the-commission-on-narcotic-drugs.html

New Drug Prevention Guide issued to all schools to raise awareness about drug abuse

Abdulla Rasheed (Abu Dhabi Editor)  Last updated: 
The Ministry of Interior has warned adolescents and young individuals of both genders against the dangers of consuming certain medications, including sedatives, that can lead to addiction and even death due to excessive, non-prescribed use.Supplied

Abu Dhabi: The Ministry of Interior (MoI), in collaboration with the Drug Control Council and the National Drug Prevention Programme, has issued a Drug Prevention Guide, which has been distributed to all schools across the country.

Through the guide, the ministry has warned adolescents and young individuals of both genders against the dangers of consuming certain medications, including sedatives, that can lead to addiction and even death due to excessive, non-prescribed use.

What are sedatives?

Sedatives are medications designed to calm the patient and induce sleep by altering nerve signals in the central nervous system. They are commonly used to treat anxiety, stress, seizures, panic attacks, and sleep disorders.

Sedatives must be used with extreme caution. Misuse or mixing them with substances like alcohol can result in severe health complications, potentially life-threatening. Overuse can inhibit critical nerve signals to the heart, lungs, and other organs, leading to dangerous side effects.

Parents should be aware of the following indicators of sedative addiction:

• Unusual or aggressive behaviour.

• Lack of focus and attention.

• Health issues such as memory loss, movement difficulties, and low blood pressure.

Myths debunked

The guide also cautions against widespread misconceptions among students, such as the belief that these medications can treat depression, relieve physical fatigue, boost energy levels, or enhance memory. The ministry has clarified that such beliefs are entirely false and misleading. It said individuals who consume these drugs without a medical prescription risk falling into the trap of addiction, which can ultimately lead to fatal consequences.

The Ministry of Education has ensured its distribution to schools to assist parents in early detection of substance abuse, protect their children, and educate them on their role in safeguarding their kids from these harmful substances. It also raises legal awareness and provides details on how to access treatment and rehabilitation services within the country.

Additionally, the guide highlights seven key protective factors that can help prevent children from substance abuse. It warns against synthetic drugs disguised as dried leaves, which have devastating effects, as well as the misuse of prescription medications, which can lead to addiction and severe health complications, including death.

Risks of drug abuse

The first chapter of the “Parents’ Guide to Drug Prevention” provides information on the various substances that children might be exposed to and details their health consequences. These include:

• Physical effects: Heart and blood pressure disorders, digestive system complications, severe weight loss, liver infections, immune system deficiencies, epilepsy, and sudden death.

• Psychological effects: Sleep disorders, delusions, hallucinations, schizophrenia, anxiety, depression, social withdrawal, emotional instability, and suicidal tendencies.

• Economic effects: Reduced individual productivity and financial burdens associated with drug use and treatment.

The guide also covers different types of drugs, including inhalants, such as lighter gases, paint fumes, and glue, which are easily accessible but cause severe health risks, including brain and liver damage, limb numbness, headaches, nausea, hallucinations, kidney failure, respiratory failure, and allergic reactions around the nose and mouth.

Recognising signs of drug use

The guide outlines key indicators that can help identify drug abuse, such as:

• Excessive talking and hyperactivity without a clear reason.

• Unusual jaw movements (circular or counter-directional).

• High blood pressure, paranoia, and aggressive behavior.

The guide also warns against addiction to certain prescription medications like:

Painkillers, which can cause respiratory depression, brain damage, and even death.

Depressants, which may result in blurred vision, nausea, difficulty concentrating, and fatal consequences if combined with alcohol.

Stimulants, which can lead to high body temperature, paranoia, and other harmful effects when misused.

Parents can detect prevent drug addiction among children in the following ways:

     2. Open dialogue: Engaging in calm discussions with children about concerns without making accusations.

     3. Empathy and understanding: Being prepared for emotional reactions, such as anger or threats of leaving home, and responding with reassurance and support.

     4. Being firm but loving: Setting clear household rules while expressing care and concern.

     5. Persistence: If discussions become overwhelming, parents should take a break and resume later.

     6. Seeking professional guidance: If a child refuses to talk or get help, parents should consult treatment centers for advice.

     7.Consulting specialists: Parents should seek expert assistance to organise their thoughts and receive proper guidance.

 

Source: https://gulfnews.com/uae/government/uae-ministry-warns-students-against-consuming-sedatives-1.500050438

Authors:
Christopher Williams
Kenneth W. Griffin
Sandra M. Sousa
Gilbert J Botvin – Weill Cornell Medicine
  • February 2025
  • Psychology of Addictive Behaviors

Abstract and Figures

Objective: School-based health promotion programs can have a positive effect on behavioral and social outcomes among adolescents. Yet, limited classroom time and suboptimal program implementation can reduce the potential impact of these interventions. In the present randomized trial, we tested the effectiveness of a classroom-based substance use prevention program that was adapted for hybrid implementation. Method: The hybrid adaptation included eight asynchronous e-learning modules that presented didactic content and eight classroom sessions designed to facilitate discussion and practice of refusal, personal self-management, and general social skills. Nineteen high schools were randomly assigned to intervention or control conditions. Students (N = 1,235) completed confidential online pretest and posttest surveys to assess the effects of the intervention on tobacco and alcohol use and life skills. The sample was 50.7% female and 35.5% non-White with a mean age of 15.2 years. Results: Analyses revealed significant program effects on current cigarette smoking, alcohol use, drunkenness, and intentions for future use. There were also program effects for communication, media resistance, anxiety management, and refusal skills. Conclusions: Taken together, these findings suggest that hybrid approaches can produce robust prevention effects and may help reduce barriers to the widespread adoption and implementation of evidence-based prevention programs.

 

To access the full document:  Click on the ‘Source’ link below.

Source:  https://www.researchgate.net/publication/389399186_Preventing_tobacco_and_alcohol_use_among_high_school_students_through_a_hybrid_online_and_in-class_intervention_A_randomized_controlled_trial/fulltext/67c174cb207c0c20fa9ac7ba/Preventing-Tobacco-and-Alcohol-Use-Among-High-School-Students-Through-a-Hybrid-Online-and-In-Class-Intervention-A-Randomized-Controlled-Trial.pdf?

A vast majority of American adults say they have consumed alcohol at some point — yet experts warn that alcoholic beverages could be a “gateway drug” to more harmful substances.

More than 84% of adults in the U.S. report having drunk alcohol in their lifetime, according to the 2023 National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH).

That same survey found that among underage Americans (12 to 17 years of age), more than 21% had consumed alcohol.

What is a ‘gateway drug’?

Dr. Kenneth Spielvogel, senior medical officer at Carrara Treatment in California, defined a “gateway drug” as a substance that exposes someone to other drugs.

Man drinking alcohol

More than 84% of adults in the U.S. report having drunk alcohol in their lifetime, according to the 2023 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. (iStock)

Marijuana is often pegged as a “classic gateway drug,” he told Fox News Digital, as it can lead to cocaine, heroin and other “harder drugs” that present a greater threat to loss of life via impaired driving and other volatile behaviors.

“Alcohol maintains a firm grip on a large portion of the adult population.”

“Any substance that impairs judgment is potentially a gateway drug, in my opinion — however, alcohol is the king of this,” Spielvogel said. “It maintains a firm grip on a large portion of the adult population.”

“I personally have seen the ravages of this — hungover victims turn to meth, cocaine and other drugs for the ‘pick me up’ they feel they need.”

Why alcohol can be a ‘gateway’

For many young people, alcohol is the first substance they try, according to Chris Tuell, a clinical psychotherapist and a chemical and behavioral addiction specialist at the Lindner Center in Mason, Ohio. This makes them more likely to experiment with other drugs later.

“Most people can use alcohol and it does not become problematic — but for some, it is destroying their lives,” he said in an interview with Fox News Digital.

Smoking marijuana

Marijuana is often pegged as a “classic gateway drug,” but one expert said that “alcohol is the king” when it comes to impairing judgment. (iStock)

Consumption of alcohol impairs judgment and decision-making, which can lead to riskier behaviors, including trying other substances, Tuell noted.

“Studies indicate that alcohol alters brain chemistry in ways that increase susceptibility to drug addiction,” the expert cautioned.

Jeremy Klemanski, addiction specialist and CEO of Gateway Foundation in Chicago, echoes his belief that alcohol is a gateway drug.

“We often hear reports from patients that they only use or started using while drinking, or that they were first exposed to alcohol and then tried other drugs for greater physical symptoms and feelings,” he told Fox News Digital.

friends with drinks

Research from the National Institute of Drug Abuse suggests that early exposure to alcohol can “prime the brain” for heightened responses to other drugs. (iStock)

“It is also important to note that once a person has used one mind-altering substance, their general thinking skills are impaired on some level,” he went on. “Other things they might not normally do become easier to justify or accept as an idea to act on.”

There is also a neurological element that comes into play, according to Dr. David Campbell, clinical director and program director at Recover Together Bend in Oregon.

“Alcohol affects neurotransmitter systems that are involved in the reward pathways that are similarly targeted by other drugs,” he told Fox News Digital.

Research from the National Institute of Drug Abuse suggests that early exposure to alcohol can “prime the brain” for heightened responses to other drugs, perhaps increasing the risks of the “gateway effect,” Campbell added.

Other factors at play

Experts emphasized that correlation does not equal causation.

“Just because people who use harder drugs often drink alcohol first does not necessarily mean alcohol caused their drug use,” Tuell noted.

Refusing beer

“There are few drugs where the sudden stoppage of their use can be deadly — alcohol is one of these,” an addiction specialist warned. (iStock)

Campbell agreed, noting that many “contextual factors and psychosocial stressors” should be considered within the broader context of someone’s life.

“Social environment, stressors, ease and proximity to access, social influences, mental health conditions, childhood trauma, genetics and other biological factors may all play a role,” he told Fox News Digital.

When and how to stop

Spielvogel shared some warning signs that someone may be dependent on alcohol and more susceptible to trying other harmful substances.

“One sign is if they have ever tried to cut down on their drinking and failed,” he said. “Also, they may be annoyed when asked about their alcohol consumption.”

People with alcohol dependency may also feel guilty when they drink, or they might consume alcoholic beverages in the morning, he added.

“It is very important that if someone has a use disorder, they seek professional help for their detox and recovery.”

Stopping “cold turkey” may not be the healthiest route, Spielvogel cautioned.

“There are few drugs where the sudden stoppage of their use can be deadly — alcohol is one of these,” he said.

“I cannot stress this enough; it is very important that if someone has a use disorder, they seek professional help for their detox and recovery, whether it’s a private treatment facility or going to a medical professional.”

“Do not do this on your own.”

A new USC-led study provides the first nationwide picture of who knows about, carries, and uses naloxone to reverse deadly opioid overdoses.

Mireille Jacobson, professor of gerontology at the USC Leonard Davis School of Gerontology and a senior fellow at the USC Schaeffer Center for Health Policy & Economics, said the study was conducted to address the lack of comprehensive data on access to the lifesaving medication and eventually to support work on how it affects the number of deaths attributed to opioid overdoses in the U.S.

There have been many analyses of how new policies, including naloxone becoming available through pharmacy dispensation, correlate with reductions in opioid deaths, but we don’t know exactly how much of the improvement is directly due to naloxone use versus any of the various other things being done to address this crisis at the same time. We don’t really have any data on who knows what naloxone is for, carries it, and administers in the case of an overdose. We’re trying to fill in a missing link.”

Mireille Jacobson, professor of gerontology, USC Leonard Davis School of Gerontology

Addressing an epidemic

In the study, Jacobson and coauthor David Powell, a senior economist at RAND, note the critical need to tackle the ongoing opioid crisis, which has had profound effects in the U.S, and understand the impacts of measures intended to address the devastating rate of overdose deaths.

Of the more than 100,000 drug overdose deaths that occurred nationwide in 2023, more than 75% of them involved opioids, according to data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Previous USC Leonard Davis School research has also shown how opioid overdose deaths have contributed to the widening gap in life expectancy between the United States and other high-income countries.

Since 2023, naloxone has been available over the counter, in hopes that wider availability would encourage more people to have the drug at the ready to save the life of someone overdosing. However, the lack of reliable, nationwide data on who was buying, carrying, and using naloxone has hindered research on how to best prevent overdose deaths, Jacobson said.

“With the problem being so widespread, one question is how to most effectively manage this crisis,” she said. “To know where to put our resources, we need to know about the actual ways this medication gets to the people who will use it. Our goal was to fill in the data and allow people to understand the mechanisms.”

Online surveys shed light

In June 2024, Jacobson and Powell conducted an online survey of two groups of participants. The first group was a nationally representative sample of 1515 people over the age of 18 not living in an institutional setting, while the second group contained 512 individuals who reported currently or ever having opioid dependence. Additionally, 50 respondents, or 3.3%, from the national sample also reported opioid dependence, bringing the total number of people reporting their own dependence on opioids to 562.

 

  • 700 (46.2%) reported having heard of naloxone and correctly identified it as a drug to reduce opioid overdoses.
  • 160 people, or 10.6%, said they carried naloxone with them.
  • 128 people (8.4%) said they had administered naloxone to someone else, while 93 respondents (6.1%) said they had been administered naloxone themselves.

Among the 562 individuals reporting current or prior opioid dependence:

  • 500 people (89%) had heard of naloxone and knew its purpose.
  • 340 respondents (60.5%) reported carrying naloxone.
  • 267 (47.5%) reported administering the drug to someone else, and 221 (39.3%) said naloxone had been administered to them.

The survey also showed that a person’s perception of the risk of overdose, either for themselves or for someone they know, correlated with the choice to carry naloxone. Of the survey respondents in the national sample who reported themselves as “very likely to overdose,” 31% carried naloxone, and in the sample of people reporting opioid dependence, nearly 74% of those who said they had a high likelihood of overdosing carried the drug. The likelihood of carrying naloxone followed a similar pattern among those who stated that they knew someone else who was very likely to overdose.

Another notable finding concerned how people obtained the naloxone they carried. Among those who have ever carried naloxone, only 42% of those in the national sample, and just 22.6% of those who reported opioid dependence, said they purchased the medicine themselves. These results highlight the problem with estimating naloxone availability based on pharmacy sales, as it excludes the hospitals, clinics, and other community organizations who give the drug away for free, Jacobson explained.

Next steps

While the data provides some of the first nationwide insights on who has and uses naloxone, this is just a starting point for future research, Jacobson said.

She explained that she’s eager for the results to be examined and validated in other larger, more robust surveys, including in the USC Understanding America Survey. Ideally, future study will uncover the best ways to teach people about naloxone and the most efficient avenues to get the drug to the people who will use it to save lives.

“The hope is that we can look at this more longitudinally and in more detail,” Jacobson said.

Source: https://www.news-medical.net/news/20250303/USC-study-sheds-light-on-nationwide-naloxone-awareness-and-use.aspx
Home
United Nations
The United Nations Office at Geneva

 

Synthetic drugs are rapidly transforming the global drug trade, fuelling an escalating public health crisis, according to the UN administered International Narcotics Control Board (INCB).

In its 2024 Annual Report, released on Tuesday, the INCB explains that unlike plant-based drugs, these substances can be made anywhere, without the need for large-scale cultivation, making them easier and cheaper for traffickers to produce and distribute.

The rise of powerful opioids like fentanyl and nitazenes – potent enough to cause overdoses in tiny doses – has worsened the crisis, driving record-high deaths.

“We need to work together to take stronger action against this deadly problem which is causing hundreds of deaths and untold harm to communities,” he continued.

Traffickers stay ahead of regulations

Criminal groups are constantly adapting to evade law enforcement.

By exploiting legal loopholes, they develop new synthetic compounds and use artificial intelligence to find alternative chemicals for drug production.

New smuggling methods – including drones and postal deliveries – make these drugs harder to detect.

As a result, seizures of synthetic substances are now outpacing those of traditional plant-based drugs like heroin and cocaine.

Patchwork response

Despite efforts to curb synthetic drugs, responses remain fragmented, allowing traffickers to stay ahead.

The INCB is calling for stronger global cooperation, including partnerships between governments, private companies and international organizations, to disrupt supply chains and prevent harm.

Medication out of reach

While synthetic drugs flood illegal markets, millions of people in low- and middle-income countries still lack access to essential pain relief medication.

The report highlights that opioid painkillers such as morphine, remain unavailable in regions like Africa, South Asia and Central America – not due to supply shortages, but because of barriers in distribution and regulation.

The INCB is urging opioid-producing nations to increase production and affordability to improve palliative care and pain management.

Regional hotspots concerns

The report identifies several regions where synthetic drug trafficking is expanding.

In Europe, the looming heroin deficit following Afghanistan’s 2022 opium ban could push more users toward synthetic alternatives while in North America, despite efforts to curb the crisis, synthetic opioid-related deaths remain at record highs.

The manufacture, trafficking and use of amphetamine-type stimulants are increasing across the Middle East and Africa, where treatment and rehabilitation services are often inadequate.

Meanwhile, in the Asia-Pacific region, methamphetamine and ketamine trafficking continues to grow, particularly in the Golden Triangle.

Call for urgent action

The INCB is urging governments to strengthen international collaboration, improve data-sharing and expand drug prevention and treatment services.

Without decisive action, the synthetic drug trade will continue to evolve, putting more lives at risk.

 

Arizona State University


Children seen from behind sit next to each other with their arms around each other while looking out at a large body of water.

Over the past 20 years, science-based interventions and treatments using a statistical method called mediation analysis have contributed to reduced rates of smoking and drinking among teenagers and young adults in the U.S. Research from Arizona State University has developed these statistical techniques, which save time and money and are now used widely in psychology, sociology, biology, education and medicine. Many of available medical treatment options are the result of clinical trials that used mediation to figure out what worked.

Image by Duy Pham/Unsplash

by Kimberlee D’Ardenne –

Smoking rates among teenagers today are much lower than they were a generation ago, decreasing from 36% in the late 1990s to 9% today. The rates of alcohol consumption among underage drinkers have also decreased. At the turn of the century, people aged 12–20 years drank 11% of all the alcohol consumed in the U.S. Today, they only drink 3%.

These decreases are in part the result of science-based interventions that were designed to prevent substance use. But these interventions would not have been possible without statistical methods, including a statistical method called mediation analysis that lets researchers understand why an intervention or treatment succeeds or fails. Mediation analysis also identifies how aspects of a substance use reduction program or medical treatment cause its success.

About this story

There’s a reason research matters. It creates technologies, medicines and other solutions to the biggest challenges we face. It touches your life in numerous ways every day, from the roads you drive on to the phone in your pocket.

The ASU research in this article was possible only because of the longstanding agreement between the U.S. government and America’s research universities. That compact provides that universities would not only undertake the research but would also build the necessary infrastructure in exchange for grants from the government.

That agreement and all the economic and societal benefits that come from such research have recently been put at risk.

Prevention makes our lives better — and it saves money. Though smoking and drinking rates among adolescents are on the decline, there is still room for mediation analyses to save the U.S. more money. According to the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, misusing alcohol costs the U.S. $249 billion. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention report that cigarette smoking costs the U.S. around $600 billion, including $240 billion in health care spending and over $300 billion in lost productivity from smoking-related deaths and illnesses.

David MacKinnon, Regents Professor of psychology at Arizona State University, has been studying and using mediation analyses for the past 35 years because of the many practical applications — and because they work really well.

“I like using science and math to address serious health problems like smoking, drug abuse and heart disease,” MacKinnon said. “Mediation analyses let us extract a lot of information from data and have the promise of identifying mechanisms by which effects occur that could be applicable to other situations.”

Unlike a third wheel, third variables are crucial — and causal

There are many paths to a teenager ending up struggling with substance abuse. They might struggle with impulsivity in general — or they might have parents who fight often, or maybe their friends get drunk most weekends.

Because there is more than one way to connect risk factors to substance use, scientists often have to take an indirect path that considers variables like parenting style or peer influences.

“Most research looks at the relationship between two variables — like risk-taking and substance use — but there can be a lot happening in between, and those ‘third variables’ can cause the outcome,” MacKinnon explains.

Long-lasting impacts

Adolescents who experiment with drugs and alcohol at a young age are more likely to develop lifelong substance abuse problems. A psychology department research team led by Nancy Gonzales, executive vice president and university provost, used mediation to create a program that decreases alcohol use in teenagers who started drinking at a young age.

The program brought families to their child’s school for a series of interactive sessions. Each session taught a skill, such as good listening practices or strategies for talking about difficult topics, and parents and students practiced as a family. Just spending 18 hours in the program produced protective effects against teenage alcohol misuse that lasted at least five years. By their senior year, kids who had participated in the program as seventh graders were drinking less.

This reduced alcohol consumption is important because even small reductions in adolescent drinking can have a cascade effect on other public health problems like alcoholism and drug abuse disorders, risky sexual behavior and other health problems.

Helping children of divorce

Close to half of all marriages in the U.S. end in divorce, affecting over 1 million children each year. These children are at an increased risk of struggling in school, experiencing mental health or substance use problems and engaging in risky sexual behavior. Mediation analyses have shown that a lot of these risks stem from conflict between divorced or separated parents, which creates fear of abandonment in children and contributes to future mental health symptoms.

Prevention scientists working in ASU’s Research and Education Advancing Children’s Health Institute leveraged decades of work using mediation to create an online parenting skills program for separated or divorced couples. The program reduces interparental conflict and decreases children’s anxiety and depression symptoms.

The answers to ‘why’ and ‘how’ questions save time and money

How much do school-based prevention programs decrease teen vaping rates? Why do monetary incentives and mobile clinics increase local vaccination rates?

Answering “how” and “why” questions like these require scientists to figure out what exactly caused a decrease in teen vaping or the reasons that caused more people to roll up their sleeves and get vaccinated. Causation can happen in many ways and can even be indirect, and mediation can accurately find the cause.

Mediation analysis strategies MacKinnon has developed are now used widely, in medicine, psychology, sociology, biology and education. And, many of the treatment options our doctors can offer us are possible because of clinical trials that used mediation to figure out what worked.

Mediation analysis lets researchers pull more information from scientific studies, which is why the National Institutes of Health recommends research proposals include a section evaluating why and how treatments or interventions work.

Source: https://news.asu.edu/20250304-science-and-technology-asu-research-helps-prevent-substance-abuse-mental-health-problems

 

Jennifer Carroll, a public health and addiction researcher at North Carolina State University, wrote a national guide on how counties can invest opioid settlement funds in youth-focused prevention. (Nathaniel Gaertner/TNS)
Jennifer Carroll, a public health and addiction researcher at North Carolina State University, wrote a national guide on how counties can invest opioid settlement funds in youth-focused prevention. (Nathaniel Gaertner/TNS)

A Kentucky county nestled in the heart of Appalachia, where the opioid crisis has wreaked devastation for decades, spent $15,000 of its opioid settlement money on an ice rink.

That amount wasn’t enough to solve the county’s troubles, but it could have bought 333 kits of Narcan, a medication that can reverse opioid overdoses. Instead, people are left wondering how a skating rink addresses addiction or fulfills the settlement money’s purpose of remediating the harms of opioids.

Like other local jurisdictions nationwide, Carter County is set to receive a windfall of more than $1 million over the next decade-plus from companies that sold prescription painkillers and were accused of fueling the overdose crisis.

County officials and proponents of the rink say offering youths drug-free fun like skating is an appropriate use of the money. They provided free entry for students who completed the Drug Abuse Resistance Education (D.A.R.E.) curriculum, recovery program participants, and foster families.

But for Brittany Herrington, who grew up in the region and became addicted to painkillers that were flooding the community in the early 2000s, the spending decision is “heartbreaking.”

“How is ice-skating going to teach [kids] how to navigate recovery, how to address these issues within their home, how to understand the disease of addiction?” said Herrington, who is now in long-term recovery and works for a community mental health center, as well as a regional coalition to address substance use.

She and other local advocates agreed that kids deserve enriching activities, but they said the community has more pressing needs that the settlement money was intended to cover.

Carter County’s drug overdose death rate consistently surpasses state and national averages. From 2018 to 2021, when overdose deaths were spiking across the country, the rate was 2.5 times as high in Carter County, according to the research organization NORC.

Other communities have used similar amounts of settlement funding to train community health workers to help people with addiction, and to buy a car to drive people in recovery to job interviews and doctors’ appointments.

Local advocates say $15,000 could have expanded innovative projects already operating in northeastern Kentucky, like First Day Forward, which helps people leaving jail, many of whom have a substance use disorder, and the second-chance employment program at the University of Kentucky’s St. Claire health system, which hires people in recovery to work in the system and pays for them to attend college or a certification program.

“We’ve got these amazing programs that we know are effective,” Herrington said. “And we’re putting an ice-skating rink in. That’s insane to me.”

A yearlong investigation by KFF Health News, along with researchers at the Johns Hopkins University Bloomberg School of Public Health and the national nonprofit Shatterproof, found many jurisdictions spent settlement funds on items and services with tenuous, if any, connections to addiction. Oregon City, Oregon, spent about $30,000 on screening first responders for heart disease. Flint, Michigan, bought a nearly $10,000 sign for a community service center building , and Robeson County, North Carolina, paid about $10,000 for a toy robot ambulance.

Although most of the settlement agreements come with national guidelines explaining the money should be spent on treatment, recovery, and prevention efforts, there is little oversight and the guidelines are open to interpretation.

A Kentucky law lists more than two dozen suggested uses of the funds, including providing addiction treatment in jail and educating the public about opioid disposal. But it is plagued by a similar lack of oversight and broad interpretability.

Chris Huddle and Harley Rayburn, both of whom are elected Carter County magistrates who help administer the county government, told KFF Health News they were confident the ice rink was an allowable, appropriate use of settlement funds because of reassurances from Reneé Parsons, executive director of the Business Cultivation Foundation. The foundation aims to alleviate poverty and related issues, such as addiction, through economic development in northeastern Kentucky.

The Carter County Times reported that Parsons has helped at least nine local organizations apply for settlement dollars. County meeting minutes show she brought the skating rink proposal to county leaders on behalf of the city of Grayson’s tourism commission, asking the county to cover about a quarter of the project’s cost.

In an email, Parsons told KFF Health News that the rink — which was built in downtown Grayson last year and hosted fundraisers for youth clubs and sports teams during the holiday season — serves to “promote family connection and healing” while “laying the groundwork for a year-round hockey program.”

“Without investments in prevention, recovery, and economic development, we risk perpetuating the cycle of addiction in future generations,” she added.

Icelandic Model of Prevention

Reneé Parsons went on to say that the rink, as well as an $80,000 investment of opioid settlement funds to expand music and theater programs at a community center, fit with the principles of the Icelandic prevention model, “which has been unofficially accepted in our region.”

That model is a collaborative community-based approach to preventing substance use that has been highly effective at reducing teenage alcohol use in Iceland over the past 20 years. Instead of expecting children to “just say no,” it focuses on creating an environment where young people can thrive without drugs.

Part of this effort can involve creating fun activities like music classes, theatrical shows, and even ice-skating. But the intervention also requires building a coalition of parents, school staffers, faith leaders, public health workers, researchers, and others, and conducting rigorous data collection, including annual student surveys.

About 120 miles west of Carter County, another Kentucky county has for the past several years been implementing the Icelandic model. Franklin County’s Just Say Yes program includes more than a dozen collaborating organizations and an in-depth annual youth survey. The project began with support from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and has also received opioid settlement dollars from the state.

Parsons did not respond to specific questions about whether Carter County has taken the full complement of steps at the core of the Icelandic model.

If it hasn’t, it can’t expect to get the same results, said Jennifer Carroll, a researcher who studies substance use and wrote a national guide on investing settlement funds in youth-focused prevention.

“Pulling apart different elements, at best, is usually going to waste your money and, at worst, can be counterproductive or even harmful,” she said.

At least one Carter County magistrate has come to regret spending settlement funds on the skating rink.

Millard Cordle told KFF Health News that, after seeing the rink operate over the holidays, he felt it was “a mistake.” Although younger children seemed to enjoy it, older kids didn’t engage as much, nor did it benefit rural parts of the county, he said. In the future, he’d rather see settlement money help get drugs off the street and offer people treatment or job training.

“We all learn as we go along,” he said. “I know there’s not an easy solution. But I think this money can help make a dent.”

As of 2024, Carter County had received more than $630,000 in opioid settlement funds and was set to receive more than $1.5 million over the coming decade, according to online records from the court-appointed settlement administrator.

It’s not clear how much of that money has been spent, beyond the $15,000 for the ice rink and $80,000 for the community arts center.

It’s also uncertain who, if anyone, has the power to determine whether the rink was an allowable use of the money or whether the county would face repercussions.

Kentucky’s Opioid Abatement Advisory Commission, which controls half the state’s opioid settlement funds and serves as a leading voice on this money, declined to comment.

Cities and counties are required to submit quarterly certifications to the commission, promising that their spending is in line with state guidelines. However, the reports provide no detail about how the money is used, leaving the commission with little actionable insight.

At a January meeting, commission members voted to create a reporting system for local governments that would provide more detailed information, potentially opening the door to greater oversight.

That would be a welcome change, said John Bowman, a person in recovery in northeastern Kentucky, who called the money Carter County spent on the ice ink “a waste.”

Bowman works on criminal justice reform with the national nonprofit Dream.org and encounters people with substance use disorders daily, as they struggle to find treatment, a safe place to live, and transportation. Some have to drive over an hour to the doctor, he said — if they have a car.

He hopes local leaders will use settlement funds to address problems like those in the future.

“Let’s use this money for what it’s for,” he said.

 

Source: https://www.timesfreepress.com/news/2025/mar/03/an-ice-rink-to-fight-opioid-crisis-drug-free-fun/

by Monte Stiles, drug-watch-international@googlegroups.com

In a decisive victory, the Idaho House of Representatives has passed HJR 4 with an overwhelming 58-10 vote.

HJR 4 proposes a constitutional amendment that would give Idahoans the power to proactively determine the state’s future regarding drug legalization and normalization. If approved by the Senate and ratified by voters in November 2026, this amendment will ensure that ONLY the Idaho Legislature has the authority to legalize the manufacture, sale, possession, and use of marijuana, narcotics, and other psychoactive substances—preventing outside influences from dictating Idaho’s future.

Idaho’s firm stance against foolish laws and policies has earned it the reputation of being “the most hostile state in America for drug legalization.” The passage of HJR 4 reinforces this position, further establishing Idaho as “an island of sanity in a sea of insanity.”

With 29 co-sponsors in the House and 19 in the Senate, the bill now moves to the Senate for consideration.

Note to readers in USA: Please take a moment to thank your Representatives for taking this important proactive stand in protecting Idaho’s future. And then let your Senators know of your support.

Source: Drug Watch International

National Crime Agency exposes increasing ketamine use in England amid surge in ‘drug cocktails

Ketamine usage more than doubled in England last year amid the rising popularity of designer “drug cocktails”, The Telegraph can reveal.

The largest and most accurate study of its kind, conducted on behalf of the National Crime Agency (NCA), has exposed a dramatic rise in the popularity of the drug.

Almost 25 tonnes of ketamine were consumed in England last year, up from 10.6 tonnes in 2023.

The drug is now more popular than heroin, with the worst hotspots in Norwich, Liverpool, and Wakefield.

The findings are revealed in Home Office data, seen by The Telegraph, which will form part of the NCA’s annual threat assessment next week.

The agency, dubbed Britain’s FBI, will warn of a rise in the use of several recreational drugs in Britain, including a 10 per cent increase in cocaine.

The sharp increase in the prevalence of ketamine on Britain’s streets is thought to be driven by drug cocktails, including “pink cocaine” – a combination of ketamine and other substances taken by Liam Payne, the One Direction star, before his death last year.

Payne, who fell to his death from a hotel balcony in Argentina in October last year, had taken a mixture of methamphetamine, ketamine and MDMA along with crack cocaine and benzodiazepine before he died, a toxicology report found.

Liam Payne reportedly had 'pink cocaine' along with other drugs inside his system when he fell to his death in Buenos Aires
Liam Payne reportedly had ‘pink cocaine’ along with other drugs in his system when he fell to his death in Buenos Aires Credit: Marc Piasecki/GC Images

Mixing ketamine and other drugs can produce hallucinogenic effects, but presents a greater risk to partygoers because the substances can be laced with even stronger narcotics including fentanyl.

The Home Office sampled wastewater from 18 treatment plants across England and Scotland over three years to build the most accurate picture of drug consumption in Britain ever compiled.

The samples, which covered wastewater from more than a quarter of the population, were analysed and scaled up by scientists from Imperial College London.

Previous estimates were based on the quantity of drugs seized by police and self-reported drug surveys, which are less accurate.

The final report found that almost 100 tonnes of cocaine were consumed in England alone last year, up from 88 tonnes in 2023.

Liverpool and Newcastle were the heaviest consumers of cocaine. Usage peaked in London during Christmas, the Euro 2024 football tournament and the Eurovision song contest.

Adjusted for purity, quantities of cocaine consumed in England last year had an estimated street value of £7.7 billion.

That figure is almost double the NCA’s previous estimate and the equivalent of £100 spent on cocaine each year by every person in the country.

Over the same period, heroin consumption is estimated to have decreased by 11 per cent, from 25,300 kilograms in 2023 to 22,400 kilograms in 2024. The highest rates were measured in wastewater from Liverpool and Birmingham.

Experts have previously warned of the dangers of trendy designer drug cocktails, including pink cocaine and “Calvin Klein” or “CK”, which refers to a mixture of cocaine and ketamine.

The combination of drugs can make it more difficult for users to know what substances they have taken.

CK, which is growing in popularity in the UK, has been blamed for overdoses among young people in nightclubs.

It comes as in this week’s Crime and Policing Bill, the Government will propose banning “cuckooing” – when criminals seize a vulnerable person’s home and use it as a drug den or for other illegal activity.

The Home Secretary will also propose new measures to jail those convicted of using children for crime
The Home Secretary will also propose new measures to jail those convicted of using children for crime Credit: Jacob King

Yvette Cooper, the Home Secretary, will also propose a new offence of child criminal exploitation, which is thought to affect around 14,500 children each year.

Under the new measures, people convicted of using children for crime, including county lines drug dealing, will face ten years in prison.

Ms Cooper said: “The exploitation of children and vulnerable people for criminal gain is sickening and it is vital we do everything in our power to eradicate it from our streets.

“As part of our Plan for Change, we are introducing these two offences to properly punish those who prey on them, ensure victims are properly protected and prevent these often-hidden crimes from occurring in the first place.

“These steps are vital in our efforts to stop the grooming and exploitation of children into criminal gangs, deliver on our pledge to halve knife crime in the next decade and work towards our overall mission to make our streets safer.”

Ministers and the NCA are also concerned about the rise of drug importers, who bring classified substances into the UK through weaker entry points and sell them to distributors around the country.

 

Source: https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2025/02/21/true-scale-uk-illegal-drug-use/

By Tina Underwood – February 23, 2025

Data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention show there were about 107,000 drug overdose deaths in the United States in 2023. Of those, about 75 percent, or 81,000, involved opioids.

With the aim of reducing those statistics, Lauren Jones ’22, who is in a post-baccalaureate at Harvard University, Brenna Outten ’22, a third-year doctoral student at Caltech and Leah Juechter ’24, who is working temporarily as a medical assistant, used computational chemistry as undergraduates at Furman to study the impacts of synthetic opioids.

Their work, with collaborators at Hendrix College and California State University, Los Angeles, was published in December in The Journal of Physical Chemistry B.

To say the project was formative for Jones and Outten is an understatement. They laid the foundation for the study during the height of COVID when traditional wet labs were all but shuttered.

“It’s amazing we were able to continue the work virtually during the pandemic,” said Jones, who researches sensory processing in children with autism and brain activity in children with rare neurodevelopmental and neurogenetic disorders at Boston Children’s Hospital.

Outten said the project “opened my eyes to how a scientist can contribute to fields like neuroscience, chemistry, biology and physics in ways I had never considered before.”

The paper focuses on work targeting the mu opioid receptor, or MOR. It resides mainly in the central nervous system and the GI tract. It’s like a molecular lock waiting for the right key (a drug like morphine or fentanyl) to unlock or activate a favorable response, such as reduced pain signals. But the same drugs can activate negative responses like drug tolerance, constipation, respiratory depression, addiction and overdose.

“There’s a lot we don’t understand about how opioids interact with the receptors embedded on nerves that mitigate the pain-signaling process,” Juechter said. “So the more we can uncover about how these drugs are interacting with the receptors in our bodies and the responses we feel, the better we’re able to help create pain therapeutics with reduced adverse effects and more beneficial safety profiles.”

What makes the researchers’ study unique is the application of both quantum mechanics conducted by Juechter, Outten and Jones, led by chemistry Professor George Shields, and molecular dynamics carried out by teams at Cal State and Hendrix College.

“It was interesting to see two drugs (morphine and fentanyl) that elicit almost identical effects are binding to the receptor in completely different ways,” Juechter said. “And to demonstrate that with highly accurate quantum mechanics was one of the first times we’ve seen that done.”

The manner in which opioids bind to MOR is diverse and complex. “So the need for a precise computing model becomes essential,” Juechter explained. “Even slight variations in calculations can drastically affect the data and subsequent conclusions.”

The ability to do research computationally can make drug development faster and cheaper, Juechter added. “Being able to paint the picture of what’s going on using empirically-supported mathematical theories, we can streamline the initial process of drug development.”

Impactful undergraduate research is a hallmark of The Furman Advantage, a four-year approach to education that creates a pathway for students to determine who they want to be and how they want to contribute to the world once they leave the university.

Juechter spent about eight months post-graduation fine-tuning the work with her co-authors before the paper was published.

“It was exceedingly evident Dr. Shields wanted to elevate me and give me the opportunity to pursue research,” Outten said.

Juechter hopes the project will set the tone for organic chemists involved in drug research and development.

“I want a role in the health care industry because I like the idea of affecting someone’s life in real time, in a positive way,” she said.

 

Source: https://www.furman.edu/news/neuroscience-grads-studied-how-to-make-opioids-safer

Kentucky has battled the opioid crisis for decades, but a new drug prevention campaign targeting youth could protect future generations.

Attorney General Russell Coleman launched the “Better Without It” campaign in partnership with the University of Kentucky, the University of Louisville and Western Kentucky University Wednesday, Feb. 19 at the State Capitol. 

The statewide education campaign will encourage young people to be independent, make their own decisions and stay informed about the dangers of drug use, while also highlighting the positive effects of a drug-free lifestyle. The prevention campaign is modeled after a Florida initiative targeting youth ages 13-26. 

The “first-of-its-kind” campaign in Kentucky will include student-athletes from UK, UofL and WKU. 

 “To reach Kentucky’s young people with an effective statewide drug prevention message, we need the right messengers. That’s why we’re partnering with some of the biggest names in Kentucky’s college athletics to tell the commonwealth’s young people they are truly better without it,” Coleman said in a news release. “Whether you’re a Hilltopper, you throw an “L” or you bleed blue, this is our chance to come together to save lives.”

Through name, image and likeness agreements, or NIL, athletes such as UK basketball’s Trent Noah, UofL basketball’s J’Vonne Hadley and WKU basketball’s Tyler Olden will be some of the first participants in the “Better Without It” campaign. 

The main outlet of this campaign will be through social media platforms. Apps such as TikTokInstagram, and Snapchat will all be utilized to promote positive messages about a drug-free lifestyle. 

According to a Pew Research Center survey, in 2024, 96% of teens between the ages of 13 to 17 report using the internet daily, 73% report visiting YouTube daily, 57% said they visited TikTok daily, 50% said they visited Instagram daily and 48% said they visited Snapchat daily. In today’s world, social media is the most effective way to influence the opinions of the future generation.

Aside from social media content, the athletes will also attend on-campus and sporting events to promote their message.

The Kentucky Opioid Abatement Advisory Commission approved Coleman’s two-year, $3.6 million proposal to establish a research-backed youth drug prevention initiative in September.

The commission was created by the legislature in 2021 to distribute the state’s portion of the $900 million in settlements with opioid manufacturers and distributors. Half of the money goes to the state and the other half to local governments.

 “Partnering with our state universities and student-athletes is a great way to reach our youth to promote substance use prevention,” Cabinet for Health and Family Services Secretary and Opioid Commission member Eric Friedlander, said in the release. 

The “Better Without It” campaign will spread across Kentucky in the upcoming months, using the power of social media, popular athletes and influencers to fight against harmful drugs. 

In addition to the “Better Without It” campaign, the prevention program will also promote existing school-based programs and amplify the work of the commission to support youth-focused prevention efforts.

According to the Kentucky Office of Drug Control Policy, 1,984 Kentuckians died from an overdose death in 2023. Between 2021 and 2023, 101 of those deaths were in Kentuckians aged 24 and younger.

Ella Denton is a student at the University of Kentucky College of Public Health and a spring intern for Kentucky Health News, an independent news service of the Institute for Rural Journalism in the School of Journalism and Media at the University of Kentucky, with support from the Foundation for a Healthy Kentucky. 

Kentucky Health News is an independent news service of the Institute for Rural Journalism and Community Issues, based in the School of Journalism and Media at the University of Kentucky, with support from the Foundation for a Healthy Kentucky.

Release: February 25, 2025 by CDC Media Relations

New provisional data from CDC’s National Vital Statistics System predict a nearly 24% decline in drug overdose deaths in the United States for the 12 months ending in September 2024, compared to the previous year. This is the most recent national data available and shows a continued steep decline in overdose deaths. Provisional data shows about 87,000 drug overdose deaths from October 2023 to September 2024, down from around 114,000 the previous year. This is the fewest overdose deaths in any 12-month period since June 2020.

“It is unprecedented to see predicted overdose deaths drop by more than 27,000 over a single year,” said Allison Arwady, MD, MPH, Director of CDC’s National Center for Injury Prevention and Control. “That’s more than 70 lives saved every day. CDC’s public health investments, our improved data and laboratory systems for overdose response, and our partnerships with public safety colleagues in every state mean that we are more rapidly identifying emerging drug threats and supporting public health prevention and response activities in communities across America.”

While this national decline is encouraging news, overdose remains the leading cause of death for Americans aged 18-44, highlighting the importance of sustained efforts to ensure this progress continues. President Trump first declared opioid overdose to be a public health emergency in 2017, a designation that remains in place, and the subsequent public health investments to CDC from Congress have transformed the nation’s ability to use data to save lives. In the most recent data, 45 states showed declines in overdose deaths, but five states—Alaska, Montana, Nevada, South Dakota, and Utah—still saw increases in overdose deaths, highlighting the continued need for rapid local data and tailored response. In addition to the large provisional drop in fatal overdoses, we also see smaller decreases in nonfatal overdoses, as measured by emergency department visits for overdose, and welcome continued decreases in self-reported youth substance use.

Multiple factors contribute to the drop in overdose deaths, including widespread, data-driven distribution of naloxone, which is a life-saving medication that can reverse an overdose; better access to evidence-based treatment for substance use disorders; shifts in the illegal drug supply; a resumption of prevention and response after pandemic-related disruptions; and continued investments in prevention and response programs like CDC’s flagship Overdose Data to Action (OD2A) program.

CDC’s OD2A program provides the United States with robust data through its fatal (SUDORS) and nonfatal (DOSE) overdose data systems. Currently, 49 state and 41 local health departments receive OD2A funding to collect, improve, and immediately use the data in their communities to implement life-saving activities. For example, the OD2A program funds comprehensive laboratory testing, which allows us to identify emerging substances involved in nonfatal and fatal overdoses and quickly highlight geographic shifts in the illegal drug supply. State and local public health departments, in partnership with CDC experts, use the data to inform where, what, and when overdose prevention efforts are needed in communities to have the greatest impact and save lives. Finally, CDC funds the Overdose Response Strategy, an innovative public health-public safety data collaboration in every state which allows public safety professionals like law enforcement officials to use data to better understand and intercept illegal drugs.

We are moving in the right direction, and we must accelerate and strengthen CDC’s continued investments in prevention to reduce overdose deaths. Expanding access to evidence-based treatment for substance use disorders—including medications for opioid use disorder such as buprenorphine and methadone—is important, in addition to building more community-driven interventions and promoting education and early intervention to prevent substance use disorders before they begin.

For more information on CDC’s overdose prevention efforts and data, visit: What CDC is Doing | Overdose Prevention | CDC

George Soros and his Open Society Foundations have been significant supporters of drug policy reform, including efforts to legalize marijuana, but exact figures specifically earmarked for “legalization lobbyists” are not always broken out distinctly in public records. Instead, contributions are typically reported as broader donations to organizations advocating for drug policy reform, which includes lobbying as part of their activities.
Based on available information, Soros has personally funded drug reform efforts since the 1990s, with estimates suggesting he has contributed at least $80 million to the broader legalization movement since 1994. This figure comes from analyses of his foundation’s tax filings and includes support for various initiatives, not just lobbying. His Open Society Foundations have donated roughly $200 million globally to drug policy reform since 1994, with about $25 million specifically focused on marijuana-related reforms, including decriminalization, medical use, and full legalization. These funds have primarily flowed through organizations like the Drug Policy Alliance (DPA), which Soros has supported with approximately $4 million annually in recent years.
The DPA, a leading advocate for ending the war on drugs, uses these funds for a mix of research, public education, and lobbying efforts, though the precise portion allocated to lobbying isn’t always specified. Additionally, Soros has supported the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and the Marijuana Policy Project (MPP), both of which engage in lobbying for legalization, though his donations to these groups are periodic rather than fixed annual amounts. For instance, in 2014, Soros teamed up with others to provide over 80% of the funding for a Florida medical marijuana ballot initiative, contributing significantly through the DPA.
Beyond these specifics, the Open Society Policy Center, a 501(c)(4) advocacy arm of the Foundations, has ramped up lobbying spending in recent years—tripling its budget between 2021 and 2022 to influence policy directly—but these efforts span multiple issues, not just drug legalization. While the Foundations’ total giving exceeds $32 billion since 1984, only a fraction ties directly to drug policy, and an even smaller slice to lobbying specifically for legalization.
So, while a precise dollar amount for “legalization lobbyists” alone isn’t fully isolated in the data, a reasonable estimate based on historical patterns suggests Soros and Open Society have channeled tens of millions—likely between $25 million and $80 million—into efforts that include lobbying for marijuana legalization over the past three decades, with the DPA’s $4 million annual contribution being a consistent anchor. The actual lobbying-specific figure could be lower, as these sums also cover advocacy, research, and grassroots campaigns. Without more granular public disclosures, this remains an educated approximation.
Source: https://x.com/i/grok/share/FyZ3V2g7xQXKuKO6Z3a21Jy5k
Teen non-medical misuse of medications may be more common than we believed.

by Mark Gold M.D. – Professor of Psychiatry, Yale, Florida and Washington Universities

Updated  |  Reviewed by Gary Drevitch

Key points

  • Teen nonmedical misuse of medications may be more common than previously reported.
  • Adolescents misuse dextromethorphan (DXM) products for their dissociative/hallucinogenic effects and euphoria.
  • A recent alert highlights increasing adolescent interest in using DXM and promethazine together

According to Sharon Levy, MD,Harvard Medical School’s pediatric addiction expert, nonmedical medication misuse may be much more common than previously reported. One of the older fads is in the news again: getting high from cough and cold medicines containing dextromethorphan (DXM). This drug is sometimes combined with prescribed promethazine with codeine. At very high doses, DXM mimics the effects of illegal drugs like phencyclidine (PCP) and ketamine.

More than 125 over-the-counter (OTC) medicines for cough and colds contain DXM. It’s in Coricidin, Dimetapp DM, Nyquil, Robitussin Cough and Cold, and store brands for cough-and-cold medicines. These products are available in pharmacies, grocery stores, and other retail outlets. A safe dose of products with DXM is about 15-30 milligrams (mg) over 24 hours. It usually takes 10 times that amount to make a teenager high.

Teen DXM Slang

syrup head is someone using cough syrups with DXM to get high. Dexing is getting high on products with DXM. Orange Crush alludes to some cough medicines with DXM. (The name may stem from the orange-colored syrup—and packaging—Delsym.)

Poor man’s PCP and poor man’s X are also common terms, because these drugs are inexpensive, but can cause effects similar to PCP or ecstasy at high doses. Red devils refer to Coricidin tablets or other cough medicines. Robo usually refers to cough syrup with DXM. It derives from the brand name Robitussin but is common slang for any cough syrup. Robo-tripping alludes to abusing products with DXM and, specifically, to the hallucinogenic trips people can attain at high doses.

Parents who hear teens using these terms should ask questions when the child and parent are alone.

Prevalence and Trends

The Monitoring the Future (MTF) survey, conducted by the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) and the University of Michigan, provides insights into adolescent substance use. The survey began monitoring OTC cough-and-cold medication abuse every year in 2006. That year, the MTF reported that 4.2% of 8th-graders, 5.3% of 10th-graders, and 6.9% of 12th-graders misused OTC cough-and-cold medications in the previous year. In 2015, 2.6% of 8th-graders, 3.3% of 10th-graders, and 4.0% of 12th-graders reported past-year misuse. The most recent data, in 2024, indicate that the percentage dropped somewhat. However, a recent alert from the National Drug Early Warning System at the University of Florida (NDEWS) suggests a resurgence of interest in DXM and its combination with antihistamines.

DXM+ Combination Dangers

When taken alone, DXM’s dissociative and hallucinogenic effects may include euphoria, altered perception of time, paranoia, disorientation, and hallucinations. Physical symptoms of intoxication are hyperexcitability, problems walking, involuntary eye movements, and irritability. High doses can lead to impaired motor function, numbness, nausea and vomiting, increased heart rate, and elevated blood pressure. Chronic misuse results in dependence and severe psychological or physical health issues.

Combining DXM with other substances, especially alcohol, sleeping pills, antihistamines, or tranquilizers, is highly risky, as is combining DXM with antidepressants affecting serotonin, due to the risk of a possibly life-threatening serotonin syndrome.

Combining DXM With Promethazine

Combining the abuse of the prescribed antihistamine promethazine (Phenergan) with DXM may be increasing. The recent alert from the National Drug Early Warning System suggested that this new combination is an emerging threat.

The NDEWS recently checked for recent reports of saccharine (artificial sugar) being detected in abused drugs. Putting on their detective hats, the NDEWS team discovered that increased saccharine in drugs was caused by users adding cough syrup to promethazine. The signal for this combination was detected in more than double the number noted in early 2024.

Combining DXM and promethazine can amplify central nervous system depression, leading to increased drowsiness, dizziness, and impaired motor function. High doses may cause aggression, severe respiratory depression, hallucinations, delirium, paranoia, and cognitive impairments. Reddit social media reports noted an increased risks of falls and injuries due to severely impaired coordination and balance from the DXM-and-promethazine combination.

Promethazine with codeine is still available by prescription in the U.S., but access is restricted due to its classification as a Schedule V controlled substance at the federal level. Pharmacies and healthcare providers have become more cautious in prescribing promethazine with codeine due to its association with recreational use. Some manufacturers have discontinued production of promethazine with codeine, but generic versions remain on the market under tight regulation.

Purple drank is drug slang for the mixture containing codeine and promethazine mixed with a soft drink such as Sprite or Fanta—and sometimes with candy such as Jolly Ranchers. The drink gets its name from the purple color of some cough syrups. Purple drank has been popularized in certain music and hip-hop cultures, with some artists glorifying its use in their lyrics. However, many rappers who once promoted the drug later warned against its dangers after experiencing serious health consequences themselves or witnessing peers suffer from addiction and overdoses.

Professor Linda Cottler, Ph.D., M.P.H., director of NDEWS. commented: “Healthcare professionals should be aware of the potential for abuse and monitor for signs in patients, especially adolescents and young adults,”  Linda added: “Parents should be aware of these combinations and talk to their children about avoiding “cough” medicines acquired from friends, friend’s siblings, or friends’ parents.”

Summary

While the combination of DXM and promethazine is not commonly reported in drug abuse or emergency-room cases, misuse could lead to significant health risks. Stores have started to keep these cough and cold remedies behind the counter to reduce access and potential for teen abuse. Some makers of OTC medicines with DXM have put warning labels on their packaging about the potential for abuse. Many states have banned sales of meds with DXM to minors. These actions have helped reduce teen DXM abuse. However, recent teen interest in abuse of combined DXM and promethazine is concerning.

Source: https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/addiction-outlook/202502/teenage-abuse-of-cough-medicines-and-promethazine

Comment by NDPA: The health-promoting benefit of prevention before treatment is well-founded. The latin root of the word ‘prevention’ is ‘praevenire’ which means ‘to come before’ – not ‘during’ or ‘after’ – reactive policies which have their place, but are at best ‘repair jobs’. The PreVenture program is to be welcomed in this context, and we wish it every success. Peter Stoker, Director, National Drug Prevention Alliance (UK).

PreVenture program has reduced odds by focusing on risky personality traits: study

A drug prevention program that began in Montreal has been found to reduce the risk of substance use disorders in teens by offering them tools and strategies to cope with personality traits like impulsivity and anxiety.

“If a young person is reporting very high levels of these traits, they’re more likely to use substances as a way to manage those traits,” said Patricia Conrod, founder of the PreVenture program, who is also a psychiatry professor at the Université de Montréal and a scientist at Sainte-Justine hospital in Montreal.

A recent study in the American Journal of Psychiatry looked at the impact of PreVenture in 31 Montreal-area high schools over a five-year period.

The study found the program helped reduce the growth in the odds of substance use disorder by 35 per cent year over year, compared with a control group.

Conrod told CBC News that the odds of developing a substance use disorder increase as students get older.

The program focuses on such traits as impulsivity, sensation seeking, anxiety sensitivity and hopelessness — all of which may lead teens to turn to substance use to cope. During two 90-minute workshops given in Grade 7, students gain insight into their own personalities and tools to manage them.

The program uses cognitive behavioural therapy, interactive exercises and group discussions to find personality-specific coping strategies.

‘I can deal with them, so I feel better’

Fara Thifault, 13, a Grade 7 student at Collège de Montréal, participated in a workshop last fall.

“I didn’t realize I had negative thoughts, and when I did that [workshop], I realized, ‘Yeah I get them a lot and this is how I can deal with them, so I feel better,'” she said.

Grade 10 student Romane Roussel, 16, said the workshops helped her, too.

“I’m less impulsive now because I use some techniques, I take a breather,” she said.

Conrod said while a growing body of evidence supports the PreVenture program and others like it, schools across the country need sustained funding, including from federal and provincial governments, to deliver them more widely.

“Some substance use disorders are preventable, and we should be making sure that young people have access to the programs and the resources they need,” she said.

The program is currently available in schools in five Canadian provinces, including Quebec, Ontario and British Colombia, as well as in several U.S. states.

“It’s a little bit harder for policy-makers to put the money towards prevention knowing they may not see the benefits — and there will be benefits in many of these cases, but they’re not going to see them for several years,” she said in an interview.

Schwartz was part of a team that examined school-based prevention programs around the world, including PreVenture.

“There’s been a long history of using programs that haven’t necessarily been effective,” she said. “What’s happening now is that policy-makers are increasingly turning to the research evidence.”

What’s missing, Schwartz said, is funding to maintain programs and put them in place more widely.

Prevention before treatment

Justin Phillips’s son Aaron died of a heroin overdose in 2013, when he was 20, in Indianapolis. She described him as an “impulsive, sensation-seeking kid.”

He once skateboarded off the roof of her house, Phillips recalled, but said he was also very sensitive and sometimes anxious.

These are all traits, she said, that young people and their families don’t always have the tools to recognize and manage.

“Had we had these tools, I absolutely believe things would have been different,” she said in an interview.

The year after her son’s death, Phillips founded an organization called Overdose Lifeline to support other families dealing with addiction and to promote prevention. She is also involved with PreVenture, training people to deliver the workshops and working to bring the program to more communities in the United States.

Source: https://www.cbc.ca/news/health/teens-drug-use-prevention-study-1.7470849

Opinion – by Hannah E. Meyers, Published Feb. 16, 2025, 6:19 a.m. ET

In November, Donald Trump made significant electoral gains in New York’s black and Latino neighborhoods, and in the city’s least affluent communities. Now he is poised to take an important step to improve public safety in these voters’ neighborhoods.

Rep. Nicole Malliotakis (R-SI) last week wrote to new Attorney General Pam Bondi, pleading for the administration to shut down the city’s two “safe injection sites.”

These facilities, located in East Harlem and Washington Heights, provide supervision to drug abusers as they consume harmful substances like fentanyl, meth, heroin and cocaine.

Yes, these are illegal drugs under federal law — and the aptly nicknamed federal “crack house statute” prevents individuals from retaining property for their consumption.

Indeed, Trump’s Justice Department successfully shuttered similar sites in the past – In 2019, his first administration sued to stop a Philadelphia injection center from opening, and in 2024 a US District Court judge in Pennsylvania finally agreed that the center was not exempt from federal drug laws.

Now Trump should listen to his NYC minority constituents and close the injection sites that are harming their neighborhoods.

New York’s two centers, both run by non-profit OnPoint, were the first in the nation, opening in 2021 under then-Mayor Bill de Blasio — who never met an injurious policy he wouldn’t support in the name of racial justice.

De Blasio gambled successfully that the Biden administration wouldn’t intervene.

OnPoint claims to have saved over 1,000 lives by preventing overdoses. But as my colleague Charles Fain Lehman has pointed out, the sites do not reduce addiction — so they are likely just delaying fatalities: More than 15% of those administered naloxone are dead within a year.

Indeed, data shows that NYC overdose rates have continued to rise since the centers opened.

That’s no surprise, since a rigorous look at the data from even the most touted injection sites in other countries provide no evidence of their effectiveness

But rigor has never been the calling card for politicians and advocates who happily sacrifice other people’s communities in the name of compassion.

State Sen. Gustavo Rivera (D-Bronx) has had the chutzpah to claim that “public drug use, syringe litter and drug-related crime goes down” around sites. In 2023, Rivera urged Gov. Hochul to expand supervised consumption sites statewide, and sponsored Senate legislation — still in committee — to do so.

In 2023, Mayor Eric Adams also proposed adding three more facilities to NYC — but he might be amenable to updating his views with some pressure from Washington.

And that pressure will come if Trump cares about the lives of local residents.

While major crimes fell 13% in northern Manhattan over the past two years, the predominantly black and Hispanic precinct around the East Harlem drug site has seen an almost 8% rise in major crime.

I’ve toured that location with the Greater Harlem Coalition. Members pointed out the large early-childhood education center directly across the street from the injection site, as parents hurried their tots into school in plain view of ongoing drug deals.

The perimeter of the block is dotted with addicts nodding off. Nearby restaurants have had to invest in private security to defend against the criminality the center attracts to the neighborhood.

What’s been keeping this site open despite four years in which the only evidenced change is neighborhood degradation?

Shameless advocacy by pompous, ideologically motivated and race-obsessed elites . . . whose kids don’t go to preschool in Harlem.

In August, Greater Harlem Coalition co-founder Shawn Hill was interviewed by one such far-left advocate: Ryan McNeil, director of harm reduction research at Yale’s School of Medicine.

McNeil was conducting funded “research” into safe injection sites — but a “hot mic” recording revealed his and his colleagues’ woke bias in favor of supporting safe injection sites (and drug decriminalization, more broadly).

With no sense of irony, McNeil — who is himself Caucasian — scorned Harlemites’ concerns over open drug abuse as nothing but “white discomfort,” and derided Hill for suggesting that the Yale researchers should walk around and speak with actual local residents.

But Trump has every reason to listen to these locals, three-quarters of whom are black or Latino.

And it would behove Adams, who faces a crowded primary race this summer, to reverse his past stance and voice support for a federal closure of the city’s two drug consumption sites.

In East Harlem, Trump won about 860 more votes last year than in 2020. Now these supporters, and their neighbors he has yet to persuade, are depending on his help.

 

Source: https://nypost.com/2025/02/16/opinion/inject-some-common-sense-shut-down-nycs-safe-drug-sites/

by  Steven T. Bell,  Special Agent in Charge – Omaha Drug Enforcement Administration, and Emily Murray.
February 18, 2025


In an effort to build on drug education messaging to tribal communities, the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) Omaha Division worked with the Ponca Tribe of Nebraska and Mandaree High School of North Dakota to develop a poster that blends Native Indian imagery with wording emphasizing the importance of culture over drug use.

During visits to tribal communities, DEA’s community outreach specialist noticed posters sounding the alarm to human trafficking, domestic violence and missing  and murdered indigenous women at schools and buildings across Reservations. The common thread tying each poster together was an emphasis on native culture.

Looking to build on the Good Medicine Bundle

Culture-based prevention resources available through DEA’s Operation Prevention, conversation began on how best to help tribal communities relate to important messaging on drug use. Elders were consulted and the vision of a poster, reflecting youth, culture and the DEA mission, began to take shape.
With permission from the Ponca Tribe of Nebraska, photos reflecting tribal values were taken in Norfolk. Youth from the Ponca Tribe of Nebraska highlighted the significant role dance plays in Native Indian Culture. Dancing is used to tell stories, honor ancestors and celebrate important events. A photo of a drum from Mandaree High School places importance on the sacred instrument often used to symbolize the heartbeat of the earth. The wording at the top of the poster, “Drumming and Dance: The Heartbeat of our Culture, NOTDRUGS,” was written for tribal members to feel connected with the poster.
“It’s critical that we find ways to communicate with all members of our communities about the dangers of drug use,” DEA Omaha Division Special Agent in Charge Steven T. Bell said. “Our hope is that this poster resonates with tribal communities and sparks conversation about life choices and their ensuing consequences.”

Source: https://www.dea.gov/press-releases/2025/02/18/dea-works-tribal-communities-advance-drug-education

Wall Street Journal      by Patricia Kowsmann, Dylan Tokar and Brian Spegele                      Feb. 18, 2025   

Chinese money brokers are teaming up with Mexican cartels, greasing the wheels of the fentanyl trade, U.S. officials say

On an October morning in 2022, an alleged drug trafficker drove a white pickup truck into the parking lot of a Global Fresh Market in San Gabriel, Calif., and stopped alongside a blue Maserati.

After a quick discussion with a woman in the Maserati, the man placed a large black bag in the sportscar’s back seat. Members of a U.S. government task force, who were watching, say it contained some $300,000 in cash.

The drop was part of what U.S. officials say is a new front in America’s war on drugs: an emerging partnership that has made China a crucial pit stop for dirty money flowing from the U.S.’s fentanyl crisis, according to law-enforcement officials and court documents.

Chinese money brokers, part of an underground banking system that has long served the country’s immigrant diaspora, have become go-to partners for fentanyl traffickers and other criminal groups needing to launder illicit drug profits, officials say.

Long operating in the shadows, the Chinese brokers use intermediaries, such as the woman in the Maserati, to collect drug profits from fentanyl dealers. Then, through a series of transactions, they sell those dollars to Chinese customers who want cash in the U.S. for purposes such as buying real estate or other investments, but can’t legally send money directly from China because of capital controls there.  The drug dealers end up with clean money in the process, law-enforcement officials say.

In the case involving the Maserati, dubbed “Operation Fortune Runner,” members of the Drug Enforcement Administration task force spent years investigating one such network, including thousands of hours of street-level surveillance. Traffic stops of suspects turned up cash stowed in a Fruity Pebbles cereal box and a gift bag with “Happy Birthday” printed on the side.

The investigation eventually led to indictments of 24 individuals last year, involving more than $50 million in drug proceeds prosecutors say Chinese brokers were laundering for associates of Mexico’s Sinaloa drug cartel.

Evidence of a deepening relationship between drug cartels and Chinese money brokers presents a challenge for President Trump, who has vowed to end the fentanyl crisis that causes the death of tens of thousands of Americans every year.

So far, his focus has been on cutting off the flow of fentanyl and the precursor ingredients that are used to make it into the U.S., imposing tariffs against producing countries, including a new 10% tariff on Chinese imports to the U.S. earlier this month.

But shutting down the sprawling network of money brokers, who U.S. officials think are critical to greasing the wheels of the trade, could also prove difficult.

In testimony to the House Select Committee on the Chinese Communist Party last year, a former DEA official estimated global drug sales reach $500 billion to $750 billion annually. The official said he believed Chinese networks were laundering a sizable chunk of it.

“The fentanyl crisis starts in China, and it ends in China,” Jarod Forget, DEA’s acting chief of operations, said in an interview.

China’s Foreign Ministry, in a written response to questions, didn’t directly address the role of Chinese nationals laundering drug proceeds. It said the root of the fentanyl crisis lies in the U.S. itself, and Trump’s tariffs ignored the results of U.S.-China cooperation, which has included cracking down on fentanyl production in China.

“Blaming others will not solve this problem,” the Foreign Ministry said. “Pressure and threats are not the right way to deal with China.”

While deaths from overdoses have fallen, fentanyl remains the U.S.’s deadliest drug. Last year, the amount of fentanyl the DEA seized—more than 55 million pills and nearly 8,000 pounds of powder—was estimated by the DEA to be enough to kill every American.

How the system works 

Drug cartels have always faced the problem of getting their profits from illegal sales in the U.S. converted into clean money and sent back home. Some have tapped middlemen who charge a high commission to help launder the money through a series of transactions that involve Colombian pesos, in what is known as the black-market peso exchange, according to U.S. officials.

Chinese money brokers came in with a much faster and cheaper service. They had a competitive edge because so many people in China want U.S. dollars, U.S. officials say.

The transaction begins in the U.S. Drug traffickers sell fentanyl or other narcotics to U.S. customers for cash. They then turn over that cash to a Chinese money broker.

The Chinese money broker now advertises the U.S. dollars on WeChat, a Chinese app. To buy them, a Chinese customer will transfer yuan, including a commission, into the broker’s bank account in China.

The Chinese broker then releases the U.S. dollars to Chinese customers who want to spend money in the U.S., acquiring real estate, paying college tuition, gambling, or making other investments.

Now the Chinese money broker needs to get the yuan to the drug traffickers in Mexico. One way to do that is for the broker to exchange the yuan for pesos in Mexico through a business that is looking to buy Chinese goods for export to Mexico.

The Chinese goods are exported to Mexico and sold. The Chinese broker now has Mexican pesos, which it can hand over to the Mexican cartel, minus a 1–2% commission.

Under China’s capital controls, meant to keep too much money from flowing out of the country, Chinese citizens are limited to buying only $50,000 worth of foreign currency each year. As China’s economy slows and its real-estate and stock markets languish, more Chinese want to move money overseas to protect their wealth. Tapping into underground banks connected to the fentanyl trade is a way to do that, U.S. officials say.

This is how it works: The Mexican cartels’ U.S. operatives provide the U.S. cash they received from selling fentanyl to a broker working for a Chinese money-laundering ring, all in the U.S. Through the Chinese messaging app WeChat, the brokers advertise the cash to people in China who could use the money on U.S. soil, according to current and former law-enforcement officials.

Once a Chinese buyer of the U.S. dollars is found, that person transfers the equivalent in Chinese yuan, plus a hefty commission, to a bank account in China belonging to the money launderers. The Chinese customer then receives access to the cash bought in the U.S.

The cartel’s money, now clean, is sitting in the Chinese money broker’s bank account in China. The money can then get back to the cartel in a couple of ways. It can be used to buy fentanyl precursors for the cartel, starting the cycle again.

Or, the yuan can be used to buy Chinese manufactured goods that are then shipped to Mexico and sold for pesos, which are then handed to the cartels.

Some Chinese nationals using the service might not know it involves drugs, U.S. officials say.

“This is now one of the most prominent, if not the most prominent way in the world that people launder money,” said Craig Timm, a former money-laundering official in the U.S. Department of Justice who is now at the Association of Certified Anti-Money Laundering Specialists.

Chinese money brokers have also differentiated themselves from competitors by taking on some of the risk associated with this multistep process. Instead of waiting until the process is complete to release pesos to Mexican cartels, they operate essentially on credit, transferring money to drug traffickers soon after receiving a cash delivery in the U.S., officials say.

The commission they charge drug traffickers is small, because they also make money from selling U.S. dollars to customers of their underground banking network.

“When the Colombians controlled it, it cost 7% to 10%. The Chinese were charging 1% to 2%. It was unheard of,” said Chris Urben, a former DEA agent who saw firsthand the emergence of Chinese money launderers in the New York area.

“All of a sudden, we were seeing Chinese money launderers picking up drug money all across the U.S.,” added Urben, now a managing director at private investigations firm Nardello & Co.

Many former law-enforcement officials say more cooperation with China is needed.

“A lot of the money under the scheme is flowing through banks in China where the Chinese have oversight,” said Anthony Ruggiero, a former senior U.S. Treasury official now at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies.

The DEA and other agencies have launched a spate of investigations in the U.S. In one case, two Chinese nationals were charged with laundering money for Mexican cartels after agents went undercover as money couriers. Both were later convicted, with one of the men receiving a 10-year sentence in December for taking part in efforts to launder $62 million.

The task force surveilling the cash drop in San Gabriel, Calif., in 2022 was part of a special DEA team that worked wiretaps on drug trafficking investigations. Their target was an alleged Chinese money-laundering ring run by a man named Sai Zhang who did business with alleged drug dealers, including the Sinaloa cartel, and cash runners such as the woman in the blue Maserati, who wasn’t identified in court records.

Officers spent several years following the suspects, watching them pick up and drop off bags throughout the Los Angeles area.

On the October morning in San Gabriel, officers said they were relying on a wiretapped phone conversation between two members of Zhang’s ring who were organizing the pick up of $300,000.

After the bag was handed off to the blue Maserati, agents followed the car to a residence, where the money was allegedly mixed with other drug proceeds and parceled out to underground banking customers, people familiar with the matter said. Later, police pulled over a driver who had left the residence and found $25,000, according to court documents.

Zhang was among the people charged with laundering money, running an unlicensed money transmitting business and facilitating drug trafficking. He has pleaded not guilty and is awaiting trial. A lawyer for Zhang didn’t respond to requests for comment.

Chinese authorities said in June they had arrested in the mainland one of the men indicted for allegedly working with the network.

Source: https://www.wsj.com/world/china/china-fentanyl-trade-network-9685fde2?mod=hp_lead_pos5

  • Published Updated 20 February 2025

James McMillan and Lisa McCuish grew up next to each other and now they lie side by side in Pennyfuir Cemetery

James McMillan grew up next door to Lisa McCuish in a neat cul-de-sac on a hillside above Oban Bay. Now they lie side by side in Pennyfuir Cemetery.

The newest headstones on the freshly-dug fringes of the graveyard tell an alarming story of a lost generation in this pretty tourist town on Scotland’s west coast.

Oban is home to just 8,000 people and at least eight recent confirmed or suspected victims of drug misuse were buried here. The youngest was 26, the oldest was 48.

The population of the town is about the same as the total number of overdose deaths recorded in Scotland in the past seven years – by far the worst rate in Europe.

The deaths have led to calls for urgent action to tackle addiction in rural Scotland with relatives citing problems accessing vital services.

Scotland’s Health Secretary Neil Gray has told BBC News that he accepts more needs to be done to tackle drug misuse in rural areas.

For James’ mother, Jayne Donn, the nightmare began before dawn on a freezing night in December 2022 when she was woken by the doorbell.

“At 10 to five in the morning, when it was snowing and my Christmas tree was up, the police came to my door,” she says.

The officers had come, as Jayne had long dreaded they would, to tell her that her 29-year-old son was dead of an overdose.

James was another victim of a crisis that has been raging across Scotland for almost a decade, claiming 1,172 lives in 2023.

“As a little boy he was blonde-haired, blue-eyed, full of mischief,” Jayne tells me in the living room of the family home.

The young James loved “fishing, music and his skateboard,” she says.

“As a man, there’s not so many good memories,” says Jayne.

“He was very mixed up. He was very angry. He was very lost.”

James McMillan, who died in December 2022, with his mother Jayne Donn
Image source,Jayne Donn

James’ father left the family home when he was seven.

He struggled at school with dyslexia and mental health challenges and later began to dabble with cannabis.

He started to get into trouble, first with teachers, then with the police.

As he grew into adulthood, James drifted away from Oban and from his family, losing a job as an apprentice bricklayer because of poor attendance and concentration, and disappearing to England.

Jayne says she knew little about what was happening there. In truth, her son’s life was unravelling.

He had been diagnosed with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, bipolar disorder and drug-induced psychosis.

He was struggling with suicidal tendencies, taking more and harder drugs and increasingly turning to crime.

As a result he was in and out of custody for drug offences, breach of the peace, break-ins and theft, at one point serving a two-year prison sentence.

James died in Glasgow on 16 December 2022 – less than two days after he was released from custody following eight months on remand in Barlinnie prison.

James’ mother says she doesn’t know the details of the last charges he had faced or why he was released – but she believes more could have been done to support her son, as he had overdosed on release from custody on three previous occasions.

A Scottish Prison Service source pointed out that decisions taken at the end of a period of remand are a matter for the courts not the prison.

Jayne describes a web of organisations which dealt with her son: charities, local authorities, the NHS, addiction services, housing providers and more.

But she says: “He was released into a city he didn’t know with no jacket, no money and nobody aware.

“He lasted less than 36 hours.”

Lisa McCuish grew up in Oban.                                                                                                         Image source, MKC Photocreations 

Lisa McCuish grew up next to James in a street looking down on Oban Bay, where red and black Caledonian MacBrayne ferries bustle to and from the islands of the Hebrides.

Oban was recently named Scotland’s town of the year by an organisation which promotes smaller communities.

Today, Lisa’s sister Tanya is sitting in Jayne’s living room, tears in her eyes, recalling her sibling as “a larger than life character” with “a heart of gold”.

“Lisa was never into drugs, you know, that wasn’t her,” says Tanya.

Things began to go wrong only after Lisa was prescribed diazepam, which is typically used to treat anxiety, seizures or muscle spasms.

“She ended up buying it off the streets because she felt she needed more,” Tanya remembers.

“She kept on saying that she needed more help, more support.”

Then, she says, her sister started taking heroin.

Lisa had a cardiac arrest on 13 September 2022 and died four days later in hospital in Paisley. She was 42 years old.

She had prescription drugs in her system and also Etizolam, a benzodiazepine-type substance commonly known as street Valium because it is often sold illicitly.

Tanya and Jayne take us to the spot where they both mourn, pointing out other nearby graves where recent drug death victims are buried.

They include James’s best friend, who lies alongside him and Lisa. He was 30 when he died of a drug overdose.

“It’s just awful to think there’s at least 10 around here that we can think of,” says Jayne.

There is no official breakdown of how many lives have been claimed by drugs in small communities such as Oban.

We have been able to confirm that at least eight of the deaths occurred within just a year-and-a-half and were related to drugs, or are still under investigation.

This is the reality of Scotland’s drug deaths crisis in just one small community and both Tanya and Jayne say the Scottish government must do more to save lives.

“I personally believe that a lot of addiction is to do with mental health first,” says Tanya.

“There’s no continuity in support from addiction services or mental health services. There’s no link up.”

Jayne, who is a drugs support worker herself, says she spent years trying to bring James home to Oban where she felt he would have a better chance of recovery and survival.

A particular challenge, she says, was that Argyll and Bute Council offered James housing places in Dunoon and Helensburgh – both about two hours away – making it very difficult for his family to support him.

The local authority said it had offered “appropriate” services to James.

The council added that it had housing services throughout the area, but could not always satisfy “individual and sometimes changing criteria”.

Scotland’s Health Secretary Neil Gray says that both families have his deepest sympathies and he accepts that rural drug services could be improved.

“I think that the two cases that you’ve highlighted tell me that there’s more that can be done,” he said.

“I recognise that not everything is available in all parts of Scotland.”

Mr Gray added: “We support alcohol and drug partnerships across Scotland, whether they’re in rural areas or urban areas.

“I would obviously want us to be continuing to do more to make sure that there is access to facilities and services in rural and island areas.”

 

For Justina Murray, chief executive of the charity Scottish Families Affected by Alcohol and Drugs, the problems do not lie with strategy or funding but with culture and delivery, especially in NHS addiction services.

“People want services that are in their own community, they can access when they need them, they’re going to be met at the door by a friendly face,” she says.

“They’re going to be treated with dignity and respect.

“That’s not necessarily the experience you’re going to have engaging with an NHS or a statutory treatment service.”

According to the latest available figures, released in September 2024, there is capacity for 513 residential rehabilitation beds in Scotland, across 25 facilities.

Only 11 of those beds are available in what are considered by the Scottish government to be very remote rural areas, although the majority of facilities do accept referrals from any part of Scotland.

I ask Jayne and Tanya about the argument that individuals and their families, rather than the state, should take more responsibility for their own choices.

“Nobody sets out in life to be a drug addict,” replies Jayne.

“Nobody chooses it. The mental health issue was what led James to try and escape reality.

“He then no longer had capacity to make his choices. He wasn’t James any more.

“These are vulnerable adults who are unable to protect themselves from danger or harm,” adds Tanya.

“Why is more not being done?”

“Something’s got to change,” agrees Jayne.

“We’re losing far too many young people.”

Source: https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/articles/c20pwd04zy4o

Dangerous but common misconceptions can prevent crucial early addiction treatment.

Key points:

  • Misconceptions and the ignoring of research-based evidence prevent crucial early treatment of addiction.
  • Drugs of abuse cause health, life, and relationship problems with many long-lasting effects.
  • Teen and young adult drug prevention is necessary and needs funding.

Research published in high-quality peer-reviewed journals reveals key information on the realities of addiction, exposing pervasive myths and misconceptions, as in these examples.

False Belief 1: Drug experimentation is normal for teens and shouldn’t alarm parents.

Drug use and experimentation among teens often is ignored by many—even parents, who then may be unaware that any use places adolescent brains in jeopardy. For today’s teens, life often feels overwhelming, but avoiding alcohol, tobacco, marijuana, and other drugs is their one best choice to promote continued healthy physical and mental development. Preventing or delaying all teenage substance use not only reduces their current risks for depression, psychosis, and school/learning problems, but it also significantly decreases their probability of addiction as adults.

Harvard’s Sharon Levy, MD, MPH, and founding National Institute of Drug Abuse Director Robert DuPont, MD, strongly advocate a zero-tolerance approach to youth substance use. They emphasize that no amount of drug use is safe for young people. They promote the One Choice initiative encouraging adolescents to avoid substance use: alcohol, tobacco, marijuana, and other drugs.

It’s now known that THC in marijuana interferes with the developing brain circuits responsible for regulating behavior, leading to increased risk-taking and poor decision-making. Even infrequent teen use can impede judgment, increasing the probability of risky behaviors and accidents. Adolescents also are more likely than adults to develop cannabis use disorder (CUD) due to their heightened neuroplasticity during this developmental stage. The resulting impairment may lead to academic underperformance and problematic interpersonal relationships.

False Belief 2: Addiction is a personal weakness.

Addiction is not about people being weak-minded. It’s far more complicated. Becoming addicted depends on the drug used, dose, route, frequency, and risk factors like ages of users. Also, the same drug at the same dose affects people differently because of personal differences, as well as the presence/absence of traumatic past life experiences.

Yale’s Joel Gelernter identified genetic variants associated with vulnerability to addictions. However, genetic characteristics themselves interact with environmental factors in developing substance use disorders (SUDs). As Nora Volkow, director of NIDA, has said, “Addiction is a complex disease of a complex brain; ignoring this fact will only hamper our efforts to find effective solutions …”

False Belief 3: People must hit “rock bottom” to recover from addiction.

No, no, and no! Roadside alcohol testing has prevented thousands of deaths and helped many people with alcohol use disorders (AUD) obtain help, sometimes by coercion of courts. About 50 percent of those arrested for DUI have an AUD. Users often deny they have a problem with drugs or alcohol and believe they are truthful. But they are lying to themselves.

Addiction is a chronic, relapsing condition driven by changes in brain circuitry, particularly in areas controlling reward, stress, and decision-making. While some people seek help after suffering dire consequences, others are compelled into treatment by the courts, based on a past offense. Waiting to hit “rock bottom” increases major risks of harming the person’s relationships, job, and health—and strengthens the hold of the drug over the person.

False Belief 4: Addiction treatment never works.

Researchers from the University of British Columbia and Harvard Medical School recently analyzed survey data from nearly 57,000 participants in 21 countries over 19 years, providing clear data. They discovered that the number-one barrier to treatment was addicted people themselves: Most were in denial and did not recognize they needed treatment.

Alcoholics Anonymous is often successful, non-judgmentally providing new members a roadmap, role models, hope, and social connections. Successful people actively involved in AA complain that their friends kept asking them why they “weren’t cured yet” since they went to so many meetings. But going to meetings is what works.

Even among experts, there’s no consensus on what constitutes successful treatment. To some, success is that the person is still alive and hasn’t been rushed to the emergency room because of an overdose in the past 6 months or year. To others, it is taking treatment medications. And to still others, only abstinence and a full resumption of all family and work obligations counted as success.

Another issue is that most people with SUDs have multiple addictions. Even when they overdosed, most took multiple drugs. It’s also true that many people come to treatment also needing treatment for other medical, addiction, and psychiatric problems. Yet only rarely are patients evaluated and treated for all issues.

False Belief 5: Overdoses of drugs don’t cause brain damage.

Drugs of abuse can harm the brain. Overdose survivors may suffer from undetected brain damage and hypoxic brain injury caused by opioid-induced respiratory depression. As a society, we better understand hypoxia as associated with drowning or choking than its much more common occurrence in drug overdoses with loss of consciousness.

Recent studies estimate that at least half of people using opioids have illicitly experienced a non-fatal overdose or witnessed an overdose. People who regularly use drugs are at elevated risk of brain injury due to accidents, fights, and overdoses. A single fentanyl overdose could cause hypoxia, brain injury, and memory and concentration problems.

Overdoses with counterfeit pills, cocaine, methamphetamine, xylazine, or heroin usually also include fentanyl, making neurologically compromising overdoses more common.

Summary

Myths and misconceptions increase stigma and decrease the likelihood that someone with an addictive illness will receive prompt, effective treatment. We need early intervention and treatment during the preaddiction phase. Bottom line: Preventing teen and young adult use is crucial.

Mark Gold M.D.

Mark S. Gold, M.D., is a pioneering researcher, professor, and chairman of psychiatry at Yale, the University of Florida, and Washington University in St Louis. His theories have changed the field, stimulated additional research, and led to new understanding and treatments for opioid use disorders, cocaine use disorders, overeating, smoking, and depression.

Source: https://www.psychologytoday.com/intl/blog/addiction-outlook/202502/5-common-false-beliefs-about-drug-use-users-and-addiction

by Dan Krauth WABC logo    Eyewitness News – Friday, February 14, 2025

Dan Krauth has more on the letter sent to the newly confirmed attorney general asking her to shut down safe injection sites in New York City.

NEW YORK (WABC) — There are places people can go take illegal drugs under the watchful eye of supervisors to ensure they don’t die.

They are called Overdose Prevention Centers, or also known as safe injection sites, and there are two of them in New York City — the first of its kind in the nation.

Now, after more than three years of operating, there’s a new effort under a new president to shut down the centers that are run by a non-profit organization.

It’s called OnPoint NYC and they have two locations in Washington Heights and East Harlem.

Drug users can take their drug of choice from heroin to cocaine inside the centers and supervisors intervene, most times with oxygen, if the user starts to overdose. They also provide test strips for drugs to ensure they don’t have fatal doses of fentanyl inside.

Since opening in 2021, the executive director said they’ve intervened in more than 1,700 overdoses. They also provide services like medical help, substance abuse treatment and housing assistance.

Opponents say the centers encourage people to do illegal drugs.

“They’re encouraging people to use by giving them a community center to go to and to use heroin, it’s something that’s encouraging addicts not helping them,” said Congresswoman Nicole Malliotakis.

She sent a letter to the newly confirmed attorney general, asking her to shut down both locations along with any others that have opened across the country.

“They don’t work, these heroin injection centers, in fact they attract crime to the neighborhood but also drug dealing, it just does not make sense and they should be shut down,” Malliotakis said.

In response, the executive director of OnPoint NYC sent Eyewitness News a statement:

“OPCs save lives. At OnPoint NYC, our staff has intervened in over 1,700 overdoses, providing life-saving care to mothers, fathers, and loved ones,” said OnPoint NYC Executive Director Sam Rivera. “Every single one of them deserves compassion and a chance at healing. I’m incredibly proud of our team and continually inspired by the dedication they show every day. They don’t just look at the overdose epidemic and wonder what can be done-they don’t have that luxury. They act, because they have lives to save. This work is not just vital; it’s transformational. Lives are being saved, hope is being restored, and healing is possible.”

 

Source:  https://abc7ny.com/post/president-trump-asked-shut-down-overdose-prevention-centers-have-operated-3-years-nyc/15907033/

COMMENTARY:  Public Health  – Feb 14, 2025

by Paul J. Larkin – Rumpel Senior Legal Research Fellow and Bertha K. Madras, PhD – Professor of psychobiology at Harvard Medical School, based at McLean Hospital and cross appointed at the Massachusetts General

Key Takeaways

Today, some members of America’s political class are desensitized to the drug crisis. They tolerate normalizing psychoactive substance use.

The relentless movement to legalize drug use has succeeded, largely by appealing to the goodwill and sympathies of the American public.

For supply reduction, the U.S. must send a clear message to the world that we are not an open market for drugs.

The federal government has long sought to prevent the horrors of drug addiction by interdicting the supply of dangerous psychoactive drugs—and reducing demand for them.

One step was the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988. It established the Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) within the Executive Office of the President. Headed by a director colloquially known as “drug czar,” ONDCP had the task of developing a national drug-control strategy to reduce drug use. Its creation symbolized a strong bipartisan effort to prevent illicit drugs from destroying lives and weakening the nation.

Sadly, we have lost that shared mission. No president since George W. Bush has publicly demonstrated a deep and firm support for ONDCP and its mission.

The agency does not reside in the White House office building, let alone the West Wing. The federal government has largely been a bystander despite the unraveling of restrictive opioid prescribing, state implementation of medical/recreational marijuana programs in violation of federal laws, and the incipient movement by states to legalize psychedelics. Most presidents have largely ignored these trends.

The first Trump administration assembled a commission to combat drug addiction and the opioid crisis. The current one should support a comprehensive effort led by ONDCP to overhaul drug policies and strengthen America’s commitment to reducing and delegitimizing drug use. We need a revitalized ONDCP equipped with innovative goals and measurable outcomes to disrupt the pipeline to addiction and to cease preventable, premature deaths and mental health decline. A single centralized agency ensures coordination across federal agencies, state, and local levels to maximize efficiency and accountability.

Today, some members of America’s political class are desensitized to the drug crisis. They tolerate normalizing psychoactive substance use and the addiction, health crises, deaths, and collateral damage to families that follow.

Reformers advocate destigmatizing regular use of hazardous psychoactive drugs. “Harm reduction” practices, initially framed as temporary measures, now are uncritically promoted in some quarters without clear boundaries or outcome goals.

This “Meet drug users where they are” approach has regressed to a “Leave them where they are” one. The grim realities of “tranq”-induced catatonia on the streets of Philadelphia’s Kensington neighborhood, San Francisco’s Tenderloin district, Boston’s Mass and Cass intersection, and other drug-ridden homeless encampments lay bare the stark failure of America’s waning resolve to minimize drug use.

Among other nations, we are an outlier. America’s drug crisis has escalated dramatically since ONDCP was born. Overdose deaths surged from 3,907 (1.6 per 100,000) in 1987 to a record 107,543 (32.2 per 100,000) in 2023, with teen rates doubling recently. Among twelfth-graders, 13 percent use marijuana daily, despite heightened risks for addiction and psychosis. In 2023, daily use of marijuana and regular use of hallucinogens among 19- to 30-year-olds reached record levels, fueled by pervasive myths about “safety” or “medical” efficacy

Whether used for medical or recreational purposes, or both, 25 percent of cannabis users have a cannabis-use disorder; among twelve- to 24-year-olds, such a disorder is more prevalent than alcohol-use disorder. Over 90 percent of individuals with substance-use disorders (48.7 million people) neither recognize their need for help nor seek treatment.

Topping it off, seizures of fentanyl-laced pills exploded from 49,000 in 2017 to a staggering 115 million in 2023. Reversing this runaway train demands a transformative political and cultural shift led by the president, ONDCP, and Congress.

How?

Start by learning from past mistakes. The relentless movement to legalize drug use has succeeded, largely by appealing to the goodwill and sympathies of the American public. In 1996, activists persuaded California’s voters to adopt marijuana as a medicine by labelling it as “compassionate use” for end-stage cancer and HIV-AIDS wasting.

That success gave legalizers a foothold. Slowly, the movement persuaded other states to adopt medical-use marijuana for myriad purposes without a shred of evidence; this later morphed into recreational-use programs. Dual-purpose “dispensaries” now sell marijuana for any reason. Activists persuaded the medical profession that pain was the “fifth vital sign” and pressured caregivers to prescribe highly addictive opioids liberally for any type of pain. We know where that went.

Finally, recent campaigns to use political means to normalize hallucinogens for medical use bear a striking resemblance to the two campaigns noted above, including media hype and their tendency to lampoon cautious Cassandras. Compassion is a virtue, except when it leads to long-term harm.

Those who are driving the normalization of substance use as a chemical shortcut for pleasure or relief are willing to sacrifice long-term well-being for short-term escapism. Without prevention strategies to disrupt this pathway of use, addiction, and death, no amount of treatment or law enforcement will resolve the crisis.

We should oppose efforts to destigmatize drug use but support destigmatization of individuals with substance-use disorders to ease their entry into treatment and recovery. To end the frequently heard lament of parents—“If only I knew”—we need a national educational campaign that counters the myths promulgated by proponents.

We need more research to understand why substance-use disorders are resistant to treatment- and recovery. Harm-reduction strategies that don’t show objective reductions in disordered use should be challenged. And we must recognize that minorities are hurt, not helped, by liberalizing drug use because it can worsen the conditions in already suffering neighborhoods.

Finally, we should strengthen ONDCP by returning it to cabinet-level status and empowering it to adopt a results-driven business model. Steps would include, on the demand side, ensuring that federal funding is allocated to prevention and treatment programs that prioritize objective, evidence-based positive outcomes.

For supply reduction, the U.S. must send a clear message to the world that we are not an open market for drugs. This will involve stopping the smuggling of fentanyl, dismantling illegal markets, and seizing traffickers’ ill-gotten gains. Incentives and penalties can persuade nations that produce drugs and their precursor chemicals to curb their export of substances poisoning Americans.

President Trump has a unique opportunity to pivot and reform America’s recurring drug crises. A bold approach will signal America’s commitment to reversing our damaging trajectory.

This piece originally appeared in the National Review

Source:  https://www.heritage.org/public-health/commentary/the-drug-crisis-hasnt-gone-away-the-trump-administration-should-confront

(1)    Use of Alternative Payment Models for Substance Use Disorder Prevention in the United States: Development of a Conceptual Framework

Journal: Substance Abuse Treatment, Prevention, and Policy, 2025, doi: 10.1186/ s13011-025-00635-z

Authors: Elian Rosenfeld, Sarah Potter, Jennifer Caputo, Sushmita Shoma Ghose, Nelia Nadal, Christopher M. Jones, … Michael T. French

Abstract:

Background: Alternative payment models (APMs) are methods through which insurers reimburse health care providers and are widely used to improve the quality and value of health care. While there is a growing movement to utilize APMs for substance use disorder (SUD) treatment services, they have rarely included SUD prevention strategies. Challenges to using APMs for SUD prevention include underdeveloped program outcome measures, inadequate SUD prevention funding, and lack of clarity regarding what prevention strategies might fit within the scope of APMs.

Methods: In November 2023, the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), through a contract with Westat, convened an expert panel to refine a preliminary conceptual framework developed for utilizing APMs for SUD prevention and to identify strategies to encourage their adoption.

Results: The conceptual framework agreed upon by the panel provides expert consensus on how APMs could finance a variety of prevention programs across diverse populations and settings. Additional efforts are needed to accelerate the support for and adoption of APMs for SUD prevention, and the principles of health equity and community engagement should underpin these efforts. Opportunities to increase the use of APMs for SUD prevention include educating key groups, expanding and promoting the SUD prevention workforce, establishing funding for pilot studies, identifying evidence-based core components of SUD prevention, analyzing the cost effectiveness of APMs for SUD prevention, and aligning funding across federal agencies.

Conclusion: Given that the use of APMs for SUD prevention is a new practice, additional research, education, and resources are needed. The conceptual framework and strategies generated by the expert panel offer a path for future research. SUD health care stakeholders should consider ways that SUD prevention can be effectively and equitably implemented within APMs.

To read the full text of the article, please visit the publisher’s website.

(2)     Quitline-Based Young Adult Vaping Cessation: A Randomized Clinical Trial Examining NRT and mHealth

Journal: American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 2025, doi: 10.1016/j.amepre.2024 .10.019

Authors: Katrina A. Vickerman, Kelly M. Carpenter, Kristina Mullis, Abigail B. Shoben, Julianna Nemeth, Elizabeth Mayers, & Elizabeth G. Klein

Abstract:

Introduction: Broad-reaching, effective e-cigarette cessation interventions are needed.

Study design: This remote, randomized clinical trial tested a mHealth program and nicotine replacement therapy (NRT) for young adult vaping cessation.

Setting/participants: Social media was used from 2021 to 2022 to recruit 508 young adults (aged 18-24 years) in the U.S. who exclusively and regularly (20+ days of last 30) used e-cigarettes and were interested in quitting.

Intervention: All were offered 2 coaching calls and needed to complete the first call for full study enrollment. Participants were randomized to one of 4 groups in the 2×2 design: mailed NRT (8 weeks versus none) and/or mHealth (yes versus no; stand-alone text program including links to videos and online content).

Main outcome measures: Self-reported 7-day point prevalence vaping abstinence at 3 months.

Results: A total of 981 participants were eligible and randomized; 508 (52%) fully enrolled by completing the first call. Enrolled participants were 71% female, 31% non-White, and 78% vaped daily. Overall, 74% completed the 3-month survey. Overall, 83% in the mailed NRT groups and 24% in the no-mailed NRT groups self-reported NRT use. Intent-to-treat 7-day point prevalence abstinence rates (missing assumed vaping) were 41% for calls only, 43% for Calls+mHealth, 48% for Calls+NRT, and 48% for Calls+NRT+mHealth. There were no statistically significant differences for mailed NRT (versus no-mailed NRT; OR=1.3; 95% CI=0.91, 1.84; p=0.14) or mHealth (versus no mHealth; OR=1.04; 95% CI=0.73, 1.47; p=0.84).

Conclusions: This quitline-delivered intervention was successful at helping young adults quit vaping, with almost half abstinent after 3 months. Higher than anticipated quit rates reduced power to identify significant group differences. Mailed NRT and mHealth did not significantly improve quit rates, in the context of an active control of a 2-call coaching program. Future research is needed to examine the independent effects of coaching calls, NRT, and mHealth in a fully-powered randomized control trial.

To read the full text of the article, please visit the publisher’s website.

(3)     The Alcohol Exposome

Journal: Alcohol, 2025, doi: 10.1016/j.alcohol.2024.12.003

Authors: Nousha H. Sabet, & Todd A. Wyatt

Abstract:
Science is now in a new era of exposome research that strives to build a more all-inclusive, panoramic view in the quest for answers; this is especially true in the field of toxicology. Alcohol exposure researchers have been examining the multivariate co-exposures that may either exacerbate or initiate alcohol-related tissue/organ injuries. This manuscript presents selected key variables that represent the Alcohol Exposome. The primary variables that make up the Alcohol Exposome can include comorbidities such as cigarettes, poor diet, occupational hazards, environmental hazards, infectious agents, and aging. In addition to representing multiple factors, the Alcohol Exposome examines the various types of intercellular communications that are carried from one organ system to another and may greatly impact the types of injuries and metabolites caused by alcohol exposure. The intent of defining the Alcohol Exposome is to bring the newly expanded definition of Exposomics, meaning the study of the exposome, to the field of alcohol research and to emphasize the need for examining research results in a non-isolated environment representing a more relevant manner in which all human physiology exists.

To read the full text of the article, please visit the publisher’s website.

(4)     Neural Variability and Cognitive Control in Individuals with Opioid Use Disorder

Journal: JAMA Network Open, 2025, doi: 10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2024.55165

Authors: Jean Ye, Saloni Mehta, Hannah Peterson, Ahmad Ibrahim, Gul Saeed, Sarah Linsky, … Dustin Scheinost

Abstract:

Importance: Opioid use disorder (OUD) impacts millions of people worldwide. Prior studies investigating its underpinning neural mechanisms have not often considered how brain signals evolve over time, so it remains unclear whether brain dynamics are altered in OUD and have subsequent behavioral implications.

Objective: To characterize brain dynamic alterations and their association with cognitive control in individuals with OUD.

Design, setting, and participants: This case-control study collected functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) data from individuals with OUD and healthy control (HC) participants. The study was performed at an academic research center and an outpatient clinic from August 2019 to May 2024.

Exposure: Individuals with OUD were all recently stabilized on medications for OUD (<24 weeks). Main outcomes and measures: Recurring brain states supporting different cognitive processes were first identified in an independent sample with 390 participants. A multivariate computational framework extended these brain states to the current dataset to assess their moment-to-moment engagement within each individual. Resting-state and naturalistic fMRI investigated whether brain dynamic alterations were consistently observed in OUD. Using a drug cue paradigm in participants with OUD, the association between cognitive control and brain dynamics during exposure to opioid-related information was studied. Variations in continuous brain state engagement (ie, state engagement variability [SEV]) were extracted during resting-state, naturalistic, and drug-cue paradigms. Stroop assessed cognitive control.

Results: Overall, 99 HC participants (54 [54.5%] female; mean [SD] age, 31.71 [12.16] years) and 76 individuals with OUD (31 [40.8%] female; mean [SD] age, 39.37 [10.47] years) were included. Compared with HC participants, individuals with OUD demonstrated consistent SEV alterations during resting-state (99 HC participants; 71 individuals with OUD; F4,161 = 6.83; P < .001) and naturalistic (96 HC participants; 76 individuals with OUD; F4,163 = 9.93; P < .001) fMRI. Decreased cognitive control was associated with lower SEV during the rest period of a drug cue paradigm among 70 participants with OUD. For example, lower incongruent accuracy scores were associated with decreased transition SEV (ρ58 = 0.34; P = .008). Conclusions and relevance: In this case-control study of brain dynamics in OUD, individuals with OUD experienced greater difficulty in effectively engaging various brain states to meet changing demands. Decreased cognitive control during the rest period of a drug cue paradigm suggests that these individuals had an impaired ability to disengage from opioid-related information. The current study introduces novel information that may serve as groundwork to strengthen cognitive control and reduce opioid-related preoccupation in OUD.

To read the full text of the article, please visit the publisher’s website.

Source: https://drugfree.org/drug-and-alcohol-news/research-news-roundup-february-13-2025/

by CNN Health (selected text) – February 12, 2025

A legal loophole is allowing children who access social media to see enticing advertisements for marijuana with potentially dangerous consequences, according to experts.

Under the Controlled Substances Act, it’s illegal to advertise the sale or use of marijuana using federal airwaves or across state lines. But that hasn’t stopped social media ads on cannabis websites from reaching youth of all ages who use screens, said Alisa Padon, research director for the Prevention Policy Group, a health equity and prevention association in Berkeley, California.

“Businesses are allowed to make their own pages and then post ads on their feed. Youth are bypassing age restrictions and seeing the ads for products they’re not legally allowed to buy. They can like, comment and share those posts with their friends,” Padon said.

“Research shows that type of engagement is related to an increased likelihood of wanting to use and using cannabis,” she added. “It’s a perfect storm, and regulators are doing nothing about it.”

According to a 2024 national survey, over 7% of eighth graders, nearly 16% of 10th graders and almost 26% of 12th graders said they have used cannabis in the past 12 months. When marijuana use occurs during the teen years, it’s more likely the individual will become addicted, according to the National Institute on Drug Abuse.

Cannabis use during adolescence can interfere with memory, cognition and brain growth at a critical time in a child’s natural development, said pediatrician Dr. Megan Moreno, a professor and academic chair of the Division of General Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine at the University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health in Madison.

“There’s a dose response, so heavier users have longer-term effects, and there are concerns these developmental impacts may not reverse after abstinence,” Moreno said.

“It’s the wild west out there,” she added. “If you put an ad on your own little marijuana website, and it spreads virally through social media, there are no regulations against that.”

Effective advertising tactics

Marijuana stores and manufacturers are marketing their wares to youth using tested techniques popularized by the alcohol, tobacco and food industries, experts say.

“The marketing that we’re seeing in California for cannabis looks just like the marketing that is nationwide for alcohol and for e-cigarettes,” Padon said.

When it comes to social media advertising, however, the cannabis industry has excelled, said Moreno, who has studied the impact of marijuana ads on youth.

“The cannabis industry came into the market with traditional advertisements already illegal, so they became incredibly creative on social media,” she said. “The content is expertly crafted to appeal to youth.”

Moreno researched how marijuana sellers in four states where recreational marijuana is legal (Alaska, Colorado, Oregon and Washington) have advertised to underage adolescents.

A key method was the use of young-looking salespeople called “budtenders” who help clients in the store pick out their marijuana products.

“Budtender is a riff on bartender. Advertisers tend to photograph budtenders who look like they are 16,” Moreno said.

“Also, the crossover between food and tobacco industry advertising and cannabis marketing really stands out — both use enticing color schemes and flavors,” she said.

“And they are using the alcohol industry’s playbook to send messages hinting it’s sexy to use marijuana.”

Padon quizzed 409 California youth between the ages of 16 and 20 about their reaction to various online cannabis ads. The research was published in the March edition of the International Journal of Drug Policy.

Overall, illustrations and food and flavor references were extremely appealing to youth, Padon said. Depictions of heavy cannabis use and positive sensations from that use were also a hit with young audiences. Advertisements focusing on the health benefits of cannabis, however, fell flat.

An advertisement placing marijuana in the middle of a burst of red cherries and bright colors was the most appealing ad to kids in the study, Padon said. Another popular ad showed an attractive young man who appeared to be 14 to 15 years old displaying cannabis products in a store.

“Another theme we found in our past studies was tying cannabis to athletics and being active, which is appealing to youth,” Moreno said. “Teens are in that phase of identity development trying to figure out who they are. So if part of an adolescent’s identity is a sport or being outdoorsy, the cannabis product is tying into something that’s valuable to them.”

A problem that may only worsen

According to a 2024 report, daily or near daily marijuana use by California adults tripled and marijuana use during pregnancy nearly doubled in the past decade. This occurred despite warnings to expectant moms about the dangers of cannabis on an unborn fetus.

During a four-year period between 2015 and 2019, cannabis-related visits to emergency rooms increased by 70% in older adults, the report stated.

Nationally, the rate of use has been rising steadily, with 15% of all American adults saying they smoke marijuana, according to a Gallup poll. A 2022 study found people in states where recreational cannabis is legal use it 20% more frequently than those in states that have not passed legislation.

Increases in cannabis use can result in unforeseen dangers, Padon said: “Nationwide, there have been skyrocketing rates of accidental ingestion of gummies and chocolate edibles among very small kids because they look like candy.”

Calls to poison control centers about children age 5 and younger consuming edibles containing tetrahydrocannabinol, or THC, rose from 207 to 3,054 in four years — a 1,375% increase, according to a January 2023 study.

In fact, many edibles are packaged to look exactly like their candy and chip counterparts on store shelves. One bag of gummies looks virtually identical to the popular candy Gushers, said Danielle Ompad, a professor of epidemiology at NYU School of Global Public Health, in a prior interview.

“The Nerd Rope knockoffs I have personally seen looked just like the licensed product,” Ompad said.

However, small print included on the label of the Gushers knockoff said the bag contained 500 milligrams of THC, she said. A look-alike bag of Doritos contained 600 milligrams.

“The (knockoff) Doritos were shaped just like the real thing and had a crunch as well. If I ate that whole package, I would be miserable. People who are using edibles recreationally aren’t typically eating more than 10 milligrams,” Ompad said.

If a child ingests edibles, they can become “very sick,” according to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. “They may have problems walking or sitting up or may have a hard time breathing.”

 

Source: https://www.cnn.com/2025/02/12/health/marijuana-ads-child-danger-wellness/index.html

by Brian Mann –  NPR’s first national addiction correspondent – published January 29, 2025 at 7:00 AM EST

When Robert F. Kennedy Jr. talks about the journey that led to his growing focus on health and wellness — and ultimately to his confirmation hearings this week for U.S. secretary of health and human services — it begins not with medical training or a background in research, but with his own addiction to heroin and other drugs.

“I became a drug addict when I was 15 years old,” Kennedy said last year during an interview with podcaster Lex Fridman. “I was addicted for 14 years. During that time, when you’re an addict, you’re living against conscience … and you kind of push God to the peripheries of your life.”

Kennedy now credits his faith; 12-step Alcoholics Anonymous-style programs, which also have a spiritual foundation; and the influence of a book by philosopher Carl Jung for helping him beat his own opioid addiction.

If confirmed as head of the Department of Health and Human Services after Senate hearings scheduled for Wednesday and Thursday, Kennedy would hold broad sway over many of the biggest federal programs in the U.S. tackling addiction: the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration.

While campaigning for the White House last year, Kennedy, now 71 years old, laid out a plan to tackle the United States’ devastating fentanyl and overdose crisis, proposing a sprawling new system of camps or farms where people experiencing addiction would be sent to recover.

“I’m going to bring a new industry to [rural] America, where addicts can help each other recover from their addictions,” Kennedy promised, during a film on addiction released by his presidential campaign. “We’re going to build hundreds of healing farms where American kids can reconnect with America’s soil.”

People without housing in San Francisco in May 2024. A film released by Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s presidential campaign included a scene that 
appeared to blame methadone — a prescription medication used to treat opioid addiction — for some of the high-risk street-drug use visible
on the streets of San Francisco.

Some addiction activists — especially those loyal to the 12-step faith- and values-based recovery model — have praised Kennedy’s approach and are actively campaigning for his confirmation.

“RFK Jr is in recovery. He wants to expand the therapeutic community model for recovering addicts,” Tom Wolf, a San Francisco-based activist who is in recovery from fentanyl and opioid addiction, wrote on the social media site X. “I support him for HHS secretary.”

 

A focus on 12-step and spirituality, not medication and science-based treatment

 

But Kennedy’s approach to addiction care is controversial, described by many drug policy experts as risky, in part because it focuses on the moral dimension of recovery rather than modern, science-based medication and health care.

“He clearly cares about addicted people,” said Keith Humphreys, a leading national drug policy researcher at Stanford University. “But in terms of the plans he’s articulated, I have real doubts about them.”

According to Humphreys, Kennedy’s plan to build a network of farms or camps doesn’t appear to include facilities that offer proper medical treatments for seriously ill people facing severe addiction.

“That’s a risk to the well-being of patients, and I don’t see any merit in doing that,” Humphreys said.

“I think [Kennedy’s plan] would be an enormous step backward,” said Maia Szalavitz, an author and activist who used heroin and other drugs before entering recovery.

“We have spent the last 15, 20 years trying to move away from treating addiction as a sin rather than a medical disorder,” she said. “We’ve spent many years trying to get people to take up these medications that we know cut your death risk in half, and he seems to want to go backwards on all that.”

The vast majority of researchers, doctors and front-line addiction treatment workers agree that scientific data shows medications like buprenorphine, methadone and naloxone are game changers when it comes to treating the deadliest street drugs, including fentanyl and heroin.

The Biden administration moved aggressively to make medical treatments far more affordable and widely available. Many experts believe those programs are factors in the dramatic national drop in overdose deaths that began in 2023.

Kennedy, who studied law and political science, not health care, before becoming an activist on subjects ranging from pharmaceuticals and vaccines to the American diet, has remained largely silent on the subject of science-based medical treatments for opioid addiction.

His campaign film included a scene that appeared to blame methadone — a prescription medication that has been used to treat opioid addiction since the 1970s — for some of the high-risk street-drug use visible on the streets of San Francisco.

In public statements, Kennedy has also repeated the inaccurate claim that the addiction and overdose crisis isn’t improving. In fact, fatal overdoses have dropped nationally by more than 20% since June 2023, according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, falling below 90,000 deaths in a 12-month period for the first time in half a decade.

“What we have mostly heard from Kennedy is a skepticism broadly of medications and a focus on the 12-step and faith-based therapy,” said Vanda Felbab-Brown, an expert on drug policy at the Brookings Institution, a Washington, D.C., think tank.

“That appeals to a lot of crucial groups that have supported President Trump in the election. But we know what is fundamental for recovery and stabilization of people’s lives and reducing overdose is access to medications,” Felbab-Brown said. “Unfortunately, many of the 12-step programs reject medications.”

She’s worried that under Kennedy’s leadership, the Department of Health and Human Services could shrink or eliminate funding for science-based medical treatment and instead focus on spirituality-based approaches that appear to help a relatively small percentage of people who experience addiction.

Kennedy’s views on other science-based treatments, including vaccines, have sparked widespread opposition among medical researchers and physicians.

 

Kennedy boosts an Italian model for addiction recovery that has faced controversy

 

Another concern about Kennedy’s addiction proposals focuses on his interest in a program for drug treatment created in Italy in the 1970s.

The San Patrignano community is a therapeutic rehabilitation community center in Italy for people with drug addictions. The center, which
was founded by Vincenzo Muccioli in 1978, received renewed media attention after a 2020 Netflix documentary described alleged abuses.
Robert F. Kennedy Jr. now describes the program as a model for recovery care in the United States.

“I’ve seen this beautiful model that they have in Italy called San Patrignano, where there are 2,000 kids who work on a large farm in a healing center, learning various trades … and that’s what we need to build here,” Kennedy said during a town hall-style appearance on the cable channel NewsNation last year.

According to Kennedy’s plan, outlined in interviews and social media posts, Americans experiencing addiction would go to San Patrignano-style camps voluntarily, or they could be pressured or coerced into accepting care, with a threat of incarceration for those who refuse care.

But the San Patrignano program has been controversial and was featured in a 2020 Netflix documentary that included images of people with addiction allegedly being held in shackles or confined in cages. The farm’s current leaders have described the documentary as biased and unfair.

Kennedy, meanwhile, has continued to use the program as a model for the camps he would like to build in the United States.

“I’m going to build these rehab centers all over the country, these healing camps where people can go, where our children can go and find themselves again,” he said.

Szalavitz, the author and activist who is herself in recovery, noted that the Italian program doesn’t include science-based medical care, including opioid treatment medications. She said Kennedy’s fascination with the model reflects a lack of medical and scientific expertise.

“It really is great to include people who have personal experience of something like, say, addiction in policymaking. But you don’t become an addiction expert simply because you’re someone who struggled with addiction,” Szalavitz said. “You have to engage with the research literature. You have to understand more beyond your own narrow anecdote. Otherwise you’re going to wind up doing harm to people.”

Copyright 2025 NPR

Source: https://www.ideastream.org/2025-01-29/rfk-jr-says-hell-fix-the-overdose-crisis-critics-say-his-plan-is-risky

 

Copied from DRB bulletin 03.02.2025:

Source: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/679a44136907bee181d31480/240125+Annex+A+-+Response+to+the+ACMD+Fifth+addendum+to+Advisory+Council+on+the+Misuse+of+Drugs+_ACMD_+report+on+the+use+and+harms+of+2-benzyl+benzimidazole+_nit.pdf

 

January 14, 2025 

Forwarded by Shane Varcoe • 05.02.25

 

Breakthroughs in Addiction Science Over 50 Years

Addiction science has undergone tremendous progress over the past five decades, transforming our understanding of drugs and their impact on the brain and society. Recent advancements offer hope in addressing the escalating challenges of drug use, addiction, and overdose. However, the need for evidence-based prevention and treatment strategies remains crucial in combating this ongoing public health crisis.

Prioritising Drug Prevention

Prevention is one of the most effective ways to combat substance use disorders. Research consistently highlights how drug exposure can interfere with brain development from prenatal stages to young adulthood, setting the stage for lifelong challenges. Children and adolescents are particularly vulnerable, as early drug experimentation sharply increases the risk of addiction later in life.

Adverse childhood experiences—ranging from poverty to trauma—also contribute to substance use risks by disrupting brain development. Preventative measures can mitigate these risks and promote resilience. For example, school-based programmes and community initiatives have demonstrated significant success in reducing drug use among young people. Importantly, these interventions offer long-term benefits, improving mental health and reducing dependency rates across generations.

Scaling up these preventative approaches is vital. By investing in evidence-based prevention at schools, healthcare facilities, and community centres, society can safeguard future generations from the devastating impacts of drugs.

Challenges in Addressing Substance Use Disorders

One of the greatest hurdles today is the lack of access to effective addiction treatment. Millions of people struggle with substance use disorders, yet only a small percentage receive adequate care. This gap highlights the pressing need to expand addiction treatment services and eliminate barriers such as stigma and limited healthcare coverage.

Treatment options, including medication and behavioural therapies, have proven to be effective for many struggling with addiction. For instance, medications that address opioid dependency, combined with comprehensive care, can significantly improve recovery outcomes. However, these treatments remain inaccessible to many, especially in underserved communities.

Expanding treatment availability within prisons, rural areas, and low-income communities could swiftly reduce addiction rates and improve recovery success. Research also shows that offering treatment to individuals in justice systems can lower overdose risks after release and reduce reoffending, creating broader societal benefits.

The Role of Science in Combating Addiction

Scientific advancements are paving the way for more effective solutions to addiction. New innovations, such as brain stimulation therapies, target the neurological circuits disrupted by substance use, offering promising pathways for treatment. Additionally, cutting-edge pharmaceuticals like GLP-1 agonists, already used for managing diabetes, are showing potential in reducing cravings and dependency behaviours associated with addiction.

The use of artificial intelligence (AI) in addiction science is further revolutionising the field. AI tools can help detect overdose patterns, study drug impacts on mental health, and even guide personalised treatment interventions. Large-scale studies, such as those examining adolescent brain development, continue to shed light on how substance use affects young minds, offering invaluable insights for effective prevention.

Towards a Unified, Drug-Free Future

While remarkable progress has been made, the fight against addiction is far from over. Preventing drug use, providing accessible treatment, and investing in research remain paramount. By adopting a proactive, science-backed approach to addiction prevention, we can reduce the devastating effects of substance use disorders and create healthier, drug-free communities.

Addiction science offers the tools needed to address these challenges, but lasting change requires collective effort. Only through unified actions can we overcome this crisis and protect future generations from the harms of addiction.

Start prioritising prevention and treatment today to help build a safer, healthier world.

Source: https://wrdnews.org/breakthroughs-in-addiction-science-over-50-years/

They’re not old enough yet to drink in bars, but a group of Washington students wants to make nightlife in the state safer.

A bill in the state Legislature requested by Lake Washington High School students aims to protect people from drink spiking.

The measure would require some establishments selling alcohol, including bars and nightclubs, to have testing kits on hand so patrons can see if their drinks have been drugged. Sponsors amended the bill this week in light of concerns of overreach lodged by a hospitality trade group.

Businesses covered by the proposal would also have to post a notice that test kits are available.

Bars would sell the test strips, stickers or straws to customers for a “reasonable amount based on the wholesale cost of the device.”

Usually, the tests look for drugs like Rohypnol, also known as “roofies.” When placed in alcoholic drinks, the drugs can incapacitate people unexpectedly so they can’t resist sexual assault, according to the federal Drug Enforcement Administration. The tests also detect ketamine and gamma hydroxybutyric acid.

“As a group of young women entering college, we are scared for our future,” Lake Washington senior Ava Brisimitzis told a Senate panel last week. “While nightlife is still years away, there are thousands of Washingtonians right now affected by this problem. No one should question whether or not they might return home safely.”

Senate Bill 5330 would take effect Jan. 1, 2026. It has a committee vote set for Friday.

The proposal is patterned after a similar law passed in California that went into effect last July. That law affected 2,400 establishments.

When a drink is spiked, “many times, it’s too late to prevent that person from falling victim to another crime, and that’s why prevention awareness is so important,” said Sen. Manka Dhingra, D-Redmond, the bill’s prime sponsor.

Critics said the original bill in Washington goes far beyond the California law. The initial version included taverns, nightclubs, theaters, hotels and more. The California legislation only applies to establishments like nightclubs that exclude minors and aren’t required to serve food.

Last week, Washington Hospitality Association lobbyist Julia Gorton said the bill “needs many more conversations.”

The hospitality association would support a version like California’s law, said Jeff Reading, a spokesperson for the trade group.

Now, a revised version of the bill looks to more closely align Washington’s proposal with California’s by focusing on establishments that don’t allow minors.

Washington’s unusual liquor licensing system has made drafting the bill difficult, Dhingra said. The state simply has too many types of licenses. She wants to “clean up” Washington’s liquor license statute.

“This is really not meant to be onerous, but really meant to be a partnership to make sure all the patrons are safe,” Dhingra told the Senate Labor & Commerce Committee last week.

California’s legislation also stated the signage must say “Don’t get roofied! Drink spiking drug test kits available here.” But Dhingra felt that language may be seen as blaming the victim, so the new version of the Washington bill doesn’t require specific verbiage in the sign.

A 2016 study published in the American Psychological Association’s journal Psychology of Violence found nearly 8% of 6,064 students surveyed at three universities believed they’d been drugged.

Source: https://washingtonstatestandard.com/briefs/washington-could-require-bars-to-carry-spiked-drink-drug-tests/

INTRODUCTORY NOTE BY NDPA:

THIS ARTICLE IS INCLUDED FOR ITS INTERESTING DESCRIPTION OF THE CONSUMPTION ROOM PHILOSOPHY AND PRACTICE. NDPA HAS SEVERAL SERIOUS CONCERNS ABOUT SO-CALLED ‘CONSUMPTION ROOMS’ AND WOULD TAKE ISSUE WITH SOME OF THE CLAIMS MADE IN THIS ARTICLE, NOT LEAST THE HEADLINE CLAIM THAT THIS IS A ‘SAFE’ SITE … (SEE OTHER ARTICLES ON THE NDPA SITE), NEVERTHELESS, IT IS WORTH READING, IN ORDER TO BETTER UNDERSTAND THE ATTITUDE BEHIND THE PROVENANCE OF SUCH FACILITIES.

by  Rebecca. L. Root – December 24, 2024 – SOURCE PRISM

At 8 a.m. on a Monday morning, most of the soft recliners in the waiting area of the three-story East Harlem overdose prevention center (OPC) are already occupied by those who have come to consume their first dose of the day. Whether it’s for fentanyl, heroin, or another drug, people of all ages trickle into the consumption room at OnPoint NYC, where mirrored cubicles line opposite sides of the room and a staff station sits in the middle with trays of needles, elastics, and wipes organized in rows.

A man, who looks to be in his late 30s, unwraps today’s first fix of what most likely is the opioid fentanyl, which staff say is the most common drug used here. He simultaneously chats with the staff who welcome each visitor with familiarity. The calm ambiance is occasionally punctuated with noise as the metal doors swing, allowing another person to enter.

OnPoint NYC, which opened in 2021 as the country’s first overdose prevention site, aims to be a judgment- and persecution-free space for drug users to safely consume. The idea of preventing people from dying of an overdose is a controversial one. Last year, former U.S. attorney for the southern district of New York Damian Williams told The New York Times that OnPoint’s methods were illegal and hinted at a shutdown, while New York Gov. Kathy Hochul is also opposed, having repeatedly said the centers violate federal and state laws, putting their future operations in the balance.

But amid the national opioid epidemic, drastic measures are needed. More than 100,000 people die each year from drug overdoses in the U.S., according to the National Center for Health Statistics. In November, President-elect Donald Trump announced plans to impose further tariffs on Chinese imports in an attempt to curb what he believes are fentanyl deliveries into the U.S. It follows calls in 2022 from President Joe Biden to increase funding in the budget to address the overdose epidemic, while in 2023 New York Times editors declared that the U.S. had lost the war on drugs.

“Every 90 minutes…four New Yorkers die [of an overdose],” said Sam Rivera, the executive director of OnPoint NYC.

Advocates for OPCs say having a sanitary and safe place to consume drugs diminishes the element of haste or need for discretion that might exist in a public place. This reduces the risk of an overdose, but should one occur, medically trained staff dressed in jeans and leather are ready to respond.

Tilting a chair back, a staffer explains the importance of getting the blood circulating and offering rescue breaths before administering naloxone, which can reverse the effects of opioids. Since 2021, OnPoint NYC has reversed 1,600 overdoses, cleaned up community parks, and opened a sister center in Washington Heights.

Despite the progress, the center, and the few others like it in the U.S., remain controversial. When a similar center was opened in San Francisco in 2022, a group of local mothers protested while others posited that creating safe spaces to consume drugs only increases drug use.

However, research found that following the opening of an OPC in San Francisco, there was no visible increase in drug use, and a Brown University study found no affiliation between the centers and increased crime.

Instead, Michel Kazatchkine, a commissioner of the Global Commission on Drug Policy (GCDP), which advocates for drug policies to be more humane and prioritize public and individual health, believes it is the current approach of criminalizing drug users that is the problem.

“The criminal justice approach has sent hundreds of thousands of people to prison with no benefit for these people and no benefit for the society and huge expenses involved,” said Kazatchkine, who is also the former executive director of the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria, France.

Over 1.16 million people each year are incarcerated in the U.S. on drug offenses, while globally, governments spend $100 billion annually on punitive drug policies. In spite of such policies, global drug use has risen from about 180 million people in 2002 to 292 million in 2022, according to a report by the GCDP.

In states like New York, the response to tackle the drug problem has predominantly been to fund the distribution of naloxone and fentanyl test strips, which can detect the presence of fentanyl in other drugs, explained Toni Smith, the New York state director at Drug Policy Alliance. The group works with grassroots groups to advance public health solutions to drug use. While such resources are critical, Smith emphasized that the state must offer a full range of life-saving tools and services. More OPCs, Smith believes, could save more lives.

The harm reduction quandary

Historically, the U.S. has pushed back on any initiatives under the harm reduction umbrella, Kazatchkine said. Harm reduction, according to the World Health Organization (WHO), focuses on offering a suite of interventions designed to minimize the negative impacts related to drug use. That could include providing people with clean needles and syringes, with naloxone, with HIV testing, or with access to opioid substitution therapy programs. OPCs—often referred to as safe consumption sites in Europe, where they are widely used—are not on the WHO’s list of recommended harm reduction interventions but are a harm reduction approach.

 

“The concept of harm reduction is acknowledging that people use drugs and that these people have risks, but it is prioritizing health approaches over criminalization,” Kazatchkine said. “Acknowledging that people use drugs, you acknowledge something that is prohibited under the law and actually under criminal law, so a government or an international entity finds itself in a very uncomfortable situation.”

“Many people would come in and be shocked…They open the door and think everybody’s just using drugs. They don’t expect this kind of structure and loving environment,” he said. “We’ve invited the governor for three years. [She] hasn’t been here once. But you’re going to sit around and tell us the program doesn’t work.”

Beyond a safe space for consumption

More than just a consumption space, the center offers a health clinic and, up a narrow staircase to a second floor, therapy rooms host complimentary holistic treatments such as reiki, massage, and sound baths. Rivera himself occasionally hosts one. All services, including health care, are free.

On this day, a woman sleeps deeply in a reclining chair as soft music tinkles in the background and candles burn in the corner; two others lie on massage tables awaiting their treatments. Shower facilities are available in another corner of the center, and an on-site psychologist offers mental health services in a bid to help tackle the underlying trauma behind the addiction. It’s “multidimensional” support to treat a problem that surpasses simply addiction but intersects with issues around housing, access to care, criminalization, food and nutrition, sleep, as well as structural racism, Smith said. And the services aren’t just for drug users but all local community members.

“Creating this community and this space around a loving environment is so impactful, and it changes the experience for folks who come in,” Rivera said.

In New York City, Rivera believes there have also been economic benefits. OnPoint’s data suggests a reduction in visits to the emergency room for overdoses that has relieved the burden on the health system and, Rivera said, potentially saved two New York City neighborhoods $45 million in less than three years.

More OPCs could benefit the U.S. and reduce the impact the drug crisis is having, said Kazatchkine, but amid what Rivera believes is a game of politics, whether that will happen remains to be seen. In the meantime, elsewhere in the U.S., people will shoot up in alleyways and parks, at increased risk of unnecessarily overdosing. But the reality, Rivera said, is that with OPCs, there’s the potential for no one to have to die this way again.

Source: https://www.nationofchange.org/2024/12/24/inside-the-countrys-first-official-safe-drug-consumption-site/

INTRODUCTORY NOTE BY MAGGIE PETITO (OF DRUGWATCH INTERNATIONAL) WHO SUBMITTED THIS ARTICLE TO US:

“Albania, a nation of 11,000 square miles and population today of some 2.5 million, saw a recent exodus of half of its people, mostly claiming to be “refugees” – exiting to global outposts. Today’s Albania offers numerous benefits besides a lovely landscape. Resort and golf course maestros plan safe havens for Albanians and “friends” to relax, launder their dirty money, escape Interpol and wash with crypto-Bitcoin. This statement is not racist: it is a fact. NATO member Albania is half Sunni Muslim. Albania is still under a multi-year consideration to join the EU”. Maggie P.

                    

Opinion piece in Washington Post, by Samantha Schmidt,  Arturo Torres, and Anthony Faiola

December 28, 2024

 

A global boom in cocaine trafficking defies decades of anti-drug efforts

The cocaine trade is far bigger and more geographically diverse than at any point in history as Albanian traffickers expand the market in Europe for the drug.

Ecuadorian military officers seized what they said amounted to 22 tons of cocaine in January 2024 — one of the world’s largest single cocaine seizures on record.

In Guayaquil, Ecuador — Dritan Rexhepi, the drug lord, had already escaped the law in three countries, and he planned to do it again.

In less than a decade, Dritan Rexhepi had built a smuggling business that ran from the fields of Colombia to the ports of Ecuador and on to the streets of Europe, Italian and Latin American investigators said, rivaling the influence of Mexico’s powerful cartels. His brand, carved into cocaine packages, was “Bello” — beautiful.

The Albanian’s rise from gunman in his home country to transatlantic kingpin is part of a global explosion in the cocaine industry, a trade that is far bigger and more geographically diverse than at any point in history. South America now produces more than twice as much cocaine as it did a decade ago. Cultivation of coca crops in Colombia, the origin of most of the world’s cocaine, has tripled, according to U.S. figures, and the amount of land used to grow the drug’s base ingredient is more than five times what it was when the infamous drug lord Pablo Escobar was killed in 1993. And production keeps soaring. A record 2,757 tons of cocaine was produced worldwide in 2022, a 20 percent increase over 2021, according to the most recent global drug report from the U.N. Office on Drugs and Crime.

“It’s going up and up and up,” said Thomas Pietschmann, a research officer at the UNODC. “A few years ago, people were saying the future is synthetic drugs. … Right now, it’s still cocaine.”

For decades, cocaine consumers were primarily Americans, and interdiction was a U.S. government priority. But despite the tens of billions of dollars spent in the U.S. war on drugs in Latin America, the industry has not only grown, it has globalized, with new routes, new markets and new criminal enterprises.

Nearly every one of Latin America’s mainland nations has become a major producer or mover of the drug, with Ecuador now one of the most important cocaine transit points in the world. Demand is soaring in Europe, which rivals the United States as the world’s top cocaine destination. Cocaine seizures in E.U. countries grew fivefold between 2011 and 2021, and exceeded those in the United States in 2022. While the United States remains a huge market, cocaine use has declined by about 20 percent since 2006, according to UNODC.

Balkan, Italian, Turkish and Russian criminal groups have all swept into Latin America for a piece of the action. Few have managed to muscle their way into cocaine trafficking quite like Albanian criminal networks, investigators and analysts say.

“We know there’s not only one channel for cocaine,” said Marco Martino, a senior Italian police official in charge of coordinating counternarcotics operations. But “the Albanians,” he said, “are the best and the biggest.”

As cocaine production was exploding, investigators said, Albanian criminal networks rode the opportunity it presented. They were critical to getting the drug to Europe and fueling consumption across the continent.

Rexhepi, 44, built much of his empire from an Ecuadorian prison cell, fostering connections with Latin American gangs and turning his cellblock into an executive suite. A lawyer representing him in Albania declined to comment. Rexhepi, in a 2015 appeal, denied any involvement in drug trafficking, “either as a perpetrator, accomplice or accessory.” But in 2021, Italy sought his extradition, warning the authorities in Ecuador in a letter from its embassy in Quito that Rexhepi was the “undisputed leader” of an Albanian drug trafficking network with global reach and access to “infinite quantities of cocaine.”

Rexhepi’s emergence as a feared power broker within a federal prison in Cotopaxi province was symptomatic of the collapse of government control in Ecuador. But with the authorities in Rome seeking to imprison him for drug trafficking, he decided it was time to move again.

A local judge, citing a medical need, ordered him into home detention in an upscale neighborhood here in the port city of Guayaquil in August 2021, according to Ecuadorian officials. Then, predictably, Rexhepi vanished.

This investigation into the global expansion of the cocaine business and the rise of Albanian drug traffickers is based on interviews with more than two dozen current and former officials in Ecuador, Colombia, Europe and the United States, gang members in Ecuador, and thousands of pages of court documents from Ecuador, Albania and Italy. It reveals how criminal networks led by Albanians infiltrated Ecuador’s ports, judiciary, prison system and security forces to gain control of key parts of the cocaine supply chain and trigger a deluge of the drug in Europe — a more than $12 billion annual cocaine market, according to the E.U. Drugs Agency.

“With these profits, these organizations manage to permeate all public and private institutions, corrupting any structure,” said Ecuador’s former anti-narcotics director, Gen. Willian Villarroel, in an interview.

Drug trafficking entrepreneurs from Albania, a country of only about 2.8 million people, have begun to rival the world’s most powerful cartels by working with them, not against them, transforming how the trade is run. The new networks, investigators say, are often criminal coalitions of disparate and independent groups, rather than hierarchical, violently competitive cartels.

A boom in cocaine production and the expanding power of criminal organizations pose a growing threat in Latin America, the United States’ biggest trading partner. In a multipart series, The Washington Post is examining how organized crime groups have vastly expanded their influence, corroding the region’s democracies, strangling commerce and propelling thousands of people to the U.S. southern border.

Latin America is producing more than twice as much cocaine as it did a decade ago. Nearly every one of its mainland nations has become a major producer or mover of the drug, feeding booming markets in the United States, Europe and South America.

Organized crime groups have moved well beyond narcotics. They’ve created sprawling illicit industries in extortion, migrant smuggling and gold mining. Their power has become so great that they form a new kind of insurgency, infiltrating government operations.

Europol is aware of dozens of “Albanian-speaking” clans or organized criminal networks currently operating in Europe, Robert Fay, the head of Europol’s drug unit, said in an interview.

“It’s not about how many people you have,” said Fatjona Mejdini, an Albanian analyst with the Global Initiative Against Transnational Organized Crime. “It’s about the right alliances you can form.”

From his prison cell in Ecuador, Rexhepi paved the way. He befriended leaders of Ecuador’s most powerful gang, Los Choneros, who were already working for Mexico’s Sinaloa cartel, according to one of the gang’s founding members, who, like some others interviewed for this article, spoke on the condition of anonymity because of security concerns. That led to strategic partnerships with both South American traffickers and gang leaders across Europe. His goal was simple, investigators and analysts said: sell as much cocaine as possible with abundant profit for all parties to the deals. “Rexhepi is the pioneer,” Mejdini said.

Soaring cocaine production

The explosion in cocaine production can be traced back to the demobilization of Colombia’s largest leftist rebel group, the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC). A historic peace deal with the country’s government in 2016 ended the longest-running civil conflict in the hemisphere, a conflict in which the United States played a critical role.

Since the start of the counternarcotics and security package known as Plan Colombia in 2000, the United States has sent about $14 billion in funding to Colombia, at least 60 percent of it for the military and police. The plan focused in large part on combating the country’s cocaine production and export, which the FARC controlled, using the proceeds to fund its insurgency and secure territory.

When the guerrillas laid down their weapons, a proliferation of smaller armed groups, driven by profit rather than ideology, swept into coca-producing areas.

These drug traffickers “no longer have political interests,” said Leonardo Correa, the head of the UNODC mission in Colombia. “What they want is to get the drug out as fast as possible, to make the most money possible.”

Source: https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/2024/12/28/cocaine-consumption-soars-europe-asia/

 

by  David G. Evans, Esq., Senior Counsel, Cannabis Industry Victims Educating Litigators (CIVEL)

This item was collected by Dave Evans without any covering article.

To access the full array of documents:

  1. Click on the ‘Source’ links below.
  2. An image  – the front page of the full document will appear.
  3. Click on the image to open the full document.

 

  1. CDC.DELTA.8.DATED.9.14, 2021
  2. FDA.DELTA.8.WARNING
  3. FDA.HEMP.WARNING.LETTERS
  4. INTOXICATING HEMP PRODUCTS
  5. LETTER.HB.563.ROSSHEIM
  6. Rossheim – CV 6 7 24 pdf (1)
  7. Rossheim et al., 2022 Delta-8 THC Retail Availability, Price, and Minimum
  8. Rossheim et al., 2023 Delta-8, Delta-10, HHC, THC-O, THCP, and THCV What should we call these products_
  9. Rossheim et al., 2024 Derived psychoactive cannabis products and 4_20 specials An assessment of popular brands and retail price discounts in Fort Worth, Texas, 2023
  10. Rossheim et al., 2024 Types and Brands of Derived Psychoactive Cannabis Products an online retail assessment 2023

Source: David G. Evans, Esq., Senior Counsel, Cannabis Industry Victims Educating Litigators (CIVEL)

bDavid G. Evans, Esq., Senior Counsel, Cannabis Industry Victims Educating Litigators (CIVEL) –

Marijuana use makes autism scores worse. Autism Spectrum Disease (ASD) “is the commonest form of cannabis-associated clinical teratology.” (exhibits 1 and 2 ). A tetralogy is a collection of four things having something in common, such as a deformity with four features.

This is likely epidemiologically highly significant for the US, where autistic spectrum disorders have been shown to be growing exponentially. Cannabis use across the US was shown to be independently associated with autism rates across both time and space, to be dose-related, and, based on conservative projections, has been predicted to be at least 60% higher in cannabis-legal states than in states where cannabis was illegal by 2030. (exhibit 3)

Being particularly vulnerable to the pro-psychotic effects of cannabinoid exposure, autism spectrum individuals present with an increased risk of psychosis, which may be passed on to their own children. (exhibit 4)

Conclusion

Use of marijuana products can make autism scores worse in the user.

Exhibit 1.

Effect of Cannabis Legalization on US Autism Incidence and Medium-Term Projections. Reece AS and Hulse GK. Clinical Pediatrics. Vol 4, Iss 2, No:154

https://www.longdom.org/open-access/effect-of-cannabis-legalization-on-us-autism-incidence-and-medium-term-projections.pdf

Exhibit 2.

In a study, 3,080 young adult Australian twins were used to assess ADHD symptoms, autistic traits, substance use, and substance use disorders. Great ADHD symptoms and autistic traits scores were associated with elevated levels of cannabis use and cannabis use disorder. DeAkwis D, et al. ADHD Symptoms, Autistic Traits, and Substance Use and Misuse in Adult Australian Twins. Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, March 2014. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3965675/

Exhibit 3

Epidemiological Association of Various Substances and Multiple Cannabinoids with Autism in the USA. Reese SA and Hulse GK. Clinical Pediatrics., Vol 4, Issue2, No: 155.

Cannabinoids with Autism in USA. Accepted 22nd May 2019.  Clinical Pediatrics: Open Access. Published 31st May 2019.  https://www.longdom.org/open-access/epidemiological-associations-of-various-substances-and-multiple-cannabinoids-with-autism-in-usa.pdf

Exhibit 4.

Cannabis Use in Autism: Reasons for Concern about Risk for Psychosis
Riccardo Bortoletto 1,2, Marco Colizzi 2,3,*
Healthcare (Basel). 2022 Aug 16;10(8):1553. doi: 10.3390/healthcare10081553
PMCID: PMC9407973  PMID: 36011210
https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC9407973/

 

David G. Evans, Esq.

Senior Counsel

Cannabis Industry Victims Educating Litigators (CIVEL)

203 Main St. Suite 149

Flemington, NJ 08822

908-963-0254

www.civel.org

 

DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY IN CONNECTING YOU WITH AN ATTORNEY

 

If we have connected you with an attorney this does not mean that we recommend this attorney as to their ability to help you or that we have investigated their ability. It only means that this attorney is interested in hearing about your case. There have been no representations or guarantees made regarding the outcome of this matter as to the obtaining of any award for damages, judgment, or any other aspect of this matter.

 

PRIVACY

This e-mail transmission is protected by state law and the Federal Electronic Communications Privacy Act, 18 U.S.C. Sections 2510-2521 and is intended to be delivered only to the named addressee(s) and may contain information that is confidential, proprietary, attorney work-product or attorney-client privileged. If this information is received by anyone other than the named addressee(s), the recipient should immediately notify the David G. Evans, Esq. by e-mail or by telephone 908-963-0254 and obtain instructions as to the disposal of the transmitted material. In no event shall this material be read, used, copied, reproduced, stored or retained by anyone other than the named addressee(s), except with the express consent of Mr. Evans or the named addressee(s). Receipt of this email does not waive any legal privilege

DISCLAIMER OF LEGAL ADVICE

This should not be considered legal advice. This is for informational purposes only. Use of and access to these materials does not in itself create an attorney – client relationship between David G. Evans and CIVEL and the user or reader. Mr. Evans or CIVEL cannot vouch for any study cited herein since they did not do the study. The readers should consult the study and make their own interpretation as to its accuracy. Please also be advised that case law and statutory and regulatory laws cited herein may have been amended or changed by the time you read this.

IRS Circular 230 Disclosure:

To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any U.S. federal tax advice contained in this communication (including any attachments) is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (i) avoiding penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (ii) promoting, marketing or recommending to another party any transaction or matter addressed herein.

Source: www.civel.org

Publication: American Journal of Psychiatry – 15 January 2024

Patricia Conrod, Ph.D. patricia.conrod@umontreal.caSherry H. Stewart, Ph.D.Jean Seguin, Ph.D.Robert Pihl, Ph.D.Benoit Masse, Ph.D.Sean Spinney, M.Sc., and Samantha Lynch, Ph.D.

Abstract

Objective:

Rates of substance use disorders (SUDs) remain significantly above national targets for health promotion and disease prevention in Canada and the United States. This study investigated the 5-year SUD outcomes following a selective drug and alcohol prevention program targeting personality risk factors for adolescent substance misuse.

Methods:

The Co-Venture trial is a cluster randomized trial involving 31 high schools in the greater Montreal area that agreed to conduct annual health behavior surveys for 5 years on the entire 7th grade cohort of assenting students enrolled at the school in 2012 or 2013. Half of all schools were randomly assigned to be trained and assisted in the delivery of the personality-targeted PreVenture Program to all eligible 7th grade participants. The intervention consisted of a brief (two-session) group cognitive-behavioral intervention that is delivered in a personality-matched fashion to students who have elevated scores on one of four personality traits linked to early-onset substance misuse: impulsivity, sensation seeking, anxiety sensitivity, or hopelessness.

Results:

Mixed-effects multilevel Bayesian models were used to estimate the effect of the intervention on the year-by-year change in probability of SUD. When baseline differences were controlled for, a time-by-intervention interaction revealed positive growth in SUD rate for the control group (b=1.380, SE=0.143, odds ratio=3.97) and reduced growth for the intervention group (b=−0.423, SE=0.173, 95% CI=−0.771, −0.084, odds ratio=0.655), indicating a 35% reduction in the annual increase in SUD rate in the intervention condition relative to the control condition. Group differences in SUD rates were reliably nonzero (95% confidence) at the fourth and fifth year of assessment. Secondary analyses revealed no significant intervention effects on growth of anxiety, depression, or total mental health difficulties over the four follow-up periods.

Conclusions:

This study showed for the first time that personality-targeted interventions might protect against longer-term development of SUD.
Despite having made some strides with respect to reducing adolescent drinking rates, substance use disorder (SUD) rates are significantly above national targets for health promotion and disease prevention in Canada and the United States (15). These data suggest that there is a pressing need for more targeted intervention strategies designed to help those most at risk of transitioning to SUD. Recent national surveys suggest an alarmingly high prevalence of SUD in the general population (16.5%), with the highest rates reported among young adults, and approximately 9% of the adolescent population screened positive for past-year SUD (13). There is also an ongoing crisis of nonmedical prescription drug use in North America, as indicated by the dramatic increase in the prevalence of past-year prescription drug misuse and overdose deaths from 2003 to 2022 (12) and the disproportionate growth of hospitalizations due to opioids among individuals 15–24 years of age (14). Furthermore, only ∼5% of respondents who report symptoms of SUD report having received any treatment for their SUD (1). As highlighted in numerous reports (59), including the U.S. Surgeon General’s 2016 report on addiction (2), evidence-based upstream solutions that prevent transition to SUD are desperately needed, considering the scale and severity of these public health concerns.
Most school-based prevention programs are universal and use some combination of alcohol and drug awareness, testimonials, flyers, brochures, peer education, and alcohol/drug-free activities. These have been shown to have weak positive or even negative effects (1011), but programs that promote general coping and drug-refusal skills are more promising (2101213). One possible contributing factor to poor outcomes of many prevention programs is that they target generic factors implicated in normal drinking and drug experimentation and fail to target factors linked to risk for the development of more severe substance use problems (2101418), despite well-supported evidence for robust predictors of substance use and misuse across several sociodemographic contexts (2). New approaches to prevention are needed that translate research on addiction vulnerability to personalized prevention and early intervention (2).
Longitudinal and machine learning prediction strategies have highlighted the role of both externalizing and internalizing traits in future risk for substance misuse (1923). A recent review suggests that distinct personality traits are related to risk for substance misuse through different motivational and cognitive risk profiles (23). Impulsivity and its cognitive correlate, poor response inhibition, appear to be specifically associated with conduct problems and misuse of stimulants (including prescription stimulant medications); sensation seeking and its neurocognitive correlate, reward sensitivity, are more associated with alcohol and cannabis misuse (22023). Anxiety sensitivity and hopelessness have been shown to be associated with risk for internalizing problems and preferential use/misuse of depressant drugs, such as alcohol, sedatives, and opioids (19202426).
The PreVenture Program is a brief (two group sessions) school-based cognitive-behavioral program focusing on building personality-specific skills and self-efficacy to reduce need on the part of a young person to use substances as a way to cope with interpersonal or intrapersonal challenges associated with each personality trait (2728). Given research indicating that different neurocognitive profiles mediate the relationship between specific personality factors and concurrent mental health conditions (2226), the program focuses on promoting personality-specific cognitive-behavioral skills (e.g., skills relevant to the management of poor response inhibition for teens who report high levels of impulsivity vs. skills relevant to the management of global negative attributional styles for teens who report high levels of hopelessness). Numerous randomized trials have shown that the program is effective in reducing alcohol and drug use and mental health symptoms by a notable 30%–80% among secondary students (1317212728). However, this approach has yet to be shown to prevent transition to SUDs, which is critical when informing comprehensive drug prevention and health promotion strategies.
As a primary outcome, this longitudinal cluster-randomized controlled trial examined the impact of personality-targeted preventive interventions in reducing risk for SUD in adolescents over a 5-year period (18). It is becoming increasingly recognized that treatment outcome research should focus on pragmatic outcomes to facilitate the translation of research findings to policy and practice, and this was an important aim of the present study. Therefore, in consultation with local stakeholders, we selected a validated measure of SUD that is used to screen for SUD and to guide the delivery of SUD interventions in schools throughout the region in which the study was conducted. The primary research hypothesis was that relative to a control condition, the intervention would be associated with a reduced risk of transitioning to SUD by the end of high school among youths who report personality risk factors. Secondary outcomes examined the intervention effects on mental health outcomes in the 4 years after the intervention.

To access the full document:

  1. Click on the ‘Source’ link below.
  2. An image  – the front page of the full document will appear.
  3. Click on the image to open the full document.

Source: https://www.psychiatryonline.org/doi/10.1176/appi.ajp.20240042

January 27, 2025

Vern Pierson is the district attorney of El Dorado County and was a co-sponsor of Proposition 36. He is a past president of the California District Attorneys Association.

A sign warning against selling fentanyl in Placer County hangs over Taylor Road in Loomis on July 24, 2023.
Photo by Miguel Gutierrez Jr., CalMatters

California’s drug crisis has only escalated, with so-called “compassionate solutions” like harm reduction and past policies that decriminalized hard drugs making things worse.  

Many drug addicts in the state have essentially faced two stark choices: homelessness or incarceration. This false dichotomy has normalized substance abuse, endangered public safety and failed to address the root causes of both homelessness and addiction.

In response, California voters last fall overwhelmingly passed Proposition 36, a third option that prioritizes rehabilitation over incarceration and offers a clear path to recovery, helping break the cycle of addiction and homelessness.

Programs like syringe exchanges, for example, have fallen short in addressing addiction itself. While well-intentioned, these programs have led to unintended consequences, including public spaces littered with used needles, increased health risks and the normalization of drug use. While syringe exchanges help reduce disease transmission, they don’t always guarantee that people enroll in treatment programs, and research shows they can even increase mortality rates.

The scale of this problem is stark. In 2021 alone, nearly 11,000 Californians died from drug overdoses, with over two-thirds involving opioids like fentanyl. Each of these lives lost represents a missed opportunity for intervention and recovery. Prop. 36 has given the state a framework to address this crisis by requiring treatment and rehabilitation for people struggling with addiction. This approach has the potential to reduce recidivism, save lives and help people reclaim their futures.

Source: https://calmatters.org/commentary/2025/01/addiction-homelessness-crisis-proposition-36/

by AFP Bureau report – January 28, 2025

PESHAWAR: Speakers at a seminar shared strategies for drug prevention and fostering resilience, said a press release issued here on Monday.

The Welfare and Peace Society, City University of Science and Information Technology (CUSIT) in collaboration with the Higher Education Regulatory Authority (HERA), Anti-Narcotic Force Pakistan and Anti-Drug Social Welfare Organization had hosted the seminar.

It was part of the efforts to promote peace through combating drug abuse in educational institutes. The activity was under the “Community Resilience Building for Countering Violent Extremism” project.

European Union funds the project. Collaboration is struck with the National Counter-Terrorism Authority and the UN Office on Drugs Crime Country. Key speakers of the seminar included Azazud Din, the HERA Advisor for Drug Use Prevention/Lead Policies, Umair, the Da Haq Awaz organization’s member, Fukhraz of Anti-Narcotic Force, Ikram of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Centre of Countering Violence Extremism, and Ms Maria of the HERA.

Source: https://www.thenews.com.pk/print/1276828-strategies-shared-for-drug-prevention

An update on the progress of national initiatives to address the opioid crisis.

by Mark S. Gold M.D. – Addiction Outlook
  • Key points:
  • In 2016, drug experts mapped out solutions to the opioid epidemic.
  • Several major initiatives subsequently were proposed and implemented.
  • Many changes have had profound influences, reducing the impact of opioid use and saving lives.

In their 2016 New England Journal of Medicine article on opioids, Nora Volkow, M.D., director of the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) and A. Thomas McLellan, Ph.D., who served as deputy director of the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy during the Obama administration, reported on what was needed to combat the opioid epidemic.

They focused initially on opioid prescribing for pain. Pain experts resisted restrictions on opioids since they were the treatment of choice and addiction was only 3% to 8% for chronic pain and lower for acute pain. Pain patients develop a physical dependence on opioids, but few become addicts.

Volkow and McLellan were prescient in their statements/predictions nearly a decade ago. They acknowledged the need for opioids for managing chronic pain for some but pointed to overprescriptions in the 1990s and 2000s as a major driver of the opioid crisis. They discussed naloxone (Narcan) saving lives by reversing opioid overdoses. They advocated expanding access to medication-assisted treatment (methadone, buprenorphine) to treat opioid addiction, calling it an evidence-based strategy for reducing illicit drug use and deaths. They noted state prescription drug monitoring programs (PDMPs) could be enhanced to track prescribing patterns and minimize diversion.

Volkow and McLellan called for research to develop effective non-opioid pain treatments and reduce reliance on opioids. They also addressed stigma associated with pain management and addiction treatment, urging the medical community and policymakers to view these issues through an evidence-based lens rather than a cloud of blame/moral failure. Most of all, they called for integrating scientific advances into policy and practice and improving training for providers of pain management and addiction treatment.

Here’s my “report card” on how we’re doing, based on the major recommendations from these experts in 2016.

Balancing Pain Management and Developing New Pain Treatment with Addiction Prevention. Grade: C+

Real progress was made in preventing opioid addiction and overdose deaths. However, many chronic pain patients report inadequate relief now due to stricter prescribing practices, sometimes resulting in untreated/undertreated pain. This is a problem without easy answers. Dr. Volkow has emphasized an urgent need for non-opioid-based medications bypassing the brain’s reward pathways, reducing abuse potential. NIH’s Helping to End Addiction Long-term (HEAL) Initiative researched non-opioid pain medications and therapies. There are promising candidates, such as cebranopadol, suzetrigine (FDA approved 1/30/25), LEVI-04, and others in the pipeline. However, progress remains slow, and chronic pain patients face limited options.

Curbing Overprescription/Misuse. Grade: A-

Opioid prescribing rates nearly halved, from 81.3 prescriptions per 100 people in 2012 to 43.3 in 2023. Medical, pharmacy, and health professional education reversed years of over-prescription. All states have PDMPs to track opioid prescriptions, reducing over-prescription and diversion. Some overcorrections in prescribing (or rather, not prescribing) opioids led to some patients seeking illicit drugs (heroin or fentanyl), contributing to the overdose crisis.

Expanding Opioid Pain Prescription Guidelines. Grade: A-

The CDC says opioid prescriptions in the United States peaked in 2012, with a rate of 81.3 prescriptions per 100 persons. By 2023, this rate nearly halved to 43.3 prescriptions per 100. This major reduction reflects efforts to address the opioid epidemic through updated prescribing guidelines and increased awareness of opioid risks. The CDC Guidelines for Prescribing Opioids for Chronic Pain (2016) recommended limiting opioid prescriptions for chronic pain outside active cancer treatment, palliative care, and end-of-life care, emphasizing using the lowest effective dose of opioids and restricting opioid prescriptions for acute pain to three to seven days. However, some health care providers remain hesitant to prescribe any opioids, ever.

The SUPPORT Act (2018) required electronic prescribing for controlled substances under Medicare and imposed new requirements for education and monitoring. Medicare Part D Opioid Policies (2019) implemented stricter safety edits at the pharmacy level for high-dose opioid prescriptions and introduced limits on opioid-naive pain patients, such as a maximum of seven days for acute pain.

Naloxone and Medication-Assisted Treatment (MAT). Grade: B+

Naloxone (Narcan) is widely available now, and over-the-counter sales were approved, as has the longer-acting antagonist nalmefene. However, fentanyl, the predominant opioid abused today, is very strong and challenging naloxone reversal protocols. Nalmefene may help.

Access to MAT (buprenorphine, methadone) improved. Patients with OUDs can start on buprenorphine without having to see a physician in person. On the downside, existing treatments are old, and the best outcomes are with the oldest OUD treatment, methadone. Methadone should be available for prescription by office and clinic-based physicians. Without detox and residential care options, patients with polysubstance, alcohol, meth, or cocaine use disorders and psychiatric dual disorders have been difficult to treat .

Stigma. Grade: B

NIDA has led national efforts to destigmatize substance use disorders (SUDs), especially OUDs. Expanding federal and state reimbursement for buprenorphine and methadone, and expanding the number of OUD prescribers, have succeeded somewhat. Classification of addiction as a disease, working with ASAM, and supporting destigmatizing language have helped. However, stigma persists, discouraging patients from seeking care.

Chronic pain patients still report feeling judged. AA, NA, and other mutual help groups are ubiquitous and destigmatizing. Yet, social network fellowships have been underutilized. One 2016 national survey revealed three-quarters of primary care physicians were unwilling to have a person with opioid use disorder marry into their family, and two-thirds viewed people with OUD as dangerous. It is not clear this has changed.

Science-Driven Policy. Grade: A-

Federal and state policies increasingly rely on evidence-based recommendations, such as funding research in non-opioid treatments. This is a huge accomplishment.

Developing totally new approaches has lagged, but innovation and invention can be like that sometimes. Broadly and equitably supporting MATs has helped people with OUD access evidence-based treatments. In the absence of a cure, we have made limited progress in developing and implementing effective non-opioid therapies. However, the doctors’ original focus on leveraging science to guide policy, improve treatments, and address root causes of the opioid epidemic was spot on, saving lives.

Policy Initiatives Impacted Opioid Prescribing and Pain Management Shifts. Grade: B-

Balancing effective pain management with risks of opioid use remains challenging. Patients with pain are treated with a combination of alternative strategies and therapies, with mixed outcomes. In states where it is legal, cannabis is increasingly used as an alternative treatment for chronic pain—even though evidence of its efficacy is mixed and cannabis use disorders may emerge. Complementary and alternative treatments like acupuncture, chiropractic care, massage therapy, and yoga are gaining popularity. Alternative therapies can’t provide the same level of relief as opioids. Those with complex or severe pain feel marginalized by policies restricting opioids. Non-pharmacological therapies like physical therapy, acupuncture, or CBT may be expensive, time-intensive, or uncovered by insurance. Many patients report inadequate relief, difficulty accessing specialized therapies, and frustration with the healthcare system.

New Hope in the Lab

Yale researchers identified alternative compounds with therapeutic potential chemicals extracted from the cannabis plant. A recent study showed that certain cannabinoids reduced the activity of a protein central to pain signaling in the peripheral nervous system. The protein, Nav1.8, enables repetitive firing of those neurons, a key process in transmitting pain signals. Blocking Nav1.8, and muting its activity, has shown promise in reducing pain in clinical studies. Cannabigerol in particular has the potential to provide effective pain relief without opioid risks.

Summary

In the opioid death crisis, the first phase was dominated by prescription pain medication abuse. Volkow and McLellan outlined changes necessary to reverse the epidemic. While tremendous progress has been made in this decade, more needs to be done as users first switched from pain medications to heroin, then fentanyl, adding xylazine, and now speedballing or polydrug use. The investment in prevention efforts, such as the DEA’s “One Pill Can Kill”, should be expanded.

Source: https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/addiction-outlook/202501/opioid-crisis-grading-the-progress-of-national-initiatives

Abstract

The prevalence of substance use disorders in adults is higher if substance use is initiated during adolescence, underscoring the importance of youth substance use prevention. We examined whether the use of one substance by adolescents is associated with increased risk for using any other substance, regardless of use sequences. In 2017 we examined data from 17,000 youth aged 12–17 who participated in the 2014 National Survey on Drug Use and Health, a sample of nationally representative data on substance use among the U.S. civilian, noninstitutionalized population aged 12 or older. Descriptive analyses and multivariable logistic regression models were applied. After controlling for age, sex, and race/ethnicity, compared with youth without past-month marijuana use, youth with past-month marijuana use were 8.9 times more likely to report past-month cigarette use, 5.6, 7.9 and 15.8 times more likely to report past-month alcohol use, binge use, or heavy use (respectively), and 9.9 times more likely to report past-month use of other illicit drugs. The prevalence of past-month use of cigarettes, marijuana, and other illicit drugs was significantly higher among past-month alcohol users compared with youth without past-month alcohol use, and increased as intensity of alcohol use rose. Among past-month cigarette smokers, the prevalence of marijuana, other illicit drugs, and alcohol use were each significantly higher than youth without past-month cigarette use. Youth marijuana use, cigarette smoking, or alcohol consumption is associated with other substance use. This finding has importance for youth prevention, supporting a message no use by youth of any substance.

Source: https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0091743518301658?via%3Dihub

by David Evans, Senior Counsel, CIVEL (USA)

January12, 2025

Article forwarded by Hershel Baker, Drug Free Australia. He opens by saying: “Please find evidence below on a current project to make the marijuana industry legally accountable to their victims in the U.S. if they are SUCCESSFUL, it will become very useful to Victims in many other countries including Australia.” 

Legal Primer – Cannabis Industry Victims Educating Litigators (CIVEL) <https://www.civel.org/legalprimer>

 

The marijuana industry referred to here are those who illegally, negligently or fraudulently produce, market, or distribute marijuana products including those that have not been approved by the FDA or approved under federal law.

Today’s marijuana products can be high in potency and can reach 99% THC.

These products can be very destructive and cause addiction, mental illness, violence, crime, DUIs and many health and social problems. Young people are particularly vulnerable. We must protect them.

A first step is to educate lawyers and the community by providing legal and scientific guidelines for litigators so they can take the marijuana industry to court. We have produced six litigator guidelines:

  1. Product liability for the production and sale of dangerous and/or contaminated and poorly processed marijuana for medical or recreational use.
  2. Medical malpractice for the promotion and use of marijuana as a medicine without FDA approval.
  1. Environmental lawsuits to recover for environmental damage caused by marijuana growing.
  1. The federal Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations (RICO) Act prohibits a person (also a corporation) from investing in, acquiring, or participating in the affairs of an enterprise that engages in racketeering activity. RICO applies to “medical” marijuana and recreational marijuana as both are illegal under federal law. Damage claims for economic injuries can be filed.
  1. Server liability for marijuana stores that sell medical or recreational marijuana to customers who then kill or injure others in car crashes or other accidents
  2. Lawsuits under the Drug Dealer Liability Act – several states have passed laws that make drug dealers civilly liable to those injured by a driver under the influence of drugs or families who lose a child to illegal drugs and others injured by illegal drugs.

We will arm the legal profession to recognize cases, prepare them and then litigate as was done in the cases against big tobacco and is now being done against the opiate companies.

We will not conduct litigation. Our goal is to get the legal profession to initiate litigation by educating them as to the legal issues and strategies involved. We also plan to educate the public about how the marijuana industry has destroyed lives and families and to support the victims.

 

For more information contact Senior Counsel, David G. Evans, Esq.

Email: seniorcounsel@civel.org <mailto:seniorcounsel@civel.org>

 

Please see our legal primer on marijuana and federal law

 

LEGAL PRIMER <https://www.civel.org/s/LEGALPRIMERCSA2017.pdf>

 

Other Important Documents

*             CATEGORIES OF THE VICTIMS OF THE MARIJUANA INDUSTRY

<https://www.civel.org/list-of-marijuana-industry-victims>

*             MARIJUANA AS A MEDICINE – POLICY, SIDE EFFECTS, SPECIFIC ILLNESSES

<https://www.civel.org/s/2CIVELMARIJUANA-AS-A-MEDICINE-POLICY-SIDE-EFFECTS-S

PECIFIC-ILLNESSES.pdf>

*             THE FAILURES OF THE STATES TO REGULATE MARIJUANA

<https://www.civel.org/s/THE-FAILURES-OF-THE-STATES-TO-REGULATE-MARIJUANA-ST

UDIES-SHOW-THAT-MARIJUANA-PRODUCTS-HAVE-HIGH-LEVE.pdf>

*             INTERACTIONS BETWEEN MARIJUANA AND OTHER DRUGS

<https://www.civel.org/s/4-CIVELINTERACTIONS-BETWEEN-MARIJUANA-AND-OTHER-DRU

GS.pdf>

*             MARIJUANA AND VIOLENCE

<https://www.civel.org/s/5CIVELMARIJUANA-AND-VIOLENCE.pdf>

*             MARIJUANA USE AND MENTAL ILLNESS AND BRAIN DAMAGE

<https://www.civel.org/s/6CIVELMARIJUANA-USE-AND-MENTAL-ILLNESS-AND-BRAIN-DA

MAGE.pdf>

*             MARIJUANA USE AND DAMAGE TO HUMAN REPRODUCTION

<https://www.civel.org/s/7CIVEL-MARIJUANA-USE-AND-DAMAGE-TO-HUMAN-REPRODUCTI

ON.pdf>

*             CONCERNS ABOUT CBD

<https://www.civel.org/s/8CIVEL-CONCERNS-ABOUT-CBD.pdf>

 

DISCLAIMER OF LEGAL ADVICE

This should not be considered legal advice. This is for informational purposes only. Use of and access to these materials does not in itself create an attorney – client relationship between David G. Evans or CIVEL and the user or reader. Mr. Evans or CIVEL cannot vouch for any study cited herein since they did not do the study. The readers should consult the study and make their own interpretation as to its accuracy. Please also be advised that case law and statutory and regulatory laws cited herein may have been amended or changed by the time you read this.

David G. Evans, Esq. – Senior Counsel – Cannabis Industry Victims Educating Litigators (CIVEL) (USA)

Source: Email by Herschel Baker <hmbaker1938@hotmail.com> Sent: 11 January 2025 23:06

AUSTIN (Nexstar) – Fentanyl poisonings continue to kill thousands of people across Texas. But the latest statistics from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention show an encouraging sign. The numbers show a slight decrease in deaths in Texas, mirroring a nationwide decline that started showing up earlier this year.

Part of the credit for the decline can be attributed to increased awareness of the dangers of the drug, DEA officials say.

Last year, Texas took a new step towards fentanyl awareness when Gov. Greg Abbott signed a bill known as Tucker’s Law that requires school districts to educate students in grades 6-12 about the drug. The bill is named after Tucker Roe, a 19 year old who died from fentanyl poisoning.

His mom, Stefanie Roe, helped push for the legislation. She founded the nonprofit Texas Against Fentanyl after Tucker’s death. Tucker was Stefanie’s firstborn and only son.

“He was born with just an adventurous little spirit, a lover of people, and just a real light in our family and in others,” Roe said.

After she lost her son in 2021, Stefanie founded Texas Against Fentanyl, a 501C3 founded to increase awareness, support and legislation surrounding the drug.

“In 2021 when I lost Tucker, I had no knowledge of illicit fentanyl. I had never heard of press pills. I did not know that teens were selling to teens, and seven out of 10 pills were lethal. And as a mom, that just struck me that I didn’t have the information to safeguard my son and give him knowledge of that poison,” Roe said.

Tucker’s Law took effect last year. Since then, Roe says schools have reached out to Texas Against Fentanyl to organize assemblies and bring in the Tucker Project to their school programming. Roe believes that knowledge about the drug is essential to save lives.

“If a student understands that, this is what it looks like. You can’t see it, you can’t taste it, you can’t smell it. It can be added to these things. This is the impact it has on the body. It’s not a just say no campaign. It’s to get educated so you can make better decisions,” Roe said.

Roe said there has been some confusion over how to teach the topic calling it an “unfunded mandate” for schools. She said Texas Against Fentanyl has been developing a curriculum alongside the Texas Education Agency to help schools.

With the next legislative session looming in January, Roe said there are changes to be made. She plans to push lawmakers to make improvements to Tucker’s Law along with implementing new legislation to improve testing at hospitals to increase accurate reporting on fentanyl deaths.

Roe said her group is also working to decriminalize fentanyl test strips. The test strips allow people to detect whether fentanyl is in the drugs they use. Texas is one of a few states where the strips are illegal, considered to be drug paraphernalia. Last session, a bill to decriminalize test strips passed the Texas House but failed to advance in the Senate.

Roe said Texas Against Fentanyl is relentless and will pull every stop to get legislation passed to help save lives. She compares the group to Mothers Against Drunk Driving, which leveraged the power of parents to make significant policy changes.

“We’re mad moms who have lost our children to something that we did not have education on, and we’re not backing down,” she said.

Source: https://www.kxan.com/state-of-texas/newsmaker-interviews/texas-mom-who-lost-son-not-backing-down-in-fight-for-fentanyl-education/

Note by NDPA: This article describes harm Reduction  as ” as an alternative to traditional abstinence-based education”. which is seen by NDPA as an unhelpful definition. The valid contribution of Harm Reduction can better be recognised as a strategy working in cooperation with Prevention i.e. it is case of applying ‘both’ rather than ‘either/or’.

  Head Office in London, UK
Substance abuse among adolescents is a significant public health concern, as it can lead to various negative health outcomes and hinder academic performance. School-based substance abuse prevention programs have emerged as a critical strategy to address this issue, leveraging the unique environment of schools to reach young people during a pivotal time in their development. Recent research has explored various approaches to these programs, focusing on their effectiveness, implementation, and the integration of innovative methods to enhance engagement and outcomes.

Recent Research

One of the key findings from recent studies is the effectiveness of different types of interventions in educational settings. A scoping review identified various approaches, including cognitive-behavioral skill enhancement, peer interventions, and family-school cooperation, all of which have shown varying degrees of success in reducing substance use among adolescents[2]. Notably, while electronic interventions yielded mixed results, traditional methods like curriculum-based programs and peer support have been beneficial in addressing substance use issues[2].

Another significant study examined the long-term effects of a selective personality-targeted alcohol prevention program called PreVenture. This program was designed for adolescents exhibiting high-risk personality traits and demonstrated sustained positive outcomes in reducing alcohol-related harms over a seven-year follow-up period[3]. The findings suggest that targeted interventions can effectively delay the onset of alcohol use and mitigate its associated risks, highlighting the importance of tailoring programs to the specific needs of students.

Additionally, innovative approaches such as hybrid digital programs that combine e-learning with in-person sessions have shown promise. A study evaluating this method found significant reductions in substance use and increases in health knowledge among middle school students[5]. This approach addresses common barriers to implementation, such as limited class time and inconsistent delivery, making it a viable option for schools looking to enhance their substance abuse prevention efforts.

Furthermore, harm reduction strategies have gained attention as an alternative to traditional abstinence-based education. A pilot study on a harm reduction curriculum revealed significant improvements in students’ knowledge and behaviors related to substance use, suggesting that engaging students with relevant and relatable content can lead to better outcomes[4]. This approach challenges the conventional views on substance education and emphasizes the need for programs that resonate with adolescents’ real-life experiences.

Technical Terms

Substance Abuse: The harmful or hazardous use of psychoactive substances, including alcohol and illicit drugs, leading to significant adverse consequences.

Cognitive-Behavioral Skills: Techniques that help individuals recognize and change negative thought patterns and behaviors associated with substance use.

Harm Reduction: A set of practical strategies aimed at reducing the negative consequences associated with substance use, rather than focusing solely on abstinence.

Source: https://www.nature.com/research-intelligence/school-based-substance-abuse-prevention-programs

by William P. Barr & John P. Walters – 23 Jan 2025 | Hudson Institute

(This article forwarded to NDPA by Drug Free Australia)

 

Just weeks after the election, President-elect Trump announced that he would

impose a 25% tariff on all Mexican products, and an additional 10% tariff on

all Chinese products, until the flow of illegal narcotics from those

countries is stopped. These measures will do more to choke off the growing

scourge of illegal drugs than all steps taken in the “drug war” to date.

 

Over the past few years, the flow of illegal narcotics into our country has

become a tsunami, with seizures of fentanyl pills skyrocketing from 4

million in 2020 to 115 million last year. The devastation inflicted on

American society by this traffic is catastrophic.

 

The opioid crisis alone costs us over 100,000 overdose deaths and $1.5

trillion annually, while the flood of potent methamphetamine from Mexico

fuels a new wave of meth addiction, ravaging lives, families and

neighborhoods in its wake.

 

This deadly traffic happens by weakening our border defenses and ignoring

opportunities to choke off the supply chain for illicit drugs, now centered

in China and Mexico.

 

The U.S. policy has focused on “harm reduction” inside the U.S. – deploying

overdose medications, like Naxolone, and funding more treatment for

addiction. While these steps are unobjectionable in themselves, they are an

inadequate response to the flood of poison we are confronting. It is like

addressing violent crime by offering more bandages.

 

Real progress requires eliminating the drug supply at its source. Here the

U.S. has a golden opportunity because the supply chain for drugs poisoning

America has become highly concentrated and vulnerable. It depends entirely

on illegal activities in two countries – the manufacture of illicit drugs in

Communist China, and drug processing and distribution operations in the

cartels’ safe havens in Mexico.

 

All these illegal activities are carried out with – and indeed require – the

connivance or willful blindness of the host governments. As Trump’s

announced tariffs show, the U.S. has the tools and leverage to compel China

and Mexico to shut down these operations. Doing this would strike a decisive

blow: once these operations are dismantled, it would be impossible to

replicate them elsewhere at anywhere near their current scale.

 

China has become the hub of illegal drug production because illegal

narcotics are increasingly synthesized chemically, rather than made from

grown plants. China offers the two prerequisites needed to supply the U.S.

market: a large chemical industrial base, and a government willing to allow

its factories to make illegal narcotics and their precursors on a large

scale.

 

Chinese factories make the essential ingredients for virtually all the

fentanyl and other synthetic opioids, as well as 80% of the methamphetamine,

that come into the U.S. and are producing a new wave of drugs worse than

fentanyl, like nitazenes and xylazines (“tranq”). Simply put, without

China’s production, America’s drug problem would be mere fraction of what it

is.

 

Communist China could easily stop this activity if it wanted to. But a

recent report by the bipartisan Select Committee on the Chinese Communist

Party (CCP) shows that China’s participation in the illegal drug trade is a

deliberate policy.

 

According to the report, the Chinese government and the CCP has been

granting tax subsidies to encourage their drug companies to produce and

export – for consumption in the U.S. – fentanyl and other death-dealing

drugs that are illegal in China, the U.S. and throughout the world.

 

This is an intolerable situation. The U.S. must compel China to stop

producing these drugs by imposing an escalating series of consequences on

those involved.

 

The initial tariff announced by Trump is a critical first step. If it

doesn’t get results, further tools are available – imposing higher tariffs;

targeting sanctions against the Chinese drug companies involved, and

potentially indicting and seizing assets of those companies; sanctioning

Chinese banks found to be involved in laundering drug money; and

facilitating private lawsuits by fentanyl victims against Chinese companies

making the drugs.

 

The second major chokepoint in the drug supply chain lies in Mexico. The

Mexican cartels have become the “one-stop-shop” for processing and

distributing nearly all the illegal drugs coming into the U.S. – the

synthetic drugs made in China, as well as the cocaine from coca plants in

Latin America. Experience eliminating the Colombian Medellin and Cali

cartels in the early 1990s shows that the U.S. can dismantle these

organizations when it becomes directly involved, works jointly with the host

governments and local forces, and uses all available national security and

law enforcement tools.

 

But Mexico poses a particular challenge. Using bribery and terrorist

tactics, the cartels have cowed and co-opted the government to the point

that it is unwilling to confront them nor allow the U.S. to take effective

action against them. And, even if the Mexican government was willing to

tackle the cartels, their military and law enforcement is so rife with

corruption they are incapable of effective action by themselves.

 

Our country cannot tolerate a failed narco-state on our border flooding

America with poison. The only way forward is for the U.S. to use its massive

economic leverage to compel the Mexican government to take a stand against

the cartels. President Trump’s announced tariff does just this.

 

Because the Mexicans cannot do the job themselves, eliminating the cartels

will require a joint campaign through which the U.S. engages in direct

action against the cartels, using a range of our law enforcement,

intelligence and military capabilities. The Mexican cartels are more like

foreign terrorist groups, like ISIS, than they are the American mafia – and

it is heartening that President Trump has signed an executive order

designating them as such. It is time to confront them as national-security

threats, not a law-enforcement matter.

 

Attacking the source of the problem overseas does not mean we should pull

back from trying to dismantle trafficking operations inside the U.S. But

progress abroad will produce exponentially greater results than anything we

do at home. Trump’s tariff initiative shows, that, rather than dither with

America’s stubborn drug crisis and passing it on to his successor, Trump is

willing to tackle it head on with decisive action.

Source: https://drugfree.org.au/index.php

This is a response from Pamela McColl by email to the then BMJ editor-in-chief Dr Fiona Godlee to the article Drugs should be legalised, regulated and taxed

Dear Dr. Godlee

Every nation state, representing billions of individuals, on this planet opposes your view on the legalization of all drugs- aside from Uruguay who has in small measures legalized marijuana – with the misguided and pot using Prime Minister of Canada setting his own country up for the same fall sometime in 2018.

Nations who support the UN drug conventions and The Rights of the Child Treaty, spend on drug prevention and education, have the lowest rates in the world. Those who dabble in Sorosian drug ideology loose out and pay the price with populations suffering the impact of these harmful substances.

I have one simple question for you in light of your decision to focus on legal aspects of harm versus a serious consideration of health harms. Those who say the worst consequences of using marijuana are the penalties that can be imposed by the legal system is factually incorrect – unless the death penalty is included which I do not agree with nor does the United Nations and the drug preventions.

FACT: The legal ramifications are vastly over-rated including incarceration compared to the damage to an individual that can follow use.

Would you as a parent prefer to have your young adult child receive a ticket or intervention involving government agencies or law enforcement or even spend a couple of days in jail or would you prefer to see these drugs legalized –  providing greater access, acceptability and normalization, and promotion by an addiction-for-profit industry ?

You need to compare the consequences of the use of marijuana that can be imposed on an individual with the risks of harm to body, and brain, including testicular cancer, a 7x fold increased risk of suicide, and significant increased risk of death by driving drugged – something 50% of users admit to doing ?

Is being charged with simple possession and serving a day or two in jail or being placed on probation or a handed a ticket in your view as harsh an experience and detrimental to an individual as living through a marijuana induced psychotic break from reality that may or not excite violence towards yourself or others?

Health rules the day and if the judicial penalties need to be addressed so be it – that is no reason to legalize a drug that is so dangerous to human health. There is every reason to educate the public on the vast array of marijuana harms and the harms other illicit substances pose.

Health Canada has this to say about the use of marijuana for any reason – including a medical reason. This information is being ignored by the Canadian government. We are about to repeat the thalidomide mistake once again, and all because a group of rogue bureaucrats and unenlightened politicians rule this day.

When the product should not be used

Cannabis should not be used if you:

      • are under the age of 25
      • are allergic to any cannabinoid or to smoke
      • have serious liver, kidney, heart or lung disease
      • have a personal or family history of serious mental disorders such as schizophrenia, psychosis, depression, or bipolar disorder
      • are pregnant, are planning to get pregnant, or are breast-feeding
      • are a man who wishes to start a family
      • have a history of alcohol or drug abuse or substance dependence

Talk to your health care practitioner if you have any of these conditions. There may be other conditions where this product should not be used, but which are unknown due to limited scientific information.

Pamela McColl

http://www.preventdontpromote.org /;

Vancouver BC Canada

Source: Email from Pamela McColl May 2018

by Lauren Irwin – WNCT Greenville

Roughly one in every three Americans have reported knowing someone who has died of a drug overdose, a new survey found.

The poll, conducted by researchers at Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, found that 32 percent of people have known someone who has died of a drug overdose. Those who reported knowing someone who has passed away from drug use were also more likely to support policy aimed at curbing addition, per the poll.

<cs-card “=”” class=”card-outer card-full-size ” card-fill-color=”#FFFFFF” card-secondary-color=”#E1E1E1″ gradient-angle=”112.05deg” id=”native_ad_inarticle-1-481ef4f6-36e2-4633-875b-892bd5420359″ size=”_2x_1y” part=””>

The survey results, published Friday in JAMA Network, suggest that an avenue for enacting greater policy change for addiction may be by mobilizing those who lost someone due to drug addiction, researchers wrote.

Experts also noted that opioids — often prescribed by doctors for pain management — especially with the proliferation of powerful synthetic drugs like fentanyl and polysubstance, have accelerated the rising rate of overdose deaths in recent years.

Since 1999, more than 1 million people have died of a drug overdose in the United States and while studies are still being conducted on the reasoning, researchers noted that there’s not much known about the impacts on the family or friends of the deceased.

The survey also found that personal overdose loss was more prevalent among groups with lower incomes but did not differ much across political parties.

<cs-card “=”” class=”card-outer card-full-size ” card-fill-color=”#FFFFFF” card-secondary-color=”#E1E1E1″ gradient-angle=”112.05deg” id=”native_ad_inarticle-2-c25e2660-6f64-47e7-8515-554a74066c4a” size=”_2x_1y” part=””>

Nearly 30 percent of Democrats said they lost someone to overdose, while 33 percent of Republicans and 34 percent of independents said the same.

“This cross-sectional study found that 32% of US adults reporting knowing someone who died of a drug overdose and that personal overdose loss was associated with greater odds of endorsing addiction as an important policy issue,” the researchers wrote. “The findings suggest that mobilization of this group may be an avenue to facilitate greater policy change.”

A similar study examined overdose deaths from 2011 to 2021 and estimates that more than 321,000 children in the U.S. have lost a parent to drug overdose.

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), U.S. drug overdose deaths dropped slightly in 2023, the first annual decrease in overdose deaths since 2018. Still, the overall number of deaths is extremely high, with more than 107,000 people dying in 2023 due to the overuse of drugs.

Source:  https://www.msn.com/en-us/health/medical/nearly-1-in-3-americans-have-reported-losing-someone-to-a-drug-overdose-study/ar-BB1nsfVP?

 

                          More than half of study subjects experienced homelessness in the past six months.

ATLANTA — A new study led by a Georgia State University researcher finds that the opioid epidemic and rural homelessness are exacerbating each other with devastating consequences.

School of Public Health Assistant Professor April Ballard and her colleagues examined data from the Rural Opioid Initiative on more than 3,000 people who use drugs in eight rural areas across 10 states. They found that 54 percent of study participants reported experiencing homelessness in the past six months, a figure that suggests Point in Time Counts used to allocate state and federal funding significantly underestimate homeless populations in rural areas. The findings appear in the January edition of the journal Drug and Alcohol Dependence.

“Rural houselessness is very much an issue in the United States, and there are unique challenges that come with it, such as lack of awareness and a lack of resources,” said Ballard, who co-leads GSU’s Center on Health and Homelessness. “When you add the opioid epidemic on top of it, it really exacerbates the problem.”

Ballard explained that the unemployment, financial ruin and loss of family and social networks that often accompany opioid use disorder and injection drug use can precipitate housing instability and homelessness. The uncertain and harsh living conditions experienced by people without stable housing can perpetuate drug use as a coping mechanism. The result can be a self-reinforcing cycle that contributes to poorer health and shorter lifespans.

Ballard and her colleagues found that study subjects with unstable housing were 1.3 times more likely to report being hospitalized for a serious bacterial infection and 1.5 times more likely to overdose than those with stable housing. She explained that a lack of access to clean water to wash the skin and prepare drugs makes infections more likely, and that using drugs alone and furtively can increase the risk of an accidental overdose.

The Rural Opioid Initiative surveyed people about their experiences with homelessness over the past six months, while Point in Time Counts mandated by the federal Department of Housing and Urban Development quantify the number of people experiencing homelessness on a single night in January. Despite this methodological difference, Ballard said her study’s findings suggest that Point in Time Counts significantly underestimate homeless populations in rural areas.

In Kentucky, for example, the researchers counted up to five times as many people experiencing homelessness than Point in Time Counts, even though their sample of people who use drugs constituted less than 1 percent of the adult population. In three counties that estimated zero people experiencing homelessness using Point in Time Counts, Ballard and her colleagues quantified more than 100 people who use drugs who had experienced homelessness in the past six months.

The dispersed nature of rural areas makes Point in Time Counts difficult, Ballard acknowledged, but the undercounting of people experiencing homelessness can result in fewer federal and state resources reaching vulnerable people and communities.

“House-lessness in rural areas is a major problem,” Ballard said, “but we’re not allocating resources in a way that is proportionate to the problem.”

The research was supported by the National Institute on Drug Abuse with co-funding from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, and the Appalachian Regional Commission.

Source:  https://news.gsu.edu/2025/01/13/study-examines-links-between-opioid-epidemic-and-rural-homelessness/

Over the last weekend of April 2024, something in Austin’s drug supply went horribly wrong. The first deaths passed largely unnoticed by anyone other than the families and friends of those who consumed the tainted substances. An 8-year-old girl who’d been playing outside her apartment in northeast Travis County on the evening of Sunday, April 28, came home to find her 50-year-old father dead in bed. In a homeless encampment in a wooded area of East Austin, paramedics revived two people with naloxone, the overdose reversal drug known commonly as Narcan. But, hours later, one of them, a 51-year-old woman, was found dead inside her tent—a short walk from a 53-year-old man who likely died around the same time.

A clearer picture wouldn’t emerge, however, until 911 calls began flooding in the following morning.

Most Mondays, the Sixth Street entertainment district would be quietly nursing the hangover from another rowdy weekend, the only souls on the street those who sleep in the shelters, alleys, and sidewalks. But emergency dispatchers were getting repeated reports of people in distress.

The first call came in just after 9 a.m. from someone calmly describing an overdose in an alley. But, as the minutes dragged on, panic crept into the caller’s voice. “I’m scared,” she blurted out. “Oh, my gosh, I’m so fucking scared. Somebody’s going to die because of these people.”

“What happened?” asked the operator.

“Somebody tried to say ‘Don’t call the ambulance,’” the caller responded. “Oh, my God. Oh, my God.”

A little before 10 a.m., a security guard flagged down one of the Austin police officers flooding the district. Two men were sitting on the ground next to a trash bin in an alley near Sixth and Red River Street, slumped forward. Only 20 minutes earlier, both men had been walking and chatting. Now, they weren’t breathing.

The officer administered naloxone and began performing CPR. Paramedics took one to a hospital. The other, 51-year-old Benjamin Arzo Gordon, couldn’t be revived.

The alley where Gordon died had become the epicenter of a mass casualty event. During a two-hour span that Monday morning, at least six others overdosed and were revived with naloxone in a four-block radius in downtown Austin. Over 72 hours, Austin police reported more than 70 overdose calls. Records from Travis County, which includes most of Austin, and neighboring Williamson County indicate that as many as 12 may have died. The culprit: a bad batch of crack cocaine.

Through dozens of open records requests and interviews, the Texas Observer and Texas Community Health News have pieced together what happened during those deadly days—and how changes to state law might have saved lives. Across the capital city, people who consume crack, a stimulant, were suffering symptoms consistent with poisoning from opioids like heroin or fentanyl, the incredibly potent prescription painkiller.

The adulterated crack impacted Central Texans from many walks of life. Among the people who died were a construction worker from Honduras and a young man from Wimberley, who passed away in his parked truck with the engine running. Crack rocks found at the scene of some of the deaths tested positive for fentanyl.

A small, inexpensive item might have averted some of these deaths. Fentanyl testing strips can be used to check for the presence of the synthetic opioid. With an appearance similar to an at-home COVID-19 test, the strips are dipped in water in which a small amount of the drug has been dissolved. A line indicates if fentanyl is present.

But such testing strips are illegal in Texas. They’re considered paraphernalia, and possessing one is a Class C misdemeanor. While the Texas House passed a bill that would have legalized them in 2023, the Senate declined to vote on it.

In general, Texas has been reluctant to embrace the strategy of harm reduction, a broadly defined term for helping people who use drugs without stigmatizing or imposing strict parameters, while also involving drug users in planning and implementation. Harm reduction has been promoted in the United States since at least the 1980s. A classic early example is teaching people who inject drugs to clean needles with bleach, preventing the spread of HIV. The overall approach is sometimes pitched as a means to keep people alive long enough to get off drugs, but many practitioners simply seek to keep substance users safe and healthy, regardless of plans to enter treatment.

Under the administration of President Joe Biden, the federal government embraced aspects of harm reduction. Some states have as well. But policies favored by many Texas officials reflect the singular goal of making it as difficult as possible to use drugs. As it turns out, research and interviews with both experts and users of drugs show, making drug use more difficult also makes it more dangerous. Though Texas ranks low among states in fatal overdose rates, federal data shows the Lone Star State’s rate stayed nearly flat from 2023 to 2024, while overdose deaths fell significantly nationwide.

Among those calling for more humane drug policies in Texas and beyond is a coalition of academics, activists, service providers, and people who use drugs who argue criminalization endangers people with little benefit. Some members of this coalition identify as harm reductionists, while others identify as advocates for drug user health. Some argue that stigma and marginalization do more harm than drugs themselves; many believe that, while kicking drug habits should be the ultimate goal, the best tactic is to meet people where they are. These advocates push for more access to naloxone, legalized drug checking, and reduced stigma so that policymakers, service providers, and drug users and their families can have real conversations about how to stay alive.

In recent months, top Texas officials have not only rejected harm reduction but have also openly antagonized those who practice it.

The prevailing attitude in the state is, “Why should we try and save their lives? They’re just going to use again,” said Joy Rucker, a nationally known advocate who launched Texas’ largest harm reduction nonprofit. In California, where she used to work, harm reduction organizations get robust public funding and operate openly.

“Texas was just a rude awakening,” she said.

A tall, thin Houston native with a quick sense of humor, Benjamin Arzo Gordon had been living on the streets of Austin for years. A January 2024 photo in the Austin American-Statesman shows him with a close-cropped white beard and a gray beanie, at Central Presbyterian Church downtown, looking pensive as he discusses harsh winter weather.

Andi Brauer, who oversees the church’s homeless outreach programs, said Gordon was a regular at weekly free breakfasts, cracking jokes with her and other volunteers and taking a genuine interest in her wellbeing.

“He’d always say, ‘You need to sit down and eat,’” Brauer recalled. “Or, if somebody was sometimes threatening or rude to me, he would say, ‘Don’t mess with Andi.’” She once printed out a photo of the two of them and used it to make a card for him.

In the alley where he died, Gordon was known to stop by with meals from the nearby food truck where he worked. “He used to help people in the alley,” said Loretta, a 55-year-old Austinite who herself suffered an overdose after Gordon.

Bokhee Chun, a Central Presbyterian volunteer, remembered Gordon would sing her hymns. Some months before he passed, Brauer said, Gordon came in to fill out a volunteer application.

Like many who died last April, Gordon was an experienced drug user. His drug of choice, crack, put him at little risk of sudden death by itself. But the crack he smoked that spring day was laced with a substance that has become synonymous with America’s failed drug policies.

In the latter half of last century, as states and the federal government increased penalties for drug sale and use, overdose death rates stayed relatively flat. That raised questions about whether deterrence policies did anything to reduce drug use. Then, this century, overdose rates skyrocketed, driven by synthetic opioids including fentanyl. Fentanyl had been around for decades, but in the 2010s it increasingly caused deaths in northeastern states. As it moved west, the nation’s drug supply transformed.

Initially, fentanyl was used alone or to boost the potency of other opioids and depressants like heroin and prescription pain pills. But, in recent years, people killed by fentanyl are increasingly found to have stimulants like cocaine or methamphetamine in their systems. Explanations for this vary. Stimulants may be intentionally adulterated to hook users on fentanyl. A stimulant user might take opioids to come down. An unsophisticated dealer with a small stimulant supply may add fentanyl to stretch it. And failure to clean scales or surfaces can also mix fentanyl with another drug.

In Texas, overdose rates increased dramatically starting in 2020. From June 2023 to June 2024, more than 5,000 people died of an overdose in the state, with Travis County recording the highest fentanyl-related death rate among Texas’ most populous counties in recent years. Though Texas has one of the lower overdose rates in the nation, deaths in the state declined by less than 3 percent from 2023 to 2024, while the rest of the nation saw a drop of nearly 15 percent, per the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. In October, the Texas Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) announced that it recorded a 13-percent drop in the state over the same period—but its figures include only those overdoses deemed accidental, not those labeled intentional, suicide, or of undetermined cause.

Experts also question the general accuracy of Texas’ numbers. In much of the state, underfunded and under-trained justices of the peace are charged with death investigations. Overdoses, which require costly autopsies and toxicology reports, are easy to overlook.

In response to the overdose increase, HHS in 2017 launched the Texas Targeted Opioid Response (TTOR) initiative. HHS is also part of a state awareness campaign using billboards and social media ads focused on cautionary tales of young Texans who overdosed. At the same time, state leaders have doubled down on criminalization.

In 2023, the Legislature passed a law allowing prosecutors to bring murder charges in fentanyl overdose cases. Critics say this discourages people from reporting emergencies, and research shows such laws harm public health. Some who overdosed in Austin last April had shared drugs, putting survivors at risk of being charged. In 2021, the Legislature passed a good samaritan law ostensibly meant to protect people who call 911 to report an overdose. The law created a defense for people arrested for low-level possession, but it has so many caveats—you can only use it once in your life, it doesn’t apply if you’ve been convicted of a drug-related felony, you can’t use it if you’ve reported another overdose in the last 18 months—that you’d need a flow chart to understand it. Critics say the statute’s of little use.

“The fentanyl-induced or the drug-induced homicide laws, that jacks up the consequences and the intensity so much more,” said Alex White, director of services at the Texas Harm Reduction Alliance, an Austin non-profit that does street outreach, operates a drop-in center, and provides supplies including for hygiene and wound care.

Some states, like Maryland and Vermont, make a point of prioritizing input from people who use or have used drugs while crafting policy. Harm reduction advocates say this is lacking in Texas, though HHS does have a low-profile advisory committee that is required to include members who’ve received mental health or addiction treatment.

“If you’re thinking that you know how to serve folks, and you don’t have those folks at the table when you’re trying to serve them, it’s not going to work,” said Stephen Murray, a paramedic and overdose survivor on Massachusetts’ Harm Reduction Advisory Council.

Rapid changes in the drug supply can make it difficult to conclusively track policy impacts. Critics blame Texas’ persistent overdose rate at least partly on punitive laws, but a few western states including liberal Oregon—which famously passed a drug decriminalization ballot measure in 2020—actually saw overdoses increase between 2023 and 2024. To this, some experts and at least one study counter that fentanyl’s delayed arrival on the West Coast has distorted the death rates, and that Oregon specifically did not implement sufficient services alongside decriminalization.

Texas Governor Greg Abbott’s office did not respond to a request for comment for this story.

Loretta woke up on the morning of Monday, April 29, in the alley where she often goes to smoke crack and sometimes spends the night. She grew up in East Austin, only blocks away.

Loretta said she lent her pipe that morning to a friend who’d just purchased drugs. Then she heard someone ask, “What’s wrong?” and saw the friend staring up, trance-like.

“He stayed looking at the sky,” Loretta said, reclining and rolling back her eyes to demonstrate. “The next thing I know he just went like this,” she said, as she pantomimed slumping limply to the side. “I was shaking him, and I said, ‘What’s wrong, what’s wrong?’ And after that he just didn’t answer.”

Despite fear she’d be held responsible, Loretta yelled to a friend to call 911. Police and paramedics swarmed the area. Loretta watched as someone else collapsed. “She hurt herself hard on the concrete and I said, ‘Oh, my God, hell no, this is not happening.’”

Soon, an acquaintance ran up to say Loretta’s boyfriend had also collapsed in a nearby portable toilet. “He was slurring like a baby, like a little boy,” Loretta said. “He started to lose consciousness. I slapped him hard. It hurt my hand. And I shook him and I started praying.”

Around the time that Loretta was calling out for help for her boyfriend, and EMTs were trying unsuccessfully to save Gordon, Adam Balboa showed up to work at an Austin-Travis County EMS (ATCEMS) station in south Austin. A case manager for a unit focused on substance use, Balboa heard the overdose reports and symptoms being described and knew what would save the most lives. “We needed to flood the downtown area with as much Narcan as possible,” he said.

Opioids in the bloodstream bind to receptors in the brain, creating euphoria. But by a quirk of physiology, excessive opioids bound to those receptors interfere with the body’s ability to measure its need for oxygen, slowing breathing—to the point where it can be fatal. Mouth-to-mouth resuscitation can keep someone alive. Narcan temporarily blocks the receptors to opioids, essentially short-circuiting an overdose if delivered in time.

The medics and police officers in downtown Austin were running out of naloxone, but Balboa didn’t just want to get them more. He also wanted to get it in the hands of people who use drugs, along with their friends, family, and neighbors. So he and colleagues began throwing together kits containing Narcan, a CPR mask, and instructions, and he hurried downtown with his SUV loaded up with the blue zippered pouches. “Everybody was super receptive,” he said. “They were clipping it to their belts and … going about their normal business.”

As common-sense as that response seems, it’s one strongly associated with harm reduction. By handing out naloxone downtown, Balboa was helping those most vulnerable to the tainted drugs help one another. It’s also a response that would have been impossible a few years ago.

Balboa’s unit is the brainchild of Mike Sasser, a 51-year-old ATCEMS captain who’s been in recovery for 21 years. A longtime paramedic who often worked with Austin’s unhoused population, Sasser became friends in 2018 with Mark Kinzly, a lion of the Texas harm reduction movement. Kinzly, who passed away in 2022, had helped start the Texas Overdose Naloxone Initiative, which was getting grants to distribute the medication. He had a seemingly simple idea for Sasser: ATCEMS could use grant money to buy Narcan, pass it out, and train people how to use it.

“My mind was blown,” Sasser said. “Why have I never thought about this? That would save so many lives.”

ATCEMS doctors then wrote prescriptions that allowed medics to hand out naloxone (today, it’s available over the counter). Sasser’s unit also began reaching out directly to overdose survivors and administering a maintenance drug that reduces opioid cravings, and it now includes two full-time case managers who run an overdose reversal education program called Breathe Now.

All of this fits under the philosophy of harm reduction, which can also include teaching people to use drugs more safely and providing supplies like clean glass pipes, which help prevent disease and infection. Providing food, water, hygiene products, or wound care to people who feel stigmatized in doctor’s offices is another tenet.

“We want to provide people with what they need, so we can build that trust,” said Em Gray, whose NICE Project provides supplies to Austinites, many of them unhoused, and stocks Narcan vending machines. “That’s how we show that we are there for them; we’re there to improve their quality of life, there to reduce their overdose death rates.”

There’s little funding available in Texas for the nonprofits and mutual aid groups that do this work. Across the state, harm reductionists often operate out of backpacks or car trunks.

To the state’s credit, Texas has taken some steps to increase naloxone distribution. TTOR does this with an annual federal grant of about $5.5 million. In 2019, TTOR, whose Narcan distribution program is administered by the University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio, gave about 40 percent of its naloxone to law enforcement agencies—even as research shows it’s more effective to give the medication to laypeople, who are typically first on the scene and present no threat of arrest—an analysis by Texas Community Health News found. By 2022, TTOR’s emphasis had shifted, with law enforcement making up only about 15 percent of its distribution.

But police are still prioritized in Texas’ long-term naloxone plan. Under a different state program started in April 2023, the Texas Department of Emergency Management (TDEM) began distributing $75 million worth of the medication over 10 years. That naloxone, donated by a pharmaceutical company as part of a court settlement over opioid deaths, is largely earmarked for first responders. Of the more than 150,000 doses that TDEM distributed from April 2023 to September 2024, 118,000 went to law enforcement agencies, mostly sheriff’s offices. Many of these offices cover areas that lack other harm reduction infrastructure, but records provided by TDEM show sheriffs aren’t using the naloxone. Of 13 counties in which agencies reported using doses from TDEM by September, the highest rate of use was 3 percent. Much of that naloxone will expire later this year. In an email, a TDEM spokesperson said the agency had “yet to turn down a request for naloxone” and that “Administration or disposition of distributed naloxone is up to the receiving entity how they see fit, in accordance with manufacturer’s guidance.”

When it set the state’s two-year budget in 2023, the Legislature allocated an additional $18 million in opioid settlement funds to UT Health San Antonio, but it’s not clear the appropriation will be renewed.

In the meantime, harm reductionists rely on a patchwork of naloxone sources, including local governments.

“Had we not saturated Austin with Narcan leading up to [the April] event, then that event would have been a lot more detrimental than it was,” said Sarah Cheatham, a peer support specialist with The Other Ones Foundation, an Austin nonprofit serving the unhoused. “Even when it was hard to get in our hands, we were out there doing this communication for months before this happened.”

By late morning on April 29, the Austin Police Department (APD) had some idea what was happening. Crack rocks and pipes had been found at the scene of a number of overdoses in an area known for its use, and officers had interviewed some who’d been revived with naloxone. They began looking for people seen on surveillance cameras and suspected of selling the tainted crack. While responding to an overdose, detectives found one suspect standing in front of a tent, just a block from police headquarters.

While cops made arrests, harm reductionists tried frantically to figure out what was going on. A little after noon that Monday, Claire Zagorski, a graduate research assistant at the University of Texas at Austin who’s worked in harm reduction for years, messaged a group chat: “Austin folks there’s a bad batch downtown as of this AM. Not sure on specifics but it does respond to naloxone.”

Groups started handing out Narcan and warning the communities they serve, but without any official information from local governments. “We were really just kind of going in blind,” Cheatham said. “We were all talking to each other about, ‘Who’s going to these camps? Where is it happening? Is it happening downtown?’ And I was mainly reaching out to the people that I know.”

Research shows that, given the chance, drug users will reduce their risk of overdose—including by carrying naloxone, not using alone, or taking a small tester dose. But, lacking detailed information, harm reduction workers in Austin were constrained. “It’s distressing that the thing that got everyone activated was me being notified by a backchannel,” Zagorski said.

When local officials finally made public statements hours after the flood of 911 calls, they only addressed some questions. Whatever was killing people was responding to Narcan, officials said, in a news release and press conference. But they were vague about which drug was adulterated, and there was no mention of test strips.

“It was a very chaotic scene at first,” APD Lieutenant Patrick Eastlick told the Observer. “Something we can look at in the future is, if this happens again, that we reach out to these different groups where we can spread the word.”

Open conversations about drugs are difficult in a state where top elected officials are cracking down on services for people who use them. In late November, state Attorney General Ken Paxton filed a headline-grabbing lawsuit to shut down a homeless navigation center at a south Austin church. The suit specifically blames the Texas Harm Reduction Alliance’s needle exchange program for “the prevalence of drug paraphernalia, including used needles, littering the surrounding area.” Drug use around the church “fuels criminality, and creates an environment where nearby homes and businesses are at constant risk of theft,” the complaint states.

Critics say efforts like Paxton’s just push drug use out of sight, creating greater risk. “It sends the message to people who use drugs that they should hide it, they should be kept in the dark and in the closet,” said Aaron Ferguson of the Texas Drug User Health Union. “The closet is a very dangerous place for people who use drugs. It’s where overdoses happen. It’s where stadiums full of people die every year.”

At least two who died in the Austin overdose outbreak were found alone. Family members of at least two others who perished at home told police they didn’t know their loved one had used drugs that day.

How state officials talk about drug use, critics note, also suggests that only some lives matter. For example, in a 2023 legislative hearing, GOP state Senator Drew Springer—in a successful attempt to woo conservative support for requiring school districts to stock naloxone in middle and high schools—distinguished between different groups of Texas children. “I think the general public, when they hear ‘overdosing,’ they think ‘That’s just a druggie, and that’s a druggie kid’s problem,’” he said. “No, it’s your kid’s [problem], because he may be taking a Xanax or an Adderall” without knowing fentanyl was present.

Claudia Dambra, who runs Street Value, a drug user health organization in Houston, criticized messaging that condemns certain substance users. “All it’s doing is creating more separation,” she said. “It feels like this weird, forced social Darwinism. … It feels like they’re picking us off.”

In an email, an HHS spokesperson said the agency does not discriminate: “[HHS] substance use programs offer treatment and recovery support for people, regardless of substance use duration.”After the horror of watching her boyfriend taken away in an ambulance, Loretta wandered through downtown Austin. Near APD HQ, in the area where police had arrested their suspect earlier, she was offered crack that her friend insisted came from a reliable source. Stressed and scared, she took a hit.

“I started getting a headache right away, like oh, my God, I’ve got a migraine or something. And I started throwing up,” she said. “I said, ‘Call the police, I’m sick.’”

Loretta didn’t lose consciousness, but she was vomiting as police questioned her. Eventually, she was taken to a hospital. She would be among the survivors.

Today, Loretta says that she gets test strips from harm reduction organizations, which quietly distribute them despite state law, and she gives them to friends. But, at the time, she knew little about them. Organizations that distribute strips generally can’t use grant money for their purchase, and government agencies, like ATCEMS, don’t distribute them.

Back in 2023, it seemed Texas was poised to legalize the strips. Before that year’s legislative session, Abbott said he supported allowing the tests, and legislators in both chambers introduced bills to legalize equipment for checking a range of drugs. One by Houston-area Republican Tom Oliverson, which was limited to fentanyl strips only, sailed through the House.

Oliverson, an anesthesiologist who has prescribed fentanyl to patients, said he’d heard from family members of people who purchased black-market pills without knowing they included the powerful opioid.

“That’s literally like stepping on a landmine,” Oliverson told the Observer. “You heard a click and the next thing you know, you were gone.  Nothing you could have done could have saved you. You didn’t know it was there, right? Except for the fact that there are test strips.”

The bill received tepid support from harm reductionists, who were frustrated by its narrowness. The drug supply is constantly changing: Today, the dangerous veterinary tranquilizer xylazine is increasingly used to supplement other drugs. “We’re really trying to craft language that’s inclusive,” said Cate Graziani, former head of the Texas Harm Reduction Alliance and current co-director of a spinoff advocacy group, Vocal TX. “We don’t want to go back to the Legislature every time we have a new overdose prevention tool.”

Oliverson said the bill only applied to fentanyl “because it is that much more dangerous, because it is that much more powerful. … People say to me, ‘I don’t like the idea of giving people test strips because it gives them confidence in the illegal drugs that they’re buying, and I want to discourage people from using illegal drugs,’” he said. “Well, I want to discourage people from using illegal drugs too, but having them insta-killed by a mislabeled pill that they bought, the first time they took it, is not an effective strategy for recovery.”

While other drug-checking legislation failed that session, Oliverson’s bill passed the House 143-2—but it never received a hearing in the Senate Criminal Justice Committee. “They just could not get over the idea that you are making it safer for people to use illegal drugs and that we shouldn’t make it safe for people to use illegal drugs,” Oliverson said, “because they shouldn’t be using illegal drugs at all.”

Oliverson said he’ll introduce a similar bill this session and may rewrite it to include xylazine, but he made it clear he doesn’t support other harm reduction measures like needle exchanges. Such a bill will simply fizzle again, though, barring a change of heart in the Senate, which is run with an iron fist by Republican Lieutenant Governor Dan Patrick, whose office did not respond to arequest for comment for this article.

“It’s so demoralizing to live in a state where your elected leadership is so unwilling to do something so small as legalizing fentanyl test strips, because there’s so much stigma around drug users,”  Graziani said.

By the afternoon of April 29, the tainted crack had made its way to south Austin. Loretta Mooney, another ATCEMS case manager in the substance use unit, was off work but rushed in. Dispatchers could see a new cluster of calls developing on Oltorf Street, east of Interstate 35.

By the time Mooney responded to her first call, at an apartment complex, medics had administered naloxone and revived a woman. Mooney handed out a few doses, then responded to another call from a fast food restaurant across the street. Someone had flagged down police, concerned about a man collapsed against the restaurant’s wall. Officers began CPR and administered Narcan. Mooney gave the man an additional dose and continued life-saving measures. Still, the 53-year-old died.

The situation was starting to look similar to downtown earlier in the day. Teenagers at another apartment complex began waving down Mooney and the officer. They ran over. Mooney administered naloxone to an unconscious woman and helped the officer deploy a breathing bag and mask. After a few minutes, the woman began breathing on her own again.

With Balboa now on his way to meet her and most of the calls near her covered, Mooney came to the same conclusion Balboa had that morning. “I was like, ‘Bring me all the Narcan you have and we’re going to start teaching these kids,’” she said.

On the lower level of a terraced parking lot, Mooney and the officer spread out naloxone kits and gathered the teenagers who had flagged them down.

“I’m telling the kid that came to get me specifically … ‘Because of you, this woman is alive,’”  Mooney said. “We’re on the side of [the road] with, you know, ages 10 to 16, teaching them how to use Narcan.”

While Mooney and then Balboa, too, instructed people in the neighborhood how to use naloxone, a new crisis emerged. Some of the people who had bought the tainted crack were now behind the wheel. First responders were rushing to car wrecks and stalled vehicles.

Responding to the new calls, Mooney and Balboa saw the results of their impromptu training. As Balboa headed to a pawn shop where someone was overdosing, he got stopped in traffic. With his lights and sirens going, trying to weave through vehicles, he saw the teenagers they’d trained earlier.

“Before I can clear an intersection, they’d already sprinted over, pulled out a kit, and started giving Narcan,” he said. “Not only were they excited and ready to help and empowered to be able to do so, but when that opportunity finally came for them, they ran at it.”

As evening fell, the dying slowed. Behind closed doors, away from passersby armed with naloxone, however, it wasn’t through yet. A woman staying at a motel on Oltorf woke up during the night and called her 61-year-old husband, only to hear his phone ringing in the bathroom, then find him lying on the floor. The partner of a 57-year-old man got out of bed to get him warm milk after she noticed his nose bleeding, but, when she came back, he wasn’t breathing. A 36-year-old parked his truck in a lot in north Austin; when a security guard called 911 hours later, he was already dead. Around midnight, a son found his 63-year-old father deceased in an Oltorf apartment.

Later that same Tuesday, Loretta was released from the hospital. Downtown again, she found out her boyfriend had also survived and been released.

The following day, a man in southeast Austin woke up in the afternoon to find that a friend he’d let stay in his apartment had died while he slept. After agonizing for nearly two hours, he called the cops. That afternoon, a 34-year-old resident of Williamson County, just north of Austin, was found on the floor of his bedroom, where police found crack laced with fentanyl. Between April 28 and May 6, nine people in Travis County died from the toxic effects of fentanyl and cocaine, according to Travis County Medical Examiner records, in addition to the Williamson County death. At the request of APD, the Travis medical examiner withheld the cause of death in two other fatal overdoses that may have been related.

In the aftermath, APD made a handful of arrests. In some cases, police affidavits show, detectives were following information about who may have sold the tainted crack; in others, undercover officers simply went to known drug markets and arrested anyone who would sell to them. Eastlick, the APD lieutenant, said investigators believe the crack was adulterated at the local level, not higher up the drug supply chain, but that police had been unable to prove anyone intentionally sold tainted drugs. “It was a short surge … so our thinking is that it was not intentional,” he said.

As the tainted substance faded from the Austin drug supply, Cheatham said she and others heard stories of people who overdosed and were revived by naloxone without the authorities ever being alerted. In Austin’s camps and alleys, anonymous drug users helped one another.

Many of those who died remained anonymous as well, victims of an event whose details remained unclear and which took its toll mostly on the sort of people society tends to lose in its cracks.

Brauer and Chun, with the Central Presbyterian church, didn’t learn of Benjamin Arzo Gordon’s death until months afterward, when contacted for this story. In early November, the pair traveled to the indigent burial cemetery in northeast Travis County. In the wide, level graveyard, rows of nondescript markers rested flush to the ground. By Gordon’s, they left a bouquet of artificial flowers and a potted plastic plant.

“Just being able to picture him so clearly, knowing him as somebody that I value, that I enjoyed seeing, that was full of life and laughter despite the situation he was in—to hear about the way that he died of a drug overdose, probably fairly anonymously, just was incredibly sad to me,” Brauer said. “So because I didn’t get a chance to say goodbye … it just felt like something we needed to do to honor him.”

Editor’s Note: This article was produced in collaboration with Texas Community Health News and Public Health Watch. Daniel Carter contributed reporting.

Source:  https://www.texasstandard.org/stories/texas-war-on-drug-users-fentanyl-overdoses-narcan-austin/

by  Charles Hymas         Home Affairs Editor                  14 January 2025           Telegraph, London

Watchdog warns weapons and phones are being delivered to inmates with the devices, posing a threat to national security

HMP Manchester is among the prisons that have allowed basic security to fall into disrepair making it easier for gangs to access the grounds.

Drone-flying drug gangs have seized control of prison airspace in a move that threatens national security, a watchdog has warned.

Charlie Taylor, the chief inspector of prisons, said the service had “in effect ceded the airspace” to two high-security category A jails, allowing organised crime gangs to deliver drugs, phones and weapons to inmates who included organised crime bosses and terrorists.

He said HMP Long Lartin, in Worcestershire, and HMP Manchester had thriving illicit economies of drugs, mobile phones and weapons because basic security measures such as protective netting and CCTV had been allowed to fall into disrepair.

At Manchester, almost four in 10 (39 per cent) of prisoners had tested positive in mandatory drug tests. Half of inmates at Long Lartin, one of Britain’s top security jails, told inspectors it was easy to get drugs and alcohol. Some 27.2 per cent had tested positive for drugs.

Long Lartin has housed some of Britain’s most notorious prisoners, including hate preachers Abu Qatada and Abu Hamza. Among those currently being there are Jordan McSweeney, the murderer of law graduate Zara Aleena, and serial killer Steve Wright, jailed for life for the murder of five women in Ipswich in 2016. Mr Taylor said violence and self-harm at both jails had increased, in part driven by drugs and the accompanying debt prisoners found themselves in.

There had been six self-inflicted deaths at Manchester since 2021, with a seventh taking place a few weeks after the inspectors’ visit.

At Long Lartin, violence had increased by about 50 per cent since the last inspection in 2022. It was higher than at other category A jails, with more than 200 assaults on staff or prisoners in the last year. Forty per cent of prisoners said they felt unsafe.

“It is highly alarming that the police and prison service have, in effect, ceded the airspace above two high-security prisons to organised crime gangs which are able to deliver contraband to jails holding extremely dangerous prisoners including some who have been designated as high-risk category A,” he said. “The safety of staff, prisoners and ultimately that of the public, is seriously compromised by the failure to tackle what has become a threat to national security.

“The prison service, the police and other security services must urgently confront organised gang activity and reduce the supply of drugs and other illicit items which so clearly undermine every aspect of prison life.”

Charlie Taylor said violence and self harm had increased inside the prisons in part due to the rise of drug use and associated debt.

The scale of the problem at HMP Manchester, previously known as Strangeways, included inmates burning holes in windows to receive drone deliveries which prompted Mr Taylor to last year tell the Justice Secretary to put the prison into emergency measures.

The latest warning comes after Mr Taylor likened high-security jail HMP Garth in Lancashire to an “airport” because there were so many drones flying in drugs.

A report from Independent Monitoring Boards (IMB) – made up of volunteers tasked by ministers with scrutinising conditions in custody – into “crumbling” jails in England and Wales said delays in fixing broken prison windows were making it easier for drones to be used to deliver drugs and weapons. In December, MPs heard contraband was being taken into HMP Parc in South Wales in “children’s nappies”, while there were “industrial specification drone drops being organised by organised crime gangs”.

Source:  https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2025/01/14/drone-flying-drug-gangs-seize-control-of-prison-airspace/

by Nora Volkow, Director, NIDA – January 14, 2025

Dr. Nora Volkow outlines a new roadmap for cannabis and cannabis policy research. In this uncertain and rapidly changing landscape, Dr. Volkow emphasizes that research on cannabis and cannabis policy is badly needed to guide individual and public health decision-making.

The greatly increased availability of cannabis over the last two decades has outpaced our understanding of the public-health impacts of the drug. It is now available for medical purposes in most states, and adults may now purchase it for recreational use in nearly half the states. With greater availability has come decreased public perception of harm, as well as increased use.

In this uncertain and rapidly changing landscape, research on cannabis and cannabis policy is badly needed to guide individual and public health decision-making.

The National Survey on Drug Use and Health reported that between 2012 and 2019, past-year use of cannabis among people 12 and older rose from 11 percent to over 17 percent, and although trend comparisons aren’t possible because of changes in the survey’s methodology, in 2022, nearly 22 percent of people had used the drug in the past year. Very steep increases are also being seen in the number of people 65 and older who use cannabis.

At the same time, the cannabis industry is producing an ever-wider array of products with varying and sometimes very high concentrations of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) Greater harms from cannabis use are associated with regular consumption of high-THC doses. And there is a cornucopia of other intoxicating products available to the public, some containing other cannabinoids about which we still know very little.

To create a roadmap for research in this space, NIDA along with the National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health (NCCIH), the National Cancer Institute (NCI), and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), sponsored an independent consensus study by the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine (NASEM). The study resulted in a comprehensive report, Public Health Consequences of Changes in the Cannabis Policy Landscape, that was published in September.

The report describes in detail the different regulatory frameworks that exist in different states, and it draws on prior research to identify policies that are likeliest to have the greatest impact protecting public health. Those include approaches like restrictions on retail sales, pricing, and marketing; putting limits or caps on THC content in products; and laws about cannabis-impaired driving. They also could include different forms of taxation and even state monopolies. While state monopolies have not yet been tried with cannabis, they have proven effective at reducing the public health impacts of alcohol.

But the report also underscores that few conclusions can yet be drawn about the impacts of legalization or the different ways it been implemented. It is clear that people are consuming cannabis more and in a wider variety of ways, and there is some evidence of increases in emergency department visits due to accidental ingestion, car accidents, psychotic reactions, and a condition of repeated and severe vomiting (hyperemesis syndrome). But we are hindered in our further understanding because policy details vary so much between states and because data are collected and reported in so many different ways, making interpretation difficult.

Consequently, the report enumerates recommendations for research that should be conducted by federal, state, and tribal agencies to provide greater clarity and inform policy, including several domains within the purview of the NIH.

The report underscores the need for more detailed information on health and safety outcomes associated with specific policy frameworks. This includes more data on outcomes associated with different regulations for how cannabis products are sold and marketed, whether they can be used in public spaces, and whether more restrictive rules about how cannabis can be sold, such as those existing in other countries like Uruguay, are associated with improved health and safety outcomes. Many states have developed approaches to promote health and social equity, including programs to expunge or seal records of cannabis offenses and preferential licensing for individuals or groups most adversely impacted by the disparities in criminal penalties, but whether these programs will achieve their intended goals also requires careful evaluation.

Finally, more research is needed on the health effects of cannabis use by specific groups like youth, pregnant women, older adults, and veterans, and on its effects in individuals with various medical conditions for which medicinal cannabis might be used. Studies are also needed on health effects of the high-potency and synthetic or semi-synthetic cannabinoid products that are emerging. But the authors underscore that the focus cannot solely be that of risks—it must also include research on potential benefits of cannabis in managing some chronic mental or physical health conditions as well as interactions with prescription drugs that patients may already be taking to manage their health issues.

Much of this research will require or benefit from better surveillance of cannabis cultivation, product sales, and patterns of use. Existing surveillance, as the report points out, has suffered from a lack of funding and coordination, producing gaps in our knowledge. There is also a need for better tests for detecting cannabis impairment. Unlike alcohol, THC remains in the body long after its psychoactive effects have worn off. So, unlike commonly used alcohol sobriety tests, blood tests for cannabis that are currently widely used in law enforcement and employment screening cannot distinguish between recent or past use. Better surveillance and improved tests can inform research on interventions to mitigate risks to health and safety associated with cannabis use. They can also help inform the development of cannabis product safety and quality standards.

Some of the pressing questions identified by the NASEM report are already research priority areas for NIDA. For instance, our medicinal cannabis registry, which was funded starting in 2023, will be able to inform research, policy, and practice by gathering longitudinal data about cannabis use and outcomes from a cohort of people using the drug medicinally. The project will include a program to test the composition and potency of cannabis products used and will integrate registry data with other data sources.

The NIDA-funded Monitoring the Future survey has tracked nationwide cannabis use trends in adolescents and young adults for decades. The survey has recently recorded reduction in teenage use of substances in general, including cannabis, and recent surveys have also shown increases in disapproval of cannabis use and perception of its harms in this age group. However, it continues to show that cannabis is one of the most-used drugs by teenagers, with a quarter of 12th graders reporting use in the past year.

Since its launch nearly a decade ago, the trans-NIH Adolescent Brain Cognitive Development (ABCD) study has been collecting longitudinal data on drug use and its developmental impacts in a large national cohort from late childhood through early adulthood. More recently, ABCD has been complemented by a similar study on the first decade of life, the multi-Institute Healthy Brain and Child Development (HBCD) study. HBCD is recruiting a cohort of pregnant participants across the country and will use neuroimaging and other tools to track the impacts of prenatal exposure to cannabis and other environmental influences on the developing brain. By identifying risk and resilience factors for cannabis use in youth, the data from ABCD and HBCD will be extremely valuable in informing prevention programs in these age groups.

Advances in cannabis and cannabis policy research could be aided by wider adoption of the standard 5mg unit of THC required in research studies funded by NIDA and other NIH Institutes. Adoption of this standard was based on the need for consistency across research studies, which will facilitate more real-world-relevant research and translation of findings into policy and clinical practice. Research using this standard could also provide better insights into the effects of cumulative exposure and long-term developmental and cognitive effects of prenatal exposure.

Scientific research should always drive best practices in public health. To that end, NIDA and other NIH institutes will continue to support essential research on cannabis, the health effects of new products, and the effects of policy changes around this drug. It is essential to ensure that, where they are legal, product contents are accurately represented to the consumer in an environment where public health takes precedence over profits.

Source:  https://nida.nih.gov/about-nida/noras-blog/2025/01/new-roadmap-cannabis-cannabis-policy-research

by Kenneth Griffin, Professor, Department of Global and Community Health,

New research from Professor  Kenneth Griffin shows that the  Virtual Reality (VR) program helps students handle complex social situations. This success has led to a new research grant to continue the study.

Health-risk behaviors such as binge drinking, drug use, and violence are common among college students. These issues are especially prevalent among first-year students living away from their families for the first time. According to the American Addiction Centers, nearly half of all college students would qualify for at least one substance use disorder.

A pilot and feasibility study by Kenneth W. Griffin and colleagues found that using VR technology to prevent substance misuse and violence is both feasible and engaging. 100% of participants agreed that the program could be implemented on college campuses.

“VR for reducing adolescent risk behaviors is an emerging area of research, focusing mostly on developing VR modules that are appealing and feasible,” Griffin explains. “This study is novel in that it examines the viability of VR technology to provide virtual role-play and skills practice opportunities to supplement an existing evidence-based drug and violence prevention approach.”

VR has been shown to help treat mental health conditions like anxiety, phobias, and PTSD. Griffin and colleagues are testing whether this technology can effectively prevent substance misuse and violence.

In the pilot study, researchers developed a series of VR modules that put users in different virtual social situations. For example, participants might witness someone being drugged at a party or see a classmate cheating. In choosing the best response for each situation, they practice cognitive-behavioral skills for preventing risk behaviors with their virtual peers. These skills may include assertive communication, negotiation, compromise, conflict resolution, or bystander intervention strategies. The VR sessions supplemented online e-learning modules lessons based on the LifeSkills Training program.

Before and after the training, participants took the same assessment. Results showed improved decision-making and stronger anti-violence attitudes.

Due to the program’s success, the research team secured additional grant funding from the CDC’s National Center for Injury Prevention and Control. Griffin emphasizes the need for more research. “While VR may be a useful tool for reducing youth health risk behaviors, more rigorous controlled trials are needed to determine whether VR technologies can produce behavioral outcomes and the duration of these effects. The new funding will allow us to conduct a rigorous test of this innovative technology for preventing substance misuse and violence among university students.” Griffin says.

The study dovetails with the College of Public Health’s commitment to harnessing the power of immersive technologies to improve health and health education. The College is home to the Center for Immersive Technologies and Simulation. There, students are trained to use VR in nursing, social work, health administration, and public health. Griffin’s study was not conducted in this Center.

“Using virtual reality technology to prevent substance misuse and violence among university students: A pilot and feasibility study” was published in Health Informatics Journal in October 2024. The study was funded by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s National Center for Injury Prevention and Control and developed in collaboration with National Health Promotion Associates (NHPA), a research and development company that developed and markets the LifeSkills Training program. Griffin, a former employee and current consultant with NHPA, worked closely with the team in this pilot and feasibility study of the VR modules.

Additional authors, all from NHPA, include: Gilbert J. Botvin, Weill Cornell Medical College; Christopher Williams, Purchase College, State University of New York; Sandra M. Sousa.

Source:  https://publichealth.gmu.edu/news/2025-01/virtual-reality-pilot-program-shows-promise-preventing-substance-misuse-and-violence

by researchers Joaquín Rodríguez-Ruiz and Raquel Espejo Siles – University of Córdoba – 14-Jan-2025

A team at the University of Cordoba analyzed more than 8,000 scientific papers on substance use and adolescence to look for the factors that protect adolescents from using them when they are encouraged to do so by those in their social circles, issuing a call for prevention policies to be updated to include vaping and social media

According to the Health Ministry’s Survey on Drug Use in Secondary Education in Spain (ESTUDES 2023), the average at which young people begin to consume alcohol is 13.9 years of age; tobacco, 14.1; and cannabis, 14.9. One of the risk factors for substance use is the influence of those who are already using, and who share common characteristics, among young people’s social peers or equals, with these including classmates and others friends.

Not all young people, however, decide to take these substances, so the question arises of what factors protect an adolescent from using substances when others around them are. This question was also posed by Raquel Espejo Siles and Joaquín Rodríguez-Ruiz at the University of Cordoba’s Coexistence and Violence Prevention Studies Lab (LAECOVI), proving that, although there is a great variety of protective factors (including individual, family and school ones), there are, in fact, two aspects that should guide prevention policies: age and type of substance.

Espejo and Rodríguez-Ruiz confirmed this after a bibliographic analysis that began with more than 8,000 research articles, reduced to 50 after discarding those that did not meet the inclusion criteria set down in the systematic review. Based on all this scientific evidence, they  concluded that age is essential, since an adolescent does not relate to substances in the same way at age 10 as they do at age 17, for example. Family or school factors, such as parental supervision and feelings of attachment to one’s school, protect against substance use in early adolescence, but they lose their influence and cease to do so as the years go by.

“As adolescence progresses and peers become more influential, prevention strategies should place more emphasis on peer culture. As of the age of 16, when their development is more advanced, they can address individual issues such as promoting self-control and responsible decision-making,” Rodríguez-Ruiz added.

Similarly, the type of substance must also be taken into account. According to all the studies analyzed, an individual factor like assertiveness is not effective against the separate consumption of alcohol, tobacco, or cannabis, but it does protect against polyconsumption.

In addition to taking into account the substance, and age, prevention strategies should also be updated taking into account vaping and the influence of social media. As Espejo Siles explains: “we are dealing with a changing phenomenon, with new forms of consumption and new ways in which adolescents relate to each other”.

Published in the journal Adolescent Research Review, the study also delves into the need for studies to unify their criteria (such as defining adolescence in the same way) and to expand their geographical diversity, since most are based on  American culture.

Source:  https://www.eurekalert.org/news-releases/1070392

President, Foundation for Drug Policy Solutions
Trump Selects Robert F. Kennedy Jr. To Head of Health and Human Services

Prevention is key, and we cannot forget that today’s marijuana is highly potent. In 2025 and beyond, federal agencies must prioritize public health and safety and work to undo legalization’s harmful consequences.

The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) is positioned to implement a wide range of policy initiatives to prevent marijuana use and hold the industry accountable. For example, marijuana legalization has re-elevated the conversation about second-hand smoke. California recently passed a law permitting “cannabis cafes” in which users can openly smoke marijuana. Second-hand marijuana smoke has been found to be more harmful than second-hand tobacco smoke and contains many of the same cancer-causing substances. Our country has legally and culturally rejected indoor cigarette smoking. HHS must stand on science and reject indoor marijuana smoking by publishing strict guidelines prohibiting it, just as it did with indoor cigarette smoking.

Transparency within the “medical” marijuana industry is also desperately needed. As it did with opioids, HHS should create a registry of medical marijuana recommendation practices and make the information available to the public. The database could include information regarding regional breakdowns, a list of overprescribing doctors, and pot-industry kickbacks received by doctors.

Sunlight is the best disinfectant when it comes to quack doctors. In August, a Spotlight PA article uncovered Pennsylvania medical pot doctors who were doling out thousands of medical marijuana cards per year. These are similar to the “pill mills” that fueled the opioid epidemic.

Last year, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) bucked federal legal precedent around marijuana rescheduling by inventing new, lower standards. Its flawed marijuana rescheduling review was designed to permit marijuana rescheduling. The ramifications of changing this precedent aren’t limited to marijuana; other dangerous drugs (e.g., psychedelics) could be reclassified to a lower schedule based on the new lax standards. HHS should issue internal agency guidance that advises FDA to adhere to the established five-factor test for determining currently accepted medical use. This will ensure that drug scheduling, which has direct implications for the availability of drugs, remains science based.

The Trump-Vance administration must soundly reject moving marijuana from Schedule I to Schedule III for one simple reason: marijuana fails to meet the legal definition of a Schedule III drug. It has not been approved by the FDA for the treatment of any disease or condition. Moving marijuana to Schedule III is a handout to corporations, as it would allow companies to deduct advertising and other expenses from their taxes, fueling the growth of an industry that profits from addiction.

Far from being a legitimate medicine, marijuana is harming the millions of Americans who misuse it. Given that 3 in 10 users develop a marijuana use disorder, better known as addiction to marijuana, the incoming administration needs to focus on helping connect Americans to treatment.

Federal law enforcement also plays a crucial role in curbing marijuana legalization and its effects. In 2013, the Obama administration issued the Cole Memo, a document that cemented the federal government’s non-enforcement policy on marijuana. The first Trump administration rescinded the memo, but more must be done to enforce federal laws already on the books. The Justice Department has the power to prevent distribution to minors, curtail drugged driving, and investigate state-legal dispensaries being used as a cover for illegal drug trafficking—all things the Obama administration promised to do. By beginning with this targeted enforcement strategy, law enforcement can shut down the operations of the industry’s worst actors.

To promote public safety, the Trump-Vance administration should also crack down on illegal marijuana grows, particularly those in remote areas on federal lands. These operations are often controlled by cartels and poison the surrounding natural environment with toxic chemicals.

We also need a new national anti-drug media campaign, updated for the 21st century. This campaign must broadcast messages widely through traditional and social media and talk about the dangers and truth behind the use of drugs. The Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP), the drug policy office within the White House, has a key role to play, too, particularly in drug use prevention. ONDCP helps oversee the Drug-Free Communities Support Program, which is responsible for much of our federally funded drug prevention work. In an era in which drugs are sold and marketed via social media, it’s more important than ever that effective anti-drug prevention messages reach young people. ONDCP also oversees the High Intensity Drug Trafficking Areas program, which forms a crucial partnership between local, state, and federal law enforcement to curtail drug trafficking. Both these programs’ funding should be protected and prioritized.

A good strategy must focus on all drugs, but we can’t ignore the politically inconvenient ones. If President Trump wants to make America healthy again, the conversation must include marijuana, a drug with an addiction rate of up to 30 percent that is being pushed by a profit-driven industry that desperately needs federal accountability.

Dr. Kevin Sabet is the President of Smart Approaches to Marijuana (SAM) and the Foundation for Drug Policy Solutions (FDPS) and a former White House drug policy advisor to Presidents Obama, Bush and Clinton.

SOURCE:  https://www.newsweek.com/making-america-healthy-again-must-start-better-drug-policy-opinion-2014657

Nora’s Blog  January 8, 2025 – By Dr. Nora Volkow
This past year, NIDA commemorated its 50th anniversary, which made me reflect on how far addiction science has come in a half century—from the barest beginnings of an understanding of how drugs work in the brain, and only a few treatment and prevention tools, to a robustly developed science and multiple opportunities to translate that science into clinical practice. Yet the challenges we face around drug use and addiction have never been greater, with annual deaths from overdose that have vastly exceeded anything seen in previous eras and the proliferation of increasingly more potent addictive drugs.

Our 50th year brought hope, as we finally saw evidence of a sustained downturn in drug overdose deaths. From July 2023 to July 2024, the number of fatal overdoses dropped nearly 17 percent, from over 113,000 to 94,000. We still don’t know all the factors contributing to this reversal, so investigating the drivers of this decline will be crucial for sustaining and accelerating the downturn. We also need to recognize that the decline is not homogenous across populations: Black and American Indian/Alaskan Native persons continue to die at increased rates. And 94,000 people dying of overdose in a year is still 94,000 too many.

As we begin a new year, I see four major areas deserving special focus for our efforts: preventing drug use and addiction, preventing overdose, increasing access to effective addiction treatments, and leveraging new technologies to help advance substance use disorder (SUD) treatment and the science of drug use and addiction.

Preventing drug use and addiction

The brain undergoes continuous development from the prenatal period through young adulthood, and substance exposures and myriad other environmental exposures can influence that development. Prenatal drug exposure can lead to learning and behavioral difficulties and raise the risk of later substance use. Adverse childhood experiences, including neglect, abuse, and the impacts of poverty, as well as childhood mental disorders, can negatively impact brain development in ways that make an individual more vulnerable for drug use and addiction. Early drug experimentation in adolescence is also associated with greater risk of developing an SUD.

Early intervention in emerging psychiatric disorders as well as prevention interventions aimed at decreasing risk factors and enhancing protective factors can reduce initiation of drug use and improve a host of mental health outcomes. Research on prevention interventions has shown that mitigating the impact of socioeconomic disadvantage counteracts the effects of poverty on brain development,1 and some studies have even documented evidence of intergenerational benefits, improving outcomes for the children of the children who received the intervention.2 Studies have also shown them to be enormously cost-effective by reducing later costs to healthcare and other services, providing health and economic benefits to communities that put them in place.3

Yet, in the United States, efforts to prevent substance use have been largely fragmented, and the infrastructure and funding required to bring effective programs to scale is lacking. What kinds of policy innovations could we put into place to ensure that everyone who could benefit from evidence-based prevention services has access to them, whether through school, healthcare, justice, or community settings?  NIDA, along with other NIH Institutes, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, have charged the National Academy of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine with creating an actionable blueprint for supporting the implementation of prevention interventions that promote behavioral health. The report is due out early this year and has the potential for tremendous public health impact.4

Preventing overdose

We also need to continue research toward mitigating fatal overdoses. Comprehensive data on overdose reversals do not currently exist, but recipients of SAMHSA State Opioid Response grants alone reported more than 92 thousand overdose reversals with naloxone in the year ending March 31, 2023, and this is likely just a small fraction of the lives saved. We do not yet know the extent to which greater use of naloxone has played a role in the recent declines in overdose fatalities, but this medication, the first intranasal formulation of which was developed by NIDA in partnership with Adapt Pharma, is a real public health success.

NIDA is supporting research to evaluate approaches to naloxone distribution, for instance through mobile vans and peer-run community services that also provide sterile injection equipment to prevent HIV and HCV transmission. We are also supporting research on new approaches to reversing drug overdoses, such as wearable devices that would auto-inject naloxone when an overdose is detected and electrical stimulation of the phrenic nerve to restore breathing, a method already used in resuscitation devices.5 We are also supporting research on compounds that could potentially reverse methamphetamine overdoses, such as monoclonal antibodies and molecules called sequestrants that bind and encapsulate methamphetamine in the body.6

Improving access to addiction treatment

In 2023, only 14.6 percent of people with an SUD received treatment, and only 18 percent of people with an opioid use disorder (OUD) received medication.7 Stigma, along with inadequate coverage of addiction treatment by both public and private insurers, contributes to this gap. To fix this will require partnering with payors to develop and evaluate new models for incentivizing the provision of evidence-based SUD care.

Increased access to methadone is a particularly high priority in the era of fentanyl and other potent synthetic opioids. Results from a recent study in British Columbia showed that risk of leaving treatment was lower for methadone than for buprenorphine. Risk of dying was similarly low for both groups.8 Currently in the United States, methadone is only available from specialized opioid treatment centers, but studies piloting access through pharmacies have shown promise.

OUD medications also need to be accessible to people with SUD in jails and prisons. Research conducted in justice settings has shown that providing access to all three FDA-approved medications for OUD during incarceration reduced fatal overdose risk after release by nearly 32 percent.9 Access to buprenorphine during incarceration was also associated with a 32 percent reduction in recidivism risk.10 Through NIDA’s  Justice Community Overdose Innovation Network (JCOIN), we continue to promote research into innovative models and strategies for integrating medications for OUD in justice settings.

I am also hopeful that we will soon see increased utilization of contingency management for treating stimulant use disorders. Providing incentives for treatment participation and negative drug tests is the most effective treatment we have for methamphetamine and cocaine addictions, but implementation has been hindered by regulatory ambiguities around caps on the dollar value of those incentives. However, demonstration projects underway in four states (California, Washington, Montana, and Delaware) are implementing contingency management with higher incentives and could further bolster evidence for the effectiveness—including cost effectiveness—of this approach.

Leveraging new treatments and technologies

There are many promising new technologies that could transform the treatment of addiction, including central and peripheral neuromodulation approaches. Transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) was already approved by the FDA as an adjunct treatment for smoking cessation and peripheral auricular nerve stimulation was approved for the treatment of acute opioid withdrawal. TMS, transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS), and peripheral vagal nerve stimulation are under investigation for treating other SUDs. Low-intensity focused ultrasound—a non-invasive method that can reach targets deep in the brain—is also showing promise for the treatment of SUD. NIDA is currently funding clinical trials to determine its safety and preliminary efficacy for treating cocaine use disorder11 and OUD with or without co-occurring pain.12 

Advances in pharmacology have helped identify multiple new targets for treating addiction that are not limited to a specific SUDs like OUD. Instead, these targets aim to modulate brain circuits that are common across addictions; they include among many others D3 receptor partial agonists/antagonists, orexin antagonists and glucagon-like peptide 1 (GLP-1) agonists. The latter are particularly promising, as these types of drugs, including semaglutide and tirzepatide, are already being used for the treatment of diabetes and obesity.

Anecdotally, patients taking GLP-1 agonists report less interest in drinking, smoking, or consuming other drugs. Recent studies based on electronic health records have revealed that people with SUDs taking GLP-1 medications to treat their obesity or diabetes had improved outcomes associated with their addiction, such as reduced incidence and recurrence of alcohol use disorder,13 reduced health consequences of smoking,14 and reduced opioid overdose risk.15 NIDA is currently funding randomized clinical studies to assess the efficacy of GLP-1 agonists for the treatment of opioid and stimulant use disorders and for smoking cessation.

Creation of large data sources and repositories in parallel with advances in computation and analytical modeling including AI are helping in the design of new therapeutics based on the 3D molecular structure of addictive drugs and the receptors they interact with.16 NIDA-funded researchers have published studies showing that AI could be used to provide more timely, comprehensive data on overdose, such as by using social-media to predict overdose deaths.17 It could be used to enable higher-resolution analyses in basic neuroscience research18 and facilitate studies using large data sources like electronic health records.19 AI is also being used to support delivery of behavioral therapies and relapse prevention in virtual chatbots and is being studied in wearable devices. Although there is much work to be done to ensure that AI is deployed safely and ethically, particularly in clinical settings, this technology has considerable potential to enhance and expand access to care.

AI will also be transformative for analyzing big data sets like those being generated by the Adolescent Brain Cognitive DevelopmentSM (ABCD) Study and HEALthy Brain and Child Development Study. These landmark NIH-funded studies are gathering vast quantities of neuroimaging, biometric, psychometric, and other data across the first two decades of life. They will be able to answer important questions about the impacts of drugs and other environmental exposures on the developing brain, inform prevention and treatment interventions, and establish a valuable—and unprecedented—baseline of neurodevelopment that will be a crucial resource in pediatric neurology.

The field of addiction science has progressed at a breathtaking pace. These advances could not have been made without the commitment of an interconnected community of people. Researchers, clinicians, policymakers, community groups, and people living with SUDs and the families that support them all play a role in collaboratively finding solutions to some of the most challenging questions in substance use and addiction research. Together, we turn our eye to 2025 and the challenges and opportunities ahead.

 

Contemporary issues on drugs

As well as providing an in-depth analysis of key developments and emerging trends in selected drug markets, the Contemporary issues on drugs booklet looks at several other developments of policy relevance. The booklet opens with a look at the 2022 Taliban ban on the cultivation and production of and trafficking in drugs in Afghanistan and its implications both within the country and in transit and destination markets elsewhere. This is followed by a chapter examining the convergence of drug trafficking and other activities and how they affect natural ecosystems and communities in the Golden Triangle in South-East Asia. The chapter also assesses the extent to which drug production and trafficking are linked with other illicit economies that challenge the rule of law and fuel conflict. Another chapter analyses how the dynamics of demand for and supply of synthetic drugs vary when the gender and age of market participants are considered. The booklet continues with an update on regulatory approaches to and the impact of legalization on the non-medical cannabis market in different countries, and a review of the enabling environment that provides broad access to the unsupervised, “quasi-therapeutic” and non-medical use of psychedelic substances. Finally, the booklet offers a multi-dimensional framework on the right to health in the context of drug use; these dimensions include availability, accessibility, acceptability, quality, non-discrimination, non-stigmatization and participation.

 

Key findings and conclusions

The Key findings and conclusions booklet provides an overview of selected findings from the analysis presented in the Drug market patterns and trends module and the thematic Contemporary issues on drugs booklet, while the Special points of interest fascicle offers a framework for the main takeaways and policy implications that can be drawn from those findings.

Sources:

Issues:  https://www.unodc.org/unodc/en/data-and-analysis/wdr2024-contemporary-issues.html

Findings and Conclusions: https://www.unodc.org/unodc/en/data-and-analysis/wdr2024-key-findings-conclusions.html

  by DFAF.org

 

The Colombo Plan has issued a health alert regarding the growing global threat posed by Benzimidazole (Nitazene) opioids. These highly potent synthetic compounds, which far exceed the strength of fentanyl, are driving significant increases in overdose deaths and public health crises across multiple regions.

 

Nitazene tablets containing 29 mg of metonitazene (equivalent to containing 145 times the lethal dose of fentanyl) heading to Florida, Connecticut, and Brazil were seized from international express mail. Public health and safety officials are urged to remain vigilant against this emerging danger.

 

Hear from Thom Browne, CEO of the Colombo Plan, as he addresses this emerging threat during his session at the upcoming National Prevention Summit. This discussion is especially pertinent for Florida. Click here to register for the conference to stay informed and be part of the solution.

 

Key Insights:

·    Potency and Risk: Nitazenes, also known as Benzimidazoles, are synthetic opioids estimated to be 1.5–20 times more potent than fentanyl. A single tablet seized in 2023 contained metonitazene levels equivalent to 290 mg of fentanyl — 145 times the estimated fatal dose.

·    Global Spread: Reports from North America, Brazil, Europe, Australia, New Zealand, and West Africa reveal a sharp rise in nitazene-related deaths.

·    Distribution and Adulteration: Nitazenes are typically found in tablet or powder form, often mixed with fentanyl, other synthetic drugs, or designer benzodiazepines like Bromazolam, further compounding the risks.

·    Sample Testing: U.S. Crime Lab data shows 2.6% of analyzed cases (55 exhibits) contained 19 or more substances in addition to the principal nitazene compound.

·    Adverse Effects: Like other synthetic opioids, nitazenes cause profound sedation and respiratory depression, often leading to fatal overdoses.

 

Naloxone and Treatment:

Naloxone remains effective in reversing nitazene overdoses but may require multiple doses due to the drug’s extreme potency.

 

Emerging Analogs:

Since 2019, a range of nitazene analogs has surfaced in the U.S., including metonitazene, isotonitazene, protonitazene, and N-pyrrolidino protonitazene. The NPS Discovery program at CFSRE tracks these trends quarterly, with protonitazene, metonitazene, and N-pyrrolidino protonitazene among the most common in late 2024.

 

Call to Action:

Stakeholders must collaborate to monitor, educate, and implement strategies to mitigate the escalating threat of nitazenes. Effective policy, public awareness, and access to life-saving tools like naloxone are critical in addressing this public health emergency, as the spread of these synthetic opioids could significantly worsen the opioid epidemic or spark new outbreaks in unsuspecting countries and regions.

Source: https://www.dfaf.org/

 

by Miles Martin – 

A recent study analyzing data from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH) found that past-year recreational ketamine use among adults has increased dramatically since 2015, including significant shifts in associations with depression and sociodemographic characteristics such as race, age and education status. Ketamine use has shown promise in clinical trials therapy for several mental illnesses, including treatment-resistant depression, and the new research suggests that ongoing monitoring of recreational use trends is crucial to balancing these clinical benefits against the risk of unmonitored recreational use.

Key findings include:

  • Overall past-year recreational ketamine use increased by 81.8% from 2015 to 2019 and by 40% from 2021 to 2022.
  • Adults with depression were 80% more likely to have used ketamine in the past year in 2015-2019, but this association weakened in later years. In 2021-2022, ketamine use increased only among those without depression.
  • In 2021-2022, adults aged 26-34 were 66% more likely to have used ketamine in the past year compared to adults aged 18-25. Those with college degrees were more than twice as likely to have used ketamine compared to people with a high school education or less.
  • People were more likely to use ketamine if they used other substances, such as  ecstasy/MDMA, GHB, and cocaine.

The researchers recommend expanding prevention outreach to settings like colleges, where younger adults may be at heightened risk, as well as providing education on the harms of polydrug use, particularly in combination with opioids. As medical ketamine becomes more widely available, they also emphasize the need for continued surveillance of recreational ketamine use patterns and further research to understand the factors that contribute to ketamine use.

The study, published online in the Journal of Affective Disorders, was led by Kevin Yang, M.D., a third-year resident physician in the Department of Psychiatry at UC San Diego School of Medicine. The research was supported by the National Institute on Drug Abuse of the National Institutes of Health.

Source: https://today.ucsd.edu/story/ketamine-use-on-the-rise-in-u.s-adults-new-trends-emerge

Maia Davies, BBC News, Published 7 January 2025

Ketamine could be upgraded to a Class A drug as the government seeks expert advice on its classification, the Home Office has said.

Illegal use of the drug has reached record levels in recent years, with an estimated 269,000 people aged 16-59 reporting ketamine use in the year ending March 2024.

Increasing ketamine’s classification would bring it in line with drugs including cocaine, heroin and ecstasy (MDMA) and mean up to life in prison for supply and production.

The policing minister will ask the Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs whether its classification should be changed and “carefully consider” its findings.

Ketamine can cause serious health problems including irreversible damage to the bladder and kidneys.

It is also one of the most detected drugs in incidents of spiking.

While commonly used on animals and in healthcare settings, ketamine is also thought of as a party drug due to its hallucinogenic effects.

An estimated 299,000 people aged 16-59 reported ketamine use in the year ending March 2023 – the highest on record.

Ketamine was upgraded from a Class C substance in 2014 due to mounting evidence over its physical and psychological dangers.

Currently, the maximum penalty for producing and supplying ketamine is up to 14 years in prison. Possession can carry up to five years in prison, an unlimited fine, or both.

Should it be upgraded to a Class A drug, supply and production of it could carry up to life in prison,, external while possession could carry up to seven years in prison, an unlimited fine, or both.

A coroner’s prevention of future deaths report called for action over the drug’s classification, after a man died from sepsis caused by a kidney infection that was “a complication of long-term use of ketamine”.

Greater Manchester South senior coroner Alison Mutch noted that James Boland, 38, started taking the drug as he believed it to be “less harmful” than Class A drugs.

She wrote , externalin November: “Maintaining its classification as a Class B drug was likely to encourage others to start to use it or continue to use it under the false impression it is “safer”.”

Policing minister Dame Diana Johnson has pledged to “work across health, policing and wider public services to drive down drug use and stop those who profit from its supply.

“It is vital we are responding to all the latest evidence and advice to ensure people’s safety and we will carefully consider the ACMD’s recommendations before making any decision.”

Source: https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/articles/cp8306prgy6o

Irish teenagers whose friends use cannabis are 10 times more likely to consume the drug themselves, according to the findings of new research.

The study by researchers found that 7.3 per cent of students aged 15-16 had used cannabis within the previous 30 days with no significant difference in use of the drug between males and females.

It also highlighted how teenagers who felt it was necessary to use cannabis to fit in with their friends were almost twice as likely to use the drug compared to those who did not feel peer pressure to use cannabis.

Teenagers who believed their parents would be ambivalent towards their use of cannabis were also almost four times more likely to be current users of the drug than those students who thought their parents were strongly against cannabis use.

The findings are based on the responses by over 4,400 students in fourth and fifth year to a questionnaire issued as part of the Planet Youth survey carried out in late 2021.

The respondents were based across 40 schools in north Dublin, Cavan and Monaghan.

The study highlighted how current cannabis users among such an age group were significantly more likely to also be consuming alcohol, smoking or vaping.

It also reveals that low parental supervision was significantly associated with higher odds of current cannabis use.

The authors of the study, whose findings are published in the Irish Journal of Psychological Medicine, said its rationale was to examine individual, familial, peer, school and community factors associated with cannabis use by adolescents in Ireland in order to provide measures for prevention and early intervention.

They claimed several of the risk factors identified by the research have the potential to be modified through drug prevention strategies.

The researchers noted that earlier studies had found that long-term use of cannabis has the potential to lead to addiction with one in three regular adolescent users becoming addicted to the drug, while also having the potential to exacerbate mental health issues such as psychosis.

The study observed that cannabis-related psychiatric admissions for people aged 15-34 in the Republic rose by 140 per cent between 2011 and 2017 and have remained at the same elevated level ever since.

Despite the evidence of increased health risks associated with cannabis use, the study said adolescents continue to use cannabis for a number of various factors including boredom relief, appetite increase, sleep improvements and increased social opportunities.

Other factors can include low self-esteem and insecurity or family problems.

Asked to assess their own mental health, almost three-quarters of the teenagers (72.4 per cent) who do not use cannabis said it was good or OK compared to 54.6 per cent among cannabis users.

In contrast, 45.0 per cent of cannabis users assessed their mental health as bad or very bad compared to 27.1 per cent of those who do not use the drug.

Similarly, only 16.6 per cent of cannabis users perceived the drug to be harmful, while 67.2 per cent of non-users surveyed believed it could have a negative impact on their health.

Among cannabis users, 90.4 per cent reported that their friends also use the drug compared to 29.3 per cent of students who do not use it.

One of the report’s main authors, Teresa O’Dowd, said they believed it was the first study in an Irish setting which found no significant difference in cannabis use between males and females.

Dr O’Dowd, a specialist in public health medicine with HSE North West, said the lack of association between gender and cannabis use was a notable finding as historically male gender had been noted as a risk factor for use of the drug.

She said the finding that the odds of cannabis use were higher for those who also consume alcohol, smoke and use e-cigarettes was in keeping with other research.

“The fact that adolescents are likely to engage in polysubstance use is significant and needs to be factored into any interventions targeting cannabis prevention among adolescents in Ireland,” said Dr O’Dowd.

The study also claimed there has been a cultural shift both nationally and internationally over the past decade towards legalising cannabis.

Dr O’Dowd said it had led to an attitude among many adolescents and adults that cannabis is a relatively harmless drug.

“This shift in perception regarding cannabis-related harm may impact Irish adolescents’ decision to use cannabis, as suggested by our findings,” she added.

The authors of the study said its findings had demonstrated the importance of parental attitudes to cannabis and claimed many factors including parental supervision and perception that parents are against cannabis use were “modifiable.”

They called for the public health community and policymakers to act to ensure greater awareness of cannabis harms among both teenagers and their parents.

“A tailored public health messaging campaign addressing the known harms and complications of cannabis use in young people, is urgently required,” they added.

Source: https://www.breakingnews.ie/ireland/irish-teens-whose-friends-use-cannabis-10-times-more-likely-to-consume-the-drug-themselves-1714776.html

Public News Service  – Terri Dee, Anchor/Producer  – Monday, January 6, 2025

One popular New Year’s resolution is to quit alcohol consumption.

Although easier said than done, one recovery center said there are modifications to try if previous attempts are not working. A good start is taking a hard look at what has worked and what has not.

Marissa Sauer, a licensed clinical addiction counselor at Avenues Recovery, a Fort Wayne recovery center, pointed out if there was a simple answer, everybody would use it. She added other influences are linked to alcohol and substance abuse.

“There’s genetics. Were my parents and my grandparents struggling with substances? Does someone have maybe adverse childhood experiences that have led to substances being a coping mechanism of some kind?” Sauer explained. “Maybe there are these mental health diagnoses.”

Sauer mentioned people, places, or things which could inhibit or enable someone to abuse drugs or alcohol, making it complicated to simply walk away. Medication, therapy or conversations with people who have beaten their addictions are all effective measures for recovery.

The US Surgeon General’s 2025 Advisory Report indicates alcohol consumption is the third leading preventable cause of cancer after tobacco and obesity and the public is taking notice.

There is a growing momentum of the “sober curious” movement, avoiding happy hours at bars, ordering a low or no-alcohol drinks known as mocktails, or completely abstaining from alcohol for 30 days for “dry January.” Sauer said longtime substance abusers fear change and she wants them to know there is hope.

“Whether you’re 21 or whether you’re 51, that ability to heal is there,” Sauer emphasized. “The best gift that you could give yourself for a healthy 2025 is to give your loved ones the absolute best version of yourself.”

An Indiana State Epidemiological report from 2021-2022 revealed almost 24% of residents aged 12 and older have participated in binge drinking, with the highest rate among young adults aged 18 to 25.

Source: https://www.publicnewsservice.org/2025-01-06/alcohol-and-drug-abuse-prevention/in-substance-recovery-center-supports-sober-existence/a94456-1

The Children’s Mercy Hospital psychiatrist more often hears from parents wondering if cannabis could help their child’s anxiety, autism or OCD.

“I tell them there are no studies,” said Batterson, the medical associate director of the hospital’s Division of Developmental and Behavioral Health. “A lot of hype, but no studies.”

And even if Children’s Mercy allowed its doctors to prescribe weed (it doesn’t), Batterson wouldn’t know what dose to recommend. He also couldn’t say which patient might experience a marijuana-induced psychotic episode or other serious reaction.

No one could.

Years of federal prohibition and the resulting limits on research mean the science about marijuana is skimpy at best. Public health experts say that should trigger caution in a world where legal marijuana is increasingly accessible and more widely consumed.

“There has been relatively little research on cannabis,” said Steven Teutsch, who chaired a year-long study for the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering and Medicine about the impact legal cannabis is having on public health. “Many of the benefits are often over-promoted and are iffy in many cases. And the harms are often not fully appreciated.”

Despite a well-known and largely accepted narrative that marijuana is safe and not addictive, the reality — especially when people consume greater and stronger amounts of the drug — is often different, health experts said.

Some 30% of cannabis users report having a physical dependency on the drug, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Scientists believe the drug could hurt brain function, heart health and can lead to impaired driving. It also correlates with social anxiety, depression and schizophrenia.

The federal government, which Teutsch said has “ largely been missing in action in all of this,” needs to step in with campaigns to educate the public, with model legislation to help states regulate the drug and with research funding to study health effects — good and bad.

Marijuana rules to protect health up to the states

Marijuana is still illegal at the federal level, and classified by federal law as a Schedule I drug, defined as a highly addictive substance with no known medical use. Hearings on a proposal to reclassify it as a Schedule III drug will begin in January.

That change would remove barriers — and free more money — for research that could give doctors a better understanding of the health effects of all those gummies, pre-rolled joints and THC-spiked drinks at your neighborhood dispensary.

It also could pave the way for more drug development. To date, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has only approved three drugs related to cannabis.

Some experts also contend that Congress needs to undo federal law adopted in 2018 that allowed hemp products containing THC (tetrahydrocannabinol), the primary psychoactive compound in cannabis, to be sold in gas stations and grocery stores, free from regulatory oversight.

Under the current system, every state with legal weed takes a different approach to the drug.

California became the first to legalize medical marijuana in 1996. And Colorado and Washington led the way in legalizing recreational pot in 2012.

In the years since, only a handful of states, including Kansas, have resisted passing some level of legalization. Missouri voters adopted a constitutional amendment allowing medical marijuana use in 2018, and one legalizing recreational weed in 2022.

The state has a responsibility, said Dr. Heidi Miller, chief medical officer for the Missouri Department of Health and Senior Services, to make sure people know the risks that come with marijuana.

“Cannabis has multiple potential therapeutic effects, but also potential adverse effects,” she said. “We need to inform the public of what we know and what we don’t know.”

Missouri has budgeted $2.5 million (less than 0.2% of what people in the state spend on weed in a year) for a public information campaign to get this message out.

Miller said the campaign, which is in early planning stages and not yet scheduled, should warn vulnerable populations — young people, pregnant or breastfeeding women and people with a personal or family history of mental illness — about the risks of getting high.

It should also alert people, she said, that the marijuana they may have smoked a few decades ago has little resemblance to the potent variety sold at dispensaries.

The stuff sold today may have four times more THC. And that doesn’t include concentrates, which can have THC levels reaching 90%.

“Clearly, the adverse effects are going to be heightened, the higher the potency,” Miller said. “We can’t assume that all cannabis is safe because it’s, quote, natural. We also want folks to understand that cannabis is potentially addictive.”

More people are using cannabis

Since sales began in Missouri four years ago, the Division of Cannabis Regulation says more than $3 billion has been spent on cannabis products in the state. In fiscal year 2024, recreational sales, referred to as “adult use,” reached $1.16 billion, while medical weed sales totaled just under $166 million.

As in other states that have legalized cannabis, use of the drug is on the rise.

Dutchie, a technology company whose software powers the payment platforms and other backend systems in dispensaries, reported that on the Wednesday before Thanksgiving — known in the industry as “Green Wednesday” — average orders in Missouri dispensaries jumped 18% above a regular Wednesday to more than $84.

The number of people using the drug, which experts said will only continue to rise, is raising alarms.

A November 2023 report from the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration found that 61.9 million Americans — 22% of those 12 and older — reported using cannabis in the past year. More than 13 million 18 to 25 year olds — 38% — said they’d used the drug. The same was true for 11.5% of 12 to 17 year olds.

As people consume marijuana more frequently and in higher doses, anecdotal stories related to health problems are becoming more common. They include reports of cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome, a gastrointestinal condition that leads to bouts of vomiting and intense pain, and instances of cannabis-induced psychosis, a mental illness that can lead to violence and suicide.

“They didn’t legalize old school hippy weed,” said Aubree Adams, a Colorado mother whose son became psychotic after using marijuana. “We’re dealing with a really hard drug.”

Every day, Adams said, the organization she founded to educate the public about the dangers of marijuana use, receives inquiries from a handful of families across the country dealing with issues related to marijuana use.

Her organization, Every Brain Matters, is pushing for potency caps on the marijuana being sold in the United States; an end to the sale of edibles, which often look like candy; and a ban on sugary-flavored vapes.

Adams also wants it to be illegal for marijuana companies to market products as medicine that have not been approved for medical use. States need to be out front telling the public the truth, she said.

“I don’t know why we have to sugar coat things and play politics,” she said. “Tell them the truth. Tell them the science.”

Her son is 24 now. He’s come in and out of sobriety since first getting into trouble “dabbing” highly concentrated marijuana when he was 15. She believes he would be fine if he hadn’t used the drug.

“My son fights for his mental well being on a daily basis,” she said.

Adams wants other parents to know the potential risks. And she wants adolescents and young adults — who she believes are a primary target of marijuana companies — to realize what they might be getting into. Doctors say that developing brains are more vulnerable to problems

“This is not a soft drug,” she said. “This is a hard drug that can change your brain chemistry.”

Lack of federal oversight

But getting meaningful regulatory change in an industry that lacks federal oversight is difficult.

Under the current system, every state has its own set of rules about everything from how cannabis products are packaged, tested and sold to what training the budtender at your local cannabis store needs to have. States decide who can buy cannabis, how much someone can buy during a certain period and how potent weed can be.

The states also oversee what’s in the marijuana, including setting maximum levels for contaminants like heavy metals and pesticides. Missouri’s Cannabis Division established rules based on the amendments voters adopted.

The state has licensed 10 private laboratories, which marijuana producers hire to test products for compliance with state rules. Cannabis regulators also are opening a “reference laboratory” by mid-2025 to verify those results.

Because the state legalized weed later than other states, it adopted standards that are among the most stringent in the country, said Anthony David, chief operations officer with Green Precision Analytics, a private marijuana testing lab in Kansas City. Before opening the lab with three partners, he grew marijuana in the Pacific Northwest.

“Cannabis that Missourians are smoking,” he said, “is safer than probably anywhere in the world.”

The National Academies of Sciences’ report on cannabis and public health, which was commissioned by the CDC and the National Institutes of Health, recommended several policy changes states could make to protect the public.

Those include things like limiting the potency of marijuana (Missouri has no such limit), and restricting retail hours at dispensaries. While Kansas City limits how late a dispensary can stay open, the state does not, and some weed shops in neighboring communities offer 24-hour-a-day drive-thrus. Other suggested policies from the report involve implementing strategies to protect kids. In short, they want cannabis products to be controlled much like alcohol and tobacco.

“Almost every state does something right, but there are a lot of things they don’t do,” Teutsch said. “We advise the states to look at what was done for tobacco and alcohol because there’s many years of experience there implementing policies that have a public health focus.”

David G. Evans, a New Jersey attorney representing people who claim they’ve been harmed by marijuana, also believes there is wisdom to be gained from what unfolded in the tobacco industry.

He contends that the legal system needs to step in where regulators have failed. Evans is suing marijuana companies for harming clients and marshalling lawyers across the country to do the same. He hopes the legal actions will bring public awareness about risks of marijuana and rein in the industry.

“The marijuana industry is low-hanging fruit,” Evans said. “They’ve been allowed to be reckless. They’ve not been controlled, not disciplined. And the state governments have played right along with them. Now there’s starting to be a reckoning.”

 

Source: https://www.ksmu.org/news/2024-12-28/with-weed-legal-missouri-is-now-looking-at-the-public-health-consequences

This story was originally published by The Beacon, a fellow member of the KC Media Collective.

 

New York Times    DNYUZ        December 26, 2024

The cartel operatives came to the homeless encampment carrying syringes filled with their latest fentanyl formula. The offer was simple, according to two men living at the camp in northwest Mexico: up to $30 for anyone willing to inject themselves with the concoction.

One of the men, Pedro López Camacho, said he volunteered repeatedly — at times the operatives were visiting every day. They watched the drug take effect, Mr. López Camacho said, snapping photos and filming his reaction. He survived, but he said he saw many others who did not.

“When it’s really strong, it knocks you out or kills you,” said Mr. López Camacho of the drugs he and others were given. “The people here died.”

This is how far Mexican cartels will go to dominate the fentanyl business.

Global efforts to crack down on the synthetic opioid have made it harder for these criminal groups to find the chemical compounds they need to produce the drug. The original source, China, has restricted exports of the necessary raw ingredients, pushing the cartels to come up with new and extremely risky ways to maintain fentanyl production and potency.

The experimentation, members of the cartels say, involves combining the drug with a wider range of additives — including animal sedatives and other dangerous anesthetics. To test their results, the criminals who make the fentanyl for the cartels, often called cooks, say they inject their experimental mixtures into human subjects as well as rabbits and chickens.

If the rabbits survive beyond 90 seconds, the drug is deemed too weak to be sold to Americans, according to six cooks and two U.S. Embassy officials who monitor cartel activity. The American officials said that when Mexican law enforcement units have raided fentanyl labs, they have at times found the premises riddled with dead animals used for testing.

“They experiment in the style of Dr. Death,” said Renato Sales, a former national security commissioner in Mexico. “It’s to see the potency of the substance. Like, ‘with this they die, with this they don’t, that’s how we calibrate.’”

To understand how criminal groups have adapted to the crackdown, The New York Times observed fentanyl being made in a lab as well as a safe house, and spent months interviewing several people directly involved in the drug’s production. They included nine cooks, three chemistry students, two high-level operatives and a recruiter working for the Sinaloa Cartel, which the U.S. government blames for fueling the synthetic opioid epidemic.

The people connected to the cartel spoke on the condition of anonymity for fear of retaliation.

One cook said he recently started mixing fentanyl with an anesthetic often used in oral surgery. Another said the best additive he had found was a sedative for dogs and cats.

Another cook demonstrated for Times reporters how to produce fentanyl in a cartel safe house in Sinaloa State, in northwest Mexico. He said that if the batch was too weak, he added xylazine, an animal tranquilizer known on the street as “Tranq” — a combination that American officials warn can be deadly. “You inject this into a hen, and if it takes between a minute and a minute and a half to die, that means it came out really good,” the cook said. “If it doesn’t die or takes too long to die, we’ll add xylazine.”

The cooks’ accounts align with data from the Mexican government showing a rise in the use of fentanyl mixed with xylazine and other substances, especially in cities near the U.S. border.

“The illicit market gets much more benefit from its substances by cutting them with different things such as xylazine,” said Alexiz Bojorge Estrada, deputy director of Mexico’s mental health and addiction commission.

“You enhance it and therefore need less product,” said Ms. Bojorge, referring to fentanyl, “and you get more profit.”

U.S. drug researchers have also noticed a rise in what one called “weirder and messier” fentanyl. Having tested hundreds of samples in the United States, they found an increase in the variety of chemical compounds in fentanyl on the streets.

“It’s just a wild west of experimentation,” said Caleb Banta-Green, a research professor at the University of Washington School of Medicine, who helped coordinate the testing of more than 580 samples of drugs sold as fentanyl in Washington State this year.

He called it “absolute chaos.”

The Experiments: The synthetic opioids that reach American streets often begin in cartel labs, where precision is not always a priority, cooks say. They mix up vats of chemicals in rudimentary cook sites, exposing themselves to toxic substances that make some cooks hallucinate, wretch, pass out and even die. The cartels are actively recruiting university chemistry students to work as cooks. One student employed by the cartel revealed that to test their formulas, the group brought in drug users living on the street and injected them with the synthetic opioid. No one has ever died, the student said, but there have been bad batches. “We’ve had people convulse, or start foaming at the mouth,” the student said.

Mistakes by cooks were met with severe punishment, she added: Armed men locked the offenders in rooms with rats and snakes and left them there for long stretches with no food or water.

The cooks and high-level operatives described the Sinaloa Cartel as a decentralized organization, a collection of so many disparate cells that no single leader or faction had complete control over the group’s fentanyl production.

Some cooks said they wanted to create a standardized product that wouldn’t kill users. Others said they didn’t see the lethality of their product as a problem — but as a marketing tactic.

In a U.S. federal indictment against the sons of the notorious drug lord Joaquín Loera Guzmán (known as El Chapo) who lead a powerful faction of the Sinaloa Cartel, prosecutors said the group sent fentanyl to the United States even after an addict died while testing it in Mexico.

Instead of scaring people off, cartel members, drug users and experts say that many American users rush to buy a particularly deadly batch because they know it will get them high.

“One dies, and 10 more addicts are born,” said one high-level operative for the cartel. “We don’t worry about them.”

The Boss: The boss knew something was wrong when the hens stopped keeling over. He said he’d been in the drug business since he was 12, when he started apprenticing at a heroin processing site.

Now a soft-spoken 22-year-old, the boss said he taught himself how to produce illicit drugs by studying the older, more experienced men he worked with. Eventually, he started his own business with a friend.

The boss said his business grew so fast that soon he was running three fentanyl labs. The drug has made him millions, he said.

Every time he goes to one of his labs, he said he brings four or five rabbits from the local pet store. If the fentanyl his people make is potent enough, he has to inject and kill only one to be sure it is fit for sale.

Two pet store employees in Sinaloa, who spoke on the condition of anonymity for fear of retaliation from cartel members, confirmed that the cheapest rabbits are known to be purchased for drug testing.

The boss’s other test subjects are hens from a nearby ranch. Many fentanyl cooks test their product on chickens, according to the two U.S. Embassy officials.

Until recently, the boss said every time he injected the hens with fentanyl they would either die, fall over or stumble around as if they were drunk. All the locals knew not to eat the chickens or the eggs from the ranch.

But recently, the animals weren’t having a strong reaction to the drug, even though his process hadn’t changed.

His employees were logging the same hours at the same modest lab in the mountains, starting at 5 a.m. and sleeping there for days on end. They were working with the same equipment — laboratory shakers, trays, large containers and a blender to mix up the final product.

The boss said he eventually concluded that the culprit was a “very diluted” supply of the chemical ingredients from China. The result was a bunk product. “It’s too weak,” he said.

To fix the problem, the boss first tried combining fentanyl with ketamine, a short-acting anesthetic, but said users didn’t like the bitter taste that came with smoking the mix. It worked much better to add procaine, he said, a local anesthetic often used to numb small areas during dental procedures. When asked whether he felt guilty about producing a drug that causes mass death, the boss said all he was doing was giving his customers what they wanted.

“If there weren’t all those people in the United States looking to get high, we wouldn’t sell anything,” he said. “It’s their fault, not ours. We just take advantage of the situation.”

The Cook

One cook we spoke with said he got into the fentanyl business a few years ago to pay off growing debts. At first, the former shop owner regularly got sick from the exposure to the fumes. He said the armed cartel members in charge had no patience for it.

“You may throw up at the beginning when you start, and you take a quick break and take some air,” said the cook, but soon enough “one of them will scream at you to get back to work.”

A boss once shot him just because he didn’t answer a question quickly enough, he said, pulling up his shirt to reveal a stomach scar.

He is constantly experimenting with ways to make fentanyl stronger, tweaking his formula and testing it on his lab assistants, many of whom have become addicted in the process, he said. If the product comes out strong, he passes it on to his supervisors to try.

The cook said he knows all the improvisation adds up to an unpredictable product. Each batch he makes is different, he said, meaning clients who buy the exact same fentanyl pills may get wildly different doses from week to week.

He’s never fully disclosed his job to his family, simply saying he’s off to work and then returning weeks later with a lot of cash. He believes the money and the fear evident in his expression deter any questions.

“There is no retirement here,” the cook said, adding that the cartel would likely kill him for trying to stop. “There is just work and death.”

 

Source: https://dnyuz.com/2024/12/26/how-mexican-cartels-test-fentanyl-on-vulnerable-people-and-animals/

__


www.drugwatch.org
drug-watch-international@googlegroups.com

Author(s):  Hannah Elmore, PharmD,John Handshaw, PharmD, BCACP  –  December 23, 2024

Pharmacists can help address nicotine addiction by recommending FDA-approved smoking cessation methods and educating on the risks associated with electronic cigarette use.

Electronic cigarettes (E-cigarettes) have emerged as a popular alternative to traditional smoking. This method, known as vaping, involves inhaling an aerosol that contains nicotine, flavorings, and harmful chemicals including carcinogens, toxic substances, and metals. Nicotine is a highly addictive compound that activates the brain’s reward center by increasing dopamine levels, which creates sensations of pleasure and satisfaction. These euphoric feelings are often what leads to nicotine addiction.1

Although vaping is often perceived as a safer option, it actually carries significant health risks similar to those of traditional cigarettes. Pharmacists can play a vital role in educating patients on the dangers of vaping and providing guidance on safe and effective smoking cessation methods.

E-cigarettes trace back to the 1960s when British American Tobacco created a smoking device under the codename Ariel. At that time, researchers were already aware of nicotine’s addictive properties, but new evidence linking smoking to lung cancer prompted cigarette companies to try and explore alternative products with less risks. They aimed to create an inhalation device with filters to reduce carcinogens and tar. However, it was discovered that filtered cigarettes were not a healthier alternative because all components of cigarette smoke have proven to be harmful. Additionally, if the device only contained pure nicotine, it would warrant classification as a drug-delivery system, subjecting it to stricter regulations. The company wanted to avoid this in order to bypass the stringent safety evaluations and extensive clinical trials required by drug delivery systems, which would allow the company to reduce their manufacturing costs, speed up production, and take this device to the market quicker. They were able to produce a product with 24% nicotine, which is 6 times the concentration found in traditional cigarettes. Despite this innovation, Ariel was discontinued to protect the company’s profitable traditional cigarette market. This marked the first instance of companies exploring the manipulative potential of nicotine.2

E-cigarettes were officially authorized for sale by the FDA in 2007 with over 460 brands. The most popular brand is Juul, accounting for nearly 75% of the e-cigarettes on the market.3,4 In 2022, the FDA banned the sale of Juul products due to conflicting evidence regarding its associated risks, including the potential to cause strokes, respiratory failure, seizures, and cases of e-cigarette or vaping-use-associated lung injury (EVALI).4 EVALI is a condition in which the lungs become severely damaged and often results in admission to the intensive care unit (ICU) on mechanical ventilation.3,4

Additionally, there is also a lack of long-term safety data for these products.5 Although originally marketed as a healthier alternative to cigarettes, e-cigarettes have not demonstrated efficacy as a smoking cessation aid and rather, have led to a rise in the youth vaping epidemic.1

There has been a lack of data correlating successful smoking cessation rates among those who use e-cigarettes. There have been a few studies that suggest that vaping may aid in quitting tobacco but is not effective for quitting nicotine use altogether.6 One study found that those who utilized e-cigarettes in combination with nicotine replacement therapy (NRT) and counseling were 24.3% less likely to quit smoking compared to those who used only NRT and counseling. Additionally, those who used e-cigarettes were 15.1% more likely to become dual users utilizing both tobacco and vaping products. Those who are considered dual users are at an even higher risk for health complications including myocardial infarction and a 4-fold increase in developing lung cancer.6

In another survey of 800 people who utilized vaping as a smoking cessation agent, it was reported that only 9% successfully quit when asked 1 year later, compared to 19.8% who utilized NRT.1,7 These findings help highlight that vaping is not a reliable method for eliminating nicotine use entirely and can even lead to utilizing both traditional and electronic cigarette products.8

Vaping is now the most commonly used form of nicotine among adolescents. A study was conducted that showed high schoolers who had used e-cigarettes were 16.7% more likely to start smoking cigarettes within the next year.9 Nicotine’s impact on the developing brain can cause mood disorders, affect attention and learning, and amplify the desire for other mood-enhancing drugs such as cocaine or methamphetamine.1 In 2018, e-cigarette use among high school students increased by 78%, which led the FDA to enforce stricter regulations on the sale of nicotine products. Despite their efforts, vaping remains a leading challenge that teens face today as they have already fallen victim to nicotine addiction.4

The FDA currently lists 7 approved quit aids that are safe and effective for smoking cessation. These include several forms of NRT as well as pharmacologic therapy with bupropion and varenicline. Some of the agents, including the NRT gum, patch, and lozenge, are even available OTC. Pharmacists can play a vital role in smoking cessation, especially in patients who lack access to a primary care provider to obtain prescription medications. Therefore, it is crucial for pharmacists to stay up to date on the current smoking cessation guidelines, dosing recommendations, and counseling points for these agents.

The primary goal of pharmacist-driven smoking cessation should always be to support the patient’s desire to quit smoking. Pharmacists should guide patients toward the FDA-approved agents, either prescription medications through a provider, or OTC therapies in the pharmacy, rather than electronic cigarettes due to lack of supportive data and increased risk for adverse health events. The appropriate selection of FDA-approved agent should be individualized based on the patient’s specific factors, contraindications, and goals of therapy. Pharmacists should educate the patient extensively on the appropriate options for smoking cessation and should not recommend the use of e-cigarettes. However, if a patient decides to use e-cigarettes, pharmacists should still serve as a support system for the patient by being the primary educator and providing extensive counseling on the associated risks of vaping. Patients should be made aware of both the known and unknown adverse reactions associated with electronic cigarettes as well as highlighting that the goal of vaping should be to achieve complete smoking cessation.10

Vaping e-cigarettes has become a popular alternative to traditional cigarettes, with unknown efficacy and safety surrounding these products.10 Pharmacists should continue to stay up to date on new literature published on e-cigarettes and should follow the FDA’s suggestions on smoking cessation methods. Pharmacists are the most widely accessible health care professionals available to patients. Therefore, pharmacists have the power and knowledge to be the most influential providers available to advise patients on the correct paths to smoking cessation. By offering education and support, pharmacists can help patients live healthier lives and take steps towards reversing the youth smoking epidemic one education at a time.

Source: https://www.pharmacytimes.com/view/clearing-the-air-the-influence-of-vaping-on-smoking-cessation

The stats: Provisional data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) estimates there were 94,112 overdose deaths in the year ending July 2024, a 16.9% decrease from the prior year.

  • All states except Washington, Oregon, Nevada, Utah, Montana and Alaska saw decreases.

What’s being said:

  • Senior Biden administration officials credited a combination of policies such as higher investment in preventing drug use among young people, making naloxone more accessible, getting more people into treatment early and disrupting the supply of illicit drugs and precursor chemicals.

The details: It is possible the government’s efforts to disrupt drug trafficking and provide improved prevention, harm reduction and treatment services are beginning to achieve their desired effect.

  • The White House’s efforts to distribute naloxone have helped reverse 500,000 overdoses.
  • The administration has been historically supportive of harm reduction, providing support for syringe exchange and drug checking equipment and looking the other way on supervised consumption sites.
  • It has overhauled methadone regulations, eliminated the buprenorphine waiver requirement and expanded access to treatment via telehealth.

But:

  • Other potential reasons for the decline include a change in the drug supply and a shift toward more cautious drug use behavior based on years of experience with fentanyl.
  • Progress could be threatened by the reemergence of carfentanil, which is 100 times more powerful than fentanyl. A CDC study found that overdose deaths with carfentanil remain rare but increased approximately 7-fold from January-June 2023 to January-June 2024.

The larger context: The decrease is the largest in history, but the death toll remains high and disparities persist.

  • The ~94,000 deaths is nearly 40% more than when deaths began rising in Jan. 2019 and about the same as it was in Jan. 2021, when Biden took office.

Source: White House takes credit for a big drop in fatal overdoses (Politico); Biden officials take credit for ‘largest drop’ in overdose deaths. Experts are more cautious (STAT); Future Threats (Politico)

 

Source: https://drugfree.org/drug-and-alcohol-news/policy-news-roundup-december-19-2024/

 

Filed under: Latest News,Prevalence,USA :

Gamblers Anonymous meetings are filling up with people hooked on trading and betting. Apps make it as easy as ordering takeout.

Wall Street Journal      by Gunjan Banerji         Dec. 20, 2024

A new type of addict is showing up at Gamblers Anonymous meetings across the country: investors hooked on the market’s riskiest trades.

At Gamblers Anonymous in the Murray Hill neighborhood of Manhattan, one man called options “the crack cocaine” of the stock market. Another said he faced hundreds of thousands of dollars in trading losses after borrowing from a loan shark to double down on stocks.  And one young man brought his mom and girlfriend to celebrate one year since his last bet.

They were among a group of about 60 people, almost all men, who sat in rows of metal folding chairs in a crowded church basement that evening. Some shared their struggle with addiction—not on sports apps or at Las Vegas casinos—but using brokerage apps like Robinhood.

Many of the men, and scores of others around the country, discovered trading and betting during the pandemic boom that began in 2020. Some were drawn in by big wins in meme stocks and other viral stock sensations, leading them into even higher-octane wagers that offer the chance to put up a small amount of cash for a potentially mammoth return—or more often, a crushing loss.

Others bought and sold cryptocurrencies on apps that make trading as easy as ordering takeout on Uber Eats or toiletries on Amazon. In an age where sports betting has become an accepted pastime—accessible by the flick of the thumb on an iPhone app—they found the same rush betting on dogecoin, Tesla or Nvidia as wagering on Patrick Mahomes to carry the Kansas City Chiefs to the Super Bowl.

Doctors and counselors say they are seeing more cases of compulsive gambling in financial markets, or an uncontrollable urge to bet. They expect the problem to worsen. The stock market has climbed 23% this year and bitcoin recently topped $100,000  for the first time, tempting many people to pile into speculative trades. Wall Street keeps introducing newer and riskier ways to play the market through stock options or complex exchange-traded products that use borrowed money and compound the risk for investors.

Some who are desperate to stop trading are turning to self-help groups like Gamblers Anonymous. A GA pamphlet advises members to stay away from bets on stocks, commodities and options as well as raffle tickets and office sports pools. Sometimes members hand over retirement accounts to their spouses.

Modeled after Alcoholics Anonymous, GA dates back to 1957 and now has hundreds of chapters in every U.S. state. Attendees at local GA meetings from Ponca City, Okla., to Allentown, Pa., subscribe to a 12-step program. It begins with accepting that they are powerless over gambling and can include a financial review in a so-called pressure relief group meeting. New attendees are peppered with calls from others and latch onto veteran members who commit to helping them stay on track.

‘Hi, my name is Mitch’

More than 30 people interviewed by The Wall Street Journal, many of whom regularly attend GA meetings, said they’ve struggled with compulsive gambling in financial markets. At times, the trading led to mood swings, sleepless nights and even depression. Their trades—and spiraling losses—became a shameful secret that they kept from their partners or other loved ones.

I asked Gamblers Anonymous for permission to attend some meetings. Attendees introduced me to the groups at the start of the meetings, and I observed the discussions. Members introduced themselves by their first names, according to GA practices.

“Hi, my name is Mitch, and I’m a compulsive gambler,” one said at a GA meeting this month near Ozone Park, N.Y. “Hi Mitch,” the group responded in unison.

The suburban dad of three, slightly balding with a big smile, stood in front of more than a dozen members in a church basement. He is haunted by the rising price of bitcoin—and the riches that could have been his, he said. Up around 40% since Election Day, bitcoin prices are on a wild ride. What would have happened, he wondered out loud, if he had just left his bitcoin in a digital wallet and handed it over to his wife?

Then he reminded himself and the group that he was never able to just buy and hold. “I needed more and more,” Mitch told the group. “I’m a sick, compulsive gambler. That’s why I keep making these meetings. I don’t trust myself.”

One attendee told him to stop eyeing cryptocurrency prices. Another reminded him of the toll trading had taken on his family and asked: “What’s more important, crypto or your kids?”

The entrepreneur, based in Long Island, N.Y., said cryptocurrencies caught his eye when he was in his late 40s and had gone more than 20 years since placing his last bet. He had sworn off gambling after a penchant for bold bets had led him to Gamblers Anonymous meetings in his early 20s. He invested $100 in bitcoin and watched it soar. He poured thousands of dollars into ether and smaller, more speculative coins. Something kept him from sharing with his GA group that he was trading.

When his portfolio rose above $1 million, he thought to himself, “That’s four Lambos.” He flew to Florida to look at potential vacation homes for his family near Walt Disney World.

Within months, he found himself in a familiar cycle. The rush of adrenaline he got when he bought and sold tokens pushed him to trade more frequently—to the point where he was trading hundreds of times a day—and taking bigger risks. He would wake at 4 a.m. to monitor his portfolio.

He parked his car in the lot of a Long Island shopping plaza near his home to trade in isolation. His neck grew tense from hunching over the screen.

When crypto prices started tumbling, snowballing losses left him sullen. “Sometimes I would get a passing thought as I went to bed: I hope I don’t wake up in the morning,” he said. His portfolio had fallen around $1 million from its peak.

Desperate for a way out, he typed “crypto gambling treatment center” into Google. He confessed to his GA mentors that he had been gambling.

A spiking problem

Pennsylvania’s gambling hotline has fielded more calls tied to gambling in stocks and crypto since 2021 than it did in the prior six years combined. At a New York-based treatment center, Safe Foundation, clinical director Jessica Steinmetz estimates about 10% of patients are seeking help for addictions tied to trading. Before 2020, there were no such patients.

Lyndon Aguiar, a clinical director at Williamsville Wellness, a gambling treatment center in Hanover, Va., said counselors sit down with traders and delete dozens of stock, sports and financial news apps from their phones when they walk in the doors for its inpatient treatment program. The center has seen a 25% increase in gambling tied to markets since 2020, compared with the prior four years. Patients might install Gamban, an app that locks individuals out of gambling on their phones. The app started blocking Robinhood and Webull in July 2021.

A Robinhood spokesperson said it includes “robust safeguards to help customers make informed decisions” and that individuals deserve the freedom to become stewards of their own finances. A spokesperson for Webull said the platform offers educational tools to foster responsible investment decisions.

New patients often suffer from withdrawal symptoms including severe anxiety and depression when they first stop trading, he said. Some start fidgeting or repeatedly tapping their fingers against a table, itching to place a trade.

Abdullah Mahmood, administrative coordinator of a gambling program at the Maryhaven addiction treatment center in Columbus, Ohio, said he has seen several clients enter the treatment center’s doors this year for trading addictions. Options are particularly problematic, he said.

Activity in options is on track to smash another record this year.  Trading in contracts expiring the same day, which are the riskiest, has soared to make up more than half of all trades in the market for S&P 500 index options this year, according to figures from SpotGamma. These trades are more electric than traditional stocks, with the potential to rocket higher or plunge to zero within minutes.

Similar to wagering on how many points Mavericks point guard Luka Dončić will score in the first quarter of an NBA game, traders are increasingly using options to speculate how stocks will fare during the trading session, rather than at the closing bell.

This year, “a client came down to my office, suicidal,” Mahmood said. “He had lost $14,000 in just five minutes in options trading on the app Robinhood.”

Doug Royer, 61, has been attending Mahmood’s  group counseling sessions every Monday.

He initially entered the center’s doors for help with his drinking. Then, he saw signs for a gambling program while walking the halls of Maryhaven’s treatment center. Immediately, the six figures he lost trading came to mind.

After selling his house in 2022, he had poured thousands of dollars into investments like the Grayscale Bitcoin Trust, Lockheed Martin and Texas Pacific Land before amping up the risk with options trading. He traded in and out of companies such as Spirit Airlines and Estée Lauder, while borrowing on margin in an attempt to magnify his bets, brokerage statements show.

Eventually, he said he had almost no money left to trade with after losses in options and lotteries. He said he has been working part-time as a massage therapist near Columbus, Ohio.  “It’s very easy to make a lot of money,” Royer said. “It’s also easy to lose everything really fast.”

Addiction counselors say gambling in financial markets often goes undetected and can be tough to track because individuals confuse their actions with investing. Unlike sports betting apps such as FanDuel and DraftKings, most brokerage apps don’t post warnings about gambling or offer hotlines to seek help. The proliferation of financial instruments, along with flashy brokerage apps that make them easy to trade, has also helped some gamblers convince themselves that they weren’t actually placing bets.

The National Council on Problem Gambling started including questions about investing in its annual survey in 2021, after its gambling hotline received an influx of calls during the meme-stock mania. The council’s executive director, Keith Whyte, said NCPG reached out to apps like Robinhood to suggest they adopt consumer protections ingrained in gambling apps. “In some cases, the consumer protections in the gambling industry exceed that in the financial markets,” Whyte said.

Like the anticipation of sex or delicious food, a financial gamble like an options trade can flood your brain with feel-good chemicals, said Brian Knutson, a professor of psychology and neuroscience at Stanford University. The bigger the financial payout or tastier the dish, the stronger the rush. That anticipation can keep a trader going back to place another bet, forming a reinforcing habit, added Knutson, who has studied risk-taking in financial markets for more than two decades.

“It’s not just the release, per se, of the dopamine, but the speed of the release that’s reinforcing,” Knutson said.

Chris Cachia, a 38-year-old power-plant technician in Ontario, Canada, got swept up with trading during the meme-stock mania in 2021. After turning around 7,000 Canadian dollars into roughly 50,000 trading stocks like GameStop and BlackBerry, he found short-dated stock options when he went hunting for fatter profits. He scored some early wins. Before long, the thousands he made evaporated and his account sank into a deep hole. Yet he said he couldn’t walk away—he was consumed by a fear of missing out on the riches that others boasted about online.

One week while his wife was traveling, he holed up in his home office for days trading. He grew desperate for a win and bet more money than he had in his brokerage account. It didn’t work out.

The subsequent loss left him so depressed that he skipped his brother’s bachelor party. “It was causing erratic changes in my behavior as I got deeper and deeper in,” Cachia said. “I was basically a full-out gambling addict.” He said he tried to quit countless times since his trading ramped up during the pandemic, deleting brokerage and social-media apps from his phone, only to quickly download them again. He wasn’t able to pull away until his wife threatened to leave him. “She gave me an ultimatum: You need to stop this, or I’m done,” Cachia said.

__

Source: More Men Are Addicted to the ‘Crack Cocaine’ of the Stock Market – WSJ

www.drugwatch.org
drug-watch-international@googlegroups.com

Khat falls into the class C drug category but it isn’t recorded as a specific drug in seizure data

A decade ago, a stimulative drug that sold for just a few pounds, was banned in the UK. Known as khat, it’s a plant that’s chewed, giving similar effects to amphetamine.

Ten years on from the drugs reclassification, experts say it is still being sold in the UK, in places for ten times more than it cost in 2014.

But there is little data to help understand the true impact of the ban.

Dr Neil Carrier, who carried out postdoctoral research on the drug at the University of Oxford, said it has largely been “forgotten” by authorities and “in terms of understanding drug policy, the bans’ impact should really be researched”.

Mohammed, not his real name, 25, told the BBC that he tried khat in 2018, four years after the ban.

He said: “The thing is, there’s actually quite a lot of it readily available in the UK.

“You can get it in little silver sachet bags that are air-sealed and marketed as herbal facial products, but it’s literally just khat.”

He chewed the drug in a dried form, which has become more common during the past 10 years.

Dr Carrier, who currently works as a social anthropology professor at the University of Bristol, said fresh khat leaves were sold for “around £3 a bundle (250g)” during the 2000s and 2010s.

It was often chewed by Somali, Yemeni and Ethiopian men in group sessions at designated khat cafes, called mafrishes.

He helped produce a government-published literature review around khat’s social harms and legislation in 2011: “Very often as anthropologists, when we think about drugs, we don’t just focus on the drug itself but also how it gets caught up in the wider cultural meanings, wider relationships and power.

“We look at how it becomes a commodity and how the substance fits into society.”

He felt that the ban was a “missed opportunity” to investigate alternative methods of regulating recreational drugs.

“We could see how khat was associated with various issues that were very challenging with communities using khat in the UK.

“But at the time I felt the drug was blamed for these wider issues,” he said.

In the early 2000s Dr Carrier said he often heard people attribute khat to family and social integration problems.

“I would hear things like ’men are not being good fathers as they chewed khat’.

“And ‘people who are chewing khat might, as a consequence, not be looking for work’.

“But in reality, this is only half the picture.

“We often in society give drugs so much power and label them as the cause of problems when really the picture tends to be more blurred and complicated.”

Last year Border Force seized 2,760 hauls of class C drugs.

A Home Office spokesperson said: “Border Force and police work relentlessly to stop illegal drugs from coming into the country and keep them off our streets.

“We have seen a record level of seizures as we continue to use advanced technology, data and greater intelligence to ensure these drugs do not enter the country.”

The UK was one of the last EU countries to reclassify the khat in June 2014.

Prior to this date, more than 2,500 tonnes was annually imported, according to the Advisory Council of the Misuse of Drugs (ACMD).

That is the equivalent weight of around 208 double-decker buses worth of the stimulative drug.

Most of the shipments are thought to have been distributed and sold amongst east-African diaspora communities in Britain, such as Somalis and Ethiopians.

Dr Carrier said khat and cannabis, both plant-based drugs, have a similar policing system which could have contributed to a lack of data on how prevalent less drugs like khat may be.

“A lot of the drugs data gets conflated with data around cannabis and they tend to get pooled together.

“As far as I understand anyways,” he said.

UK Border Force tend to place khat into an “other class ” category, when reporting the drug.

Dr Carrier added: “What people suspected would happen at the time of the ban has happened.

“Khat is now being smuggled in, especially a dried khat, mostly coming in from Ethiopia, and it seems to have become quite popular.

“The people that do still want to consume, even though it’s been banned, can still consume it in a different form.”

Dried khat is less potent than the fresh plant and is said to provide a “less pleasant user experience” in terms of taste and texture.

Dr Carrier said that meant there is still a market for the drug: “Some people, if they can afford it, will still chew the fresh stuff.

“The fresh stuff is £30 to £40 a bundle.

“But there are people still willing to spend that kind of money on it.

“People are still accessing khat.”

Source: https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/articles/c4gpl62dn26o?utm_source=firefox-newtab-en-gb

Filed under: Khat,Latest News,UK :

 December 19, 2024 / 73(50);1147–1149

Yijie Chen, PhD1; Xinyi Jiang, PhD1; R. Matthew Gladden, PhD1; Nisha Nataraj, PhD1; Gery P. Guy Jr., PhD1; Deborah Dowell, MD1

Summary

What is already known about this topic?

From 2020 to 2022, among overdose deaths with only illegally manufactured fentanyl (IMF) detected, those with evidence of smoking IMF increased by 78.9%, and those with evidence of injection decreased by 41.6%.

What is added by this report?

From July–December 2017 to January–June 2023, the percentage of persons injecting IMF sharply declined across all U.S. Census Bureau regions, with region-specific differences in magnitude; correspondingly, IMF snorting or sniffing increased in the Northeast, and IMF smoking increased in the Midwest, South, and West regions.

What are the implications for public health practice?

Whereas avoiding injection likely reduces infectious disease transmission, noninjection routes might still contribute to overdose. Provision of locally tailored messaging and linkage to medical treatment is important among persons using IMF through non-injection routes.

During 2019–2023, U.S. overdose deaths involving fentanyl have more than doubled, from an estimated 35,474 in 2019 to 72,219 in 2023 (1). From 2020 to 2022, overdose deaths with only illegally manufactured fentanyl (IMF) detected and evidence of smoking IMF increased by 78.9%; deaths with evidence of injection decreased by 41.6% (2). Smoking, however, could not be linked specifically to IMF use when deaths involved multiple drugs (e.g., methamphetamine co-used with IMF). To characterize IMF administration routes among all persons who use IMF, with or without other drugs, IMF administration routes were examined among adults assessed for substance use treatment who used IMF during the past 30 days.

Investigation and Outcomes

The National Addictions Vigilance Intervention and Prevention Program’s Addiction Severity Index-Multimedia Version (ASI-MV) tool* includes a convenience sample of adults aged ≥18 years assessed for substance-use treatment. CDC analyzed treatment assessments conducted between July 1, 2017, and June 30, 2023, which were restricted to 14 states with at least 100 assessments reporting past 30-day IMF use (16,636)§ and stratified by administration routes (swallowed, snorted or sniffed, smoked, and injected). The percentage of persons reporting each administration route was calculated for 6-month periods by U.S. Census Bureau region.** Significant (p-value <0.05) trends by administration route were identified using Joinpoint (Joinpoint version 5.1.0; National Cancer Institute) and Pearson correlations. This activity was reviewed by CDC, deemed not research, and was conducted consistent with applicable federal law and CDC policy.††

In the Midwest, South, and West U.S. Census Bureau regions, increases in smoking (from 7.8% during July–December 2017 to 38.2% during January–June 2023 [Midwest]; from 15.4% during January–June 2020 to 54.0% during January–June 2023 [South]; and from 45.7% during January–June 2018 to 85.7% during January–June 2023 [West]) were strongly negatively correlated with decreases in injection (Pearson correlation coefficient [r] = −0.96; p<0.001 [Midwest]; −0.98; p<0.001 [South]; and −0.74; p<0.01 [West]). Injection decreased from 75.2% during January–June 2020 to 41.2% during January–June 2023 in the Midwest U.S. Census Bureau region; from 54.2% during July–December 2020 to 30.3% during January–June 2023 in the South; and from 65.6% during July–December 2018 to 9.1% during January–June 2023 in the West, but timing of changes across each census region varied (Figure). In the Northeast, increases in snorting or sniffing (from 18.9% during July–December 2017 to 45.5% during January–June 2023) were strongly negatively correlated (r = −0.89; p<0.001) with a decrease in injection (from 83.8% during July–December 2017 to 63.4% during January–June 2023).

Preliminary Conclusions and Actions

Consistent with other fatal overdose investigations (2), the percentage of persons injecting IMF sharply declined across all U.S. Census Bureau regions between 2017 and 2023, although the magnitudes of these declines were region-specific. Some persons who use IMF reportedly believe that smoking is safer than injecting IMF (3). Whereas avoiding injection likely reduces the risk for acquiring bloodborne viruses (e.g., HIV or HCV) and soft tissue infections (2,4), noninjection routes might contribute to overdose or other health problems (e.g., orofacial lesions associated with snorting) (5). Compared with injection, smoking IMF is associated with a higher frequency of use throughout the day and potentially higher daily dosages consumed (3). Substantial shifts to smoking IMF in the Midwest, South, and West, and sniffing or snorting IMF in the Northeast (i.e., Massachusetts) highlight the need to understand local trends in drug use and tailor local messaging, outreach, and linkage to medical care, including effective treatment for opioid use disorder in persons using IMF through noninjection routes.

Corresponding author: Yijie Chen, mns7@cdc.gov.

Source: https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/73/wr/mm7350a4.htm?s_cid=mm7350a4_w


1Division of Overdose Prevention, National Center for Injury Prevention and Control, CDC.

All authors have completed and submitted the International Committee of Medical Journal Editors form for disclosure of potential conflicts of interest. No potential conflicts of interest were disclosed.

Provided by GlobeNewswire  

Millburn, NJ, Dec. 17, 2024 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Thousands of residents from New Jersey and throughout the country, including many health care professionals, are now better informed and prepared to act in the fight against the nationwide opioid crisis thanks to the Knock Out Opioid Abuse Day Learning Series.

The Learning Series’ monthly webinars drew more than 10,000 attendees in 2024, including participants from fields including health care, education and law enforcement, as well as prevention, treatment and recovery professionals Organized by the Partnership for a Drug-Free New Jersey (PDFNJ) in collaboration with the Opioid Education Foundation of America (OEFA) and the Office of Alternative and Community Responses (OACR), the series covers a broad range of topics, from prevention and recovery to trauma, stigma and building resilience in those working on the front lines.

“The attendance represent thousands of people who are now better equipped to make a difference,” said Angelo Valente, Executive Director of PDFNJ.

Beyond educating the general public about the opioid epidemic, the series provided tools and strategies specific to health care workers and other professionals in related fields to help them make informed decisions in their work. Participants earned more than 6,000 continuing education credits, a testament to the program’s commitment to empowering professionals to drive real-world change in their communities.

The Learning Series provided credits for various professions including physicians, dentists, nurses, nurse practitioners, pharmacists, optometrists, social workers, certified health education specialists and EMTs.

In 2024, the webinars brought together experts from various prestigious institutions and organizations, including the New Jersey State Police, the Veterans Affairs Administration, and the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA). These speakers, including Christopher M. Jones, Director of the Center for Substance Abuse Prevention at SAMHSA, shared practical solutions and cutting-edge research, ensuring participants left with insights that could be immediately applied in their communities.

“The Learning Series has grown steadily since it began in 2020, thanks to the incredible speakers and organizations that have shared their time and expertise,” Valente said. “Their contributions have made this series an invaluable resource for professionals in New Jersey and beyond, providing practical strategies and real-world insights to address the opioid crisis.”

The series also serves as part of the annual Knock Out Opioid Abuse Day initiative, held every October 6 to raise awareness about the risks of opioid misuse and educate residents and prescribers statewide. Its growth year over year underscores the need for evidence-based education and practical solutions to combat this epidemic.

The 2025 series will kick off at 11 a.m. on Thursday, January 30, 2025, with a webinar exploring the latest trends in the national opioid crisis. To learn more about Knock Out Opioid Abuse Day and for a schedule of webinars, please visit knockoutday.drugfreenj.org.

Source: https://www.morningstar.com/news/globe-newswire/9320021/2024-learning-series-drives-conversations-and-solutions-in-the-fight-against-opioid-misuse

<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>

Best known for its statewide anti-drug advertising campaign, the Partnership for a Drug-Free New Jersey is a private not-for-profit coalition of professionals from the communications, corporate and government communities whose collective mission is to reduce demand for illicit drugs in New Jersey through media communication. To date, more than $200 million in broadcast time and print space has been donated to the Partnership’s New Jersey campaign, making it the largest public service advertising campaign in New Jersey’s history. Since its inception the Partnership has garnered 230 advertising and public relations awards from national, regional and statewide media organizations.

New NIH-funded data show lower use of most substances continues following the COVID-19 pandemic

After declining significantly during the COVID-19 pandemic, substance use among adolescents has continued to hold steady at lowered levels for the fourth year in a row, according to the latest results from the Monitoring the Future Survey, which is funded by the National Institutes of Health (NIH). These recent data continue to document stable and declining trends in the use of most drugs among young people.

“This trend in the reduction of substance use among teenagers is unprecedented,” said Nora D. Volkow, M.D., director of NIH’s National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA). “We must continue to investigate factors that have contributed to this lowered risk of substance use to tailor interventions to support the continuation of this trend.”

Reported use for almost all measured substances decreased dramatically between 2020 and 2021, after the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and related changes like school closures and social distancing. In 2022 and 2023, most reported substance use among adolescents held steady at these lowered levels, with similar trends and some decreases in use in 2024.

The Monitoring the Future survey is conducted by researchers at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and funded by NIDA. The survey is given annually to students in eighth, 10th, and 12th grades who self-report their substance use behaviors over various time periods, such as past 30 days, past 12 months, and lifetime. The survey also documents students’ perceptions of harm, disapproval of use, and perceived availability of drugs. The survey results are released the same year the data are collected. From February through June 2024, the Monitoring the Future investigators collected 24,257 surveys from students enrolled across 272 public and private schools in the United States.

When breaking down the data by specific drugs, the survey found that adolescents most commonly reported use of alcohol, nicotine vaping, and cannabis in the 12 months prior to the survey, and levels generally declined from or held steady with the lowered use reported over the past few years. Compared to levels reported in 2023, data reported in 2024 show:

  • Alcohol use remained stable for eighth graders, with 12.9% reporting use in the past 12 months. Alcohol use declined among the other two grades surveyed, with 26.1% of 10th graders reporting alcohol use in the past 12 months (compared to 30.6% in 2023), and 41.7% of 12th graders reporting alcohol use in the past 12 months (compared to 45.7% in 2023).
  • Nicotine vaping remained stable for eighth and 12th graders, with 9.6% of eighth graders and 21.0% of 12th graders reporting vaping nicotine in the past 12 months. It declined among 10th graders, with 15.4% reporting nicotine vaping in the past 12 months (compared to 17.6% in 2023).
  • Nicotine pouch use remained stable for eighth graders, with 0.6% reporting use within the past 12 months. It increased among the two older grades with 3.4% of 10th graders reporting nicotine pouch use in the past 12 months (compared to 1.9% in 2023) and 5.9% of 12th graders reporting nicotine pouch use in the past 12 months (compared to 2.9% in 2023).
  • Cannabis use remained stable for the younger grades, with 7.2% of eighth graders and 15.9% of 10th graders reporting cannabis use in the past 12 months. Cannabis use declined among 12th graders, with 25.8% reporting cannabis use in the past 12 months (compared to 29.0% in 2023). Of note, 5.6% of eighth graders, 11.6% of 10th graders, and 17.6% of 12th graders reported vaping cannabis within the past 12 months, reflecting a stable trend among all three grades.
  • Delta-8-THC (a psychoactive substance found in the Cannabis sativa plant) use was measured for the first time among eighth and 10th graders in 2024, with 2.9% of eighth graders and 7.9% of 10th graders reporting use within the past 12 months. Reported use of Delta-8-THC among 12th graders remained stable with 12.3% reporting use within the past 12 months.
  • Any illicit drug use other than marijuana declined among eight graders, with 3.4% reporting use in the past 12 months compared to 4.6% in 2023). It remained stable for the other two grades surveyed, with 4.4% of 10th graders and 6.5% of 12th graders reporting any illicit drug use other than marijuana in the past 12 months. These data build on long-term trends documenting low and declining use of illicit substances reported among teenagers – including past-year use of cocaine, heroin, and misuse of prescription drugs, generally.
  • Use of narcotics other than heroin (including Vicodin, OxyContin, Percocet, etc.) are only reported among 12th graders, and decreased in 2024, with 0.6% reporting use within the past 12 months (reflecting an all-time low, down from a high of 9.5% in 2004).
  • Abstaining, or not using, marijuana, alcohol, and nicotine in the past 30 days, remained stable for eighth graders, with 89.5% reporting abstaining from use of these drugs in the past 30 days prior to the survey. It increased for the two older grades, with 80.2% of 10th graders reporting abstaining from any use of marijuana, alcohol, and nicotine over the past 30 days (compared to 76.9% in 2023) and 67.1% of 12th graders reporting abstaining from use of these drugs in the past 30 days (compared to 62.6% in 2023).

“Kids who were in eighth grade at the start of the pandemic will be graduating from high school this year, and this unique cohort has ushered in the lowest rates of substance use we’ve seen in decades,” said Richard A. Miech, Ph.D., team lead of the Monitoring the Future survey at the University of Michigan. “Even as the drugs, culture, and landscape continue to evolve in future years, the Monitoring the Future survey will continue to nimbly adapt to measure and report on these trends – just as it has done for the past 50 years.”

The results were gathered from a nationally representative sample, and the data were statistically weighted to provide national numbers. This year, 35% of students who took the survey identified as Hispanic. Of those who did not identify as Hispanic, 14% identified as Black or African American, 1% as American Indian or Alaska Native, 4% as Asian, 1% as Middle Eastern, 37% as white, and 7% as more than one of the preceding non-Hispanic categories. The survey also asks respondents to identify as male, female, other, or prefer not to answer. For the 2024 survey, 47% of students identified as male, 49% identified as female, 1% identified as other, and 3% selected the “prefer not to answer” option.

All participating students took the survey via the web – either on tablets or on a computer – with 99% of respondents taking the survey in-person in school in 2024. The 2024 Monitoring the Future data tables highlighting the survey results are available online from the University of Michigan.

The 2024 Monitoring the Future data tables highlighting the survey results are available online from the University of Michigan.

Source: https://nida.nih.gov/news-events/news-releases/2024/12/reported-use-of-most-drugs-among-adolescents-remained-low-in-2024

  Polytechnique insights: A REVIEW BY INSTITUT POLYTECHNIQUE DE PARIS

             assisted by Sophie Podevin
            Journaliste Scientifique, Ginkio
Key points:
  • Addictions are widespread among the French population: in 2020, 25.5% of adults smoked every day and 10% drank at least one glass of alcohol a day.
  • Addiction is based on criteria such as craving, continued consumption despite the dangers, or a withdrawal syndrome when the substance is stopped.
  • In France, the most commonly used addictive substances are tobacco (responsible for 75,000 deaths a year), alcohol (41,000 deaths a year) and cannabis.
  • There has been a marked increase in the use of psychostimulant drugs among adults since 2010, and diversion of opiate-based medicines is on the rise.
  • Current research is focusing on studies specifically dedicated to drug users, to better identify effective therapies tailored to their profiles.

As the leading cause of a deregulation in the brain’s reward circuit, addictions are still widespread among the French population. This is largely due to the widespread use of legal psychoactive substances: tobacco and alcohol, which are the two leading causes of premature death in France. In 2020, nearly 25.5% of adults smoked every day (12 million people) and 10% drank at least one glass of alcohol a day (5 million people). So, what is the situation for substance addictions in France for the coming year?

A restricted definition

First of all, to qualify as an addiction, a person must meet at least 2 of the 11 criteria set out in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM‑5), including: craving, a compelling need to consume the substance or perform the activity; loss of control over the quantity and time devoted to consumption; increased tolerance to the product; a strong desire to reduce doses; continued use despite the damage; or the presence of a withdrawal syndrome when the addictive behaviour is abruptly stopped…

To date, only addictions to substances (tobacco, alcohol, cannabis, cocaine, opium and derivatives) or to video games and gambling are recognised as “addictions”. Social networking, sexual hyperactivity and sugar are not considered as such due to a lack of data and scientific evidence.

Top three

In France, the most widely used addictive substances are still tobacco, alcohol and cannabis. The first two are responsible for 75,000 and 41,000 deaths a year respectively. These are terrifying figures, known but ignored because of habit.

In an article published on 20 October 2024, Doctor Bernard Basset, chairman of the Addictions France association, and psychiatrist and addictologist Amine Benyamina, chairman of the Fédération Française d’Addictologie (FFA), proposed a series of measures combining public health and government debt, such as taxing drinks according to their alcohol content, or introducing a minimum price per drink based on the Scottish model. “In France, we have a real cultural problem with alcohol and very powerful lobbies,” says Amine Benyamina. “All public prevention policies are stifled or censored.” And yet, according to data collected by the Constances epidemiological cohort, which numbered almost 200,000 people in 2018, 19.8% of men and 8% of women in the working population are thought to have a harmful use of alcohol.

While the problem persists, it is changing. Starting with a major positive point made by Guillaume Airagnes, Director of the French Observatory of Drugs and Addictive Tendencies (OFDT) and Doctor of Psychiatry and Addictology: “The general consumption of substances such as tobacco and alcohol has been falling among young people since 2010.” However, there was a downside at the time of Covid, when several addictive activities were on the increase during confinement.

On the other hand, a clear increase in the use of psychostimulant drugs has been observed among adults since 2010, “although the levels of use in the general population remain incomparably lower than those for tobacco, alcohol or cannabis” points out Guillaume Airagnes.

These substances, like ecstasy, have benefited from their image becoming much more commonplace. This is also the case for cocaine, the availability of which has risen steadily over the last ten years, and which used to be the social marker of a wealthy economic category. In 2021, 26.5 tonnes of cocaine were seized, a 67% increase on 2018. “Cocaine benefits from the tenacious stereotype that it does not produce dependence. In reality, while the signs of physical withdrawal are almost non-existent, it is one of the most psychologically tyrannical substances, with extremely powerful cravings,” describes Amine Benyamina, who is also head of the psychiatry and addictology department at the Paul-Brousse hospital in Paris. This increase is set to continue. The 2020 lockdowns demonstrated the adaptability of the drug trade, with home delivery services, marketing, attractive packaging, the use of social networks and instant messaging, and even payments in cryptocurrency.

Misuse of medicines as a new drug

Another less well-known development is the misuse of certain opiate-based drugs, such as codeine or tramadol, which are intended for therapeutic purposes. These are morphine derivatives with a less powerful analgesic effect than morphine. “Paradoxically, this makes them more addictive,” explains Guillaume Airagnes. “As the psychoactive effects are less intense, this leads to greater compulsive consumption.” Misuse of these drugs has been documented for around ten years and remains under close surveillance, although it still only concerns a “very small proportion of users” the director of the OFDT points out.

In his department, Amine Benyamina also sees new types of drug misuse: “More marginal but just as problematic is the use of pregabalin or LYRICA. This is a product designed to treat neuropathic pain or post-traumatic stress syndromes.” This analgesic, which this time is not a morphine derivative, also has a strong addictive potential, encouraging patients to continue taking it beyond the prescription period.

One of the first problems facing carers is the lack of information about drug users themselves. In fact, most of the data on addiction in France comes from surveys carried out on the general population to be more representative. But not for much longer! In April 2024, the first national e‑cohort open only to drug users was launched: ComPaRe Pratiques Addictives. “We already have several thousand subscribers,” says Guillaume Airagnes, who is heading up the study. “The only condition to be eligible is to be a psychoactive substance user at the time of inclusion in the study. Of course, our aim is to follow up participants for at least 5 years, regardless of whether they continue to use substances.”

The responses and the long-term follow-up will enable Guillaume Airagnes and his teams to explore several avenues of research: the question of multiple drug use, which seems to be the rule rather than the exception; the relationship between drug use and economic, demographic or professional situation; the study of the very strong stigmatisation phenomenon among these users, etc. These data will also enable us to better target effective therapies that are adapted to each profile.

In its Guide pratique de psychothérapies les plus utilisées en addictologie of May 2022, the Fédération Française d’Addictologie lists and ranks the different therapies according to their clinical relevance. The behavioural and cognitive therapy (BCT) approach remains the most popular, with a method that can be adapted to addictions with and without substances and solid results confirmed by scientific studies.

But other avenues of treatment are being explored, such as the surprising use of LSD derivatives. “The initial results are surprising and encouraging,” says Professor Amine Benyamina with satisfaction. “Of course, it’s important to remember that these studies are very closely supervised” warns the professor, who is working with his team on the effect of psilocybin on alcohol addiction. “They should not be reproduced at home!”

SAM Drug Report’s Friday Fact report – 11:31 Friday 10th Jan 2025

A study that was published last week in Addictive Behaviors found that alcohol and tobacco are more likely to be used on days when marijuana is used.

The study found that individuals consumed an average of 0.45 more alcoholic drinks on days when marijuana was used, compared to days when marijuana was not used. Similarly, the study found that individuals smoked an average of 0.63 more cigarettes on days when marijuana was used. Both of these findings were statistically significant (p=0.01).

Seeking to explain these findings, the researchers posited that “the impact of cannabis use on the endocannabinoid system may reinforce the use of alcohol and tobacco through mechanisms related to psychological reward.” They added that “bidirectionality must be considered,” given that the use of one substance may influence the effect of an additional substance––it may enhance a high, for example.

The researchers noted that “the observed within-person positive associations between cannabis use and same-day alcohol consumption and cigarettes smoked are consistent with previous research that has shown a tendency for substance use behaviors to co-occur.”

Indeed, cross-tabs from the 2023 National Survey on Drug Use and Health found that those who used marijuana in the past 30 days were three times as likely to have smoked cigarettes in the past 30 days (30.8% vs. 10.4%) and 63% more likely to have used alcohol in the past 30 days (70.7% vs. 43.4%), compared to those who did not use marijuana in the past 30 days.

Source: SAM Drug Report’s Friday Fact report – 11:31 Friday 10th Jan 2025 – The Drug Report’s

 

 

Smart Approaches to Marijuana (SAM) is an alliance of organizations and individuals dedicated to a health-first approach to marijuana policy. We are professionals working in mental health and public health. We are bipartisan. We are medical doctors, lawmakers, treatment providers, preventionists, teachers, law enforcement officers and others who seek a middle road between incarceration and legalization. Our commonsense, third-way approach to marijuana policy is based on reputable science and sound principles of public health and safety.

People smoke the stuff perfectly openly, without fear, with the threatened £90 fine seemingly a remote possibility.                                                                                                                           

by Zoe Strimpel – The Telegraph London author – 14 December 2024 4:09pm GMT

Sir Elton John Credit: Ben Gibson

Zoe Strimpel writes: I was about 23 and was still finding my feet socially in London. I’d always really been a champagne girl at heart but cannabis smoking was common in some of the circles I spent time in. It seemed so tacky and boring, the province of the sorts of bores one met while “travelling”, so I usually said no.

But one night in a run-down flat somewhere in north London, I went along with everyone else. Not long afterwards my heart began to pound like never before and a wave of horrible panic crashed over me, like I was trapped in a physiological nightmare and might die.

This was combined with a much more familiar sense of self-recrimination: why had I got myself into this? It wasn’t tempting in the first place and it could never have been worth it. And now I was paying the price – and so was the friend, now more like a sister to me, who had to tend to me in my tearful panic.

Since then, the pressure to imbibe cannabis has only grown and spread, from tatty student settings to (upper)-middle class and middle-aged environs.

Those who prefer to avoid the smoke element can still mainline the active ingredient – THC – by choosing from a wide range of edibles, which are generally like jelly babies. These make you (me) feel just as dreadful as the smoke sort, though mercifully without the stink.

All of which is why I am in full agreement with Elton John who, as Time magazine’s “icon of the year”, has lambasted the legalisation of pot in North America as “one of the greatest mistakes of all time”.

Sir Elton, himself an addict until he got sober 34 years ago, pointed out that: “It leads to other drugs. And when you’re stoned – and I’ve been stoned – you don’t think normally.”

This is a statement of blinding obviousness, and yet in our strange society it sounds reactionary, refreshing, courageous. How is it that a drug known – outside of carefully managed medical settings where it can help with pain and sleep – to trigger psychosis and turn people into paranoiacs and dullards, and, when smoked, to cause damage to the lungs and body, came to be considered safe by North American lawmakers?

To be seen as so perfectly respectable, fine and dandy that states explicitly give their blessing to recreational use of it? And this in an America that doesn’t let people drink until they are 21 or even touch containers of alcohol till that age, or in public.

In the UK, it is not legal and classed as a class B drug. But that does not mean that ‘it is not ubiquitous’.

This is depressing. I’m all for the exploration and titration of psychoactive drugs to help people in desperate need of pain relief. I am interested in, though not yet convinced by, use of mushrooms (psilocybin) and ecstasy (MDMA) in treating depression.

But the general prevalence of cannabis is a much drearier, bigger, more worrying issue, connected to a general sense of inconsistency and disconnected logic among law-makers and enforcers on one hand, and a sense that all we want to do is bury ourselves in escapist hedonism that alters our minds and our worlds so as to reduce the stress associated with, for instance, responsibility, reality and work.

Labour has indicated that it does not wish to legalise cannabis. But it seems happy, as do the police, with the fact that nobody cares about its technical illegality. People smoke the stuff perfectly openly, without fear, with the threatened £90 fine seemingly a remote possibility. Children therefore have to inhale it in parks. It is a gateway drug for hard drugs and criminality, and forms a familiar backdrop for the insouciant menace of gangs.

But according 2023 figures from the ONS, cannabis was by far the most-commonly used recreational drug in the UK, with 7.4 per cent of adults aged 16 to 59 saying they had consumed it in the last year.

The counter-currents in state attitudes to recreational drugs are just weird. Why does the state look benignly on the smoking of this illegal substance, and fail to promote information about the dangers of inhaling it via smoke (and edibles), but noisily pursue the outlawing of cigarette smoking for those born after a certain date?

Fags are toxic and cancer-causing, and nobody should have to regularly breathe second-hand smoke. But so long as the harm of smoking (the tar in tobacco) is limited to the smoker, and those who voluntarily inhale their smoke, the wider mental effects are not disturbing.

Nicotine alone doesn’t tend to ‘alter personality beyond recognition’ or induce fits of paranoia, depression, criminality or addiction to other substances.

And let’s face it: a waft of cigarette smoke is quite pleasant. Cigarettes retain a kind of aesthetic glamour; their use is not at odds with beauty, comfort, decadence and good conversation. Pot-smokers, instead, give off a polluting stink that lowers the tone of whatever environment one is in, makes conversation a thousand times more inane, and seems to celebrate the urge to do less, or nothing, smugly. Cannabis is deadening, however it is consumed.

Even among those who work hard and have children, cannabis rules, becoming a fixation without which no relaxation is possible, whipped out as soon as the working day ends or the children are asleep. Perhaps what we need is to find other ways to relax, like reading a good book. Or, of course, to stop chasing relaxation and indolence at all costs, full stop.

SOURCE: https://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/2024/12/14/elton-john-is-right-cannabis-deadening-to-soul/

COMMENT BY NATIONAL DRUG PREVENTION ALLIANCE ON THE ARTICLE BY DREXEL – 15 DECEMBER 2024:

 NDPA has significant reservations about his article. Drexel (a ‘private university’ in Philadelphia) are asserting that all drug use is stigmatised ,and that such stigmatisation as they observe should be negated. But other specialists in the field counter by giving comments on stigma/human behaviour etc, as follows:

  • There is no doubt that language which stigmatises a situation or a person is something to be avoided, and there should be an un-stigmatised opening for people to access healthful interventions, but
  • Drug use and addiction is a ‘chicken and egg’ situation, and
  • Writers like this one start half way through the situation, when a person has made a decision to stop being a ‘drug-free’ person; they are already moving down a path which can lead to consequences which were not what they wanted when deciding to use, so
  • They are already a user, and what one might call the ‘pre-addictive’ stage is ignored. Addicted users are portrayed as no less or more than victims, seduced by profiteering suppliers, which
  • Circumvents the initial chapter in the story i.e. the stage in which a person decides to use a substance which
  • In retrospect ca be seen as a bad decision, which should be the target of productive prevention. This is
  • ‘pre the event’ – the heart of the word ‘prevention’ which in its Latin-base (‘praevenire’) means ‘to come before’ – not to come ‘during’!

Take the following paragraph in this paper:

“Awareness of stigma as an impediment to treatment has grown in the last two decades. In the wake of America’s opioid epidemic — when strategic, deceitful marketing, promotion and overprescription of addictive painkillers resulted in millions of individuals unwittingly becoming addicted — the general public began to recognize addiction as a disease to be treated, rather than a moral failure to be punished — as it was often portrayed during the “War on Drugs” in the 1970s and ‘80s”.

Whilst we can harmonise with the authors of this paper in seeking to remove ‘stigma as an impediment to treatment’, we part company with them when they classify all addicts as ‘unwitting victims of deceitful marketing and promotion’. The simple fact is that they made a bad decision, for whatever reason … in some cases suckered, yes, or in other cases not looking down that road and its consequences on themselves and others around them (‘short termism’) – this was not a ‘moral  wrong’, it was what it was.

Prevention should therefore assist people to make healthful decisions – the kind of decision which countless former users make for themselves, thereby moving themselves off the ‘pre-addictive’ road onto a healthful one.

This paper does not include this wider picture, and is the less for that.

<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<NDPA>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>

DREXEL PRIVATE UNIVERSITY TEXT:

December 11, 2024

Researchers from Drexel’s College of Computing & Informatics have created large language model program that can help people avoid using language online that creates stigma around substance use disorder.

Drug addiction has been one of America’s growing public health concerns for decades. Despite the development of effective treatments and support resources, few people who are suffering from a substance use disorder seek help. Reluctance to seek help has been attributed to the stigma often attached to the condition. So, in an effort to address this problem, researchers at Drexel University are raising awareness of the stigmatizing language present in online forums and they have created an artificial intelligence tool to help educate users and offer alternative language.

Presented at the recent Conference on Empirical Methods in Natural Language Processing (EMNLP), the tool uses large language models (LLMs), such as GPT-4 and Llama to identify stigmatizing language and suggest alternative wording — the way spelling and grammar checking programs flag typos.

“Stigmatized language is so engrained that people often don’t even know they’re doing it,” said Shadi Rezapour, PhD, an assistant professor in the College of Computing & Informatics who leads Drexel’s Social NLP Lab, and the research that developed the tool. “Words that attack the person, rather than the disease of addiction, only serve to further isolate individuals who are suffering — making it difficult for them to come to grips with the affliction and seek the help they need. Addressing stigmatizing language in online communities is a key first step to educating the public and reducing its use.”

According to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, only 7% of people living with substance use disorder receive any form of treatment, despite tens of billions of dollars being allocated to support treatment and recovery programs. Studies show that people who felt they needed treatment did not seek it for fear of being stigmatized.

“Framing addiction as a weakness or failure is neither accurate nor helpful as our society attempts to address this public health crisis,” Rezapour said. “People who have fallen victim in America suffer both from their addiction, as well as a social stigma that has formed around it. As a result, few people seek help, despite significant resources being committed to addiction recovery in recent decades.”

Awareness of stigma as an impediment to treatment has grown in the last two decades. In the wake of America’s opioid epidemic — when strategic, deceitful marketing, promotion and overprescription of addictive painkillers resulted in millions of individuals unwittingly becoming addicted — the general public began to recognize addiction as a disease to be treated, rather than a moral failure to be punished — as it was often portrayed during the “War on Drugs” in the 1970s and ‘80s.

But according to a study by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, while stigmatizing language in traditional media has decreased over time, its use on social media platforms has increased. The Drexel researchers suggest that encountering such language in an online forum can be particularly harmful because people often turn to these communities to seek comfort and support.

“Despite the potential for support, the digital space can mirror and magnify the very societal stigmas it has the power to dismantle, affecting individuals’ mental health and recovery process adversely,” Rezapour said. “Our objective was to develop a framework that could help to preserve these supportive spaces.”

By harnessing the power of LLMs — the machine learning systems that power chatbots, spelling and grammar checkers, and word suggestion tools— the researchers developed a framework that could potentially help digital forum users become more aware of how their word choices might affect fellow community members suffering from substance use disorder.

To do it, they first set out to understand the forms that stigmatizing language takes on digital forums. The team used manually annotated posts to evaluate an LLM’s ability to detect and revise problematic language patterns in online discussions about substance abuse.

Once it has able to classify language to a high degree of accuracy, they employed it on more than 1.2 million posts from four popular Reddit forums. The model identified more than 3,000 posts with some form of stigmatizing language toward people with substance use disorder.

Using this dataset as a guide, the team prepared its GPT-4 LLM to become an agent of change. Incorporating non-stigmatizing language guidance from the National Institute on Drug Abuse, the researchers prompt-engineered the model to offer a non-stigmatizing alternative whenever it encountered stigmatizing language in a post. Suggestions focused on using sympathetic narratives, removing blame and highlighting structural barriers to treatment.

The programs ultimately produced more than 1,600 de-stigmatized phrases, each paired as an alternative to a type of stigmatizing language.

 

destigmatized text

 

Using a combination of human reviewers and natural language processing programs, the team evaluated the model on the overall quality of the responses, extended de-stigmatization, and fidelity to the original post.

“Fidelity to the original post is very important,” said Layla Bouzoubaa, a doctoral student in the College of Computing & Informatics who was a lead author of the research. “The last thing we want to do is remove agency from any user or censor their authentic voice. What we envision for this pipeline is that if it were integrated onto a social media platform, for example, it will merely offer an alternate way to phrase their text if their text contains stigmatizing language towards people who use drugs. The user can choose to accept this or not. Kind of like a Grammarly for bad language.”

Bouzoubaa also noted the importance of providing clear, transparent explanations of why the suggestions were offered and strong privacy protections of user data when it comes to widespread adoption of the program.

To promote transparency in the process, as well as helping to educate users, the team took the step of incorporating an explanation layer in the model so that when it identified an instance of stigmatizing language it would automatically provide a detailed explanation for its classification, based on the four elements of stigma identified in the initial analysis of Reddit posts.

“We believe this automated feedback may feel less judgmental or confrontational than direct human feedback, potentially making users more receptive to the suggested changes,” Bouzoubaa said.

This effort is the most recent addition to the group’s foundational work examining how people share personal stories online about experiences with drugs and the communities that have formed around these conversations on Reddit.

“To our knowledge, there has not been any research on addressing or countering the language people use (computationally) that can make people in a vulnerable population feel stigmatized against,” Bouzoubaa said. “I think this is the biggest advantage of LLM technology and the benefit of our work. The idea behind this work is not overly complex; however, we are using LLMs as a tool to reach lengths that we could never achieve before on a problem that is also very challenging and that is where the novelty and strength of our work lies.”

In addition to making public the programs, the dataset of posts with stigmatizing language, as well as the de-stigmatized alternatives, the researchers plan to continue their work by studying how stigma is perceived and felt in the lived experiences of people with substance use disorders.

 

 

In addition to Rezapour and Bouzoubaa, Elham Aghakhani contributed to this research.

Read the full paper here: https://aclanthology.org/2024.emnlp-main.516/

This is an RTE component

Source: https://drexel.edu/news/archive/2024/December/LLM-substance-use-disorder-stigmatizing-language

Few patients know about evidence-based treatment—or have or seek access to it

Overview

Alcohol is the leading driver of substance use-related fatalities in America: Each year, frequent or excessive drinking causes approximately 178,000 deaths.1 Excessive alcohol use is common in the United States among people who drink: In 2022, of the 137 million Americans who reported drinking in the last 30 days, 45% reported binge drinking (five or more drinks in a sitting for men; four for women).2 Such excessive drinking is associated with health problems such as injuries, alcohol poisoning, cardiovascular conditions, mental health problems, and certain cancers.3

In 2020, many people increased their drinking because of COVID-19-related stressors, including social isolation, which led to a 26% increase in alcohol-related deaths during the first year of the pandemic.4

Figure 1

Alcohol‑Related Deaths Have Increased Since 2016

Growth is driven by increases in both acute and chronic causes of death

Stacked bar graph shows yearly increases in alcohol-related deaths attributed to both chronic and acute causes from 2016-17 through 2020-21. Deaths related to chronic causes increased from approximately 89,000 to approximately 117,000 (a 32% increase), while acute deaths increased from approximately 49,000 to approximately 61,000 (a 24% increase).

Notes: Chronic causes of death include illness related to excessive alcohol use such as cancer, heart disease, and stroke, and diseases of the liver, gallbladder, and pancreas. Acute causes include alcohol-related poisonings, car crashes, and suicide.

Source: Marissa B. Esser et al., “Deaths From Excessive Alcohol Use—United States, 2016-2021,” Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report 73, no. 8154-61, https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/73/wr/mm7308a1.htm#T1_down

© 2024 The Pew Charitable Trusts

Nationwide, nearly 30 million people are estimated to have alcohol use disorder (AUD); it is the most common substance use disorder. AUD is a treatable, chronic health condition characterized by a person’s inability to reduce or quit drinking despite negative social, professional, or health effects.5 While no single cause is responsible for developing AUD, a mix of biological, psychological, and environmental factors can increase an individual’s risk, including a family history of the disorder.6

There are well-established guidelines for AUD screening and treatment, including questions that can be asked by a person’s health care team, medications approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), behavioral therapies, and recovery supports, but these approaches often are not put into practice.7 When policies encourage the adoption of screening and evidence-based medicines for AUD, particularly in primary care, the burden of alcohol-related health problems can be reduced across the country.8

The Spectrum of Unhealthy Alcohol Use

For adults of legal drinking age, U.S. dietary guidelines recommend that they choose not to drink or drink in moderation, defined as two drinks or fewer in a day for men, and one drink or fewer in a day for women.9 One drink is defined as 0.6 ounces of pure alcohol—the amount in a 12-ounce beer containing 5% alcohol, a 5-ounce glass of wine containing 12% alcohol, or 1.5 ounces of 80-proof liquor.10

Consumption patterns exceeding these recommended levels are considered:

  • Heavy drinking, defined by the number of drinks consumed per week: 15 or more for men, and eight or more for women.11
  • Binge drinking, defined by the number of drinks consumed in a single sitting: five or more for men, and four or more for women.12

Alcohol use disorder is defined by The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) as having symptoms of two or more diagnostic criteria within a 12-month period.13 The diagnostic criteria assess behaviors such as trying to stop drinking but being unable to, alcohol cravings, and the extent to which drinking interferes with an individual’s life.14 AUD can be mild (meeting two or three criteria), moderate (meeting four or five criteria), or severe (six or more criteria).15

Identifying and preventing AUD

Primary care providers are well positioned to recognize the signs of unsafe drinking in their patients. The U.S. Preventive Services Task Force recommends that these providers screen adults 18 years and older for alcohol misuse.16 One commonly used evidence-based approach, SBIRT—or screening, brief intervention, and referral to treatment—is a series of steps that help providers identify and address a patient’s problematic substance use.17

Using a screening questionnaire, a provider can determine whether a patient is at risk and, if so, can deliver periodic brief behavioral interventions in an office setting. Such interventions have been shown to reduce heavy alcohol use among adolescents, adults, and older adults.18 When a patient meets the criteria for AUD, providers can offer medication, connect them to specialty treatment, refer them to recovery supports such as Alcoholics Anonymous or other mutual-help groups, or all of the above, depending on a patient’s needs and preferences.19 When these interventions are used in primary care settings, they can reduce heavy alcohol use.20

While screening for AUD is common, few providers follow up when a patient reports problematic alcohol use. From 2015 to 2019, 70% of people with AUD were asked about their alcohol use in health care settings, but just 12% of them received information or advice about reducing their alcohol use.21 Only 5% were referred to treatment.22

Emergency departments (EDs) are another important setting for identifying AUD, and to maintain accreditation they are required to screen at least 80% of all patients for alcohol use.23 Alcohol is the most common cause of substance-related ED visits, meaning many people in these settings are engaged in excessive or risky alcohol consumption and could be linked to care.24

The use of SBIRT in the ED can also reduce alcohol use, especially for people without severe alcohol problems.25 Providers who use SBIRT can help patients reduce future ED visits and also some negative consequences associated with alcohol use, such as injuries.26

Commonly cited barriers to using SBIRT in these health care settings include competing priorities and insufficient treatment capacity in the community when patients need referrals. Conversely, SBIRT use increases with strong leadership and provider buy-in, collaboration across departments and treatment settings, and sufficient privacy to discuss substance use with patients.27

Jails and prisons should also screen for AUD, as well as other SUDs, to assess clinical needs and connect individuals with care. However, screening practices may not be evidence based. A review of the intake forms used to screen individuals in a sample of jails in 2018-19 found that some did not ask about SUD at all, and of those that did, they did not use validated tools accepted for use in health care and SUD treatment settings.28

Withdrawal management

Up to half of all people with AUD experience some withdrawal symptoms when attempting to stop drinking.29 For many, common symptoms such as anxiety, sweating, and insomnia are mild.30 For a small percentage, however, withdrawal can be fatal if not managed appropriately.31 These individuals can experience seizures or a condition called alcohol withdrawal delirium (also referred to as delirium tremens), which causes patients to be confused and experience heart problems and other symptoms; if untreated, it can be fatal.32 People with moderate withdrawal symptoms can also require medical management to address symptoms such as tremors in addition to anxiety, sweating, and insomnia.33

To determine whether a patient with AUD is at risk of severe withdrawal or would benefit from help managing symptoms, the American Society of Addiction Medicine recommends that providers evaluate patients with positive AUD screens for their level of withdrawal risk.34 Based on this evaluation, providers can offer or connect patients to the appropriate level of withdrawal management.35

At a minimum, high-quality withdrawal management includes clinical monitoring and medications to address symptoms.36 Providers may also offer behavioral therapies.37 Depending on the severity of a patient’s symptoms and the presence of co-occurring conditions such as severe cardiovascular or liver disease that require a higher level of care, withdrawal management can be provided on either an inpatient or an outpatient basis.38

According to the U.S. Department of Justice’s Bureau of Justice Assistance and the National Institute of Corrections, jails should also use evidence-based standards of care to address alcohol withdrawal. These standards include screening and assessing individuals who are at risk for withdrawal and, if the jail cannot provide appropriate care, transferring them to an ED or hospital.39

Withdrawal management on its own is not effective in treating AUD, and without additional services after discharge, most people will return to alcohol use.40 Because of this, providers should also connect people with follow-up care, such as residential or outpatient treatment, after withdrawal management to improve outcomes. Continued care helps patients sustain abstinence, reduces their risk of arrests and homelessness, and improves employment outcomes.41

Patients face multiple barriers to this follow-up care, however. For example, withdrawal management providers from the Veterans Health Administration cited long wait times for follow-up care, inadequate housing, and lack of integration between withdrawal management and outpatient services as reasons patients couldn’t access services.42 Patients have also cited barriers such as failure of the withdrawal management provider to arrange continued care, lengths of stay that were too short to allow for recovery to begin, insufficient residential treatment capacity for continued care, and inadequate housing.43

Promising practices for improving care continuity include: providing peer recovery coaches—people with lived expertise of substance use disorder who can help patients navigate treatment and recovery; psychosocial services that increase the motivation to continue treatment; initiating medication treatment before discharge; reminder phone calls; and “warm handoffs,” in which patients are physically accompanied from withdrawal management to the next level of care.44

Treating AUD

In 2023, 29 million people in the U.S. met the criteria for AUD, but less than 1 in 10 received any form of treatment.45 Formal treatment may not be necessary for people with milder AUD and strong support systems.46 But people who do seek out care can face a range of barriers, including stigma, lack of knowledge about what treatment looks like and where to get it, cost, lack of access, long wait times, and care that doesn’t meet their cultural needs.47

For those who need it, AUD treatment can include a combination of behavioral, pharmacological, and social supports designed to help patients reach their recovery goals, which can range from abstaining from alcohol to reducing consumption.48

While for many the goal of treatment is to stop using alcohol entirely, supporting non-abstinence treatment goals is also important, because reduced alcohol consumption is associated with important health benefits such as lower blood pressure, improved liver functioning, and better mental health.49

Services for treating AUD—including medication and behavioral therapy—can be offered across the continuum of care, from primary care to intensive inpatient treatment, depending on a patient’s individual needs.50

Medications

Medications for AUD help patients reduce or cease alcohol consumption based on their individual treatment goals and can help improve health outcomes.51 Medications can be particularly helpful for people experiencing cravings or a return to drinking, or people for whom behavioral therapy alone has not been successful.52 But medications are not often used: Of the 30 million people with AUD in 2022, approximately 2% (or 634,000 people) were treated with medication.53

The FDA has approved three medications to treat AUD:

  • Naltrexone reduces cravings in people with AUD.54 This medication is also approved to treat opioid use disorder, and because it blocks the effects of opioids and can cause opioid withdrawal, patients who use these substances must be abstinent from opioids for one to two weeks prior to starting this treatment for AUD.55 It can be taken daily or as needed in a pill or as a monthly injection.56 Oral naltrexone is effective at reducing the percentage of days spent drinking, the percentage of days spent drinking heavily, and a return to any drinking.57 Injectable naltrexone can reduce the number of days spent drinking and the number of heavy drinking days.58 Additionally, naltrexone can reduce the incidence of alcohol-associated liver disease—an often-fatal complication of heavy alcohol use—and slow the disease’s progression in people who already have it.59
  • Acamprosate is taken as a pill.60 It reduces alcohol craving and helps people with AUD abstain from drinking.61 It reduces the likelihood of a return to any drinking and number of drinking days.62
  • Disulfiram deters alcohol use by inducing nausea and vomiting and other negative symptoms if a person drinks while using it.63 It is also taken as a pill.64 There is insufficient data to determine whether a treatment is more effective than a placebo at preventing relapses in alcohol consumption or other related issues.65 However, for some individuals, knowing they will get sick from consuming alcohol while taking disulfiram can increase motivation to abstain.66 As medication adherence is a challenge for patients, supervised administration of disulfiram by another person—for example, a spouse—can improve outcomes in patients who are compliant.67

Additionally, some medications used “off-label” (meaning they were approved for treating other conditions) have also effectively addressed AUD. A systematic review found that topiramate, a medication approved for treating epilepsy and migraines, had the strongest evidence among off-label drugs for reducing both any drinking and heavy drinking days.68 Like naltrexone, it can reduce the incidence of alcohol-related liver disease.69

Despite the benefits that medications provide, they remain an underutilized tool for a variety of reasons—such as lack of knowledge among patients and providers, stigma against the use of medication, and failure of pharmacies to stock the drugs.70

Behavioral therapies

Behavioral therapies can also help individuals manage AUD, and they support medication adherence:

  • Motivational enhancement therapy focuses on steering people through the stages of change71 by reinforcing their motivation to modify personal drinking behaviors.72
  • Cognitive behavioral therapy addresses people’s feelings about themselves and their relationships with others and helps to identify and change negative thought patterns and behaviors related to drinking, including recognizing internal and external triggers. It focuses on developing and practicing coping strategies to manage these triggers and prevent continued alcohol use.73
  • Contingency management uses positive reinforcement to motivate abstinence or other healthy behavioral changes.74 It can help people who drink heavily to reduce their alcohol use.75

All of these approaches can help address AUD, and no one treatment has proved more effective than another in treating this complicated condition.76 Combining behavioral therapies with other approaches such as medication and recovery supports, as described below, can improve their efficacy.77

Recovery supports

Peer support specialists and mutual-help groups can also help people achieve their personal recovery goals:

  • Peer support specialists are individuals with lived expertise in recovery from a substance use disorder who provide a variety of nonclinical services, including emotional support and referrals to community resources.78 The inclusion of peer support specialists in AUD treatment programs has been found to significantly reduce alcohol use and increase attendance in outpatient care.79
  • Mutual-help groups, such as Alcoholics Anonymous (AA) and Self-Management and Recovery Training (SMART), support individuals dealing with a shared problem. People may seek out these groups more than behavioral or medication treatment for AUD because they can join on their own time and at no cost, and they may better cater to people’s needs related to varying gender identities, ages, or races.80 Observational research shows that voluntary attendance at peer-led AA groups can be as effective as behavioral treatments in reducing drinking.81

People with AUD can use recovery supports on their own, in combination with behavioral treatment or medication, or as a method to maintain recovery when leaving residential treatment or withdrawal management.82

While the U.S. records more than 178,000 alcohol-related deaths each year, some populations have a higher risk of alcohol-related deaths, and others face greater barriers to treatment.83

American Indian and Alaska Native communities

Despite seeking treatment at higher rates than other racial/ethnic groups, American Indian and Alaska Native people have the highest rate of alcohol-related deaths.84

Figure 2

American Indian and Alaska Native Individuals Have Persistently Higher Alcohol‑Related Death Rates Compared With Other Racial and Ethnic Groups

Alcohol‑related deaths per 100,000 people

A clustered column chart displays the rate of alcohol-related deaths per 100,000 people by racial and ethnic group for four years: 2012, 2016, 2019, and 2022. While the chart shows increasing rates for all included racial and ethnic groups (American Indian/Alaska Native, White, Hispanic, Black, and Asian or Pacific Islander), the mortality rates are highest each year for American Indian/Alaska Natives.

© 2024 The Pew Charitable Trusts View image

Risk factors that impact these communities and can contribute to these deaths include historical and ongoing trauma from colonization, the challenges of navigating both native and mainstream American cultural contexts, poverty resulting from forced relocation, and higher rates of mental health conditions than in the general population.85 Substances, including alcohol, are sometimes used to cope with these challenges.86

However, American Indian/Alaska Native communities also have rich protective factors such as their cultures, languages, traditions, and connections to elders, which can help reduce negative outcomes associated with alcohol use, especially when treatment services incorporate and build on these strengths.87

For example, interviews with American Indian/Alaska Native patients with AUD in the Pacific Northwest revealed that many participants preferred Native-led treatment environments that incorporated traditional healing practices and recommended the expansion of such services.88

To improve alcohol-related outcomes for American Indians and Alaska Natives, policymakers and health care providers must develop a greater understanding of the barriers and strengths of these diverse communities and support the development of culturally and linguistically appropriate services. The federal Department of Health and Human Services Office of Minority Health defines such an approach as “services that are respectful of and responsive to the health beliefs, practices, and needs of diverse patients.”89

People living in rural areas

Rural communities are another group disproportionately affected by AUD. People living in rural areas have higher alcohol-related mortality rates than urban residents but are often less likely to receive care.90 They face treatment challenges including limited options for care; concerns about privacy while navigating treatment in small, close knit communities; and transportation barriers.91

Figure 3

Alcohol‑Related Deaths Have Increased Faster in Rural Areas

2012‑22 change in alcohol‑induced death rate per 100,000 by urban and rural areas

A graph with four bars shows the increase in alcohol-related deaths per 100,000 people in urban and rural areas from 2012 to 2022. In urban areas, the rate increased from 8.6 to 14.9 per 100,000 people, a 73% increase. In rural areas, the rate increased from 10.1 to 19.6 per 100,000 people, a 94% increase.

Telemedicine can help mitigate these barriers to care.92 Cognitive behavioral therapy and medications for AUD can be delivered effectively in virtual settings.93 People with AUD can also benefit from virtual mutual-help meetings, though some find greater value in face-to-face gatherings.94

Despite the value of virtual care delivery, people living in rural areas also often have limited access to broadband internet, which can make these interventions challenging to use.95 Because of this, better access to in-person care is also needed.

Next steps

To improve screening and treatment for patients with AUD, policymakers, payers, and providers should consider strategies to:

  • Conduct universal screenings for unhealthy alcohol use and appropriately follow up when those screenings indicate a problem. Less than 20% of people with AUD proactively seek care, so health care providers shouldn’t wait for patients to ask them for help.96
  • Connect people with continued care after withdrawal management so that they can begin their recovery. People leaving withdrawal management settings should have a treatment plan that meets their needs—whether that’s behavioral treatment, recovery supports, medication, or a combination of these approaches.
  • Further the use of medications for AUD. With just 2% of people with AUD receiving medication, significant opportunities exist to increase utilization and improve outcomes.97
  • Address disparities through culturally competent treatment and increased access in rural areas. The populations most impacted by AUD should have access to care that meets their needs and preferences.

AUD is a common and treatable health condition that often goes unrecognized or unaddressed. Policymakers can improve the health of their communities by supporting providers in increasing the use of evidence-based treatment approaches.98

If you are concerned about your alcohol consumption, you can use the Check Your Drinking tool created by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention to assess your drinking levels and make a plan to reduce your use.

Source: https://www.pewtrusts.org/en/research-and-analysis/fact-sheets/2024/12/americas-most-common-drug-problem-unhealthy-alcohol-use

PublishedContact:Jared Culligan – jculligan@nahb.org
This December, join NAHB in recognizing National Drunk and Drug Impaired Driving Prevention Month and be aware of the devastating consequences that result from impaired driving.

From 2018 to 2022, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recorded more than 4,700 deaths in drunk driving traffic crashes during the month of December. In addition, a study by NHTSA found more than 54% of injured drivers had some amount of alcohol or drugs in their system at the time of the incident.

Although this month focuses primarily on reducing impaired driving on the road, it’s also crucial to extend this conversation to safety in the workplace and how drunk and drug-impaired driving can impact the construction industry.

What can your organization do to prevent drunk and drug-impaired driving incidents?

  • Provide education and training materials on the effects of certain substances.
  • Perform post-incident drug and alcohol testing and have a recovery-ready workplace to engage and support employees in stopping substance misuse whenever possible.

NAHB has several Video Toolbox Talks available in English and Spanish regarding drunk and drug-impaired driving. Please be sure to check out our content and help spread awareness as we approach the holidays:

In addition, several government establishments are promoting materials during this time of year. Check out their available resources:

If you know of anybody that needs immediate help, please reach out to the 988 Suicide and Crisis Lifeline or SAMHSA’s National Helpline, 1-800-662-HELP (4357).

Source: https://www.nahb.org/blog/2024/12/promote-safe-driving-resources

 

by Brian Anthony Hernandez   

Published on December 28, 2024 08:00AM EST
Teen cigarette use in 2024 was the lowest ever recorded since the Monitoring the Future study started tracking it in the 1970s. A national study discovered that teens in the United States consumed significantly less alcohol and drugs in 2024 compared to past years.

Teen alcohol use has steadily decreased from 2000 to 2024 — falling from 73% to 42% in 12th grade, 65% to 26% in 10th grade and 43% to 13% in 8th grade — according to data from Monitoring the Future (MTF), an annual federally funded study.

<cs-card “=”” class=”card-outer card-full-size ” card-fill-color=”#FFFFFF” card-secondary-color=”#E1E1E1″ gradient-angle=”112.05deg” id=”native_ad_inarticle-1-5c150857-986e-4583-9c28-7eb0a6042d86″ size=”_2x_1y” part=””>

Every year, the University of Michigan’s Institute for Social Research uses grant money from the National Institute on Drug Abuse to conduct the MTF main study, which surveys more than 25,000 8th, 10th and 12th graders to monitor behaviors, attitudes and values of adolescents.

Meanwhile, the MTF’s panel study does follow-up surveys with roughly 20,000 adults ages 19 to 65 to continue to track trends over time.

The main study found that aside from the “long-term, overall decline” in teen alcohol use, in 2024, “alcohol use significantly declined in both 12th and 10th grade for lifetime and past 12-month use. In 10th grade, it also significantly declined for past 30-day use.”

Binge drinking, which researchers defined as “consuming five or more drinks in a row at least once during the past two weeks,” among teens also declined in 2024 for all three grades compared to 2023 and the past two-and-half decades.

Since 2000, binge drinking has fallen from 30% to 9% in 12th grade, from 24% to 5% in 10th grade and from 12% to 2% in 8th grade.

Teen cigarette use in 2024 was the lowest ever recorded since the survey started tracking 12th graders in 1975 and 10th and 8th graders in 1991.

“The intense public debate in the late 1990s over cigarette policies likely played an important role in bringing about the very substantial downturn in adolescent smoking that followed,” researchers said, adding that “an important milestone occurred in 2009 with passage of the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act, which gave the U.S. Food and Drug Administration the authority to regulate the manufacturing, marketing, and sale of tobacco products.”

<cs-card “=”” class=”card-outer card-full-size ” card-fill-color=”#FFFFFF” card-secondary-color=”#E1E1E1″ gradient-angle=”112.05deg” id=”native_ad_inarticle-2-eae67e9b-d26b-4573-9817-90d877a8ab44″ size=”_2x_1y” part=””>

Researchers emphasized that “over time this dramatic decline in regular smoking should produce substantial improvements in the health and longevity of the population.”

Teen marijuana use (non-medical) in 2024 also declined for all three grades, with the percentage of students using marijuana in the last 12 months at 26% in 12th grade, 16% in 10th grade and 7% in 8th grade.

“Levels of annual marijuana use today are considerably lower than the historic highs observed in the late 1970s, when more than half of 12th graders had used marijuana in the past 12 months,” researchers reported.

 

OPENING STATEMENT BY AUTHOR: Dec 31, 2024

Drug Free Australia has launched a new Substack where we start out with the foundational failure of Australia’s 1985 Harm Minimisation experiment which has literally seen thousands of families (5,400 between 2000 and 2007 alone) needlessly grieving for a lost loved one – all directly as a result of our adoption of Harm Reduction measures.  If you think this is fanciful, you need to look at the cold, hard evidence.

If you live in another country, this is precisely a drug policy approach you need to fight to avoid and you may need to use this data to do it.

Gary Christian, President, Drug Free Australia. Phone: 0422 163 141

A study of nearly 10,000 adolescents funded by the National Institutes of Health (NIH) has identified distinct differences in the brain structures of those who used substances before age 15 compared to those who did not. Many of these structural brain differences appeared to exist in childhood before any substance use, suggesting they may play a role in the risk of substance use initiation later in life, in tandem with genetic, environmental, and other neurological factors.

This adds to some emerging evidence that an individual’s brain structure, alongside their unique genetics, environmental exposures, and interactions among these factors, may impact their level of risk and resilience for substance use and addiction. Understanding the complex interplay between the factors that contribute and that protect against drug use is crucial for informing effective prevention interventions and providing support for those who may be most vulnerable.”

Nora Volkow M.D., Director of NIDA

Among the 3,460 adolescents who initiated substances before age 15, most (90.2%) reported trying alcohol, with considerable overlap with nicotine and/or cannabis use; 61.5% and 52.4% of kids initiating nicotine and cannabis, respectively, also reported initiating alcohol. Substance initiation was associated with a variety of brain-wide (global) as well as more regional structural differences primarily involving the cortex, some of which were substance-specific. While these data could someday help inform clinical prevention strategies, the researchers emphasize that brain structure alone cannot predict substance use during adolescence, and that these data should not be used as a diagnostic tool.

The study, published in JAMA Network Open, used data from the Adolescent Brain Cognitive Development Study, (ABCD Study), the largest longitudinal study of brain development and health in children and adolescents in the United States, which is supported by the NIH’s National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) and nine other institutes, centers, and offices.

Using data from the ABCD Study, researchers from Washington University in St. Louis assessed MRI scans taken of 9,804 children across the U.S. when they were ages 9 to 11 – at “baseline” – and followed the participants over three years to determine whether certain aspects of brain structure captured in the baseline MRIs were associated with early substance initiation. They monitored for alcohol, nicotine, and/or cannabis use, the most common substances used in early adolescence, as well as use of other illicit substances. The researchers compared MRIs of 3,460 participants who reported substance initiation before age 15 from 2016 to 2021 to those who did not (6,344).

They assessed both global and regional differences in brain structure, looking at measures like volume, thickness, depth of brain folds, and surface area, primarily in the brain cortex. The cortex is the outermost layer of the brain, tightly packed with neurons and responsible for many higher-level processes, including learning, sensation, memory, language, emotion, and decision-making. Specific characteristics and differences in these structures – measured by thickness, surface area, and volume – have been linked to variability in cognitive abilities and neurological conditions.

The researchers identified five brain structural differences at the global level between those who reported substance initiation before the age of 15 and those who did not. These included greater total brain volume and greater subcortical volume in those who indicated substance initiation. An additional 39 brain structure differences were found at the regional level, with approximately 56% of the regional variation involving cortical thickness. Some brain structural differences also appeared unique to the type of substance used.

While some of the brain regions where differences were identified have been linked to sensation-seeking and impulsivity, the researchers note that more work is needed to delineate how these structural differences may translate to differences in brain function or behaviors. They also emphasize that the interplay between genetics, environment, brain structure, the prenatal environment, and behavior influence affect behaviors.

Another recent analysis of data from the ABCD study conducted by the University of Michigan demonstrates this interplay, showing that patterns of functional brain connectivity in early adolescence could predict substance use initiation in youth, and that these trajectories were likely influenced by exposure to pollution.

Future studies will be crucial to determine how initial brain structure differences may change as children age and with continued substance use or development of substance use disorder.

“Through the ABCD study, we have a robust and large database of longitudinal data to go beyond previous neuroimaging research to understand the bidirectional relationship between brain structure and substance use,” said Alex Miller, Ph.D., the study’s corresponding author and an assistant professor of psychiatry at Indiana University. “The hope is that these types of studies, in conjunction with other data on environmental exposures and genetic risk, could help change how we think about the development of substance use disorders and inform more accurate models of addiction moving forward.”

Journal reference:

Miller, A. P., et al. (2024). Neuroanatomical Variability and Substance Use Initiation in Late Childhood and Early Adolescence. JAMA Network Opendoi.org/10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2024.52027.

Source: https://www.news-medical.net/news/20241230/Structural-brain-differences-in-adolescents-may-play-a-role-in-early-initiation-of-substance-use.aspx

Sima Patra • Sayantan Patra • Reetoja Das • Soumya Suvra Patra

Published: December 31, 2024

DOI: 10.7759/cureus.76659

Cite this article as: Patra S, Patra S, Das R, et al. (December 31, 2024) Rising Trend of Substance Abuse Among Older Adults: A Review Focusing on Screening and Management. Cureus 16(12): e76659. doi:10.7759/cureus.76659

This is a large article. To access the full document:

  1. Click on the ‘Source’ link below.
  2. An image  – the front page of the full document will appear.
  3. Click on the image to open the full document.

Abstract

There is undoubtedly an alarmingly rising trend of substance use among older adults. This has necessitated a paradigm shift in healthcare and propelled strategies aimed at effective prevention and screening. Age-related physiological changes, such as diminished metabolism and increased substance sensitivity, make older adults particularly vulnerable to adverse effects of substances. This not only has adverse psychological consequences but also physical consequences like complicating chronic illnesses and harmful interactions with medications, which lead to increased hospitalization.

Standard screening tools can identify substance use disorders (SUDs) in older adults. Tools like the Cut-down, Annoyed, Guilty, and Eye-opener (CAGE) questionnaire and Michigan Alcohol Screening Test-Geriatric (MAST-G) are tailored to detect alcoholism, while the Alcohol, Smoking, and Substance Involvement Screening Test (ASSIST) and Alcohol Use Disorders Identification Test (AUDIT) assess abuse of illicit and prescription drugs. Since older adults are more socially integrated, screening should be done using non-stigmatizing and non-judgmental language.

Prevention strategies include educational programs, safe prescribing practices, and prescription drug monitoring. Detection of substance abuse should be followed by brief interventions and specialized referrals. In conclusion, heightened awareness, improved screening, and preventive measures can mitigate substance abuse risks in this demographic. Prioritizing future research on non-addictive pain medications and the long-term effects of substances like marijuana seems justified.

 

Source: https://www.cureus.com/articles/322781-rising-trend-of-substance-abuse-among-older-adults-a-review-focusing-on-screening-and-management?score_article=true#!/

SCOPE was formed in 2019 to help prevent opioid addiction, conducting cutting-edge research and education according to the announcement.
Ohio Attorney General Dave Yost issued an announcement commemorating Scientific Committee on Opioid Prevention and Education (SCOPE) for reaching its first five years of educating the public of opioids.

SCOPE was formed in 2019 to help prevent opioid addiction, conducting cutting-edge research and education according to the announcement.

“The breakthroughs emerging from SCOPE’s work are paving the way for a future in which fewer families suffer the heart-wrenching loss of a loved one to an opioid overdose,” said Yost.

In addition to the announcement, Yost also shared a five-year report of SCOPE’s impact.

The SCOPE team includes Beth Delaney, Caroline Freiermuth, Tessa Miracle, Rene Saran, Jon E. Sprague, Donnie Sullivan, Julie Teater and Arthur B. Yeh.

The report includes four major sections titled “raising public awareness”, “educating future health-care professionals”, “emphasizing proper drug storage, disposal” and “prioritizing pharmacogenomics”.

Raising Public Awareness

The first section of the report outlines background information on the opioid issue the SCOPE was founded on. It also states that an underlying issue were illicitly manufactured fentanyls (IMFs) that are often added to other drugs.

The report goes on to state that work conducted by the Chemistry Unit in the Ohio Bureau of Criminal Investigation’s Laboratory found noteworthy comparisons of polydrug samples that included IMFs.

The most present IMFs in the polydrug samples during this study were fentanyl and para-fluorofentanyl.

In 2013, 2.2% of polydrug samples containing heroin and cocaine also contained IMFs. However, in 2022, more than 89% of polydrug samples contained IMFs. This is described as a 335-fold increase according to the report.

Also included in this section of the report was findings the committee reported when they conducted a longitudinal study of opioid overdose data from the Ohio Department of Health death records going back to 2007.

The findings included the fact that the death rate from opioid use per 100,000 reached 14.29 in the second quarter of 2020, the highest statistic to date in Ohio.

 

To help raise public awareness of these statistics and dangers, SCOPE:
  • Created public service announcements
  • Submitted letters to the editors of scientific journals
  • Increased cautioning efforts to health-care professionals and scientists state-wide about the dangers of purchasing illegal drugs on the streets

Educating Future Health-Care Professionals

In December 2019, SCOPE surveyed students enrolled in health-care professional programs at 49 of Ohio’s universities to see how many of these students were learning about “Opioid Use Disorder” (OUD).

The survey reportedly covered four main categories:

  • Initial screening of patients
  • Training in OUD
  • Training in care for patients at high risk for OUD
  • Education in evaluating patients for “Adverse Childhood Experiences” (ACEs)

Results of the survey showed a need for a standardized curriculum discussing OUD.

SCOPE partnered with Assistant Professor Dr. Kelsey Schmuhl of Ohio State University’s College of Pharmacy to develop the “Interprofessional Program on Opioid Use Disorder”.

The more than 2,000 students that completed the course were suggested to understand more about OUD and the factors that contribute to it.

Emphasizing Proper Drug Storage, Disposal

A large danger that SCOPE wanted to address was the potential danger of having unsecured opioids available at home from left over prescriptions.

A study conducted by the Wisconsin Poison Control in which calls were fielded between 2002 and 2016 relating to unintended opioid exposure revealed that 61% of cases involved children aged zero to 5-years-old, and 29% involved teens between 13 and 19 years.

SCOPE partnered with the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration to create the “Attorney General Drug Dropoff Days” which combine with the DEA’s Drug Take-back Days.

The report reflects on a map depicting a snapshot from the second quarter of 2020, showing that Ohio counties such as Scioto, Fayette and Franklin had the largest amounts of opioid overdose deaths.

Mahoning County and Trumbull County are also listed on this graphic.

With this data in hand, organizers began the Drug Dropoff Day events. In 2020, a snapshot of the collection numbers for all of the counties in the map above. Trumbull and Mahoning Counties had a collection total of 300 pounds.

To date, these events have been held in 11 counties throughout Ohio and have yielded over 2,600 pounds of unwanted and unsecured prescription medications.

Source: https://www.wfmj.com/story/52096722/scope-looks-back-on-the-progress-developments-of-its-past-five-years

Filed under: Latest News,USA :

In 2022 the White House Office of National Drug Control Strategy (ONDCP) published its first National Drug Control Strategy, which outlined seven goals to be achieved by 2025. On December 30, 2024, the ONDCP released the National Drug Control Strategy Performance Review System (PRS) Report—essentially a progress update on the Biden administration response to the overdose crisis between 2020 and 2022.

Though the ONDCP published an updated Strategy in May 2024, the new PRS report is intended to span data through 2022, corresponding to the original version. It has a tendency to veer into data from more recent years, however, which reflect a turnaround in overdose rates and as such look a lot better than the years the report is meant to cover.

The seven goals outlined in the original Strategy contain 25 objectives, most of which are assessed as on track. Five are already completed; five are behind schedule.

Viewed in the context of the recent drop in overdose mortality, the PRS updates would suggest that reducing drug-related deaths doesn’t actually require reducing access to drugs, but that’s probably beyond the scope of the ONDCP’s analysis.

 

Goal 1: Less drug use

The first objective for this goal was to reduce overdose deaths by 13 percent by 2025. The most recent Centers for Disease Control and Prevention data show a decrease of 16.9 percent, which according to the report is “[t]hanks in significant part to actions by the Administration.”

The second objective was to reduce prevalence of substance use disorders (SUD) specific to opioids, methamphetamine and cocaine by 25 percent.

The ONDCP attributed cocaine use disorder to 0.5 percent of the population in 2021, based on responses to the 2021 National Drug Use Survey. Which evolved between 2020 and 2021, and identifies different SUD by somewhat convoluted means, but the ONDCP doesn’t acknowledge non-problematic use of those substances and so approached use and SUD as the same thing. It attributed methamphetamine use disorder to 0.6 percent of the population, and opioid use disorder to 2 percent.

Per 2022 data, there’s been no change in baseline use of cocaine and meth. Opioid use increased to 2.2 percent, meaning “accelerated action” would be needed to finish on time.

 

Goal 2: More prevention

While the previous goal applied to ages 12 and up, this goal of ensuring that “Prevention efforts are increased in the the United States,” refers to youth drinking and vaping.

The first objective was to get youth alcohol consumption, measured by past 30-day use, under 6.5 percent by 2025. Data show that between 2021 and 2022 the rate decreased from 7.2 percent to 6.8 percent, which put it on track.

The second objective was to reduce youth use of nicotine vapes by 15 percent by 2025. Data show that in 2021, around 7.6 percent of middle- and high-school students reported having vaped within the past month. In 2022 this rose to 9.4, but the target for 2025 was anything under 11.1, so ONDCP considers this objective already met and the 2022 increase doesn’t change that.

 

Goal 3: More harm reduction

The first objective here was an 85-percent increase in the number of counties disproportionately affected by overdose that had at least one syringe service program (SSP). Data show that in 2020, 130 counties with high overdose death rates had at least one SSP; by 2022 this had increased to 180 counties, which was on track for the ONDCP goal of 241 counties by 2025.

The second objective was a 25-percent increase in SSP offering “some type of drug safety checking support service.” The 2025 target of 21.3 percent had already been met by 2021, but over the next year the number of SSP offering drug-checking services nearly doubled—2022 data show 46.7 percent of SSP met that criteria.

However, “some type” of drug-checking refers largely to fentanyl test strips, which are most useful to people who do not regularly use opioids. The more useful drug-checking service for people who do regularly use opioids—the population that SSP primarily serve—is on-site forensic analysis. This requires more expensive equipment, to which only a handful of SSP have access.

 

Goal 4: More treatment

The first objective was a 100-percent increase in admissions to treatment facilities among people considered at high risk for overdose involving opioids, methamphetamine or cocaine. This doesn’t include methadone maintenance or outpatient buprenorphine prescriptions. In 2021, treatment facilities reported 637,589 admissions among people using primarily opioids, methamphetamine, cocaine or other “synthetics,” which was already about one-third short of the target for that year. In 2022 admissions dropped to 604,096.

The second objective was to ease the shortage of behavioral health providers by 70 percent. The PRS report finds that this been pretty steadily on track and is projected to stay that way.

 

Goal 5: More recovery initiatives

The first objective here is to have at least 14 states operating a “recovery-ready workplace initiative” by 2025. The term refers to a Biden administration push for more equitable employment policies for workers with substance use disorder, which led to the creation of a national Recovery-Friendly Workplace Initiative in 2023. Data show this goal was met in 2022 with 16 states reporting a qualifying initiative, up from 13 in 2021.

The second objective was to increase the number peer-led recovery organizations to at least 194. This has been completed, as there were 232 as of 2022.

The third objective was to increase the number of recovery high schools to at least 47, which was on track with 45 operational as of 2022.

The fourth objective was to increase the number of collegiate recovery programs to at least 165, which was similarly on track with 149 as of 2022.

The fifth and final objective was to have at least 8,600 residential recovery programs operational by 2025. This too was on track as of 2022, with 7,957 programs.

 

Goal 6: “Criminal justice reform efforts include drug policy matters”

Despite the extremely broad title, this goal had pretty narrow objectives. The first was to have 80 percent of drug courts complete equity and inclusion trainings by 2025. As of 2022 we were at 19 percent, considerably behind schedule. The PRS report attributes this to a combination of COVID-19 pandemic restrictions and bureaucratic restrictions, which it expects to resolve.

The second objective was a 100-percent increase in access to medications for opioid use disorder (MOUD) in federal Bureau of Prisons facilities, and a 50-percent increase for in state prisons and local jails.

The PRS report does not differentiate between access to methadone and buprenorphine, which have been shown to decrease overdose risk, and naltrexone—which has been shown to increase overdose risk, and of the three Food and Drug Administration-approved MOUD is by far the favorite among corrections departments. With that in mind, the ONDCP goal is on track for federal and state prisons.

“Currently, there is no single data source that can be used to track progress in increasing the percent of local jails offering MOUD,” the report states. “For illustrative purposes, [the figure below] shows the estimated percent of local jails offering MOUD in the United States from 2019 to 2022.”

 

 

Goal 7: Less drugs

The first objective for this goal was a 365-percent increase in the “number of targets identified in counternarcotics Executive Orders and related asset freezes and seizures made by law enforcement.” This refers to people and entities associated with transnational drug-trafficking organizations. Per the report, 46 had been identified by 2022, and the administration was on track to identify 96 by 2025.

The second objective was a 14-percent increase in the number of people convicted of felonies as a result of Drug Enforcement Administration investigations using data from the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN). Per the DEA, as of 2022 it had used FinCEN data in investigations that led to the convictions of 6,529 people. This surpassed the goal of 5,775 people convicted by 2025.

The third objective was to have at least 70 percent of the DEA’s active priority investigations “linked to the Sinaloa or Jalisco New Generation cartels, or their enablers.” This was also on track, at 62 percent in 2022.

The fourth objective was to decrease “potential production” of cocaine by 10 percent, and that of heroin by 30 percent.

“The United States Government is internally realigning responsibility for conducting illicit crop estimates. As a result of the change in responsibility, there will be a temporary gap in data for 2022 and 2023,” the report states in reference to both cocaine and heroin. “This gap in data does not reflect a change in priorities.”

Potential cocaine production was decreased only slightly between 2020 and 2021, but was projected to be on track as of 2021.

“[I]t is important to note that provisional estimates of drug overdose deaths involving cocaine for the 12-month period ending in July 2024 were 14.1 percent lower compared to a year prior,” the ONDCP added. “The Administration will continue its efforts to reduce the supply of cocaine.”

Heroin interdiction was not on track, but the ONDCP made the same statement verbatim for heroin-involved deaths.

The fifth objective was to have a total of at least 14 incident reports—like seizures or stopped shipments—involving fentanyl precursors from China or India. From 2021 to 2022 the number dropped from 11 to two, but the ONDCP notes that this data is voluntarily reported by other entities and as such is unreliable. And also that preliminary estimates for 2023 look a lot higher.

Source: https://filtermag.org/ondcp-national-drug-control-strategy/

An official website of the United States government
January 03, 2025

Updated: Jan. 03, 2025, 12:02 p.m.|

By Julie Washington, cleveland.com

CLEVELAND, Ohio — Do music therapy and acupuncture help patients manage pain without opioids? University Hospitals will use a nearly $1.5 million federal grant to find out.

The grant allows UH to develop an Alternatives to Opioids program that educates caregivers about how music therapy and acupuncture can be used to decrease the use of opioids in the emergency department, the hospital system recently announced. The program also includes outpatient follow-up.

The goal is to reduce the use of prescribed opioids in emergency departments, UH said.

“When prescribing opioids there is always the potential for abuse,” said Dr. Kiran Faryar, director of research in the department of emergency medicine. “Data shows both music therapy and acupuncture improve pain and anxiety for patients with short-term and long-term pain. This will be an evidence-based technique we can offer patients without the potential risk of substance use disorder.”

UH’s comprehensive approach to combating the opioid crisis comes as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reported that 2023 drug overdose deaths in the United States decreased 3% from 2022. It was the first annual decrease in drug overdose deaths since 2018, the CDC said.

The trend was also seen in Ohio.

The number of people who died of drug overdoses in Ohio was 4,452 in 2023, a 9% decrease from the previous year, according to the state’s latest unintentional drug overdose report.

This was the second consecutive year of a decrease in deaths in Ohio. In 2022, overdose deaths declined by 5%, state officials said. Early data for 2024 suggest unintentional drug overdose deaths are falling even further this year.

In November, the state announced that agencies across Ohio would split $68.7 million in grants to combat opioid use and overdoses. The state is distributing the federal funding, part of the fourth round of the State Opioid and Stimulant Response grants, to support local organizations that offer prevention, harm reduction, treatment, and long-term recovery services for Ohioans struggling with an opioid or stimulant use disorder, the state announced.

Julie Washington covers healthcare for cleveland.com.

Source: https://www.cleveland.com/metro/2025/01/can-music-therapy-replace-opioids-for-pain-university-hospitals-investigates-with-15m-federal-grant.html

Source : https://marijuanahealthreport.colorado.gov/literature-review/evidence-statements May 2018

By Sherry Larson, People’s Defender –

“An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure.” Cliché – sure – truthful – absolutely! And when it comes to youth and alcohol, vaping and drug use, it is crucial to begin prevention efforts from an early age.

The Adams County Medical Foundation, under the direction of Sherry Stout, recognized a gap in youth prevention services and applied for a grant that focused on prevention. In 2015, a collective of professionals and retired professionals established a Data Prevention Committee to obtain information regarding youth drug, alcohol, vaping and tobacco usage. The Committee partnered with local schools and the Adams County Health Department to obtain data through surveys, resulting in a detailed database of information, including information on vaping, tobacco, and underage drinking.

The Committee recognized a need for more comprehensive funding to develop prevention strategies. Beginning in 2015, the Committee worked towards growing and qualifying for The Drug-Free Communities (DFC) grant, which supported their plans for future endeavors. “The Drug-Free Communities Support Program was created in 1997 by the Drug-Free Communities Act. Administered by the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy (ONDCP) and managed through a partnership between ONDCP and CDC, the DFC program provides grants to community coalitions to reduce local youth substance use.” (cdc.gov)

In October 2023, the Committee voted to form the Adams County Youth Prevention Coalition to meet the requirements to apply for DFC funds. The Coalition needed to be active for six months before applying for funding. The Coalition was mandated to have representatives from 12 community sectors who were not a part of the Medical Foundation. Those sectors are: Youth, Parents, Businesses Media, School, Youth-serving organizations, Law enforcement, Religious/fraternal organizations, Civic and volunteer organizations, Healthcare professionals, State, local, and Tribal governments and other organizations involved in reducing illicit substance use.

Three individuals will partner with the sectors to facilitate the grant: Tami Graham, Program Director; Billy Joe McCann, leader of the Youth Coalition; and Danielle Poe, the community’s only credentialed prevention professional, to represent education and school data collection through OHYES surveys.

In January 2024, The Adams County Youth Prevention Coalition hired Thrive Consulting to assist with the grant process. The grant application took extensive time and data to complete, resulting in an over 100-page document due and submitted in April 2024. Among demonstrating membership from the twelve sectors, the application required proof of consistent meetings and minutes showing that these representatives were actively working on strategizing prevention. Poe said, “A level of community readiness is expected.” Stout clarified that the funding is a community grant and should be led by the community and not isolated by a committee. Stout explained, “This is the first time Adams County qualified to receive the grant. It is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity where significant funds are available to address prevention issues.”

The Coalition was notified in September 2024 that Adams County would receive the Drug-Free Communities Grant. Graham explained that the grant, which went into effect in October 2024, would reimburse $125,000 a year for 5 years of prevention work. Expecting a successful five years of prevention efforts, the Coalition would be eligible to reapply for a second term.

Poe and Graham discussed plans for the first year of executing the grant. Poe stated that the primary focus will be education, the Coalition’s learning responsibilities, and strategic planning for years two through five.

Carrying on with the Prevention Committee’s concentrations, the Coalition will examine data-proven prevention strategies, media campaigns, and differences between good and bad prevention techniques. In August 2025, the Coalition will submit a yearly progress report to the Drug-Free Communities Grant.

Stout said, “I would encourage widespread involvement of anyone who cares about our youth and their future.” The public is welcome to attend and share comments or concerns at Coalition meetings on the first Monday of every month. The sessions take place at noon in the FRS community room.

Source: https://www.peoplesdefender.com/2024/12/12/drug-free-communities-start-with-youth/

CDC warns of carfentanil, an opioid that’s 100 times more potent than fentanyl
by Fox News – Published Dec. 10, 2024, 11:13 a.m. ET
Originally Published by Centers for Disease Control

Fentanyl has made headlines for driving overdose deaths, but the and Prevention (CDC) is warning of the rise of an even deadlier drug.
Last year, nearly 70% of all U.S. overdose deaths were attributed to illegally manufactured fentanyls (IMFs).
One of those was carfentanil, an altered version of fentanyl that is said to be 100 times more potent, the CDC warned in a Dec. 5 alert.
Deaths from carfentanil rose by more than 700% in the past year, according to the same source — there were 29 deadly overdoses between January and June 2023, and 238 in that same time frame in 2024.
This data came from the CDC’s State Unintentional Drug Overdose Reporting System (SUDORS).
The numbers could actually be higher, as the 2024 data is preliminary and not all overdose deaths have been reported, the agency noted.
Since an outbreak of carfentanil-linked deaths in 2016 and 2016, the drug had “largely disappeared” until this recent reemergence, the CDC noted.
Based on the increase in fatal overdoses, the CDC is calling for “rigorous monitoring” of carfentanil and other opioids more potent than fentanyl.
Fentanyl has made headlines for driving overdose deaths, but the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) is warning of the rise of an even deadlier drug.MOLEQL – stock.adobe.com
As with other illicit drugs, its “high profitability” likely drives its prevalence, according to Dr. Chris Tuell, clinical director of addiction services at the University of Cincinnati College of Medicine.
“Very small amounts can produce thousands of doses,” he told Fox News Digital.
“Synthetic opioids like carfentanil are relatively easy to manufacture in illicit labs,” Tuell went on. “Since the drug is a synthetic, it is easier to produce — unlike heroin, which is dependent on a plant like opium.”
Why is carfentanil so dangerous?
Carfentanil is 10,000 more times more potent than morphine and 100 times more potent than fentanyl, Tuell confirmed.
“Even a small amount can be fatal, as it can cause respiratory failure,” he said.
Last year, nearly 70% of all U.S. overdose deaths were attributed to illegally manufactured fentanyls (IMFs).Seth Harrison, The Journal News
One of the major concerns with carfentanil and fentanyl is that they are frequently mixed with other drugs, such as benzodiazepines, cocaine and opioids, which can lead to accidental overdoses, according to Tuell.
“Carfentanil can also resemble cocaine and heroin, so it blends right in with the other drugs,” he warned.
“Even a tiny amount can increase the potency of a drug mixture, leading to a stronger and longer-lasting high.”
Carfentanil often appeals to drug users who have a high tolerance to opioids because they seek a stronger substance, “making the drug attractive despite the risk,” Tuell noted.
How is the drug administered?
Carfentanil can be injected and is frequently mixed with other opioids or heroin, Tuell said. In a powder form, it can be inhaled.
“Inhaling the drug can be quickly risky because it can enter the bloodstream, resulting in an overdose,” Tuell warned. “This can happen intentionally or accidentally, as the drug can become easily airborne.”
Carfentanil can sometimes be in the form of “pressed pills” that resemble prescription medications, the expert said.
“Carfentanil can be lethal at the 2-milligram range depending on the route of administration,” he cautioned.
What parents should know
“Children are now the generation of artificial intelligence and deepfakes, as illicit drugs are posing like regular prescription medications,” Tuell cautioned.
To help protect kids from the dangers of illicit drugs, the expert emphasized the importance of open communication and education.
“Educate your child about the dangers and risks of drug use, including synthetic opioids like carfentanil,” he advised.
Parents should provide monitoring and supervision of their children, be aware of their social circles and limit unsupervised online activities, Tuell recommended.
“I also believe it is important that parents realize that 84% of individuals with a substance use disorder also have a co-occurring mental health issue,” he added.
Carfentanil often appeals to drug users who have a high tolerance to opioids because they seek a stronger substance, “making the drug attractive despite the risk,” Tuell noted.luchschenF – stock.adobe.com
“Seeking out mental health services for your child could help address the underlying issues that may have led to a substance use disorder.”
The CDC called for specific efforts in preventing deaths from illegally manufactured fentanyls, “such as maintaining and improving distribution of risk reduction tools, increasing access to and retention of treatment for substance use disorders, and preventing drug use initiation.”

Source: https://nypost.com/2024/12/10/us-news/cdc-warns-rise-in-opioid-thats-100-times-more-potent-than-fentanyl/

“I don’t think we’ve had truly robust public policy actions in the U.S. that we can point to that would have resulted in such a sudden and profound downturn in mortality,” says U. of I. health and kinesiology professor Rachel Hoopsick about the recent decline in drug-overdose deaths. “Although fentanyl-only deaths have declined, we’re seeing increases in deaths that co-involve fentanyl and stimulants, like methamphetamine. There have also been increases in nonopioid sedative adulterants, like xylazine.”

  • Editor’s notes:
    Hoopsick is lead author of the paper “Methamphetamine-related mortality in the United States: Co-involvement of heroin and fentanyl, 1999-2021.” The study is available online.

    DOI: 10.2105/AJPH.2022.307212

    To contact Rachel Hoopsick, email hoopsick@illinois.edu.

    Source: https://news.illinois.edu/view/6367/2075718277

EXECUTIVE HIGHLIGHTS
Today’s highly potent marijuana represents a growing and significant threat to public health and safety, a threat that is amplified by a new
marijuana industry intent on profiting from heavy use.
State laws allowing marijuana sales and consumption have permitted the marijuana industry to flourish, and in turn, the marijuana industry has influenced both policies and policy-makers. While the consequences of these policies will not be known for decades, early indicators are
troubling.
This report, reviewed by prominent scientists and researchers, serves as an evidence-based guide to what we currently observe in various states. We attempted to highlight studies from all the “legal” marijuana states (i.e., states that have legalized the non-medical use of marijuana). Unfortunately, data does not exist for several “legal” states, and so this document synthesizes the latest research on marijuana impacts in states where information is available

For more information please read the full information below:

2019LessonsFinal

Source: https://learnaboutsam.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/2019LessonsFinal.pdf July 2019

PBS Commentary:

Dec 1, 2024 3:51 PM EST

MEXICO CITY (AP) — It’s been called the closest the world has ever come to a vaccine against the AIDS virus.

The twice-yearly shot was 100 percent effective in preventing HIV infections in a study of women, and results published Wednesday show it worked nearly as well in men.

Drugmaker Gilead said it will allow cheap, generic versions to be sold in 120 poor countries with high HIV rates — mostly in Africa, Southeast Asia and the Caribbean. But it has excluded nearly all of Latin America, where rates are far lower but increasing, sparking concern the world is missing a critical opportunity to stop the disease.

“This is so far superior to any other prevention method we have, that it’s unprecedented,” said Winnie Byanyima, executive director of UNAIDS. She credited Gilead for developing the drug, but said the world’s ability to stop AIDS hinges on its use in at-risk countries.

In a report issued to mark World AIDS Day on Sunday, UNAIDS said that the number of AIDS death last year — an estimated 630,000 — was at its lowest since peaking in 2004, suggesting the world is now at “a historic crossroads” and has a chance to end the epidemic.

The drug called lenacapavir is already sold under the brand name Sunlenca to treat HIV infections in the U.S., Canada, Europe and elsewhere. The company plans to seek authorization soon for Sunlenca to be used for HIV prevention.

While there are other ways to guard against infection, like condoms, daily pills, vaginal rings and bi-monthly shots, experts say the Gilead twice-yearly shots would be particularly useful for marginalized people often fearful of seeking care, including gay men, sex workers and young women.

“It would be a miracle for these groups because it means they just have to show up twice a year at a clinic and then they’re protected,” said UNAIDS’ Byanyima.

Such was the case for Luis Ruvalcaba, a 32-year-old man in Guadalajara, Mexico, who participated in the latest published study. He said he was afraid to ask for the daily prevention pills provided by the government, fearing he would be discriminated against as a gay man. Because he took part in the study, he’ll continue to receive the shots for at least another year.

“In Latin American countries, there is still a lot of stigma, patients are ashamed to ask for the pills,” said Dr. Alma Minerva Pérez, who recruited and enrolled a dozen study volunteers at a private research center in Guadalajara.

How widely available the shots will be in Mexico through the country’s health care system isn’t yet known. Health officials declined to comment on any plans to buy Sunlenca for its citizens; daily pills to prevent HIV were made freely available via the country’s public health system in 2021.

“If the possibility of using generics has opened, I have faith that Mexico can join,” said Pérez.

Byanyima said other countries besides Mexico that took part in the research were also excluded from the generics deal, including Brazil, Peru and Argentina. “To now deny them that drug is unconscionable.” she said.

In a statement, Gilead said it has “an ongoing commitment to helping enable access to HIV prevention and treatment options where the need is the greatest.” Among the 120 countries eligible for generic version are 18 mostly African countries that comprise 70 percent of the world’s HIV burden.

The drugmaker said it is also working on establishing “fast, efficient pathways to reach all people who need or want lenacapavir for HIV prevention.”

On Thursday, 15 advocacy groups in Peru, Argentina, Ecuador, Chile, Guatemala and Colombia wrote to Gilead, asking for generic Sunlenca to be made available in Latin America, citing the “alarming” inequity in access to new HIV prevention tools while infection rates were rising.

While countries including Norway, France, Spain and the U.S. have paid more than $40,000 per year for Sunlenca, experts have calculated it could be produced for as little as $40 per treatment once generic production expands to cover 10 million people.

Dr. Chris Beyrer, director of the Global Health Institute at Duke University, said it will be enormously useful to have Sunlenca available in the hardest-hit countries in Africa and Asia. But he said the rising HIV rates among groups including gay men and transgender populations constituted “a public health emergency” in Latin America.

Hannya Danielle Torres, a 30-year-old trans woman and artist who was in the Sunlenca study in Mexico, said she hoped the government would find a way to provide the shots. “Mexico may have some of the richest people in the world but it also has some of the most vulnerable people living in extreme poverty and violence,” Torres said.

Another drugmaker, Viiv Healthcare, also left out most of Latin America when it allowed generics of its HIV prevention shot in about 90 countries. Sold as Apretude, the bi-monthly shots are about 80 percent to 90 percent effective in preventing HIV. They cost about $1,500 a year in middle-income countries, beyond what most can afford to pay.

Asia Russell, executive director of the advocacy group Health Gap, said that with more than 1 million new HIV infections globally every year, established prevention methods are not enough. She urged countries like Brazil and Mexico to issue “compulsory licenses,” a mechanism where countries suspend patents in a health crisis.

It’s a strategy some countries embraced for previous HIV treatments, including in the late 1990s and 2000s when AIDS drugs were first discovered. More recently, Colombia issued its first-ever compulsory license for the key HIV treatment Tivicay in April, without permission from its drugmaker, Viiv.

Dr. Salim Abdool Karim, an AIDS expert at South Africa’s University of KwaZulu-Natal, said he had never seen a drug that appeared to be as effective as Sunlenca in preventing HIV.

“The missing piece in the puzzle now is how we get it to everyone who needs it,” he said.

Cheng reported from London.

 JooHee Yoon for Vox

Land of the free, home of the blazed.

How weed became America’s drug of choice | Vox

VOX Writer:  Marin Cogan         Dec 3, 2024

In the last few decades, marijuana’s had a major glow-up.

In 1992, less than 1 million people were using it daily or nearly every day — a low point, according to an analysis of data from the US National Survey on Drug Use and Health, which began surveying Americans in the 1970s. Ten times as many people, meanwhile, reported drinking alcohol daily or almost daily.

In the 1990s, weed was illegal nationally and in every state. But marijuana’s since had a major rebrand: Three decades later, it’s legal for recreational adult use in nearly half of the 50 states. Now, it’s even challenging alcohol for its status as America’s favorite daily intoxicant.In 2022, for the first time, more Americans were using marijuana daily, or near daily, than consuming alcohol at the same rate, according to a study by Jonathan Caulkins, a professor at Carnegie Mellon University. The number of daily or near daily marijuana users has grown from less than 1 million in 1992 to 17.7 million in 2022; in terms of per capita rate, that’s a 15-fold increase.

Marijuana is having a moment just as Americans reconsider their relationship toward alcohol. As public awareness of the toxic effects of even moderate alcohol consumption grows, many people are turning to THC products as an alternative. The THC industry touts its wares as a more natural alternative to alcohol with myriad health benefits, including decreased nausea, pain, and sleeplessness.

The rise in daily smokers (and vapers, and edible enjoyers, if you will) is also driven by the explosion of the industry. Millions of Americans live in cities and counties with retail shops offering a range of products that make the dimebags of yesteryear seem quaint by comparison: vape cartridges, edibles, oils, and waxes, offering more highly concentrated THC doses. The rise of marijuana retail has opened new doors for people who might have once shied away because they didn’t like smoking or were worried about breaking the law.

For many people, the rapid shift toward liberalization of marijuana policy, and the swiftness with which Americans have taken up consumption, has been great. But it’s also caught researchers off guard. Society has moved more quickly than they’ve been able to keep up with. That means millions of daily users are essentially conducting a real-time experiment on their own bodies. Marijuana isn’t benign for everyone, though. Some of the results of the real-time experiment are already becoming apparent, both to regular users and people working in health care.

“It is very desirable to believe that there is a drug that can make you feel good, that can relax you, and has absolutely no negative outcomes,” says Dr. Nora Volkow, director of the National Institute on Drug Abuse at the National Institutes of Health. “But in biology, there are no free lunches.”

Take the emergence of cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome, a condition marked by intense and prolonged bouts of nausea and vomiting and brought on by regular, long-term marijuana use. While once extremely rare, some doctors are saying they now see patients with symptoms frequently. “It emerged because people were consuming marijuana regularly with high [THC] content,” Volkow says. “And similarly, there is now evidence that consumption in those patterns is associated with higher risk of stroke or cardiovascular disease.”

Maybe the most worrying studies about frequent, heavy marijuana use involve teens and young adults. (While experts say marijuana use appears to be less risky for middle-aged adults, there’s still a lot they don’t know that needs to be researched further. Some note that more research is needed on older adults in particular.) Studies show regular marijuana use among adolescents and teens can predict increased risk of the development of schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders. Others have shown an increased likelihood of depression and suicidal ideation, disrupted dopamine function, and disruptions in the anatomy of the brain.

And marijuana, contrary to popular belief, can be habit forming. It can also increase the risk of dependence on other substances. A recent analysis by Columbia University for the New York Times estimated that as many as 18 million people in the US may have some form of cannabis use disorder, or addiction.

Getting a handle on who might be harming their health is tricky. Even the findings that point to a major rise in daily users leave a lot of questions unanswered, especially around how often they’re smoking, vaping, or ingesting, and how potent the THC is.

Caulkins, the Carnegie Mellon professor who published the research showing that more Americans are using marijuana daily, says there are different categories of daily or near daily users. There are the people who use marijuana similar to the way someone might pop a melatonin before going to bed at night — a small, daily dose to help with sleep or pain. And then there are those who are more like heavy cigarette smokers, consuming marijuana multiple times a day, morning or night, before or after meals, on breaks from work, or out with friends.

His previous research has found that daily or near daily users are a small portion of overall users, but make up about three-quarters of all marijuana purchases.

But just how many of the 17.7 million daily or near daily marijuana users are truly heavy users remains a mystery, because the US National Survey on Drug Use and Health doesn’t ask about how many times a day someone is using, or what they’re taking.

“We can have people who are using near daily, but they’re taking a puff off their vape pen right before they go to sleep,” says Ziva Cooper, a researcher and director for the UCLA Center for Cannabis and Cannabinoids, “versus somebody who’s using daily or near daily and they’re using five to 10 one-gram pre-rolls every day. You can imagine that the health outcomes are going to be quite different.”

It’s not just that researchers are often unsure of how much people are taking. The consumers are also often not sure what they’re putting in their bodies. That’s partly because what’s being sold in stores is way stronger than the weed that millennials and previous generations grew up with. Over the last 25 years, government data shows, the percentage of THC in marijuana seized by the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) has more than tripled, from 5 percent to 16 percent. And a lot of the products for sale in dispensaries can be even more potent — with vendors selling concentrated products, some claiming 90 or close to 100 percent THC. Some teens who’ve used those products have struggled with vomiting and substance abuse.

Cooper says it’s not uncommon for her to end up on the phone with her patients as they read the label aloud to her and she searches the internet to try to find out what exactly they’re taking.

“As researchers,” Cooper says, “we are trying to catch up with what’s actually happening in the world of cannabis. And we are woefully behind.”

Though humans have been using cannabis for at least 10,000 years — it was widely used for medical purposes in the United States in the late 19th century — the demonization of marijuana under the Nixon administration in the 1970s pushed the plant into the shadows.

Nixon, according to secretly reported tapes, knew at the time that marijuana was “not particularly dangerous.” But his “war on drugs,” carried on by the administrations of Ronald Reagan, George H.W. Bush, and Bill Clinton forced consumers and their providers to stop or risk arrest.

The drug’s public image was less threatening — smoking pot was played for laughs in movies and TV shows — but the reality of its criminalization was much darker. Hundreds of thousands of people were arrested and incarcerated each year for selling and dispensing marijuana, with the harms falling disproportionately on Black people.

Public awareness of the harms caused by criminalizing marijuana grew, and so too did a movement to raise awareness about the medicinal benefits of its use, especially for chemotherapy and cancer parents, who found marijuana use helpful for combatting nausea. Meanwhile, advocates focused on reducing mass incarceration and addressing racial disparities in the judicial system pushed states to begin decriminalizing marijuana and revising the sentences for people serving time for it. After getting the states to approve marijuana for medicinal purposes, organizations began pushing for it to be legal for all adults. Today, marijuana is legal for medical use in 38 states and for recreational use for adults in roughly half of the states, plus the District of Columbia.

But marijuana is still illegal on the national level, where it is classified as a Schedule I drug — meaning the government doesn’t recognize it for medical use. That’s made getting the safety approvals and government funding necessary to study the drug difficult. Researchers say it’s made it harder to study potential risks of long-term marijuana use. But it’s made it harder to study the potential benefits, too. Earlier this year, the Biden administration proposed changing marijuana to a Schedule III, which will put it in a lower-risk category with drugs like ketamine.

In 2022, President Joe Biden signed the Medical Marijuana and Cannabidiol Research Expansion Act, hoping to reduce some of the federal barriers that have stymied research in the past. The legislation required the DEA to register and approve more researchers, and more manufacturers who can provide them with marijuana or cannabidiol (CBD). In addition to creating more opportunities and resources for researchers, the bill asked the DEA to assess whether there is enough marijuana to meet researchers’ experimental needs, and allowed doctors to discuss the benefits and harms of marijuana with their patients.

The federal government’s approach to marijuana has also meant that each state is doing its own regulation of its markets, without a concrete set of federal safety guidelines. The piecemeal nature of legalization, absence of national regulation, and lack of public awareness has contributed to the uncertainty around marijuana use and its long-term consequences.

The market is also changing rapidly. The 2018 farm bill, for example, legalized hemp, which inadvertently popularized delta-8 THC. Delta-8 THC, which is similar to delta-9 THC, is less potent in its natural form, but producers have been able to extract and synthesize the delta-8 THC in hemp, converting it into more potent concentrates. Manufacturers are now selling products the FDA says have serious health risks. But that isn’t the only thing that the government can and should be doing.

In September, the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine issued a report outlining what state and federal governments could do to establish better public policy around marijuana and minimize potential negative public health consequences over the next five years.

The report outlined specific actions, such as closing the loophole in the 2018 farm bill that legalized delta-8 THC and clarifying that all forms of THC are subject to regulation under the Controlled Substances Act. More broadly, the report calls for states that have legalized, public health officials, and government agencies like the CDC to come together and establish more unified guidelines for marijuana, working to develop a set of regulations around the production and sale. Marijuana, the report argues, should be regulated the same way as alcohol and tobacco.

The report also recommends that the federal government support more research into marijuana use, along with a public health campaign to educate people about individual risks for different populations, including teens and older people.

It’s a tall order, but even that doesn’t capture everything researchers want to know. Caulkins, for one, has other questions.

“Cannabis intoxication impairs short-term memory formation. When cannabis was only being used as a social drug on weekends, who cares if it reduced effective performance on intellectual tasks?” he says. “Now, roughly half of cannabis is consumed by people who use often enough that they spend perhaps 50 percent of their waking hours under the influence of the drug. A lot of those hours of cannabis intoxication are while people are on the job or in school. How does that impact your functioning, how much you’re learning in college? We underinvest in thinking about the consequences of so many billions of hours of work and school time being, in some form, under the influence.”

It’s a question that might be hard to answer empirically right now. But it matters — maybe most of all for the millions of people taking part in America’s real-time marijuana experiment. “Maybe it’s not a problem,” Caulkins says. “But possibly, it’s affecting people’s abilities to meet their life goals in some subtle ways.”

Source: https://www.vox.com/the-highlight/379637/marijuana-daily-drug-americans-alcohol

Emphatic Rejection by DrugWatch International

COMMENT BY JOHN J. COLEMAN Ph.D, PRESIDENT, DRUGWATCH INTERNATIONAL – 01 December 2024 

From: drug-watch-international@googlegroups.com

The proposal from the Secretary of HHS and the Attorney General to reschedule marijuana from Schedule I to Schedule III – responding to President Biden’s request to take a second look at marijuana scheduling – is probably DOA at this point. The hearing at DEA tomorrow is closed except to media and designated participants (apparently, though, it will be online for the public). They may go through some of the motions because that’s what they are supposed to do, but the usual time of several months to go from hearing to Final Order or Final Rule will place the resolution of this matter well into the next administration. When there’s a change of parties, as in this case, the new administration is not eager to adopt or implement the changes or proposals of the old one.

The current move to reschedule marijuana amount to a political hoax because Congress is not about to add the number of federal employees that would be needed to enforce a Schedule III status for marijuana. Every “dispensary” in all the states (est. 38 of 50, plus D,C.) would immediately or within a time set by a Final Rule must register with DEA, pay a registration fee, meet certain requirements, before being able to fill and dispense valid prescriptions for marijuana. The Controlled Substances Act imposes strict controls on imports and exports of controlled substances, as well as its packaging, labeling, distribution, and storage.

The federal government that in 1993 abdicated its responsibility for controlling marijuana (per the infamous Cole Memorandum) has neither the resources nor the desire to enforce new marijuana provisions of the CSA because it no longer enforces even a modicum of the old ones. This is nothing but a cruel joke perpetrated by insincere leaders contemptuous of those who disagree with them. The DEA administrator refused to sign the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking leaving the Attorney General to regain his authority and issue the NPRM in the form of an Attorney General’s Order. That, alone, disqualifies this rescheduling exercise, assuming, that is, that this lunacy ever reaches a judicial review.

As for tomorrow’s meeting at DEA’s administrative law court, I think it will be perfunctory and simply set the agenda for the following two or three months when there may be a hearing. I say “may” because the incoming AG and DEA administrator could very well put the kibosh on this nutty move by the Biden administration. As our late friend and colleague Otto Moulton used to say, “read what the other side is saying!” According to Cannabis.net, a pro-marijuana website, the headline of their alarming article says it all: “Trump’s Not So Cannabis Friendly Cabinet Picks – His VP, AG, Head of the CDC and FDA Nominees all Hate Legal Weed: The cannabis scorecard for Trump’s new cabinet is not shaping up well for legalization fans!”

That pretty much says it all.

John Coleman

************************

Submission by Maggie Petito to DrugWatch International –  mlp3@starpower.net
Sent: Sunday, December 1, 2024 7:21 AM
To: drug-watch-international@googlegroups.com
Subject: Chronister12-1-24

From The Washington Post: “ Chronister would enter an agency that has been roiled by the convictions of several former agents in corruption cases and scrutiny of Milgram’s hiring practices.

The incoming DEA administrator will also helm the agency as it handles a Biden Justice Department proposal to loosen restrictions on marijuana — a measure supported by Trump despite objections from other GOP leaders…

The Justice Department has proposed to reclassify marijuana from a tier reserved for substances such as heroin and LSD. The move to reclassify marijuana would not legalize the drug but would move it to Schedule III, a category that includes prescription drugs such as ketamine, anabolic steroids and testosterone. The proposal met pushback internally at the DEA, which questioned whether reclassification violated international treaty obligations regarding drug control and if a federal health agency used the wrong legal standard in making its determination, according to a Justice Department legal opinion that sided with the Department of Health and Human Services. When officials submitted the proposed rule to reclassify marijuana in April, the paperwork was signed by Attorney General Merrick Garland, not Milgram.

The marijuana proposal will be considered in DEA administrative court; a preliminary hearing is scheduled for Monday, 2nd December 2024.  The proposal, if it goes through, would not be finalized until after Trump becomes president.”

************************

Washington Post     David Ovalle and Anumita Kaur    November 30, 2024                    Hillsborough Sheriff Chad Chronister picked to lead DEA under Trump – The Washington Post

President-elect Donald Trump on Saturday tapped Hillsborough County Sheriff Chad Chronister to lead the Drug Enforcement Administration, replacing Anne Milgram.

The incoming DEA administrator will also helm the agency as it handles a Biden Justice Department proposal to loosen restrictions on marijuana — a measure supported by Trump despite objections from other GOP leaders.

The Justice Department has proposed to reclassify marijuana from a tier reserved for substances such as heroin and LSD. The move to reclassify marijuana would not legalize the drug but would move it to Schedule III, a category that includes prescription drugs such as ketamine, anabolic steroids and testosterone.

The proposal met pushback internally at the DEA, which questioned whether reclassification violated international treaty obligations regarding drug control and if a federal health agency used the wrong legal standard in making its determination, according to a Justice Department legal opinion that sided with the Department of Health and Human Services. When officials submitted the proposed rule to reclassify marijuana in April, the paperwork was signed by Attorney General Merrick Garland, not Milgram.

The marijuana proposal will be considered in DEA administrative court; a preliminary hearing is scheduled for Monday. The proposal, if it goes through, would not be finalized until after Trump becomes president.

Source: COMMENT BY JOHN J. COLEMAN Ph.D, PRESIDENT, DRUGWATCH INTERNATIONAL

The findings are still valid as to why marijuana should not be rescheduled as determined in the Denial of Petition To Initiate Proceedings To Reschedule Marijuana, by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), 81 FR 53767-01(August 12, 2016)

Human Physiological and Psychological Effects of Marijuana

MARIJUANA AND MENTAL ILLNESS

Recent studies show a connection between marijuana use and mental illness. In 2017, the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) concluded after a review of over 10,000 peer-reviewed academic articles, that marijuana use is connected to mental health issues (like psychosis, social anxiety, and thoughts of suicide). [1]

A study discussed in an October 2017 Scientific American shows that people who had consumed marijuana before age 18 developed schizophrenia approximately 10 years earlier than others. The more marijuana you take – and the higher the potency – the greater the risk. [2]

A November 2017 report on a study found that marijuana use in youth is linked to bipolar symptoms in young adults. [3]

References

[1] Health Effects of Cannabis and Cannabinoids: Current State of Evidence and Recommendations for Research.
http://nationalacademies.org/hmd/~/media/Files/Report%20Files/2017/Cannabis-Health-Effects/Cannabis-chapter-highlights.pdf

[2] https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/link-between-adolescent-pot-smoking-and-psychosis-strengthens/

[3] http://www.newswise.com/articles/view/685947/?sc=dwtn November 2017

THERE IS A LINK BETWEEN MARIJUANA USE AND OPIATE USE

Marijuana use is associated with an increased risk for substance use disorders. [1] Marijuana use appears to increase rather than decrease the risk of developing nonmedical prescription opioid use and opioid use disorder. [2] In 2017, the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) landmark report written by top scientists concluded after a review of over 10,000 peer-reviewed academic articles, that marijuana use is connected to progression to and dependence on other drugs, including studies showing connections to heroin use. [3]

New research suggests that marijuana users may be more likely than nonusers to misuse prescription opioids and develop prescription opioid use disorder. The investigators analyzed data from more than 43,000 American adults. The respondents who reported past-year marijuana use had 2.2 times higher odds than nonusers of meeting diagnostic criteria for prescription opioid use disorder. They also had 2.6 times greater odds of initiating prescription opioid misuse. [4]

References

[1] JAMA Psychiatry. 2016 Apr;73(4):388-95. doi: 10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2015.3229.
Cannabis Use and Risk of Psychiatric Disorders: Prospective Evidence From a US National Longitudinal Study. Blanco C1, Hasin DS2, Wall MM2, Flórez-Salamanca L3, Hoertel N4, Wang S2, Kerridge BT2, Olfson M2. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/26886046

Cadoni C, Pisanu A, Solinas M, Acquas E, Di Chiara G. Behavioural sensitization after repeated exposure to Delta 9-tetrahydrocannabinol and cross-sensitization with morphine. Psychopharmacology (Berl). 2001;158(3):259-266. Available from: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/11640927_Behavioral_sensitization_after_repeated_exposure_to_D9-tetrahydrocannabinol_and_cross-sensitization_with_morphine

[2] Cannabis Use and Risk of Prescription Opioid Use Disorder in the United States, Mark Olfson, M.D., M.P.H., Melanie M. Wall, Ph.D., Shang-Min Liu, M.S., Carlos Blanco, M.D., Ph.D. Published online: September 26, 2017at: https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2017.17040413

[3] Health Effects of Cannabis and Cannabinoids: Current State of Evidence and Recommendations for Research. See: http://nationalacademies.org/hmd/~/media/Files/Report%20Files/2017/Cannabis-Health-Effects/Cannabis-chapter-highlights.pdf

[4] https://www.drugabuse.gov/news-events/news-releases/2017/09/marijuana-use-associated-increased-risk-prescription-opioid-misuse-use-disorders

MARIJUANA USE BEFORE, DURING OR AFTER PREGNANCY CAN CAUSE SERIOUS MEDICAL CONDITIONS

Prenatal marijuana use has been linked with:

1. Developmental and neurological disorders and learning deficits in children.
3. Premature birth, miscarriage, stillbirth.
4. An increased likelihood of a person using marijuana as a young adult.
5. The American Medical Association states that marijuana use may be linked with low birth weight, premature birth, behavioral and other problems in young children.
6. Birth defects and childhood cancer.
7. Reproductive toxicity affecting spermatogenesis which is the process of the formation of male gamete including meiosis and formation of sperm cells.

References

Volkow ND, Compton WM, Wargo EM. The risks of marijuana use during pregnancy. JAMA. 2017;317(2):129-130.

https://www.drugabuse.gov/publications/research-reports/marijuana/letter-director

https://www.acog.org/Clinical-Guidance-and-Publications/Committee-Opinions/Committee-on-Obstetric-Practice/Marijuana-Use-During-Pregnancy-and-Lactation

Source: Email from Dave Evans to Drug Watch International April 2018

Attached is a submission from Professor Stuart Reece to the Food and Drug Administration in USA for forwarding to the World Health Organization relating to the re-scheduling of cannabis

FDA Federal Register Submission for WHO Review and Consideration – Colorado Teratogenicity Patterns Illustrated

Email from Stuart Reece April 2018

Back to top of page

Powered by WordPress